Click on the Document Title to go to that section of the document

Table of Contents
Document Number Rev. Document Title Page
Number
A133-086-XN-MR- 0 ENQUIRY DOCUMENT 2
0480-64-RFQ
A133-086-XN-MR- C FA SYSTEM 289
0480
A133-086-16-50-TR- C INSTRUCTIONS TO VENDORS 297
0480
6-78-0001 0 Specification for Quality Mgt. System Requirements from Bidders 307
6-78-0003 0 Specification for Documentation Requirement from Suppliers 316
A133-086-16-50-VR- B VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS 328
0480
A133-086-16-50-DS- A DATA SHEET 331
0480
A133-086-16-50-DS- A DATA SHEET 333
0481
A133-086-16-50-DS- A DATA SHEET 334
0482
A133-086-16-50-DS- B DATA SHEET 335
0483
ANNEXURE 5 0 Specification for F & G system 336
44NC4600ESS063 0 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 360
44NC-4600-R01- 4 VENDOR LIST 378
0005-A4
A133-086-16-50- A CABLE LAYOUT SUBSTATION 404
0101
A133-086-16-50- A FA system Block Diagram commented 405
3016
44NC4600ITP063 0 ITP FA SYSTEM 409
44NC4600ESS026 0 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 410

Page 1 of 442
 Regd. Office: Engineers India Bhawan, 1-Bhikaiji Cama Place, New Delhi-110066, India
Phone No. : 00 91 11 26762121 ; Fax No. : 00 91 11 26191714, 26167664
REQUEST FOR QUOTATION (RFQ)-(INDIGENOUS / FOREIGN / GLOBAL)
(e-Tendering)
Date: 01-JULY-14

M/s Client Chennai Petrochemical Corporation Limited

The Suppliers to whom this RFQ is Project Coker Block of RESID Upgradation Project at Manali
issued are only required to quote. Refinery, Chennai
RFQ No. RC/A133-086-XN-MR-0480/0064
Item FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Category II
Due Date 22-JULY-2014 [Up to 1200 Hrs. (IST)]
UNPRICED BID OPENING: At 1400 Hrs.(IST) on final bid due date
(In case the bid due date happens to fall on Holiday, the next working day
shall be deemed to be due date)
PRE-BID MEETING At 1100 HRS. (IST) on 10-July-2014 (at Business Centre, Engineers India
Limited, 1-Bhikaiji Cama Place, New Delhi-110066).

PRICED BID OPENING : DATE & TIME SHALL BE INTIMATED LATER

REVERSE AUCTION DATE & TIME SHALL BE INTIMATED LATER, IF CONDUCTED

Gentlemen,

1. Chennai Petroleum Corporation Limited (CPCL), a subsidiary of Indian Oil Corporation Limited has existing
Refinery Facilities at Manali, Chennai, Tamil Nadu (India). The present capacity of CPCL at Manali
Refinery is 9.5 MMTPA. CPCL is currently implementing a Revamp of existing units to increase the crude
processing capacity by 1 MMTPA to take the overall complex capacity to 10.5 MMTPA unit.
Chennai Petroleum Corporation Limited (CPCL) has awarded the work of Resid Upgradation Project-Coker
Block to Engineers India Limited (EIL) and EIL is the CONTRACTOR for this Project.
2. Bids are requested for the captioned item in complete accordance with enquiry documents and its
attachments.

3. The complete RFQ can be downloaded from the EIL website (http://tenders.eil.co.in or from CPP Portal
(URL: http://eprocure.gov.in)

4. Bidders are requested to submit e-bids electronically on the CPP Portal (URL: http://eprocure.gov.in) only
in accordance with the instructions and terms & conditions enclosed with this RFQ Covering letter.

Bids should be submitted separately in two parts as follows:

Part-I : The techno-commercial Part consisting of following:

i) Offer Covering letter (in bidder’s letter head)

ii) Techno-commercial compliance to the RFQ terms & Conditions.

iii) Duly filled-in, signed & stamped Annexure I to Prefilled ATC giving basic details on

Page 1 of 4

Page 2 of 442
 transportation charges, taxes/ duties etc.

iv) Bank Certified Mandate Form as per Annexure-II to Prefilled ATC, duly signed and
stamped with the Banker’s certification along with cancelled cheque.

v) Un-priced copy of Price Schedule (Excel file) (available in the RAR format which is
uploaded on EIL website (http://tenders.eil.co.in (Indicating ‘Q’ in place of price and
‘NQ’ for not quoted).

vi) Un-priced copy of 2 years recommended spares for Operation & Maintenance of
equipment in the format enclosed with RFQ

vii) Un-priced copy of unit rates required as per Sr. No 06.00 of MR.

viii) Un-priced copy of take off prices as per note 4 of MR page 7 of 7

ix) Latest Complete Audited Balance Sheet.

x) Fresh Bank Solvency Certificate, date of issue of this certificate should not be earlier
than 1 year from the date of Opening of Techno-commercial part.

xi) Integrity Pact (Clause # 22 of Special Commercial Notes to RFQ)

xii) Concurrent Commitment, in the format enclosed with RFQ

xiii) Technical Compliance/ datasheets/ documents, required as per Material Requisition.

Part-II : PRICED BID

Containing only prices filled in the prescribed price schedule excel format and other formats provided in
the RFQ Document, consisting of the following priced documents:

i) Prices in Price Schedule Format (only as per Excel file available in the RAR format
which is uploaded on EIL website (http://tenders.eil.co.in.
ii) Prices for 2 years recommended spares for Operation & Maintenance of equipment, in
the format enclosed in the RFQ.
iii) Unit rates for addition / deletion as per MR s.no. 06.00 (Annexure-A to Price Schedule
format).
iv) Take off prices as per note 4 of MR page 7 of 7 (Annexure-B to Price Schedule format).

Note:
a) Deviations to terms and conditions, presumptions etc shall not be stipulated in Price part of bid
and price bids shall not contain any stapled slips. In case of any conditions stipulated in price
bids or the price bid containing any stapled slips, the bids of such bidders shall be summarily
rejected and shall not be considered for further evaluation. Evaluation shall be carried out
excluding such bidder(s.)

5. Offers received through Fax / Telex / Telegraphic / E-Mail / hard form (other than the
documents specifically required in hard form) shall not be considered.

6. EIL will open the bids received online at their office, at the specified date and time given in the RFQ or
extended date, if any. Bidder may attend the opening and should carry a Letter of Authority (duly
authorised by a competent person). The bidder’s representatives, who are present, shall sign a register
evidencing their attendance. Bidders, whose bids are not to be opened for any reason including late bids,

Page 2 of 4

Page 3 of 442
 will not be allowed to attend bid opening. During un- priced bid opening, bidder’s names shall only be
announced.

Similarly, all technically and commercially acceptable bidders will be advised of date and time of online
priced bid opening. Such technically and commercially acceptable bidder may attend the opening and
should carry a Letter of Authority (duly authorised by a competent person).

7. Please furnish your response to our RFQ either through EIL’s website http://tenders.eil.co.in or by
sending email/fax to EIL as per Proforma of Reply/ Acknowledgement Letter enclosed, by the pre-bid
meeting.

If not bidding, please return enquiry documents along with regret letter within the due date with
reason(s) of not participating in the RFQ.

The bidders should respond to this enquiry either by submitting their bids or by explaining the reason for
non-submission of the offer. In case there is no response either way continuously, the bidder
shall be liable for suitable action including review of their enlistment with EIL for that
particular item.

8. Offer Validity: Offer shall be valid for 3 (three) Months from the final / extended bid due date.
9. PAYMENT TERMS
For Indian Bidder:
For Supply (excluding Mandatory Spares): As per clause No. 1.1.1 (v) of Instruction to Bidders.
For supply of Mandatory Spares: As per clause No. 1.1.2 of Instruction to Bidders.
For Site Works: As per clause No. 1.1.3 of Instruction to Bidders.
For Training: As per clause No. 1.1.5 of Instruction to Bidders.
For other scope: As per Instruction to Bidders
10. Delivery/Completion Period :
Supply :
Within 07 (Seven) Months on FOT site basis from date of Fax of Acceptance / Purchase Order. The date
of receipt of material at site shall be considered as the date of delivery.
Site Works:
With in 75 days from the date of site readiness. 30 days advance intimation for site readiness shall be
given. Date of handing over the complete system duly tested and commissioned as per the scope of
MR, shall be considered as the date of completion of site work.
11. Price Reduction Schedule: As per clause No. 12.2, 12.3 & 12.4 of Instruction to Bidders.
12. Repeat Order is applicable for this RFQ.
13. Contact Persons for this RFQ are:

Ms. Rekha Choudhary–AGM (C&P) ; Phone:011-26762071 ; E-mail: [email protected]

Mr. Renganathan.K -Sr. Engineer (C&P) :Phone:011-26763091 ; E-mail: [email protected]

* Please specify Ref. No. (i.e. RFQ No.) in all correspondence

THIS IS NOT AN ORDER Very truly yours,

(REKHA CHOUDHARY)
Asst. General Manager (C&P)

Page 3 of 4

Page 4 of 442
Enclosures :
 Techno-Commercial Compliance To Bid Requirement
 Price Schedule (for Indian Bidders / Foreign Bidders, as applicable) – uploaded on EIL
website (http://tenders.eil.co.in as RAR file.
Standard Commercial Documents Containing:

 Forms & Formats

 Reply/ Acknowledgement letter
 Proforma of Letter of Authority Rev.0
 Format for Bidders’ Pre-bid Queries
 Exceptions and Deviations (Commercial)
 Format for Present/ Concurrent Commitments
 Annexure – A1 : Particulars required for Tax Residency Certificate (TRC) & Form 10F
 Format For 2 Years Spares of normal operation & maintenance
 Special Commercial Notes to RFQ
 Instructions to Bidders
 Methodology and terms & conditions for Reverse Auction
 Instructions to Bidders for e-Tendering
 Terms & Conditions For Supervision Of Erection, Testing & Commissioning
 Terms & Condition for Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC)
 Terms & Condition for Site Work
 General Purchase Conditions (Respectively for Indian and Foreign Bidder)
 Integrity Pact
 Agreed Terms & Conditions (Respectively for Indian and Foreign Bidder)
 Material Requisition
MR No. A133-086-XN-MR-0480 Rev. C

Page 4 of 4

Page 5 of 442
 REPLY/ACKNOWLEDGEMENT LETTER

FAX Nos. : 00-91-11-26191714, 26167664

SELF ADDRESSED FAX
(PLEASE REFAX TO EIL WITHIN TEN DAYS OF RECEIPT OF RFQ)

Engineers India Limited

Engineers India Bhawan,
EI Annexe, 2nd Floor,
1-Bhikaiji Cama Place,
New Delhi – 110066

Attn. : Ms. Rekha Choudhary – Asst. General Manager (C&P)

RFQ No. : RC/A133-086-XN-MR-0480/0064
Item : FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Bid Due Date : 22-JULY-2014 [Up to 1200 Hrs. (IST)]
Project : Coker Block of Resid Upgradation Project at Manali Refinery of M/s CPCL, Chennai

Dear Sirs,

We acknowledge with thanks receipt of your above cited RFQ along with enclosures. We undertake that the
contents of the above RFQ shall be kept confidential including all the drawings, specifications and documents
and the said documents shall be used only for the purpose, for which they are intended.

Further, our response is as under:- (Bidders to put a tick , as applicable).

1. We will submit the bid within due date.

2. We regret to submit our offer/quote because of the following reasons:

a. _____________________________________________________

b. _____________________________________________________

Thanking you,

Very truly yours,

Name of Bidder :
Bidder’s Address :
Contact Person :
Bidder’s Phone No. :
Bidder’s Fax No. :
Bidder’s E-mail No. :
Bidder’s Ref. No. & Date :

Page 1 of 1
Page 6 of 442
 PROFORMA OF LETTER OF AUTHORITY FOR ATTENDING PRE-BID CONFERENCE

No. Date:

To,
Engineers India Limited
Engineers India Bhawan, EIA-2
1, Bhikaiji Cama Place
New Delhi – 110 066
(India)
Attn . : Ms. Rekha Choudhary, Asst. General Manager (C&P)

Dear Sirs,

We……………………………………..hereby authorise following representatives (s) to attend the Pre-Bid Meeting

against your RFQ No.: ……………………………………. for Item ……………………….……………

1. Name & Designation ………………………………Signature …………………………..

2. Name & Designation ……………………………… Signature …………………………

We confirm that we shall be bound by all and whatsoever our representative (s) shall commit.

Yours faithfully,

Signature ……………………………

Name & Designation ……………….

For & on behalf of ………………….

Note :

This Letter of Authority should be on the letter head of the bidder and should be signed by a person
competent and having the power of attorney to bind the bidder.

Page 1 of 1
Page 7 of 442
 TECHNO-COMMERCIAL COMPLIANCE TO BID REQUIREMENT

RFQ No. : RC/A133-086-XN-MR-0480/0064

Item : FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Project : Coker Block of Resid Upgradation Project at Manali Refinery of M/s CPCL, Chennai

1. We hereby agree to fully comply with, abide by and accept without variation, deviation or reservation all technical, commercial and
other conditions whatsoever of the RFQ documents and Amendment/ Addendum to the RFQ Documents, if any, for subject work
issued by Engineers India Limited.

2. We hereby further confirm that any terms and conditions other than required, if mentioned in our bid, shall not be recognised and shall be treated
as null and void.

3. Compliance to requirement Of PAN No. , Tax Residency Certificate(TRC) & Form No.10F (APPLICABLE FOR FOREIGN SUPPLIERS ONLY)

In compliance to clause # 23.(e) of RFQ covering letter above, We hereby confirm to furnish the following information in case his receipts are subject
to tax deduction at source in India :
(i) PAN No.
(ii) Tax Residency Certificate (TRC) as per Annexure – A1 enclosed
(iii) Form 10F as per Annexure – A1 enclosed

The above information shall be furnished before release of any payment or within one month of the release of Order, whichever is earlier. Failing
submission of the above information, any additional tax liability on purchaser, will be deducted from the payment due to the supplier.

SIGNATURE OF BIDDER : _______________________

NAME OF BIDDER : _______________________

COMPANY SEAL : _______________________

Page 1 of 1

Page 8 of 442
 FOR BIDDERS’ QUERIES

RFQ No. : RC/A133-086-XN-MR-0480/0064

Item : FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Project : Coker Block of Resid Upgradation Project at Manali Refinery of M/s CPCL, Chennai

SL. REFERENCE OF RFQ DOCUMENT BIDDER'S QUERY EIL'S REPLY

NO.
PART/ Page Clause Subject
VOL. No. No.

NOTE: The Pre-Bid Queries may be sent on fax numbers 0091-11-26187664 and also by e-mail to concern person of EIL.

SIGNATURE OF BIDDER : ___________________________

NAME OF BIDDER : ___________________________

Page 1 of 1

Page 9 of 442
 EXCEPTIONS AND DEVIATIONS

RFQ No. : RC/A133-086-XN-MR-0480/0064

Item : FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Project : Coker Block of Resid Upgradation Project at Manali Refinery of M/s CPCL, Chennai

SL.NO REF. OF RFQ DOCUMENT SUBJECT DEVIATIONS

DOCUMENT
PAGE NO. CLAUSE NO.

NOTE: This shall be submitted separately for Commercial & Technical Sections.

SIGNATURE OF BIDDER : _______________________

NAME OF BIDDER : _______________________

COMPANY SEAL : _______________________

Page 1 of 1

Page 10 of 442
 PRESENT COMMITMENTS (CONCURRENT COMMITMENT) AS ON …………………………………..
(Due Date for submission of Bid)

RFQ No. : RC/A133-086-XN-MR-0480/0064

Item : FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Project : Coker Block of Resid Upgradation Project at Manali Refinery of M/s CPCL, Chennai

FULL POSTAL DATE OF

SCHEDULE %AGE EXPECTED
ADDRESS OF COMMEN-
SR. DESCRIPTION VALUE OF DELIVERY/ COMP. DATE OF
CLIENT & NAME OF CEMENT OF REMARKS
NO. OF THE ITEM ORDERS COMPLETION AS ON SUPPLY
OFFICER-IN- SUPPLY/
PERIOD DATE /COMPLETION
CHARGE WORK

SIGNATURE OF BIDDER : _______________________

NAME OF BIDDER : _______________________

COMPANY SEAL : _______________________

Page 1 of 1

Page 11 of 442
RFQ No. : RC/A133-086-XN-MR-0480/0064
Item : FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Project : Coker Block of Resid Upgradation Project at Manali Refinery of M/s CPCL, Chennai
Name of Bidder: ______________________________________________
Offer No. : _______________________________________________

(Format For 2 Years Spares of normal operation & maintenance)

(APPLICABLE FOR INDIAN BIDDERS)
S.No Description Quantity Unit Price on FOT Total Price on FOT % escalation for% escalation for Road
(No.) dispatch point basisdispatch point basis 3rd year 4th year Freight (%)
(In INR)
(In INR)
(Refer Note 2)
1 Two years operation and
maintenance spares as
per manufacturer
recommendation.

-----------% -----------% -----------%

NOTES:
i. Prices for spares for 2 year normal operation and maintenance shall be furnished on FOT Despatch point basis as per this format only. Supplier shall
quote road freight up to Project Site in India.
ii. The prices for 2 years normal operation & maintenance shall be valid up to 2 years from the date of purchase order. However, bidder to also quote
for annual escalation in % for subsequent 2 years.
iii. The price for spares for 2 year normal operation shall not be considered for evaluation and owner reserves the right to select and order these spares.

Signature of Vendor Name / Seal of Vendor :

Page 1 of 1

Page 12 of 442
 Special Commercial Notes to RFQ

1. Bids complete in all respects should be successfully Submitted online on or before the bid due date
and time specified above.
2. Technical specifications should be strictly as per the material requisition attached.
3. As Purchaser intends to contract directly with suppliers of the goods for which bids are invited, the
bids should be prepared by the suppliers and submitted directly. Purchaser reserves the right to
reject offers made by intermediaries.
4. The bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its bid, and the
Purchaser shall in no case be responsible or liable for these costs regardless of the conduct or
outcome of the bidding process.
5. Bidders who are enlisted with EIL are required to quote as per their capabilities registered with EIL.
6. EIL reserves the right to use in-house information for assessment of bidder’s capability for
consideration of bid.
7. EIL reserve the right to make any changes in the terms and conditions of purchase and to reject
any or all the bids.
8. The order, if placed will be issued by EIL.
9. Net Worth of the Bidder shall be positive as per the immediate preceding year’s Audited financial
results. Bidder is therefore requested to furnish the latest Audited Financial Statement including
Profit & Loss Account.
In case, the bidder’s Net Worth is negative, their bid shall not be evaluated further.

10. Purchaser reserves the right to allow purchase preference to Central Public Sector
Undertakings/enterprises, as admissible under prevailing policy of Government of India.
11. Preference to MSEs
Deleted (Not Applicable)

12. In case any bidder is found to be involved in cartel formation, his bid will not be considered for
evaluation / placement of order. Such bidder will also be debarred from bidding in future.
13. In case a supplier seeks any suo-moto price increase subsequent to the bid due date and which is
not as a result of any change in scope of supply or terms and conditions, the bid of such a supplier
shall be rejected for the items in which such suo-moto increase is sought.
14. FRAUDULENT PRACTICES
The Owner requires that Bidders/ Vendors/ Contractors observe the highest standard of ethics
during the award/ execution of Contract. "Fraudulent Practice" means a misrepresentation of facts
in order to influence the award of a Contract to the detriment of the Owner, and includes collusive
practice among bidders (prior to or after bid submission) designed to establish bid prices at artificial
non-competitive levels and to deprive the owner of the benefits of free and open competition.
a) The owner will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the bidder recommended for
award has engaged in fraudulent practices in competing for the Contract in question.
Bidder is required to furnish the complete and correct information/ documents required for
evaluation of their bids. If the information/ documents forming basis of evaluation is found to
be false/ forged, the same shall be considered adequate ground for rejection of bids and
forfeiture of Earnest Money Deposit.
b) In case, the information/ document furnished by the Bidder/ Vendor/ Contractor forming basis
of evaluation of his bid is found to be false/ forged after the award of the contract, Owner
shall have full right to terminate the contract and get the remaining job executed at the risk &
cost of such Bidder/ Vendor/ Contractor without any prejudice to other rights available to

Page 1 of 5
Page 13 of 442
 Special Commercial Notes to RFQ
Owner under the contract such as forfeiture of CPBG/ Security Deposit, withholding of
payment etc.
c) Incase, this issue of submission of false documents comes to the notice after execution of
work, Owner shall have full right to forfeit any amount due to the Bidder/ Vendor/ Contractor
along with forfeiture of CPBG/ Security Deposit furnished by the bidder/vendor/ contractor.
d) Further, such bidder/ vendor/ contractor shall be put on Blacklist/ Holiday/ Negative List of
owner debarring them from future business with Owner for a time period, as per the
prevailing policy in EIL.
15. Submission of authentic documents is the prime responsibility of the bidder. Wherever EIL has
concern or apprehension regarding the authenticity/correctness of any document, EIL reserves a
right of getting the document cross verified from the document issuing authority.
16. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO FOREIGN BIDDERS
a) The bidder must ascertain and confirm along with supporting documents in the bid, if any
Customs Duty exemption / waiver is applicable to the products being supplied by him under
any multi-lateral / bi-lateral trade agreement between India and bidder's country.
b) The bidder shall be liable to provide all documentation to ensure availment of the exemption /
waiver. In case' the bidder defaults on this due to any reason, whatsoever, he shall be liable
to bear the incremental Customs Duty applicable, if any.
c) Any Customs Duty applicability on account of any change in the bi-lateral / multi-lateral
agreement shall be to bidder's account.
d) Documentation to be furnished for availing the exemption / waiver of Customs Duty shall be
specifically listed in the Letter of Credit also as the pre-requisite for release of payment
against shipping documents and this documentation shall necessarily form a part of shipping
documents
e) COMPLIANCE TO REQUIREMENT OF PAN NO. , TAX RESIDENCY CERTIFICATE AND
FORM NO.10F
It is mandatory for the foreign supplier/contractor/consultant to furnish the following
information in case his receipts are subject to tax deduction at source in India:
i) PAN No.
As per the Indian Income Tax requirements failing which the
Supplier/Contractor/Consultant shall be responsible for any additional tax deduction at
source as per the provisions of the Indian Income Tax Act/Rules and the same shall be
deducted from the payment made to supplier/contractor/consultant
ii) Tax Residency Certificate (TRC)
TRC containing prescribed particulars as per the enclosed Annexure-A1 from the
Government of foreign country in order to claim the benefits of DTAA as per the Indian
Income Tax requirements failing which the relief under DTAA will not be available and
consequently the higher rate of withholding tax @25% will be applicable and deducted
from the payment made to supplier/contractor/consultant (i.e., non-resident taxpayer).
The TRC shall be duly verified by the Government of the country of which the assessee
claims to be a resident for the purposes of tax.
iii) Form 10F
In additional to TRC, bidder in order to claim the benefits of DTAA shall also submit
additional information in form no. 10F (enclosed as Annexure-A1). Form 10F has to be
signed & verified by the assessee himself.
If some information is already contained in TRC, the bidder shall not be required to
provide that information in Form no. 10F but even then Form no. 10F is required to be
provided by the bidder.

Page 2 of 5
Page 14 of 442
 Special Commercial Notes to RFQ
However, the bidder may write Not Applicable in the relevant column in case that
information is already contained in TRC.

The above shall be furnished before release of any payment or within one month of
the release of Order, whichever is earlier.
Failing submission of the above information, any additional tax liability on purchaser,
will be deducted from the payment due to the supplier.
17. SHIFTING OF ORDER
Not Applicable
18. CLARIFICATION REQUESTS FROM BIDDERS
A bidder may seek clarification regarding the bidding document provisions, bidding process and /
or rejection of his bid. EIL shall respond to such requests with in a reasonable time.
19. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTE BETWEEN GOVT. DEPT./ PUBLIC SECTOR UNDERTAKING
In the event of any dispute or difference relating to the interpretation and application of the
provisions of the contracts, such dispute or difference shall be referred by either party for
Arbitration to the sole Arbitrator in the Department of Public Enterprises to be nominated by the
Secretary to the Government of India in-charge of the Department of Public Enterprises. The
Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 shall not be applicable to arbitration under this clause. The
award of the Arbitrator shall be binding upon the parties to the dispute, provided, however, any
party aggrieved by such award may make a further reference for setting aside or revision of the
award to the Law Secretary, Department of Legal Affairs, Ministry of Law & Justice, Government of
India. Upon such reference the dispute shall be decided by the Law Secretary or the Special
Secretary/Additional Secretary, when so authorized by the Law Secretary, whose decision shall
bind the Parties finally and conclusively. The Parties to the dispute will share equally the cost of
arbitration as intimated by the Arbitrator.
20. PRE BID MEETING
Bidder’s authorized representative(s) shall attend the pre bid meeting on the prescribed day at the
given venue. During the pre bid meeting, all the technical and commercial issues shall be discussed
and concluded to ensure that the bid received subsequent to pre bid meeting shall be without any
deviations to terms and conditions. Hence, bidders shall treat the pre bid meeting as utmost
important and depute competent & senior person capable of taking on the spot decision to sort out
all the technical and commercial issues.

However, in case any bidder does not attend the pre bid meeting, it shall be understood that the
bidder has a clear understanding of the scope & terms & conditions of the bidding document and
does not have any comments/ deviations to the requirements of the bidding document.
In order to ensure fruitful discussions during pre bid meeting, the bidder is requested to submit any
queries/clarification/information pertaining to Bidding document in writing delivered by hand or by
fax/ e-mail as per format enclosed in the Bidding Document so as to reach two days prior to Pre-
bid meeting. These queries shall be replied during pre-bid meeting. The editable soft copies of the
queries shall also be e-mailed to enable EIL to prepare replies to the queries against each query in
the same format expeditiously.

Page 3 of 5
Page 15 of 442
 Special Commercial Notes to RFQ
The bidders are required to participate in the pre-bid meeting with the following essential
documents, so that the same can reviewed & discussed during the meeting to avoid any techno-
commercial clarifications/ discussions post bid:
a) Latest annual report including Profit & loss account
b) Solvency certificate from bank
c) Concurrent Commitments
d) Details of work experience meeting the Bidders Qualification Criteria(BQC) (if applicable)
e) Technical details, documents, design, filled datasheets as per MR
f) Any other relevant document/ details
Record notes of meeting, including the questions raised and the responses given will be furnished
as expeditiously as possible to all the bidders and shall also be uploaded on the website. After pre-
bid meeting, no further queries will be entertained from the bidders.
Any modification of the Bidding Document, which may become necessary as a result of the pre-bid
discussion, shall be intimated to all bidders through the issue of an Addendum/Amendment.

Based on the pre-bid discussions, no-deviation form/techno-commercial compliance shall be signed

and submitted by the bidders as part of their offer. After pre-bid meeting, no deviation shall be
accepted and if any deviation is found in the bid of such bidder, their offer shall be liable to be
rejected without raising any technical/ commercial queries.

Technical/ Commercial queries shall not be issued once the bid have been opened. However,
wherever CQ/ TQ are unavoidable, the same shall be raised only once and the cut-off date given
for CQ/ TQ replies shall be adhered to. Offers shall be evaluated based on the information available
upto cut-off date for CQ/ TQ replies.

Extension in bid due date shall not generally be granted.

21. REVERSE AUCTION
EIL reserves the right to go in for reverse auction among the technically and commercially
acceptable bidders. The decision to conduct reverse auction or not, will be conveyed to short listed
bidders prior to opening of price bid. In view of this, the bidders must quote most competitive prices
in the first instance itself.

The methodology and terms & conditions applicable for reverse auctioning is enclosed with this RFQ.
However please note that in case of Reverse Auction, Rebate offered on Total Evaluated Price of
item/Group shall be prorated for all quoted prices of particular Items / Groups, which were
considered for evaluation and accordingly ordering shall be carried out.
22. INTEGRITY PACT
The attached copy of the Integrity Pact shall be included in the Bid submitted by the bidder (to be
executed by the bidder for all RFQ of value Rs. 1 (One) crore and above). In case a bidder does
not sign the Integrity Pact, his bid shall be liable for rejection.
INDEPENDENT EXTERNAL MONITORS (IEMS)
The following two Independent External Monitors (IEMs) have been appointed by EIL, in terms of
Integrity Pact (IP) which forms part of EIL Tenders / Contracts.
i) Dr. U. K. Sen
C-162, Belvedere Park,
DLF Phase 3, Gurgoan-122002
(email : [email protected])

Page 4 of 5
Page 16 of 442
 Special Commercial Notes to RFQ
ii) Shri P. R. Balasubramanian
229, 9th A Main, 1st Block,
HRBR Layout, Kalyan Nagar,
Bangalore-560043
(email : [email protected])

23. INSTRUCTION FOR ENROLMENT OF BIDDER TO CPP PORTAL:

a. NIC Portal mandates that the bidders are to be registered on the portal before any enquiry can
be issued to them. In order to expedite issue of enquiries, the enquiry is being issued through
EIL Tender Portal and also being published on Central Public Procurement Portal. The enquiry
shall be issued to the bidders on the NIC e-Procurement Portal as soon as their registration is
completed in the NIC Portal (https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app ).
b. All those vendors who have still not registered on the NIC Portal are required to register on the
same (immediately after issue of enquiry on EIL portal but not later than ten days before the
bid due date) for facilitating issue of enquiry to them on the NIC Portal failing which it will not
be possible for them to upload their bids. Pursuant to registration, the vendors are also required
to login in EIL tender portal and update NIC’s registration details and inform the undersigned
regarding the same for the subject enquiry.
In any case, the enquiry shall be issued on NIC portal to NIC registered vendors about one
week before the bid due date. Therefore, all those bidders who have not complied with the
above registration requirements will not be issued this enquiry on NIC portal and will not be
eligible to bid. Request for extension in due date of submission of bids due to non registration
or delayed registration in NIC portal shall not be entertained.
c. The bid has to be necessarily submitted on the NIC Portal and only those bidders who are
issued the enquiry through NIC Portal will be eligible to submit their bids. In case a bidder does
not register on the NIC Portal and as a consequence, cannot be issued the enquiry through NIC
Portal, it shall be deemed that he is not interested in bidding against this enquiry and no further
correspondence will be entertained.
d. In future, EIL shall be issuing all enquiries through NIC Portal alone and bidders who do not
register with NIC Portal may not be able to submit their bids. Therefore, it is in the interest of
the bidders that they register on the NIC Portal at the earliest.

Page 5 of 5
Page 17 of 442
 Document No.
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) A133-01- ITB Rev. 0
CPCL – LSTK Page 1

1 PAYMENT TERMS

1.1 FOR INDIGENOUS BIDDERS:

1.1.1 Supply:
(i) Where the MR is for supply of materials and there is no Vendor Data requirement (VDR)
specified in the MR:
- 90% against despatch documents directly to EIL on pro-rata basis together with full taxes, duties
and transportation charges and on submission of Performance Bank Guarantee valid for the 3
(Three) Months beyond guarantee period.
- 10% on receipt and acceptance of last consignment of materials at site and on submission of
E1/E2 Form (wherever applicable).
(ii) Where the MR is for supply of materials and calls for Vendor Data requirement: (Without
site work):
- 5% against approval of drawings, wherever required (identified in Purchase Requisition) at least
in Code-2 and manufacturing Schedule.
- 80% (85% in cases where drawing approval is not required) against despatch documents
directly to EIL on prorate basis together with full taxes, duties and transportation charges and on
submission of Performance Bank Guarantee valid for the 3 (Three) Months beyond guarantee
period.
- 5% on receipt of Final/As built Drawings/Documents/Data/Manual in requisite number of
copies/sets/CDs as per VDR specified in Purchase Requisition.
- 10% on receipt and acceptance of goods/ materials at Site and on submission of E1/E2 Form
(wherever applicable).
(iii) Where the MR is for supply of materials and calls for Vendor Data requirement: (With site
work)
- 5% against approval of drawings, wherever required (identified in Purchase Requisition) at least
in Code-2 and manufacturing Schedule.
- 80% against dispatch documents directly to EIL on prorate basis together with full taxes, duties
and transportation charges and on submission of Performance Bank Guarantee valid for the 3
(Three) Months beyond guarantee period.
- 5% on receipt of Final/As built Drawings/Documents/Data/Manual in requisite number of
copies/sets/CDs as per VDR specified in Purchase Requisition.
- 10%. on successful completion of Site Work and on submission of E1/E2 Form (wherever
applicable).
Note: In case site is not available upto 6 (Six) months after receipt of all supplies at site, the last
10% payment shall be released against submission of additional Bank Guarantee of equivalent
amount valid for 1 (One) year or such extended period as may required.
(iv) Where the MR is for Packages (with significant Bought out item) and calls for Vendor Data
requirement: (Without site work)
- 5% on approval of drawings, wherever required (identified in Purchase Requisition), in at least
Code-2 and manufacturing schedule.
- 10% against placement of sub-order for specified major raw material (to be identified by PEM
and PM before issue of enquiry) against submission of equivalent Bank Guarantee.
- 70% against dispatch documents directly to EIL on prorate basis together with full taxes, duties
T&C FOR ED COMMITTEE APPL- LSTK-A133

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL- All rights reserved

Page 18 of 442
 Document No.
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) A133-01- ITB Rev. 0
CPCL – LSTK Page 2

and transportation charges and on submission of Performance Bank Guarantee valid for the 3
(Three) Months beyond guarantee period.
- 5% on receipt of Final/As built Drawings/Documents/Data/Manual in requisite number of
copies/sets/CDs as per VDR specified in Purchase Requisition.
- 10% on receipt and acceptance of goods/ materials at Site and on submission of E1/E2 Form
(wherever applicable).
(v) Where the MR is for Packages (with significant Bought out item) and calls for Vendor
Data requirement: (With site work)
5% on approval of drawings, wherever required (identified in Purchase Requisition), in at least
Code-2 and manufacturing schedule.
- 10% against placement of sub-order for specified major raw material (to be identified by PEM
and PM before issue of enquiry) against submission of equivalent Bank Guarantee.
- 70% against dispatch documents directly to EIL on prorate basis together with full taxes, duties
and transportation charges and on submission of Performance Bank Guarantee valid for the 3
(Three) Months beyond guarantee period and on submission of Performance Bank Guarantee
valid for the 3 (Three) Months beyond guarantee period.
- 5% on receipt of Final/As built Drawings/Documents/Data/Manual in requisite number of
copies/sets/CDs as per VDR specified in Purchase Requisition.
- 10% on successful completion of Site Work and on submission of E1/E2 Form (wherever
applicable).
Note: In case site is not available up to 6 (Six) months after receipt of all supplies at site, the last
10% payment shall be released against submission of additional Bank Guarantee of equivalent
amount valid for 1 (One) year or such extended period as may required.
(vi) For Pumps, Compressors, Heat Exchangers, Columns and Vessels: (Without site work)
- 5% on approval of drawings, wherever required (identified in Purchase Requisition), in at least
Code-2 and manufacturing schedule.
- 15% against receipt and identification of specified major raw materials and against submission of
equivalent BG.
- 65% against dispatch documents directly to EIL on prorate basis together with full taxes, duties
and transportation charges and on submission of Performance Bank Guarantee valid for 3
months beyond guarantee period
- 5% on receipt of Final/As built Drawings/Documents/Data/Manual in requisite number of
copies/sets/CDs as per VDR specified in Purchase Requisition.
- 10% on receipt and acceptance of goods/ materials at Site on submission of E1/E2 Form
(wherever applicable).
Major Raw Material for payment against receipt & identification of raw materials:
Columns and Vessels : Plates and Forgings
Heat Exchangers : Plates, Forgings and Tubes
Pumps : Castings
Compressors : Castings / Forgings
(vii) For Pumps, Compressors, Heat Exchangers, Columns and Vessels: (With site work)
- 5% on approval of drawings, wherever required (identified in Purchase Requisition), in at least
Code-2 and manufacturing schedule.

T&C FOR ED COMMITTEE APPL- LSTK-A133

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL- All rights reserved

Page 19 of 442
 Document No.
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) A133-01- ITB Rev. 0
CPCL – LSTK Page 3

- 15% against receipt and identification of specified major raw materials and against submission of
equivalent BG..
- 65% against dispatch documents directly to EIL on prorate basis together with full taxes, duties
and transportation charges and on submission of Performance Bank Guarantee valid for 3
months beyond guarantee period
- 5% on receipt of Final/As built Drawings/Documents/Data/Manual in requisite number of
copies/sets/CDs as per VDR specified in Purchase Requisition.
- 10% on successful completion of Site Work on submission of E1/E2 Form (wherever applicable).
Note: In case site is not available upto 6 (Six) months after receipt of all supplies at site, the last
10% payment shall be released against submission of additional Bank Guarantee of equivalent
amount valid for 1 (One) year or such extended period as may required.
Major Raw Material for payment against receipt & identification of raw materials:
Columns and Vessels : Plates and Forgings
Heat Exchangers : Plates, Forgings and Tubes
Pumps : Castings
Compressors : Castings / Forgings

(viii) For all Site Fabricated Columns:

- 5% on approval of drawings, manufacturing schedule & QAP by TPIA.
- 15% after receipt of identified raw materials at fabrication yard and against certification by TPIA
against Hypothecation Bond.
- 50% on completion of fabrication in all respect, Third party inspection and making completed
column ready for hydro-testing.
- 10% after hydro-testing of completed column and against submission of Performance Bank
Guarantee for 10% of total order value valid for the guarantee period plus 3 (Three) Months
claim period.
- 20% after receipt of tax invoice along with taxes & duties and after submission of final technical
documentation and drawings as per Purchase Requisition and on transportation of completed
column from fabrication yard/ assembly yard to erection site, delivery of column up to equipment
foundation and handing over to Engineer-in-charge at site.
Terms of Delivery shall be delivery of column up to equipment foundation and handing over to
Engineer-in-charge at site.
1.1.2 For supply of Mandatory Spares:
- 90% on dispatch of spares against direct delivery of dispatch documents to PURCHASER.
- 10% on receipt and acceptance of materials at site and on submission of EI/E2 FORM (wherever
applicable).
1.1.3 Site Work:
- 90% against monthly progressive bills (based on agreed billing schedule) duly certified by
Engineer-in-charge.
- 10% on successful completion of site work and handing over of goods/equipment at site.
1.1.4 Supervision of Erection, Testing & Commissioning
- 100% prorate against monthly bills to be submitted by seller duly certified by Engineer-in-
Charge.

T&C FOR ED COMMITTEE APPL- LSTK-A133

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL- All rights reserved

Page 20 of 442
 Document No.
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) A133-01- ITB Rev. 0
CPCL – LSTK Page 4

1.1.5 Training
- 100 % on successful completion of Training duly certified by PURCHASER, as per Purchase
Requisition.
1.1.6 Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC):
- 100% payment shall be paid at the end of each half year of the contractual year against quarterly
progressive bills to be submitted by seller duly certified by Site-in-Charge.
1.2 FOR FOREIGN BIDDERS
1.2.1 Supply:
(i) Where the MR is for supply of materials and there is no Vendor Data requirement (VDR)
specified in the MR (Without Site Work):
- 100% against shipping documents through irrevocable Letter of Credit
(ii) Where the MR is for supply of materials and calls for Vendor Data requirement: (Without
site work)
- 5% against approval of Drawings, wherever required (identified in Purchase Requisition) in at
least in Code-2 & manufacturing schedule through Wire Transfer.
- 90% (95% in cases where drawing approval is not required) against shipping documents through
irrevocable Letter of Credit.
- 5% on receipt of Final/ As built Drawings/Documents/Data/Manual in requisite number of
copies/sets/CDs as per VDR specified in Purchase Requisition through wire transfer.
(iii) Where the MR is for supply of materials and calls for Vendor Data requirement: (With site
work)
- 5% against approval of Drawings, wherever required (identified in Purchase Requisition) at least
in Code-2 & manufacturing schedule through Wire Transfer.
- 80% against shipping documents through irrevocable Letter of Credit .
- 5% on receipt of Final/ As built Drawings/Documents/Data/Manual in requisite number of
copies/sets/CDs as per VDR specified in Purchase Requisition through wire transfer.
- 10% on successful completion of Site Work through wire transfer.
Note: In case site is not available upto 6 (Six) months after receipt of all supplies at site, the last
10% payment shall be released against submission of additional Bank Guarantee of equivalent
amount valid for 1 (One) year or such extended period as may required.
(iv) Where the MR is for Packages (with significant Boughtout item) and calls for Vendor Data
Requirement: (Without site work)
- 5% against approval of Drawings, wherever required (identified in Purchase Requisition) in at
least in Code-2 & manufacturing schedule through Wire Transfer.
- 10% against placement of sub orders for specified major raw materials, against submission of
equivalent bank guarantee through wire transfer.
- 80% against shipping documents through irrevocable Letter of Credit.
- 5% on receipt of Final/ As built Drawings/Documents/Data/Manual in requisite number of
copies/sets/CDs as per VDR specified in Purchase Requisition through wire transfer.
(v) Where the MR is for supply Packages (with significant Boughtout item) and calls for
Vendor Data Requirement: (With site work)
- 5% against approval of Drawings, wherever required (identified in Purchase Requisition) in at
T&C FOR ED COMMITTEE APPL- LSTK-A133

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL- All rights reserved

Page 21 of 442
 Document No.
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) A133-01- ITB Rev. 0
CPCL – LSTK Page 5

least in Code-2 & manufacturing schedule through Wire Transfer.

- 10% against placement of sub orders for specified major raw materials, against submission of
equivalent bank guarantee through wire transfer.
- 70% against shipping documents through irrevocable Letter of Credit.
- 5% on receipt of Final/ As built Drawings/Documents/Data/Manual in requisite number of
copies/sets/CDs as per VDR specified in Purchase Requisition through wire transfer.
- 10% on successful completion of Site Work through wire transfer.
Note: In case site is not available upto 6 (Six) months after receipt of all supplies at site, the last
10% payment shall be released against submission of additional Bank Guarantee of equivalent
amount valid for 1 (One) year or such extended period as may required.
(vi) For Pumps, Compressors, Heat Exchangers, Columns and Vessels: (Without site work)
- 5% against approval of Drawings, wherever required (identified in Purchase Requisition) in at
least in Code-2 & manufacturing schedule through Wire Transfer.
- 15% against receipt and identification of specified major raw materials against submission of
equivalent BG through wire transfer.
- 75% (80% in cases where drawing approval is not required) against shipping documents through
irrevocable Letter of Credit.
- 5% on receipt of Final/ As built Drawings/Documents/Data/Manual in requisite number of
copies/sets/CDs as per VDR specified in Purchase Requisition through wire transfer.
Major Raw Material for payment against receipt & identification of raw materials:
Columns and Vessels : Plates and Forgings
Heat Exchangers : Plates, Forgings and Tubes
Pumps : Castings
Compressors : Castings / Forgings
(vii) For Pumps, Compressors, Heat Exchangers, Columns and Vessels: (With site work)
- 5% against approval of Drawings, wherever required (identified in Purchase Requisition) in at
least in Code-2 & manufacturing schedule through Wire Transfer.
- 15% against receipt and identification of specified major raw materials against submission of
equivalent BG through wire transfer.
- 65% (70% in cases where drawing approval is not required) against shipping documents through
irrevocable Letter of Credit.
- 5% on receipt of Final/ As built Drawings/Documents/Data/Manual in requisite number of
copies/sets/CDs as per VDR specified in Purchase Requisition through wire transfer.
- 10% on successful completion of Site Work through wire transfer.
Note: In case site is not available upto 6 (Six) months after receipt of all supplies at site, the last
10% payment shall be released against submission of additional Bank Guarantee of equivalent
amount valid for 1 (One) year or such extended period as may required.
Major Raw Material for payment against receipt & identification of raw materials:
Columns and Vessels : Plates and Forgings
Heat Exchangers : Plates, Forgings and Tubes
Pumps : Castings
Compressors : Castings / Forgings

T&C FOR ED COMMITTEE APPL- LSTK-A133

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL- All rights reserved

Page 22 of 442
 Document No.
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) A133-01- ITB Rev. 0
CPCL – LSTK Page 6

1.2.2 For supply of Mandatory Spares:

- 100% against shipping documents through Bank through irrevocable Letter of Credit.
1.2.3 Site Work:
- 90% against monthly progressive bills (based on agreed billing schedule) duly certified by
Engineer-in-charge.
- 10% on successful completion and handing over of goods/equipment at site.
1.2.4 Supervision of Erection, Testing & Commissioning:
- 100% prorate against monthly bills to be submitted by seller duly certified by Engineer-in-
Charge.
1.2.5 Training:
- 100% through Wire Transfer on successful completion of Training duly certified by
PURCHASER, as per Purchase Requisition (PR).
1.2.6 Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC):
- 100% payment shall be paid at the end of each half year of the contractual year against quarterly
progressive bills to be submitted by seller duly certified by Site-in-Charge.

NOTES :
(i) Total Order value shall be as indicated in the Purchase Order.
(ii) All bidders are required to submit their acknowledgement of FOA and/or PO.
(iii) PRS, if applicable, shall be deducted from payment milestone subsequent to dispatch of
material. In case of clause no. 1.1.1 (viii), i.e., Fabricated column at site , PRS , if applicable,
shall be deducted from milestone payment of 20%.
(iv) All foreign vendors having service components in their purchase order are required to submit
PAN (Indian I. Tax) and to provide TRC (Tax Residency Certificate) from the Govt. of vendor’s
country in order to claim the benefit of DTAA, wherever applicable.
(v) In case of indigenous SUPPLIERs, wherever taxes/duties are separately indicated, the order
value shall be exclusive of taxes/duties. 100% payment of taxes/duties shall be paid alongwith
the payment released against dispatch documents on receipt of Cenvatable (Duplicate Copy of
Excise Invoice)/vattable documents (wherever applicable).
Payment to indigenous SUPPLIERs shall be released through Electronic Clearing System (ECS).
In view of this, necessary details, such as name of bank, bank account no. etc., duly attested by
BIDDER’s bank must be submitted along with the offer.
(vi) Status of bills after submission can be viewed on our website http://www.engineersindia.com.
(vii) Foreign bidders are required to submit contract cum Performance Bank Guarantee within 30
days of FOA/PO.
(viii) Irrevocable Letter of Credit for payment to Foreign SUPPLIERs shall be established in favour of
the supplier in a bank in his country, for an appropriate amount (in line with Payment Terms). L/C
shall be opened within 45 days of receipt of acknowledgement of FOA/PO along with PBG
(wherever applicable). In case confirmed L/C is insisted by supplier, L/C confirmation charges
shall be to supplier’s account.
(ix) Payment to foreign SUPPLIERs against Site Work and Supervision/Training shall be through
wire transfer.

T&C FOR ED COMMITTEE APPL- LSTK-A133

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL- All rights reserved

Page 23 of 442
 Document No.
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) A133-01- ITB Rev. 0
CPCL – LSTK Page 7

(x) All payments (other than through L/C) shall be released within 30 days of receipt of invoice and
all requisite documents, complete in all respects.
(xi) All bank charges of respective bankers shall be to respective account.
(xii) Seller shall submit Billing Schedule within three weeks after placement of FOA/PO (whichever is
issued earlier). For PURCHASER’s approval (wherever applicable).
(xiii) Sellers requiring multiple despatches will restrict the number of despatches to maximum three,
unless agreed otherwise by Project Manager.
(xiv) All progressive advances to foreign as well as Indian bidders (except the milestone payment
against drawing approval) shall be against equivalent bank guarantees. The progressive
advances shall be paid through wire transfer to foreign bidder.
(xv) Other than the payment terms given above, no other advance payments shall generally be
payable. However, if any Seller insists on advance payments, such advance payment (other
than the payment terms given in RFQ) shall be interest bearing @ SBI PLR + 2% per annum
(simple interest) on reducing balance, up to delivery period and shall be released only against
equivalent Bank Guarantee, which shall be valid up to contractual delivery date plus three
months. Interest shall be adjusted while releasing the payment against despatch documents.

2 TERMS OF DELIVERY

2.1 INDIGENIOUS ENQUIRIES:

Terms of delivery are FOT Project site on freight prepaid & door delivery basis. The date of
receipt of material at site shall be considered as the date of delivery.
2.2 FOREIGN ENQUIRIES:
Terms of delivery are FOB international sea port of exit basis. The Date of On Board Bill of
Lading shall be considered as date of Delivery.
2.3 GLOBAL ENQUIRIES:
2.3.1 For Indigenous Suppliers:
Terms of delivery are FOT Despatch point on freight to pay basis. The date of LR/GR shall be
considered as the date of delivery.
2.3.2 For Foreign Suppliers:
Terms of delivery are FOB international sea port of exit basis. The Date of On Board Bill of
Lading shall be considered as date of Delivery.

3 TRANSPORTATION

3.1 INDIGENOUS SUPPLIERS

Indigenous SUPPLIERs are required to dispatch the goods on door delivery basis through any
of the bank approved Transporters. Any deviation shall be subject to prior approval of Project
Manager.
3.2 FOREIGN SUPPLIERS
In case order is placed on FOB International port of exit basis, ocean transportation from FOB
Port of Exit to the designated Indian Port (CHENNAI) shall be arranged through PURCHASER
nominated freight forwarder. BIDDER shall arrange handing over the material to nominated
freight forwarder at the designated Port of Exit. The BIDDER will be required to furnish firm
T&C FOR ED COMMITTEE APPL- LSTK-A133

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL- All rights reserved

Page 24 of 442
 Document No.
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) A133-01- ITB Rev. 0
CPCL – LSTK Page 8

cargo details containing weight, dimensions, no. of packages, no. & type of containers required
& Port of shipment. In case the actual cargo dispatched exceeds the cargo details furnished,
the extra freight incurred by PURCHASER will be to SUPPLIER’s account.The marine freight
quoted should be kept valid for a period one month lesser to delivery period. However, Vendor
shall furnish the shipping details viz. Net/ Gross weight, Volume of consignment, number of
packages with dimensions at least two month before the expiry of validity of Ocean Freight. In
the event of any delay by Vendor, the quoted Ocean Freight charges shall remain valid further
for one month from the date of furnishing the above details. EIL reserves the option to ask the
bidder to arrange shipment at the quoted freight rates.

4 CURRENCY OF QUOTE

4.1 FOREIGN SUPPLIERS

Foreign SUPPLIERs are required to submit prices only in USD. In case a foreign SUPPLIER is
sourcing part of equipment/ services from India, prices of such equipment/ services shall be
quoted in Indian Rupees only and terms & conditions applicable to Indian portion shall be same
as applicable to Indian Bidders.
4.2 INDIGENOUS SUPPLIERS
Indigenous SUPPLIERs are required to submit price in Indian Rupees.

5 ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CONTRCT (AMC)

The prices shall be asked for AMC, if required as per Material Requisition.

6 SINGLE POINT RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SUPPLIER

In case of MRs containing supplies as well site work, a single order, covering the supply part as well
site work, shall be placed. Split ordering will not be permitted.
In case, a foreign SUPPLIER requests for a separate order on his Indian sub-SUPPLIER, the same
shall not be accepted. However, payment to Indian sub-SUPPLIER shall be released directly in Indian
Rupees against invoices duly certified by the Foreign SUPPLIER.
For this purpose, the Indian sub-SUPPLIER’s name, material and corresponding price in Indian
Rupees, shall be clearly spelt out in the purchase order on foreign SUPPLIER.. In case a Foreign
supplier sources supplies/ services within India, the applicable terms & conditions shall be modified to
the extent as per Annexure-1 enclosed.

7 GUARANTEE PERIOD

GUARANTEE PERIOD:
For all items having CDD up to Dec 2014 :
18 Months from the date of successful Commissioning or 36 Months from the date of shipment,
whichever is earlier.
For all items having CDD beyond Dec 2014 :
18 Months from the date of successful Commissioning or 30 Months from the date of Shipment,
whichever is earlier.

8 PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE (PBG)/(CPBG)

8.1 PBG shall be required @ 10% of total order value. However, PBG shall not be required for
T&C FOR ED COMMITTEE APPL- LSTK-A133

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL- All rights reserved

Page 25 of 442
 Document No.
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) A133-01- ITB Rev. 0
CPCL – LSTK Page 9

orders upto Rs. Twenty Five (25) Lakhs (equivalent Foreign currency in case of Foreign
SUPPLIERs) in case of Pipes, Fittings, Flanges, Gaskets and Fasteners in Limited enquiries.
For all other cases, PBG shall not be required for Orders upto Rs. Five (5) lakh (equivalent
Foreign currency in case of Foreign SUPPLIERs).
8.2 PURCHASER shall get all bank guarantees verified for authenticity from the regional /
controlling / branch office of the issuing bank before the same are accepted.
8.3 In limited enquiries for purchasing, Indigenous suppliers shall be required to submit the PBG
while claiming the dispatch payment.
8.4 In all other cases, the PBG shall be required to be submitted within four weeks of issue of FOA.
8.5 Performance Bank Guarantees shall be valid till expiry of guarantee period plus 3 (Three)
Months claim period after which the PBG shall be released.
8.6 Bank Guarantee(s) shall be issued through Indian Nationalised Bank/ Indian Scheduled bank
(other than Co-operative Banks) / Indian branches of foreign banks registered with Reserve
Bank of India as a scheduled foreign bank. Bank Guarantee from Foreign banks will only be
accepted if same is counter signed by their Indian branch or by any scheduled Indian bank.
8.7 Bank Guarantee shall have a claim period of 3 (Three) Months after its expiry.

9 INDIAN TAXES/DUTIES

9.1 The prices shall be exclusive of all Indian taxes/duties applicable on finished goods/services
supplied directly to PURCHASER. The excluded taxes/duties shall be payable extra at actuals
against documentary evidence. Where Purchase Order includes supply and site work, Purchase
Order will be divided into supply and service portion separately , no VAT on work contracts is
envisaged, however VAT on work contract on site work portion if applicable shall be included in
the bidder’s quoted price & no statuary variation is payable on the same.
9.2 Entry Tax and Terminal taxes are presently not applicable. If applicable at a later date, same
shall be payable extra at actual on production of necessary Documentary evidence. Road permit
shall be issued to supplier by CPCL for material consigned to CPCL.
9.3 All payments on account of Excise Duty, Service Tax, TNVAT on finished goods shall be
released on receipt of CENVATABLE ( Duplicate Copy of Excise Invoice) /VATTABLE copy of
corresponding invoice and documents valid for availing CENVAT / VAT credit.
9.4 PURCHASER shall be able to avail 100% credit against TNVAT(i.e. VAT on sale of finished
goods). PURCHASER will not issue any concessional form for TNVAT.
TN VAT on sale of goods shall not be loaded for evaluation.
9.5 EIL shall issue concessional form-C for central sales tax.
CST against inter state sale shall be loaded during evaluation at the applicable rates.
9.6 Since Cenvat Credit shall be available against Excise Duty and Service Tax (excluding service
tax on freight) & the same shall not be considered for comparison purpose.
9.7 Indigenous SUPPLIER’s shall issue E1/E2 form on quarterly basis within 60 days after
completion of each quarter based on “C” form no. provided by PURCHASER. PURCHASER will
provide original “C” form in exchange of original E1/E2 form.
Statutory Variations are eligible only on Service Tax, cenvatable excise duty, and VAT amount
for which input tax credit is available to the OWNER under TNVAT Act subject to SUPPLIER
producing documentary evidence for the above . Statutory Variations are eligible on CST also.

T&C FOR ED COMMITTEE APPL- LSTK-A133

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL- All rights reserved

Page 26 of 442
 Document No.
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) A133-01- ITB Rev. 0
CPCL – LSTK Page 10

Statutory variations on non-cenvatable excise duty and VAT amount for which input tax credit is
not available to the OWNER/PURCHASER under TN VAT Act shall be to SUPPLIER’s account.
9.8 All non-cenvatable /non-vattable taxes/duties shall be considered for evaluation.
9.9 All new taxes/duties/cess/levies notified after the last date of submission of final price bid/price
implication, but within contractual delivery /completion period, shall be to EIL’s account. These
shall be reimbursed against documentary evidence.
However, in case of delay on account of supplier, any new or additional taxes and duties
imposed after contractual delivery shall be to supplier’s account.
9.10 Labour cess, if applicable to supplier at project site shall be reimbursed at actuals upon
submission of documentary evidence for remittance to the statutory authorities.

10 CUSTOMS DUTY/EPCG LICENSE

10.1 OWNER is obtaining an EPCG license for this project. In view of this concessional rate of
Custom Duty shall be applicable to imports from foreign BIDDER’s for the goods directly
consigned to CPCL.
10.2 Indigenous BIDDER’s will be required to quote price considering only merit rate of duty, for their
built in import content, in their bid and evaluation shall be done accordingly. No
PAC/EC/INVALIDATION LETTER shall be issued to Indigenous BIDDER’s.

11 FIRM PRICES

11.1 The prices shall be firm and fixed and not subject to any variation, whatsoever. In case of Cables,
variation in prices shall be admissible as per IEEMA Price Variation Clause.
11.2 For 2 years O&M spares, prices shall be kept valid for a period of 2 years from the date of order
of main equipment along with annual % escalation ( to be indicated by the bidder) for subsequent
two years.

12 PRICE REDUCTION SCHEDULE

12.1 In case of MRs other than packages, Price Reduction Schedule shall be @1/2% of value of
delayed equipment/ item per week of delay or part thereof subject to a maximum of 5% of total
order value.
12.2 For packages and critical items, with or without site work, the Price Reduction Schedule shall be
@1/2% of total order value per week of delay or part thereof subject to a maximum of 7.5% of
total order value.
12.3 Wherever the supply period and site work are indicated as two separate periods and notice of
site readiness is required for site work, intervening period, if any, shall be excluded, while
calculating the price reduction for delay.
Note: it shall be endeavor to split the period, i.e., a separate period for supply and site work.
12.4 Price reduction shall be effected in the Invoice value before presenting for payment. The
Purchaser reserves the right to cancel the Purchase Order for any delay exceeding the period of
maximum reduction and the Seller shall be liable to all consequences thereof.

T&C FOR ED COMMITTEE APPL- LSTK-A133

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL- All rights reserved

Page 27 of 442
 Document No.
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) A133-01- ITB Rev. 0
CPCL – LSTK Page 11

13 INSPECTION

All items shall be inspected by a Third Party Inspection agency as follows:

13.1 INDIGENOUS BIDDER’s: CEIL shall be appointed as Third Party Inspection for the indigenous
materials & accordingly the charges for the same shall be borne by EIL. The quoted price of
Bidder shall be exclusive of TPI charges.
13.2 FOREIGN BIDDERs: The quoted price shall be inclusive of TPI charges (out of M/s.Lloyds
Register (Country of origin), M/s.Bureau Veritas(BV) and M/s.TUV Nord)
Suppliers will be informed the following:
a) QAP will be approved by Third Party Inspection agency incorporating requirements of ITP, Technical
specifications and approved documents. Approval of QAP will not be carried out by EIL.
b) The Inspection release note issued by the Third party inspection agency shall clearly stipulate that
materials/equipment have been inspected as per Code-1 approved drawings, wherever applicable
and approved QAP.
c) Certification of final documents, wherever applicable, for release of final payment, shall be carried
out by Third Party Inspection Authority issuing the final inspection certificate.

14 GENERAL PURCHASE CONDITIONS

General Purchase Conditions including formats for advance bank guarantee and Performance Bank
Guarantee shall be as approved earlier by ED Committee for LSTK Projects with modification based on
these terms and conditions.

15 COMPREHENSIVE MARINE-CUM-ERECTION INSURANCE

Comprehensive Insurance (Transit/Marine cum storage, erection, till handing over of equipment) shall
be arranged by PURCHASER.

16 BASIS OF EVALUATION

16.1 WHERE ONLY INDIAN BIDS ARE UNDER COMPARISON

16.1.0 Bids shall be evaluated on the basis of landed cost at Site, including site work, if any, all duties,
taxes, transportation charges less Cenvatable Excise duty, Cenvatable Service tax, Cenvatable
Educational cess & Vattable TNVAT (100% of TNVAT).
16.1.1 Cost of mandatory spares, if identified in the Material Requisition, commissioning spares and
special tools & tackles will be included for price evaluation of bids, but cost of Spares for two
years operation shall be excluded.
16.1.2 AMC charges shall be considered for evaluation wherever AMC is required.
16.1.3 Supervision and Training charges shall be considered for evaluation wherever supervision and
training are required.
16.1.4 Commercial loading shall be considered for evaluation of bids.
16.1.5 Technical loading, if any, shall be considered for evaluation of bids.
NOTE :
- Site Work, wherever applicable, shall be considered for evaluation.
- In case freight charges are not quoted, estimated freight shall be taken from EIL shipping dept.
T&C FOR ED COMMITTEE APPL- LSTK-A133

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL- All rights reserved

Page 28 of 442
 Document No.
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) A133-01- ITB Rev. 0
CPCL – LSTK Page 12

and loading shall be done with the same. In case of ordering , bidder shall be asked to absorb
the freight first. In case bidder does not agree to absorb then negotiation shall be done with the
bidder to agree upto maximum of the freight with which loading has been done. If bidder does
not agree with this also, then refloating of MR shall be done.

16.2 WHERE ONLY FOREIGN BIDS ARE UNDER COMPARISON

16.2.1 Bids shall be evaluated on the basis of CFR (CHENNAI) prices including third party inspection
charges, stowage charges wherever applicable (as quoted by BIDDERs), and considering sea
freight as under:
(i) Packages/equipments/pipes & plates : Firm freight as quoted by BIDDER’s
(ii) Bulk items – piping (other than pipes) / instruments : Firm freight as quoted by BIDDER’s.
In case, firm freight is not quoted by BIDDER ( For Bulk Items as well as
Packages/equipments/pipes & plates), freight shall be taken from Transchart through shipping
Dept. and loading shall be done with the same. In case of ordering, transportation shall be done
by the Transchart only.
16.2.2 Cost of mandatory spares identified in the Material Requisition, Commissioning Spares and
special tools & tackles will be included for evaluation of bids, but costs of Spares for two years
operation shall be excluded.
16.2.3 AMC charges shall be considered for evaluation wherever AMC is required.
16.2.4 Supervision (man days as indicated in MR as well as TBA ) and Training charges shall be
considered for evaluation, wherever, supervision and training are required.
16.2.4 (i) Service tax on Reverse charge and withholding tax ( in case it is not included in bidder’s price)
basis, wherever applicable shall be added for bid evaluation purpose only.
16.2.5 Commercial loading shall be considered for evaluation of bids.
16.2.6 Technical loading, if any, shall be considered for evaluation of bids.
16.2.7 For global enquiries, evaluation of offer shall be done considering foreign exchange rate, i.e., 1
USD = Rs. 56.13 *(for procurement of foreign component on global basis up to USD 8312771).
For balance items, evaluation shall be carried out on equivalent Indian Rupees basis
considering Bills Selling rates of Foreign Exchange as available from State Bank of India on the
day of priced opening. In case the same is not available, the exchange rate from Economic
Times, New Delhi edition, published on the day of priced opening, shall be considered. *
Payment shall be made based on the Foreign Exchange Rate prevailing on the date of making
payment.
NOTE :Site Work, wherever applicable, shall be considered for evaluation.

16.3 WHERE INDIAN AS WELL AS FOREIGN BIDS ARE UNDER COMPARISON

16.3.1 INDIGENOUS BIDDERS:
(i) The evaluated price of indigenous BIDDERs shall be carried out on the basis of landed cost
at Site, as per clause 16.1 above.
(ii) Notional Loading of 1% for TPI charges shall be considered for evaluation.
16.3.2 FOREIGN BIDDERS :
The evaluated price of foreign BIDDERs shall be on the basis of landed cost at Site, including
the following:
(i) Evaluation shall be done as per clause 16.2 above plus marine insurance @ 1% of FOB
T&C FOR ED COMMITTEE APPL- LSTK-A133

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL- All rights reserved

Page 29 of 442
 Document No.
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) A133-01- ITB Rev. 0
CPCL – LSTK Page 13

Price.
(ii) L/C charges @ 1% of FOB price.
(iii) Landing Charges @ 1% of CIF Value i.e S.No. (i).
(iv) Custom clearance, Port Handling and Inland Freight (from Port of Entry (CHENNAI) to
CPCL project site) charges @ 3% of CIF value including L/C Charges, i.e., S. No. (i) plus
(ii).
(v) Landed Cost = S.No. (i) to (iv).
NOTE :
- Site Work, wherever applicable, shall be considered for evaluation.
- Transit insurance for Indigenous and Foreign BIDDERs, will not be loaded..

16.4 GENERAL
16.4.1 Taxes and duties will be cost loaded as quoted by the bidder. However, if a SUPPLIER states
that taxes/duties are not applicable at present and will be charged as applicable at the time of
delivery then his bid shall be loaded by the maximum rate of taxes/duties applicable at the time
of evaluation of Bids.
16.4.2 In case of pipes, if a foreign BIDDER has not quoted or not included stowage charges, the
same shall be loaded @ 10% of BIDDER’s quoted Ocean Freight.

17 LOADING/REJECTION CRITERIA

Cost loading on account of deviations to commercial terms & conditions shall be calculated on FOT
Despatch Point price/ FOB price as under :

17.1 PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE (PBG)

In case, Foreign SUPPLIER takes any deviation with respect to the amount or period or validity of the
performance bank guarantee, the offer shall be rejected.
Any other type of bond (e.g. indemnity bond ) is not acceptable in lieu of Performance Bank
Guarantee (PBG).
In case foreign bidder submit stand by Letter of Credit in lieu of CPBG, same shall be accepted.
Confirmation charges for the stand by Letter of Credit shall be to seller’s account.
In case, Indian Supplier takes any deviation with respect to the amount or period or
validity of the performance bank guarantee, loading shall be done for the differential amount and /or the
differential period.
For differential period/amount loading, the following example will amplify the methodology :
For differential period:
10% for differential period : 10% * differential period /total period ,i.e, (guarantee period + claim period)
In case of Differential Amount:
Amount offered by the Bidder : Loading
a) 10% : Nil
b) Less than 10% : Differential between the offered percentage and 10%

T&C FOR ED COMMITTEE APPL- LSTK-A133

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL- All rights reserved

Page 30 of 442
 Document No.
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) A133-01- ITB Rev. 0
CPCL – LSTK Page 14

17.2 PRICE REDUCTION SCHEDULE (PRS)

17.2.1 PRICE REDUCTION SCHEDULE (APPLICABLE AS 1/2% DOV ~ 5% TOV) FOR DELAYED
DELIVERY:

(i) 1/2% of DOV up to maximum of 5% of TOV No loading

(ii) 1/2% of DOV up to maximum of 5% of DOV 2.5%

(iii) Other than the above 5%

17.2.2 PRICE REDUCTION SCHEDULE ( APPLICABLE AS 1/2% TOV ~ 7.5% TOV FOR
PACKAGES & CRITICAL ITEMS ONLY )
(i) 1/2% of TOV up to maximum of 7.5% of TOV No loading
(ii) 1/2% of TOV to x% of TOV (7.5-x)%

(iii) Other than the above 7.5%

NOTE: TOV – Total Order Value (FOT Despatch Pt. Price); DOV – Delayed Order Value (FOT
Despatch Pt. Price).

17.4 PRICE VARIATION

(i) Firm Prices : No Loading
(ii) In case of Price Variation Formula with : Loading by ceiling %age offered
ceiling
(iii) No formula and no ceiling specified by the : Offer shall be rejected
BIDDER
Note : In case the enquiry itself provides for price variation on account of certain variables, offers
seeking such variation shall not be loaded.

17.5 PAYMENT TERMS

Payment terms at variance with RFQ (which are not interest bearing), will not be permitted. However, if
a BIDDER insists on the same, these shall be loaded @ SBI PLR+ 2% per annum (simple interest) for
the relevant period as under:
(i) Advance against FOA / PO : 100% of the delivery period
(ii) Drawing approval : 80% of the delivery period
(iii) Order on sub Vendors : 75% of the delivery period
(iv) Receipt of raw material at Vendor’s works : 50% of the delivery period
(v) %age payment against dispatch : Interest for three month
Documents instead receipt & acceptance
at Site (Specified in RFQ)
(vi) % age payment against dispatch : Interest for one month
document instead of Final document
as per Purchase Requisition
(Specified in RFQ)
(vii) %age payment against receipt of : Interest for three month
material at site instead
acceptance of material at site
(Specified in RFQ)
T&C FOR ED COMMITTEE APPL- LSTK-A133

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL- All rights reserved

Page 31 of 442
 Document No.
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) A133-01- ITB Rev. 0
CPCL – LSTK Page 15

Notes to S. No. (vii) :

- Shall be applicable to indigenous bidders.
- Shall be against Additional BG of equivalent amount valid initially for 3 months plus claim
period.
PBG shall be required along with the Dispatch documents, in cases where there is no further milestone
payment of 10% or more left.

17.6 DELIVERY
17.6.1 FOR IDENTIFIED CRITICAL EQUIPMENTS (TO BE IDENTIFIED BY THE PROJECT):
Delivery/Completion period longer than required in enquiry shall be liable for rejection..
17.6.2 FOR BALANCE ITEMS/EQUIPMENTS (OTHER THAN CRITICAL EQUIPMENTS) :
(i) FOR ENQUIRIES WITH DELIVERY/COMPLETION PERIOD UPTO 6 MONTHS
Delivery/Completion period longer than required in enquiry shall be loaded @ 1/2% per week up
to a maximum of four (4) weeks. In case, a SUPPLIER quotes delivery longer than four (4)
weeks from required, the bid shall be rejected. One (1) month shall be construed as equal to
four (4) weeks for the purpose of such evaluation.
(ii) FOR ENQUIRIES WITH DELIVERY /COMPLETION PERIOD BEYOND 6 MONTHS
Delivery/Completion period longer than required in enquiry shall be loaded @ 1/2% per week
upto a maximum of six (6) weeks. In case, a SUPPLIER quotes delivery longer than six (6)
weeks from required, the bid shall be rejected. One (1) month shall be construed as equal to
four (4) weeks for the purpose of such evaluation.
NOTE: In case under clause no. 2.1, indigenous bidder offers a deviation against the terms of
delivery basis, their bid shall be rejected.
*Wherever source of supply will get changed from indigenous to foreign or foreign to
indigenous, project will provide approval for the same.*

17.7 OFFER VALIDITY:

In case a SUPPLIER offers shorter validity of the bid against RFQ requirement, the bid shall be
rejected.

18 INVOICING INSTRUCTIONS

For imported goods, The Invoices shall be billed to CPCL a/c EIL. Consignee on the invoices and bill of
lading issued by the foreign supplier shall be in the name of CPCL, COKER BLOCK OF RESID
UPGRADATION PROJECT, MANALI REFINERY, CHENNAI. For Indigenous Goods, the invoices shall
be billed to EIL a/c CPCL. However, the consignee in the tax invoices shall be CPCL A/C EIL, COKER
BLOCK OF RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT, MANALI REFINERY, CHENNAI to avail input credit of
Excise duty by CPCL.

T&C FOR ED COMMITTEE APPL- LSTK-A133

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL- All rights reserved

Page 32 of 442
 Document No.
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) A133-01- ITB Rev. 0
CPCL – LSTK Page 1

Annexure I

TERMS & CONDITIONS FOR INDIAN SOURCED COMPONENTS / SERVICES BY FOREIGN BIDDER

Foreign bidder may source components / sub-supplies and services from India, if allowed as per Material
Requisition. For such sub-supplies / services ,Commercial Terms & Conditions of the RFQ shall stand
modified to the following extent:

1. PRICING:
1.1 Unit and total price on FOT Despatch Point basis including packing and forwarding charges.
1.2 Details of Taxes and duties (rates) payable extra on the finished goods, applicable on Indian sub-
suppliers. Purchaser shall issue ‘C’ form for Concessional rate of Central sales tax.
1.3 Separate and clear break-up of charges for inland transportation excluding Entry Tax & Terminal
Tax. Entry Tax and Terminal Tax, if applicable, shall be reimbursed at actuals by EIL on
submission of documentary evidence.
1.4 Materials if ordered against the RFQ/Bidding Document are required to be dispatched on door
delivery basis through a reliable bank approved Road Transport Company.
1.5 Transit insurance of Indian sub supplies shall be borne and arranged by the EIL.

2. CURRENCY OF QUOTE:
The quoted price of sub-supplies / services shall be in Indian Rupees only.

3. AWARD OF ORDER:
Foreign Principal shall be the single point responsible Vendor and separate order on Foreign
supplier and Indian sub-supplier / sub-contractor is not acceptable. Single Purchase order shall be
issued on the Foreign principal clearly indicating the sub-supplier’s / sub-contractor’s name,
material and corresponding price in Indian Rupees.

4. DELIVERY:
The delivery period for sub-supplies shall be on FOT site basis within specified delivery period for
Foreign bidder as per Terms of RFQ/Bidding document.

5. PRICE REDUCTION SCHEDULE:

PRS shall be applicable in totality on Foreign scope + Indian sourced component / Service for
delay in supply of goods/services either by Foreign principals or Indian counterpart.

6. PAYMENT TERMS:
6.1 Indian sub-supplies:
 90% through E-Payment with taxes and duties will be paid against receipt of Indian sourced
goods/material at project site.
 10% against receipt & Acceptance on delivery of main equipments by Foreign principal and
as well as Indian supplies at site as per Terms of bidding document.
Payment of Indian sub supplies/Services shall be released directly to Indian counterpart against
Invoices raised by Indian counterpart duly certified by Foreign principal.

6.2 Foreign principals: Payment terms of Foreign bidder shall be modified and 5% payment out of
payment against shipping documents through L/c shall be released after receipt on delivery of
main equipments by Foreign principal as well as Indian supplies at site as per Terms of bidding
document through wire transfer.

6.3 The payments shall be made after Adjustment of Price Reduction Schedule.
T&C FOR ED COMMITTEE APPL- LSTK-A133

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL- All rights reserved

Page 33 of 442
 Document No.
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) A133-01- ITB Rev. 0
CPCL – LSTK Page 2

7. PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE:

Foreign principal shall submit the performance bank guarantee for 10% of total order value
including value of Foreign portion and Indian sourced components / services

T&C FOR ED COMMITTEE APPL- LSTK-A133

Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1 Copyrights EIL- All rights reserved

Page 34 of 442
  
 
Terms and conditions for Reverse Auction 
 
1 Owner  /  Purchaser  reserves  the  right  to  go  in  for  reverse  auction  among  the 
technically  and  commercially  acceptable  bidders.  The  decision  to  conduct  reverse 
auction or not, will be conveyed to short listed bidders prior to opening of price bid. 
In view of this, the bidders must quote most competitive prices in the first instance 
itself. 
 
2 Once the decision to conduct Reverse Auction is conveyed to the bidders, it will be 
mandatory  for  the  bidders  to  participate  in  Reverse  Auction,  failing  which,  the 
bidder  shall  be  liable  for  punitive  action  including  but  not  limited  to  rejection  of 
offer, encashment of bid security, wherever applicable, etc. For this purpose, even 
log‐in to the system shall be construed as participation.  
 
3 Schedule for Reverse Auction 
 
  The  Reverse  Auction  shall  be  scheduled  for  a  duration  of  two  hours.  If  a  bidder  
places a  Bid in the last 5  minutes of scheduled  closing  time  of the Auction, the 
Auction time shall get extended automatically for another 5 minutes from the time 
of the last Bid placed.  In case, there is no Bid in the last 5 minutes of closing of the 
Auction, the Auction shall be closed automatically without any extension. 
 
  The above provision shall apply to the bids in extended time also. 

4 Auction process  
 
- Each Bidder shall be assigned a Unique User Name & Password.  The Bidders are 
requested to change the Password and edit the information in the Registration 
Page  after  the  receipt  of  initial  Password.    All  bids  using  the  Login  ID  given  to 
the bidder will be deemed to have been submitted by the bidders.  During the 
auction, bidders will be referred by proxy names as B1, B2,  B3,  etc. and identity 
will not be disclosed.  

- The  Reverse  Auction  shall  be  conducted  based  on  the  lowest  evaluated  price 
out  of  all  the  techno‐commercially  acceptable  bidders,  based  on  the  prices 
submitted along with the bid, as the opening price. The Bidder shall be able to 
bid  lower  than  the  opening  price  in  multiples  of  the  decrement,  but  a  Bidder 
must always bid lower than the Lowest Bid. 

- Only one bidder shall be at a particular position / rank, which means only one 
L1. 

Page 1 of 4

Page 35 of 442
 - The  Bidder  shall  be  able  to  view  the  following  on  his  screen  along  with  the 
necessary fields: 
 
i) Opening Price. 
ii) Leading Bid in the Auction, i.e., the lowest bid. 
iii) Bid placed by him. 
At  no  point  of  time  will  any  bidder  see  the  names  of  other  bidders,  or  the 
prices of bidders other than the lowest bid. 
 
- A  bidder  can  continue  to  revise  his  bid  till  the  auction  ends.    However,  the 
Bidder cannot quote / Bid equal to the Leading / Lowest Bid. He must always 
quote lower than the Leading / Lowest Bid.   

- The  evaluation  criteria  is  based  on  Price  alone.    The  Bidder  who  quotes  the 
lowest evaluated Price is determined as the lowest bidder. 

- However, if Reverse Auction does not lead to any bid, EIL shall reserve the right 
to award the job based on the lowest prices quoted in sealed envelope. 
- Apart from the participating bidders, the Reverse Auction shall be visible, while 
in  progress  to  authorized  officials  of  Owner  /  Purchaser,  who  are  monitoring 
the process. 
 
5 Bid Price 
 
The  price  shall  be  based  on  the  scope,  technical  specifications  and  commercial 
terms  &  conditions  and  other  part  of  Bidding  document  agreed  upto  the  date  of 
reverse auction.  
 
The Opening Price and the Bid Decrement shall be displayed on the auction site at 
the  start  of  the  auction.    However,  the  bidders  shall  be  able  to  view  the  auction 
details, generally, 15 to 30 minutes before the start of actual  auction.  
 
6 Bid Decrement  
 
Shall be 0.1% of the Opening Price. The bidder to lower the bid in multiples of the 
bid decrement. 
 
7 Bidding Currency  
 
Bidding will be conducted in Indian Rupees (INR). 
 
 
 

Page 2 of 4

Page 36 of 442
 8 Bid Validity  
 
The  Bid  Price  submitted  in  the  reverse  auction  shall  be  firm  and  valid  for 
acceptance for a period of 15 days from the date of reverse auction and shall not be 
subject to any change whatsoever. 
 
9 Bids once placed, binding on the Bidder 
 
The bid of the bidder will be taken to be an offer to sell.  Bids once submitted by 
the bidder cannot be cancelled.  The bidder is bound to sell the material/services at 
the price that they bid.  Should any bidder back out and not accept the order as per 
the rates quoted, Owner / Purchaser reserves the right to take action as considered 
appropriate,  including  encashment  of  bid  security  and  placement  on  Holiday  / 
Negative list etc. 
 
10 Lowest bid of a Bidder  
 
During the process of reverse auction, the bidder may submit several bids. In case 
the  bidder  submits  such  multiple  bids,  the  lowest  bid  will  be  considered  as  the 
bidder’s final offer to sell. 
 
11 Submission of final prices by successful bidder 
Successful  bidder  shall  be  required  to  submit  the  final  prices,  quoted  during  the 
Reverse  Auction  in  an  appropriate  format  within  two  days  of  the  completion  of 
Auction to EIL, duly signed and stamped as token of acceptance without any new 
condition. However, in case the reverse auction is for a package, within 2 working 
days after completion of the online event of Reverse Auction, the successful bidder 
would  submit  their  cost  break  down  as  per  the  price  format  for  the  final  price 
arrived at after reverse auction.  
 
12 General 
 
- The  bidders  may  quote  from  their  own  offices/  place  of  their  choice.  Internet 
connectivity  shall  have  to  be  ensured  by  each  agency  on  its  own.  In  extreme 
case of failure of internet connectivity, (due to unforeseen circumstances other 
than power failure), communication shall have to be sent by fax/E‐mail/ phone 
immediately. Owner / Purchaser shall extend the bidding time, in such a case, 
appropriately (generally by half an hour) but not more than once per bidder. 

- The  Bidder,  himself  or  any  of  his  representatives,  shall  not  involve  in  Price 
manipulation  of  any  kind  directly  or  indirectly  by  communicating  with  other 
bidder. 
 

Page 3 of 4

Page 37 of 442
 - The  Bidder  shall  not  divulge  either  his  Bids  or  any  other  exclusive  details  of 
Owner / Purchaser to any other party. 
 
- Bidders  agree  to  non‐disclosure  of  trade  information  regarding  the  purchase, 
identity of EIL, bid process, bid technology, bid documentation and bid details. 
 
- Owner / Purchaser can decide to extend, reschedule or cancel any Auction.  No 
bidder can claim any kind of compensation on account of the same. 
 
- Owner / Purchaser shall not have any liability to Bidders for any interruption or 
delay in access to the site irrespective of the cause. 
 
- Owner  /  Purchaser  shall  not  be  responsible  for  any  direct  /  indirect  / 
consequential  losses  /  damages,    on  account  of  systems  problems,  inability  to 
use the system, loss of electronic information etc. 
 
- Owner  /  Purchaser  shall  be  at  liberty  to  cancel  the  reverse  auction  process  / 
tender at any time, before ordering, without assigning any reason.  
 
- Owner / Purchaser’s decision on award of Contract shall be final and binding on 
all the Bidders. 
 
 
 
 
 

Page 4 of 4

Page 38 of 442
 Instructions to Bidders for e-Tendering
Instructions for Online Bid Submission:
The bidders are required to submit soft copies of their bids electronically on the CPP Portal (URL:
http://eprocure.gov.in) only, using valid Digital Signature Certificates. The instructions given below are
meant to assist the bidders in registering on the CPP Portal, prepare their bids in accordance with the
requirements and submitting their bids online on the CPP Portal.

More detailed information useful for submitting online bids on the CPP Portal may be obtained at:

https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app .
REGISTRATION

1) Bidders are required to enroll on the e-Procurement module of the Central Public
Procurement Portal (URL: https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app) by clicking on the link “Click
here to Enroll” on the CPP Portal is free of charge.

2) As part of the enrolment process, the bidders will be required to choose a unique username
and assign a password for their accounts.

3) Bidders are advised to register their valid email address and mobile numbers as part of the
registration process and submit in EIL tender portal for updation of records
(http://tenders.eil.co.in) . These details would be used for any communication from the CPP
Portal.

4) Upon enrolment, the bidders will be required to register their valid Digital Signature
Certificate (DSC) (Class II or Class III Certificates with signing key usage) issued by any
Certifying Authority recognized by CCA India (e.g. Sify / TCS / nCode / eMudhra etc.), with
their profile.

5) Foreign Bidders have to refer “DSC details for foreign Bidders” for Digital signature
Certificates requirements which comes under Download Tab at
https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app and the remaining part is same as above and below.

6) Only one valid DSC should be registered by a bidder. Please note that the bidders are
responsible to ensure that they do not lend their DSC’s to others which may lead to misuse.

7) Bidder then logs in to the site through the secured log-in by entering their user ID / password
and the password of the DSC / e-Token.
SEARCHING FOR TENDER DOCUMENTS

1) There are various search options built in the CPP Portal, to facilitate bidders to search active
tenders by several parameters. These parameters could include Tender ID, organization
name, location, date, value, etc. There is also an option of advanced search for tenders,
wherein the bidders may combine a number of search parameters such as organization
name, form of contract, location, date, other keywords etc. to search for a tender published
on the CPP Portal.

2) Once the bidders have selected the tenders they are interested in, the same can be moved
to the respective ‘My Tenders’ folder. This would enable the CPP Portal to intimate the
bidders through SMS / e-mail in case there is any corrigendum issued to the tender
document.

3) The bidder should make a note of the unique Tender ID assigned to each tender, in case
they want to obtain any clarification / help from the Helpdesk.

Page 1 of 3

Page 39 of 442
 Instructions to Bidders for e-Tendering
PREPARATION OF BIDS

1) Bidder should take into account any corrigendum published on the tender document before
submitting their bids.

2) Please go through the tender advertisement and the tender document carefully to
understand the documents required to be submitted as part of the bid. Please note the
number of covers in which the bid documents have to be submitted, the number of
documents - including the names and content of each of the document that need to be
submitted. Any deviations from these may lead to rejection of the bid.

3) Bidder, in advance, should get ready the bid documents to be submitted as indicated in the
tender document and generally, they can be in PDF / XLS / RAR / DWF formats. Bid
documents may be scanned with 100 dpi with black and white option. However, Price
Schedule / SOR shall be strictly in RAR format without altering any contents of the
formats uploaded by EIL in their Bidding Document.

4) To avoid the time and effort required in uploading the same set of standard documents which
are required to be submitted as a part of every bid, a provision of uploading such standard
documents (e.g. PAN card copy, annual reports, auditor certificates etc.) has been provided
to the bidders. Bidders can use “My Space” area available to them to upload such
documents. These documents may be directly submitted from the “My Space” area while
submitting a bid, and need not be uploaded again and again. This will lead to a reduction in
the time required for bid submission process.

SUBMISSION OF BIDS

1) Bidder should log into the site well in advance for bid submission so that he/she upload the
bid in time i.e. on or before the bid submission time. Bidder will be responsible for any delay
due to other issues.

2) The bidder has to digitally sign and upload the required bid documents one by one as
indicated in the tender document.

3) Bidder has to select the payment option as “offline” to pay the tender fee / EMD as
applicable and enter details of the instrument.
4) Bidder should prepare the EMD as per the instructions specified in the tender document. The
original should be posted/couriered/given in person to the Tender Processing Section, with
in 7 calendar days of the date of Unpriced bid opening. The details of the DD/any other
accepted instrument, physically sent, should tally with the details available in the scanned
copy and the data entered during bid submission time. Otherwise the uploaded bid will be
rejected.
5) A Price Bid format has been provided with the tender document to be filled by all the bidders.
Bidders are requested to note that they should necessarily submit their financial bids in the
format provided and no other format is acceptable. Bidders are required to download the
Price Bid file, open it and complete the cells with their respective financial quotes and other
details (such as name of the bidder). No other cells should be changed. Once the details
have been completed, the bidder should save it and submit it online, without changing the
filename. If the Price Bid file is found to be modified by the bidder, the bid will be rejected.

6) The server time (which is displayed on the bidders’ dashboard) will be considered as the
standard time for referencing the deadlines for submission of the bids by the bidders,
opening of bids etc. The bidders should follow this time during bid submission.

Page 2 of 3

Page 40 of 442
 Instructions to Bidders for e-Tendering
7) All the documents being submitted by the bidders would be encrypted using PKI encryption
techniques to ensure the secrecy of the data. The data entered cannot be viewed by
unauthorized persons until the time of bid opening. The confidentiality of the bids is
maintained using the secured Socket Layer 128 bit encryption technology. Data storage
encryption of sensitive fields is done.

8) The uploaded tender documents become readable only after the tender opening by the
authorized bid openers.
9) Upon the successful and timely submission of bids, the portal will give a successful bid
submission message & a bid summary will be displayed with the bid no. and the date & time
of submission of the bid with all other relevant details.
10) The bid summary has to be printed and kept as an acknowledgement of the submission of
the bid. This acknowledgement may be used as an entry pass for any bid opening meetings.

RETENDER

1) Please note that if Tender has been retendered, than it is mandatory for the bidder to
submit their offer again on CPP Portal.

ASSISTANCE TO BIDDERS

1) Any queries relating to the tender document and the terms and conditions contained therein
should be addressed to the Tender Inviting Authority for a tender or the relevant contact
person indicated in the tender.

2) Any queries relating to the process of online bid submission or queries relating to CPP Portal
in general may be directed to the 24x7 CPP Portal Helpdesk. The contact number for the
helpdesk is 1800 233 7315.

Page 3 of 3

Page 41 of 442
 TERMS & CONDITIONS FOR INSTALLATION/SITE WORK
For
RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT – COKER BLOCK OF CPCL, CHENNAI
1. The Vender shall perform their jobs in eco-friendly manner and in consonance with the
objectives of CPCL Refinery environment management system.
2. Construction / erection work for several other project facilities at various locations within
refinery site will be progressing concurrently. It will be the responsibility of vendor to seek
approvals from the Purchaser for working within & outside the refinery limits and also of taking
all suitable safety measures as per regulations in force for the safety of existing-refinery.
3. The material shall be collected by the vendor from Purchaser’s stores/Project Site/vendor’s own
stores (as the case may be) and transported to the erection site at Vendor’s cost and risk.
4. All labour (both skilled and unskilled), tools, tackles and consumables, shall be arranged by
Vendor at his own cost.
5. Vendor shall arrange for the necessary transport, accommodation, medical, canteen and other
facilities for their employees/staff at their own cost and abide by all labour laws, safety codes
and statutory regulations and keep Owner/ Purchaser indemnified in respect thereof.
6. Purchaser shall arrange the Marine cover Insurance and Erection. All Risk Cover Insurance for
the project for permanent incorporation of material and services. Vendor shall arrange and pay
for all other insurances as may be required under the law for their employees/
materials/subcontractor(s) and shall also cover against all risk for the materials issued by
Purchaser. Vendor shall be working at Owner’s site along with agencies that will be engaged in
the other activities. For this purpose the third party risk shall also be covered by Vendor.
7. The Vendor is responsible for keeping his work place neat and clean and shall always avoid
scattering of any materials around the work place. The Vendor shall clear the work site of all
debris, materials, tools, tackles etc. immediately upon completion of the job. Any temp.
line/cables etc. laid after due approval of Engineer in-charge of EIL at site for the purpose of
execution of a particular job shall be immediately removed to an agreed location and the site
cleared off all such materials.
8. The Vendor shall not throw out gaskets, used electrode pieces, hand gloves, cotton wastes,
gunny bags, polythene bags etc. into open channel, any drains or pipe line system. These are to
be collected together and deposited in bins/waste collectors earmarked for the purpose of
disposal after consultation with Engineer-in-Charge.
9. Construction power shall be provided by owner.
10. EIL may permit the bidder, reasonably required land, free of any liability to establish a
temporary site office, fabrication yard and storage area at the job site, at the discretion of
Engineer-in-charge. EIL shall not permit any land at site to be used for residential purposes nor
shall otherwise provide or arrange any land for temporary accommodation of the bidder’s
personnel or labour.
The bidder shall at its own cost and initiative arrange land for residential accommodation for its
staff and workers and the price of services shall be deemed to include the same.
11. All Cranes, handling equipment etc, as required, shall be arranged by Vendor at his cost.

Page 42 of 442
 12. As per the applicable Factory Act the Labour License, if required, shall be taken by Vendor
before starting the works.
13. All necessary compliances to various statutory requirements including Factories Act, Labour
Welfare legislations etc. shall be vendor’s responsibility.
14. The Contractor shall adhere to the Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) management system
as per EIL specification no. A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 0, CPCL Safety Regulation and OISD Guidelines
192 and OISD Guidelines 207, enclosed.
15. It shall be vendor’s responsibility to comply with all rules and regulations in force at construction
site.
16. Surplus material, if any, after completion of site work, shall not be allowed to be taken out of
the refinery premises.

RFQ NO: VENDOR’S SIGNATURE & DATE

ITEM: NAME
OFFER NO: DESIGNATION
SEAL/ STAMP

Page 43 of 442
Page 44 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 2 of 101
CHENNAI

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section I – Safety Management Program

0.0 Definitions
1.0 Purpose
2.0 Compliance
3.0 Objectives
4.0 Contractor Safety Policy and Assurance Plan
5.0 Site Safety Organisation
6.0 Roles and Responsibilities
7.0 Safety Meeting
8.0 Proactive Safety Monitoring
9.0 Site Safety Training and Competence of Employees
10.0 Safety Awareness and Promotional Activities
11.0 Documents and information to be submitted by Contractor
12.0 Incident Reporting
13.0 Site Emergency Response Action Plan
14.0 Site Access and Security Procedure
15.0 Permit to Work System

Section II - Occupational Health and Welfare Facilities

16.0 Welfare Facilities
17.0 Occupational Health Services
18.0 Sanitation and Hygiene Measures

Section III - Site Safety Program

19.0 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
20.0 Housekeeping
21.0 Safety Signs
22.0 Site Electricity
23.0 Form Work
24.0 Excavations
25.0 Hot Work
26.0 Fire Prevention and Control
27.0 Compressed Gases and Combustible Liquids
28.0 Working at height
29.0 Manual Handling
30.0 Sling and Lifting Gears (Rigging)
31.0 Lifting Appliances
32.0 Lifting Activities
33.0 Construction Vehicles
34.0 Construction Machineries
35.0 Noise

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 45 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 3 of 101
CHENNAI

TABLE OF CONTENTS

36.0 Confined Space

37.0 Radiography
38.0 Hand Tools
39.0 Demolitions
40.0 Temporary Structure/Fixtures

Section IV – Liquidated Damages

Penalties for Violation/Non-Adherence of Safety Procedures and
41.0
Practices
42.0 Compensation in case of Accidents

Attachments
Attachment 1. Legal Obligations / Requirements for Construction
Attachment 2. Safety Assurance Plan
Attachment 3. Site Safety Organisation Chart
Attachment 4. Minutes of Meeting
Attachment 5. Field Safety Observation Report (SOR)
Attachment 6. SOR Summary Sheet
Attachment 7. Safe Plan of Action (SPA)
Attachment 8. General Inspection Report
Attachment 9. Routine Inspection Plan
Attachment 10. Safety Audit Checklist
Attachment 11. Safety Induction Checklist
Attachment 12. Tool Box Format
Attachment 13. Training Matrix
Attachment 14. Training Register
Attachment 15. Safety Update Board
Attachment 16. Weekly Safety Report
Attachment 17. Monthly Safety Report
Attachment 18. Incident and Investigation Report
Attachment 19. Incident Report Chain
Attachment 20. Contents of First-aid box
Attachment 21. IS Code for PPE
Attachment 22. PPE Issue Register
Attachment 23. PPE Stock Register
Attachment 24. DG Checklist
Attachment 25. Excavation Checklist
Attachment 26. Hot Work Activity Checklist
Attachment 27. Welding Set Checklist
Attachment 28. Gas Cutting Set Checklist
Attachment 29. Grinding Machine Checklist

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 46 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 4 of 101
CHENNAI

Attachments
Attachment 30. Fire Extinguisher Monthly Inspection
Attachment 31. Scaffolding Checklist
Attachment 32. Slings and Lifting Gear Register
Attachment 33. Wire Rope Sling Checklist
Attachment 34. Synthetic Web Sling Checklist
Attachment 35. Crane Register
Attachment 36. Mobile Crane Daily Inspection
Attachment 37. Monthly Mobile Crane Inspection
Attachment 38. Pre-Lift Checklist
Attachment 39. Construction Vehicle Checklist

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 47 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 5 of 101
CHENNAI

Section I – Safety Management Program

0.0 Definitions
Owner : Chennai Petroleum Corporation Limited, Manali Refinery, Chennai
Consultant : Jacobs Engineering India Private Limited
Contractor : Person, Firm or Corporation to whom the work will be awarded by EIL.
LSTK Contractor: Engineers India Limited (EIL)
Shall : Mandatory requirement.
Should : Guideline that is strongly recommended.
May : Guideline that is to be considered.
Supervisor : Contractor’s engineer responsible for specific tasks.

1.0 Purpose
The field HSE specification set forth is the minimum requirements that shall be implemented
during the project execution. The contractors are required to implement these standards and any
additional requirements as per local laws and statutory requirements and best practices in industry
whichever are higher. Owner, consultant and EIL may issue further changing requirements from
time to time as the work progresses to fit changing site conditions, which will be binding on the
contractor.

The owner is fully committed for providing safe and healthy working conditions for all employees
working on the project and our goal is zero incidents in our operation. Safety is an overriding value
that the operation shall be conducted in such a manner that reasonably practicable measures are
taken to protect people not only in our employment but also others who may be affected by our
activities.

We believe that incidents are caused and eliminating the causes of incident can prevent them.

Safety is the responsibility of every employee but line management is ultimately responsible for the
implementation of safety requirements.

Everyone involved must be committed to achieving high standard of HSE Performance with proactive
approach at all levels in the organization with excellent teamwork.

All personnel should share a sense of empowerment on safety matters with an effective
communication system to facilitate the flow of safety information both up and down through the
organization

2.0 Compliances
All activities shall be in compliance with relevant local laws, statutory requirements, codes and
practices pertaining to health & safety of employees

2.1. Contractors or other third parties in the refinery shall abide by

Fire & Safety rules and regulations of the Refinery (Latest revision)
Security instruction issued by refinery management time to time
All requirements under the Factory Act 1948
The Contract Labour Act 1970
All requirements of Worker Compensation Act 1923 & ESIS Act including all amendments thereto.
Other statutory requirements shall also be applicable as mentioned.

Attachment 1: Legal Obligations / Requirements for Construction

2.2. The Contractors shall not employ minors (persons below the age of 18 years) in any part of the
refinery.

2.3. Contractor shall display notice at the conspicuous place showing the rates of wages of the workers,

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 48 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 6 of 101
CHENNAI

hours of work, wage periods, date of payment of wages, names and addresses of the Inspectors.
having jurisdiction and date of payment of unpaid wages, in English, Hindi and in the local language
understood by the majority of workers.

2.4. Contractor’s personnel shall abide by the applicable instructions as may be issued from time to time
to handle any emergency situations, such as explosion, fire, terrorist attacks, major accident, etc. In
the event of such emergencies, the Contractor’s personnel shall stop their work and proceed to a
safe designated place assembly point in the area of their work and inform the Engineer-in-Charge
immediately. If needed, they shall be safely evacuated.

2.5. Contractor’s vehicles, trucks, tractor, cranes and other portable equipments e.g. Air Compressor, DG
Set, Dewatering pumps etc. used inside Refinery premises (where Hydrocarbon is used as fuel) for
execution of the job must be mechanically sound and have an approved spark arrester and have
exhaust complying pollution norms. Idle running of those vehicles and equipments shall be avoided.

2.6. The Owner or the Engineer-in-charge or EIL may at any time require the Contractor to subject any
contract workman, to a medical examination, generally or in relation to specific jobs such as in
canteen, tank cleaning, work at height, etc.

2.7. Contractor shall not carry any work without having supervisor at site. If it is required to work
simultaneously in more than one location under the same contract, one supervisor must be put in
each of the locations. If a supervisor has to leave his site for any reason, he must stop his activities
for that period of time.

2.8. Female employee shall not be allowed to bring their child to workplace inside Refinery premises.
Contractor shall make suitable arrangement in case need, outside Refinery premises at his own cost.

2.9. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extra or additional payment or other compensation for the
compliance with all applicable safety rules.

2.10. The requirement to comply with all applicable safety rules shall not entitle or justify the Contractor to
demand or claim any time or cost overrun.

2.11. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any and all liability under the Workmen’s
Compensation Act, and other applicable laws with respect to all those engaged by the Contractor or
any sub-contractor.

2.12. In addition to this specification, contractor shall adhere to Health Safety Environment Procedure
(HSEP) of owner, consultant and EIL.

3.0 Objectives
3.1 General
The contractor shall practice safety leadership, demonstrate visible commitment to the project's
safety policy and strategic objectives, and provide resources to promote a culture that embraces and
accepts absolute safety behavior
• Developing, signing, distributing, and emphasizing the safety policy at the outset of the project.
• Leading and driving the project safety program in order to achieve a world class performance,
together with active participation at all levels with owner and consultant to ensure safe completion
of the project.
• Implementing proactive monitoring system that provides feedback to ensure continuous
improvement in HSE performance.
• Ensure compliance with all applicable laws, statutory requirements, codes of practices and
standards set forth.
• In essence ‘NO SAFETY NO WORK’.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 49 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 7 of 101
CHENNAI

3.2 Targets
The following Safety targets apply to the Project:

• Injuries and Illness - Zero

• Environmental Incidents - Zero
• Property Damage - Zero
• Vehicle Incidents - Zero

4.0 Contractors Safety Policy and Safety Assurance Plan

4.1 The contractor shall formulate a Safety & Health policy and shall be signed by authorised person.
The copy of the Safety & Health Policy shall be displayed at conspicuous places at work sites in
English, Hindi and a local language understood by the majority of construction workers.

4.2 The contractor shall submit copy of safety policy, HSE plan and safety assurance plan to
owner/consultant/ EIL in the standard form for implementation and monitoring of HSE requirements.

Attachment 2: Safety Assurance Plan

5.0 Site Safety Organisation

5.1 Contractor shall post a qualified and experienced ‘Safety Manager’ and deploy Safety Engineers /
Officers, Supervisors and observers in every shift, to exclusively oversee and ensure compliance with
all applicable safety rules. Contractor shall notify the name of the safety manager, safety officer/
engineer and other safety personnel along with their bio-data to the owner /consultant and EIL for the
approval. Only on approval by the owner/consultant/ EIL, these personnel are authorised to work.

5.2 Qualifications of Safety Managers and Safety Engineer/officer shall not be less than as prescribed in
local regulations and the general requirements are described as under.

(a) A person shall not be eligible for appointment as Safety Officer unless he :

(i) Possesses a recognised degree in any branch of engineering or technology and has had practical
experience of working in factory in a supervisory capacity for a period of not less than 2 years; or a recognized
degree in physics or chemistry and has had practical experience of working in a factory in a supervisory
capacity for a period of not less than 5 years; or a recognised diploma in any branch of engineering or
technology and has had practical experience of working in a factory in a supervisory capacity for a period of
not less than 5 years.

(ii) Possesses a degree or diploma in industrial safety recognised by the State Government in addition to
possessing other qualification laid down in the said sub rule.

(iii) had adequate knowledge of the language spoken by majority of the workers in the region in which the
factory where he is to be appointed is situated.

(b) Notwithstanding the provision contained in clause (a), any person who:-

Possesses a recognised degree or diploma in engineering or technology and has had experience of not less
than 5 years in a department of the Central or Union Territory, State Government which deals with the
administration or the Factories Act! 1948; or

Possesses a recognised degree or diploma in engineering or technology and had experience of not less than
5 years, Full time, on training education consultancy, or research in the field of accident prevention in industry
or in any institution, shall also be eligible for appointment as a Safety Officer:

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 50 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 8 of 101
CHENNAI

5.3 Contractor shall submit site safety organization chart along with HSE plan.

Attachment 3: Site Safety Organisation Chart

5.4 Working hours per shift shall not exceed 12 hours per day.

5.5 Contractor shall appoint safety personnel as given below for every work shift:

Safety Observer : At all times minimum one observer for workers not exceeding 100 in numbers.
That means contractors are expected to deploy additional safety observers when
number of workers crosses beyond 100 and thereon.

Safety Supervisor: In addition to above, contractor shall depute one Safety Supervisor for every 250
workers.

Safety Engineer : In addition to above, one safety engineer/ officer for every 1000 workers.

Safety Manager : Minimum of one Safety Manager at all times required to be at site.

Requirement of Safety Personnel for every shift

No. of Workers
deployed Safety Engineer/
Safety Observer Safety Supervisor Safety Manager
Officer
1- 50
One
51-100
101-150 One
Two
151-200
201-250
Three
251-300 One
One
301-350
Four
351-400 Two

401-450
Five
451-500
Up to 1000 Ten Four
Up to 2000 Twenty Eight Two

5.6 In case any of the safety personnel leave the contractor the same shall be intimated to the owner/
Consultant/ EI L. The contractor shall recruit new personnel and fill up the vacancy.

6.0 Roles & Responsibilities

• The contractor shall ensure that an employee of suitable seniority and authority with responsibility
for health and safety is always present on site during the course of the work, to supervise and
direct the work and to receive and implement instructions from the owner/ Consultant/ E IL ’s senior
representative.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 51 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 9 of 101
CHENNAI

• Contractor skilled workmen like riggers, scaffold erectors, welders, fitters, crane operators etc
should have sufficient past experience and skill on the relevant jobs. The electrician deployed
must have valid wireman License.
• All supervisory staff and workmen shall be capable of following instructions and shall be made
aware of their responsibilities.

6.1 All Employees involved in project

• Take reasonable care for the health and safety of him and other persons who may be affected by
his acts or omissions at work.
• Co-operate with his management or others to enable compliance with statutory requirements.
• Report to their immediate supervisor about hazardous situations and defects found in premises,
plant and equipment.
• Avoid improvisation, which might entail risk.
• Consider and suggest means of eliminating hazards.
• Co-operate in maintaining a safe and healthy working environment.
• Attend safety-training classes as and when organized.
• Attend safety meetings if invited.
• Participate in safety campaigns when organized.
• Never intentionally or recklessly interfere with, or misuse, anything provided in the interests of
health, safety or welfare.

• Draw to the attention of management /supervision improvements to health and safety which
appear to be necessary or advisable.
• Immediately report any incident/ near misses to his/her supervisor.
• Demonstrate leadership and commitment to HSE, setting a personal example at all times.

6.2 Contractor’s Construction Manager

He shall understand the owner/ Consultant/ EI L’s HSE requirements and the responsibility
allocated to each grade of supervision.
• Understand and implement the contractual HSE requirements along with relevant Central / Local
legal and statutory regulations.
• Assign clear responsibilities to achieve safety objectives and verify that sub-ordinates are
executing these responsibilities properly.
• Ensure compliance of all the HSE policy and procedures.
• Provide written method statements to establish safe work methods. (Explaining the sequence of
operations, provide outline potential hazards at each stage and identify safety measures to be
adopted).
• Provide the resources necessary to maintain a safe and healthy work environment.
• Locate storage areas, access and site office locations in line with owner/ Consultant/
EI L ’s requirements.
• Ensure availability of all welfare, First -aid and sanitation facilities.
• Enforce identified work permit procedures and requirements.
• Check over work methods and precautions with supervision before work commences.
• Shall lead the safety meetings and safety inspections/ audits and ensure safety deficiencies
identified are correct promptly.
• Enhance safety awareness by promoting safety meetings, motivation programs, Trainings etc.
• Ensure all incidents and near miss incidents are reported immediately and submit investigation
reports, participate in any other investigations as may require.
• Set a personal example on site by adopting a safe working attitude.

6.3 Contractor’s Safety Personnel

He shall understand the owner/ Consultant/ E I L’s HSE requirements and advice management to
ensure
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 52 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 10 of 101
CHENNAI

• Legal and contractual requirements affecting Health, Safety and Environmental issues.
• Assist site management in identifying resources required to work safely.
• Monitor the site activities to ensure only safe work methods are practiced at site, Health and
safety requirements are being observed, all welfare and first aid facilities are adequate and
properly maintained.
• Inspect the work site and daily, report and correct unsafe conditions/ acts.
• Ensure all persons have undergone safety induction training before engaging the on the job.
• Check the provision and status of PPE requirements of the site.
• Assist supervisor in preparing Safe Plan of Action (SPA).
• Conducting investigation of all accidents and incidents at site, measures to prevent recurrence of
such incidents.
• Facilitate, conduct and participate safety meetings, trainings, promotional activities at the site.
• Initiate safety awareness and safety promotional activities
• Review overall safety performance, record and analyse accident/ incidents and
• Document and maintain all HSE statistics, reports and records.
• Submit all documents related to HSE to owner, Consultant and E IL regularly.

6.4 Contractor’s Supervisory Personnel

Understand the owner/ Consultant/ EI L ’s HSE policy requirements and implement:
• Organise work to the required safety standards to prevent injuries, damage to property and
environment.
• Ensure all persons have undergone safety induction training before engaging the on the job.
• Prepare and implement only safe and approved work methods, instruct and ensure compliance by
work force.
• Enforce and comply with all work permit procedures.
• Prior to assigning the days task inspect the work site, correct unsafe conditions if any and report
to site management to prevent recurrence.
• Prepare Safe Plan of Action (SPA) and communicate the same to his workforce.
• Communicate and ensure all identified hazards and preventive measures related to the task are
understood by the workforce.
• Ensure all required safety resources are available and in good condition.
• Inspect all scaffold, elevated platforms, fall and fire preventive/protective equipments involved in
the task,
• Inspect all tools and equipments, safety guards, instruments are in good operating conditions.
• Ensure required Personal Protective Equipments are available.
• Plan and ensure a good housekeeping.
• Monitor and control the task for unsafe acts and conditions.
• Co ordinate task with other activities in the job site.
• Ensure awareness of Emergency procedures, First aid, Fire fighting etc among the workforce.
• Cooperate and implement instructions from Safety and Fire departments.

7.0 Safety Meetings

Effective communications raises safety awareness, and is vital to the successful implementation of
the Site Safety Plan. Objective of safety meeting is to improve the understanding of safety matters, to
obtain the support, co-operation and commitment of all interested parties.

7.1 Safety Kick-Off Meeting

On award of contract, a safety kick off meeting will be arranged and shall be attended by Contractor.
The agenda shall include
• Type and nature of work.
• Scope of work.
• Contractor Safety Policy

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 53 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 11 of 101
CHENNAI

• Contractors HSE plan.

• Site Safety Organisation
• Allowable working hours.
• Legal requirements and documents to submit
• Entry of Personnel and vehicle in to premises
• Personnel Protective Equipment
• Safety Management Programs
- Safety Induction
- Toolbox Talks
- Job Specific Training
- Safety Observation Report (SOR)
- Safe Plan of Action (SPA)
- Safety Inspections and Colour Coding Program
- Monthly Safety Audit
• Reporting of incidents.
• Permit System - administration and requirements.
• Plant and equipment and test certificates
• Safety Promotional Activities.
• Interfaces with other contractors.
• Any other specific anticipated hazards related to the work scope.
• Emergency Response Action Plan
• Welfare facilities for workers
• Work Stoppages and Disciplinary Actions

7.2 Weekly Safety Meetings

Contractor’s Site Manager, Contractors Safety Managers/officers, Contractors Discipline Heads shall
attend weekly safety meeting with consultant / EIL’s site management team. At these meetings
previous week safety performance would be analyzed and the activities planned for the forthcoming
week would be reviewed.
Coordinator Consultant’s Safety manager
Contractor’s/ EIL RCM
Contractor’s/EIL Safety Manager
Contractor’s/ EIL discipline heads
Members Consultant’s RCM

Consultant’s Safety Representatives

Consultant’s discipline head
Owner’s representative

7.2.1 Weekly meeting in weekdays shall be predetermined with mutual agreement between contractor and
owner/consultant.

7.3 Monthly Safety Committee Meeting

7.3.1 In order to ensure better communication and coordination for realising safety targets, the project shall
establish an independent safety committee comprising of Owner Representative, Consultant’s
Construction Manager, Consultant’s Safety Manager, and Consultant’s Discipline Heads, Contractors
Site Manager, Contractors Safety Managers/officers, Contractors Discipline Heads and worker’s
representatives.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 54 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 12 of 101
CHENNAI

Chairman Owner’s Representative

Secretary Owner’s Safety Manager
Consultant’s RCM
Consultant’s Safety Representatives
Consultant’s discipline head
Members Contractor/EIL RCM
Contractor /EIL Safety Representatives
Contractor’s/EIL discipline head
Worker’s Representative

7.3.2 Site safety committee meeting shall be conducted at least once in a month. The agenda shall include
• Review of previous minutes
• Review of site safety performance
• Monthly safety statistics
• Contractor’s safety performance
• Challenges ahead
• SOR trend
• Safety inspection & Audit reports
• Issues by owner/ Consultant/ E IL

7.3.3 Contractor/EIL shall send circular to all safety committee members about the date and venue of
monthly safety committee meeting at least seven days prior to the day of meeting.

7.4 The Minutes of the meeting shall be prepared and sent to all members within 1 working day
preferably by mail/fax followed by hardcopy. Safety Committee meeting minutes shall also be
displayed in the notice board for wider publicity to all concerned.

Attachment 4: Minutes of Meeting

8.0 Pro-Active Safety Monitoring

Contractor shall implement proactive safety monitoring programs that provides feedback to ensure
continuous improvement in safety performance and compliances.

8.1 Safety Observation Report (SOR)

8.11 The SOR is used as a tool for supervisors to record good safety practices unsafe acts/conditions and
the steps taken (immediately and as follow-up) to correct the unsafe practices and recommendation
to prevent its recurrence.

8.12 It is everyone’s responsibility to take immediate corrective action if any unsafe act/ conditions are
observed.

8.13 Contractor’s job supervisor is responsible to close-out the SOR by taking corrective action during
follow-up action.

8.14 SOR shall be submitted to consultant and it shall be summarized periodically for effective tracking, to
analyse the trend and identify frequently occurring unsafe act/ conditions for improved safety
implementation.

Attachment 5: Safety Observation Report (SOR)

Attachment 6: Safety Observation Report Summary Sheet

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 55 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 13 of 101
CHENNAI

8.2 Method Statement

Contractors shall submit method statements for each work to owner/ Consultant/ E IL at least
seven days prior to the commencement of the work. The method statement shall detail:
• The job to be undertaken
• The steps of activities required completing the job.
• The individual trades/disciplines involved in the activity.
• Plant, equipment, tools to be used in the activity.
• Any hazardous substances/chemicals to be used along with their MSDS.
• A detailed description of how the work will be done including control measures and procedures to
complete each activity and the overall job safely.

Compliance with the procedure on the work method statement and relevancy to current operations
shall be monitored on a daily basis and also shall be discussed on safety meetings.
8.3 Safe Plan of Action (SPA)

8.31 The SPA is the primary tool used at site to identify and plan to mitigate safety hazards. This form
shall be completed by the contractor’s supervisor along with crew before starting a new activity and
kept at the work place for ready reference.

8.32 The SPA has sections for the employees to:

• State the task to be performed
• Location of the task to be performed
• Safety hazards anticipated
• Steps to be taken to prevent the risks identified
• Equipment, tools, or materials needed for protection against the hazard and to perform the work
safely.
• Authorisation by reviewing and approving personnel
• The name(s) of the Supervisor(s) for each activity.
• The name of the person in overall charge of the job.
• Duration of the job.

8.33 It is the responsibility of the supervisor to ensure that all resources (equipment, tools, materials etc)
identified through SPA are implemented and all the steps identified to prevent the hazards are
implemented while executing the job.

8.34 It is the responsibility of the job supervisor to communicate the SPA to all workmen involved in that
specific task

8.35 A copy of SPA shall be displayed proximity to the actual works location in Hindi /vernacular language
& English.

Attachment 7: Safe Plan of Action (SPA)

8.4 Safety Inspections

The purpose of safety inspection is to identify any variation in construction activities and operations,
machineries, plant and equipments for ensuring an activity whether it is executed in accordance to a
general set of safety rules.

All equipments, machineries, tools, slings, lifting gears, lifting appliances involved in site shall be
inspected periodically.
Monthly colour coding program shall be implemented by the contractor and after the periodical
inspection, stickers for the corresponding month shall be pasted. Documents related to the inspection
shall be maintained and submitted to owner/ Consultant/ EI L regularly.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 56 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 14 of 101
CHENNAI

Month Colour code

January & July Yellow

February & August Orange

March & September Pink
April & October Green
May & November Red
June & December Blue

8.41 General Inspection (Safety Walk Around)

General inspections shall be performed at predetermined intervals and the inspection shall involve
contractor’s RCM and contractor’s safety manager, owner/ Consultant/ E I L’s representatives.

Attachment 8: General Inspection Format

8.42 Routine Inspections

Routine inspections referred to the inspection of work site, equipment, temporary structures, work
activities etc.
Job specific inspections are performed on activities without a predetermined date. Competent
supervisors usually perform inspections for ensuring an activity whether it is executed in accordance
to a general set of rules.
Contractor shall inspect all equipments, tools etc initially before putting those into the service.
Contractor shall formulate the required checklist for all activities and equipments. As a minimum,
contractor shall conduct inspection as per the attachment.

Attachment 9: Routine Inspection Plan

8.5 Safety Audit

Safety audits are mandatory. The purpose of safety audit is to monitor and assess the effectiveness
of the site safety plan at workplace. It helps to develop the safety procedures further if the existing
procedures are found un-satisfactory. It assesses potential risk, liabilities and the degree of
compliance of construction safety plan and its supplementary procedures and programs against
applicable and current safety legislation regulations and requirements of the owner/ Consultant/ EI L.

Contractor’s construction manager holds the ultimate responsibility in ensuring implementation of

safety audit program during the construction work.

8.5.1 Monthly Safety Audit

Monthly Safety Audit shall be performed once in a month with prior notice. It shall be organised by
consultant’s safety manager with representatives from owner and contractor with a pre-determined
format.
These audits will play a vital role in assessing the Contractor’s Safety performance rating.

Based on the audit team observation, the evaluator shall allot the score based on the compliance
observed of the requirement and summarise the overall scoring of the audit.

The audit findings along with the recommended corrective actions with target date shall be circulated
to the respective contractors. The contractor should complete the recommended corrective actions
and submit the corrective action report.

The date for the audit shall be agreed by the owner/ Consultant/ E I L and

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 57 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 15 of 101
CHENNAI

contractor.

Attachment 10: Safety Audit Checklist

9.0 Site Safety Training and Competence of Employees

• Contractor must ensure that his employees are adequately trained and experienced to carry out
their work safely. Training should continue throughout the project and should include regular
toolbox discussions.

• Contractor must also ensure that specific hazards likely to be experienced on the site are notified
to their workforce together with any precautions to be taken and local rules to be observed.

• Where particularly severe or unusual hazards arise, consultant reserves the right at no additional
cost to request contractor’s employees to attend safety training and instruction sessions, whether
carried out on site or externally.

• Contractor shall provide a dedicated training room for conducting training for their workers.

9.1 Initial site orientation / safety induction and ID cards

9.11 All personnel working on the site shall be required to attend a safety induction briefing before
commencing work. Safety induction shall cover all topics included in the attached checklist.

Attachment 11: Safety Induction

9.12 The contractor shall conduct a site visit for his new employees in groups of less than 25 to familiarize
the new employees with essential services, their work place, and general site layout.

9.13 It is the responsibility of the contractor to familiarize all new personnel to the project on the actual
location of assembly points, fire alarm points, first-aid center, welfare facilities and other important
locations.

9.14 Contractors are responsible for arranging site safety induction for their workmen and they shall
inform consultant’s safety representative at least one day in advance.

9.15 Induction card duly stamped as “Safety Inducted” and the date of induction by contractor shall be
issued after the completion of Induction.

9.2 Toolbox Talks

Contractor shall conduct job specific and weekly tool box talks to encourage two way
communications with the employees.
Contractor shall maintain records of Toolbox Talks and shall be submitted to Consultant on regular
basis.

Attachment 12: Tool Box Talk

9.21 Job specific tool box talk

Contractor’s task supervisor shall conduct job specific toolbox talks (SPA) for all workers before
commencement of their job.
Topics shall include hazards and safety precautions as identified in the SPA.

9.22 Weekly tool box talk

Contractor’s safety manager shall conduct weekly tool box talk preferably on Monday at the start of
the shift.
Duration of talk shall not be less than 15 minutes.
Topics may be the current site safety issues that shall be agreed between the contractor,
owner/ Consultant/ EI L
9.3 Training from Owner

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 58 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 16 of 101
CHENNAI

Contractors and their supervisory staff shall undergo a one-day training programme annually from
owner on Safe Working Practices in the Refinery Premises so as to familiarize themselves with the
safety rules, regulations and practices. Contractor shall be in possession of valid safety training
badge while working in the Refinery premises.

The Contractors shall ensure that their supervisors must undergo Fire & Safety Training &
subsequent Test at Fire Station before starting the job. All contractors must disclose to CLM Cell the
name of supervisors and arrange safety training at Refinery Fire Station, before obtaining a gate
pass. CISF will issue the gate pass meant for supervisor, only after getting the confirmation from Fire
& Safety. It is the duty of supervisor to train his work force in Fire & Safety on regular basis. The
violation of this will be viewed seriously.

9.4 Site safety training

Contractor is responsible for site safety awareness training for all personnel working in his areas.
Training includes

Personal Protective Equipment Scaffold

Housekeeping Fall prevention and protection
Work permit Hot work
First-aid Heavy lifting and Rigging
H2S Fire prevention and protection

Mock drill including fire rescue, evacuation etc… Electrical Safety

Excavation Hand and power tools
Manual handling Confined Space Entry
Driving Safety Pre-commissioning Safety
Working at Height Lock-out and Tag-out

Completion of specific hazard training is mandatory before working on such tasks. A list of all trained
persons shall be maintained at site.
The contractor shall prepare the training calendar for safety activities and submit to owner/
Consultant/ EI L on monthly basis.

Attachment 13: Safety Training Matrix

Contractor shall maintain records of training register and copy shall be submitted to owner/
Consultant/ EI L after completion of training program

Attachment 14: Training Register

9.5 Safety Hand Book

The contractor shall ensure that the workmen working with him comply with safety rules mentioned in
the “Safety booklet for Contractor and their employee”. Booklet can be had free of cost from owner’s
Fire & Safety Dept.

10.0 Safety Awareness and Promotional Activities

In order to develop safety consciousness and awareness amongst the employees, the contractor site
management shall organize suitable Safety campaigns, Safety competitions and Safety rewards.

10.1 Safety Posters

• The contractor shall take every effort to communicate the safety measures through displaying

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 59 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 17 of 101
CHENNAI

posters, banners and sign boards around the work site.

• Posters should be in Hindi, English and other suitable language deemed appropriate.
• Posters should be replaced at least once in a month to maintain its effectiveness.

10.2 Safety Update Board

Contractor shall display safety statistics board at conspicuous locations such as site, contractor site
office; workers rest shed etc and shall be updated on regular basis.

Attachment 15: Safety Update Board

10.3 Safety Notice Board

Contractor shall provide a dedicated notice board for display of safety alerts, safety shares or any
other safety related notices for awareness among work force.

10.4 Safety Campaigns

Contractor may organize monthly/weekly safety campaigns by on different safety themes to maintain
the focus on the hazards involved in the activities.

10.5 Safety Competitions

Contractors may plan for various safety competitions to motivate employees to take active part in
safety program.

10.6 Awards and Recognitions

Construction site safety awards programs may be instituted with focus on remarkable achievements
and contributions towards safety.
Contractor shall formulate safety reward program for individual’s safety performance excellence as
• Supervisor of the Month
• Worker of the Month

10.7 Important days to observe

Contractor should observe the following important days related to Health, Safety and Environment by
displaying banners, badges, distributing pamphlets, competitions etc
• 4th March - National Safety Day
• 14th April - Fire Safety Day
• 5th June - World Environment Day
• 9th July - Occupational Health day

11.0 Documents and Information to be submitted by Contractor

11.1 Apart from safety policy, safety plan, safety organisation chart, safety assurance plan contractor shall
also submit the documents as required.

11.2 Contractor shall submit Man Power Report on daily basis at least by 10.00 am every day.

11.3 Contractor shall submit Weekly Safety Report every Monday as per the approved format. The data
shall be from Monday to Sunday.

11.4 Contractor shall submit the listed supporting documents along with the weekly safety report.
• Safety Induction
• Tool box Talks
• Safety Observation Report (SOR)
• Safety Observation Summary Sheet
• Safety inspection reports
• Safety Audit Report (if any)
• Safe Plan of Action (SPA) of each activity.
• Method statements

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 60 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 18 of 101
CHENNAI

• Safety training and mock drill records

• Incident and Investigation Report (if any)

Attachment 16: Weekly Safety Report

11.5 Contractor shall submit Monthly Safety Report as per the approved format

Attachment 17: Monthly Safety Report

• Test Certificates for lifting tools and tackles, lifting gear, lifting equipment and appliances.
• Test certificates of air receivers.
• Information relating to hazardous materials used and their MSDS.
• Employer’s liability insurance certificate.
• Copies of all Statutory Registers maintained by the contractor when asked for.

11.6 Display of Safety Instructions

The Contractor shall display a ‘Safety Policy’ at a prominent place at his site office and each work
spot.

At all work sites, contractor has to display a board containing following information:-
• Name of the Contractor;
• Name of the work; Work Order No.;
• Job site warning instruction;
• Emergency Telephone Number;
• Do's and don'ts on safety and security;
• Working under the Department;
• OWNER site in-charge name;
• Permit No. & Validity period.

12.0 Incident Reporting

12.1 Any incident at site how slight they are or which entails a person reporting to hospital or leaving site
for treatment shall be verbally reported immediately to owner/ Consultant/ EI L’s representative. This
will enable the owner/ Consultant/ EI L to reach to the scene of incident / dangerous occurrences to
monitor/assist any rescue work and/or start conducting the investigation process so that the
evidences are not lost.
12.2 The return date of injured workmen back to the work shall be reported to owner/ Consultant/ EI L
promptly.
12.3 Written reports of all incidents and dangerous occurrences shall be submitted within 6 hours as per
format attached

Attachment 18: Incident and Investigation Report

12.4 Contractor shall ensure that any incident that occurs is fully investigated to find root cause and
preventive measures are adopted to prevent its reoccurrence. owner/ Consultant/ EI L shall have a
right to conduct independent inquiry of the incident.
12.5 Near misses and minor incidents should also be investigated by the Contractor as soon as possible
as they are signals that there are inadequacies in the safety management system.
12.6 Incident reporting chain and emergency contact numbers shall be displayed at conspicuous locations
at site and contractor offices.

Attachment 19: Incident Reporting Chain and Emergency Contact Numbers

13.0 Site Emergency Response Action Plan

13.1 A detailed site emergency procedure shall be worked out and communicated to all employees at site.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 61 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 19 of 101
CHENNAI

Necessary arrangements shall be made to deal with such emergency situations. An emergency
response team will be formed to tackle such situations.

13.2 The contractor shall ensure that an Emergency Response Plan is prepared to deal with emergencies
such as
• Fire and explosion
• Collapse of lifting appliances and transport equipment
• Collapse of building, sheds or structure etc.
• Gas leakage or spillage of dangerous goods or chemicals
• Excavation collapse
• Fall of person from height

13.3 The following shall be considered to establish emergency procedures.

• Make a list of available emergency services and confirm their communication channels.
• Set up emergency response teams.
• Ensure that supervisors clearly understand their responsibility and role in the site emergency
procedures.
• Designate first aid and provide medical supplies and other material and equipment that may be
required for emergency use.
• Determine emergency evacuation routes for work areas and construction site.
• Make sure that all personnel clearly understand emergency warning siren signals or other warning
signals used by owner.
• Designate a supervisor to conduct a head count and give instructions to evacuees as necessary.
• Post-emergency information for each work area on the site.

13.4 Contractor shall conduct an onsite emergency mock drill once in every month for all his workers.

13.5 Bombs, Unattended Baggage’s/Objects

The following actions shall be taken by the contractor and his employees/workmen about Bombs,
Unattended baggage / Objects lying in secluded places in the Plant.
• On noticing any bomb/ unattended baggage or object lying in the plant area, they should
immediately inform the CISF control room on Telephone No.3685 & 3660 and OWNER Fire
Control Room No. 3630 & 3663.
• They should not touch the object or try to open the baggage or fiddle with the wires or battery if
found attached to the object.
• They should move away to a safety distance of approximate 300 m. without creating any panic.
• In case of unattended baggage, they should help CISF personnel in identifying the claimant.
• They should not move to the area unless clearance is given by security personnel.

Do’s & Don’ts in case of Bomb/Unattended baggage lying secluded places in the Plant.

Sl. Sl.
Do’s Don’ts
No. No.
1. On noticing any bomb or unattended 1. Do not touch the bomb / unattended
baggage, in form CISF Control Room baggage.
by quickest possible means or on 2. Do not lift any attended baggage
Intercom Telephone No. 3685 / 3660
and OWNER Fire Control Room on 3. Do not go very close to the object
101 / 3630 / 3663.
2. Move away from the bomb/unattended 4. Do not create panic.
baggage.
3. Help security personnel in identifying 5. Do not fiddle with wires or battery if
unattended baggage. found attached with any object.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 62 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 20 of 101
CHENNAI

4. Help ladies and injured person during 6. Do not open any unattended
evacuation process from the affected baggage.
area.
5. Move back to your place of work after 7. Do not try to defuse any bomb or
clearance has been given by CISF. explosive material

14.0 Site Access and Security Procedures

14.1 Site Entry Permit – Personnel and Machinery
• Refinery is an operational area, therefore, contractor and his employee shall observe all fire &
safety regulations of the refinery and shall so organise his work as not to interfere with the running
of the Refinery in any manner whatsoever. The contractor shall ensure that their staff/workmen
carry with them valid passes/work permits etc for proper identification inside the battery area.
• Contractor shall arrange to apply for and secure valid gate passes for the entry and exit of his
men, materials and equipment, including those of the sub-contractors, from the concerned
authorities of the Owner.
• The contractor shall ensure that their workmen/ supervisors shall not move to other places other
than their work premises without proper permission / authorisation.
• The contractor shall ensure verification of antecedents of the labourers/ supervisors from Polices/
other officials before they are engaged by him. No person having adverse antecedent shall be
employed by the contractor. The contractor shall be held responsible for all the acts carried out by
his workmen.
• Access to the site must be at all times via recognized roadways and footpaths. Personnel must
not access to construction areas through unauthorized areas. Anyone found disregarding this rule
would be subject to disciplinary action.
• Contractor shall prepare and display the workers and vehicle site movement chart. The same
shall be communicated to all workmen in the site.
• Persons without proper PPE shall be restricted at gate by security personnel. Entry to the site will
be permitted with PPE only.
• Contractor must obtain this permit prior to the start up of the job, column, vessels, tanks or any
enclosed area where the chemicals or hazardous materials is either used or stored into it. It is the
contractor’s duty to see that daily, the above permits are obtained from the area-in-charge till the
completion of the job. All points stipulated in the permit must be strictly complied with.

14.2 Gate Pass/ ID Card

• The Contractor shall make his own arrangements of Gate Pass with photo for his employees as
prescribed and instructed by the Security dept. i.e. CISF, and Contract Labour Management Cell
(CLM) at his own cost, each gate pass has to be endorsed by the Security Officer of the Refinery
before the pass be used by any employee. In case of termination of the service of any of his
employee during the contractual period, the contractor shall have to surrender the Gate Pass
issued to the employees to the Security Dept. At the end of the project all the gate passes
endorsed by the Security Dept. for use of the contractor’s employees shall have to be returned.
• Gate pass shall be issued only after completing the site orientation / induction and local
statutory regulation formalities.
• Separate entry passes shall be issued for visitors. Visitor passes will be valid only for a day
(Normal working hours) and at entry gate visitor shall undergo site safety instructions to be
followed during the visit and shall be provided with required PPE.

14.4 Working in Night

• Contractor shall arrange necessary arrangement for working at night. The authorisation for
working at night shall be obtained from owner/ Consultant/ E IL.
• Responsible person shall be assigned as in-charge and it shall be informed to owner/ Consultant/
EI L.
• Contractor shall arrange Necessary lighting, emergency vehicle (emergency vehicle shall be
arranged by EIL) and emergency DG.
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 63 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 21 of 101
CHENNAI

14.5 Prohibited Items and Activities

• Gambling, fooling on the work, horseplay, mock fighting or fighting is strictly forbidden in the
Refinery premises Project area.
• Fooling on the job, mock fighting or fighting within the Refinery premises will not be tolerated.
• Gambling within the Refinery premises is strictly forbidden.
• Entering the Refinery premises while in possession of weapons such as knives & gun etc. is
prohibited.
• Contractor personnel shall not pick up quarrel or get into arguments with Refinery personnel or
act in any misunderstanding, such problems should be referred to appropriate Refinery personnel.

• Working under influence of alcohol/ narcotics and entering Refinery premises while in the
influence of alcohol/ narcotics is strictly forbidden. The contractor should ensure compliance of
above by him and all his workmen.
• Contractors are prohibited from using Cellular phones within the Refinery premises, except to the
extent permitted by the Owner by special or general order / instruction.

Carrying Match Boxes / Lighters and No Smoking

• Carrying / Striking of matches, lighters inside the Owner’s premises or smoking within the refinery,
tank farm or dyke limits are strictly prohibited. Owner’s regulatory officials shall be entitled to
forthwith remove, using force if necessary, anyone violating the ‘No Smoking’ and other fire safety
rules.
• Any contractor’s employee who is found smoking or in the possession of matchbox or lighter or
any other means of ignition in a prohibited area will be turned out from the premises of the
Refinery. Suitable action as decided by the Management will also be taken against the
contractor/contractor’s employees.

Unsafe Practices: Any unsafe practices or disregard of normal safe working practices by contractor
personnel when pointed out by company personnel shall be immediately corrected.

14.6 Disciplinary Actions

Contractor shall implement a disciplinary action policy whereby contractor and sub-contractor’s
employees, found violating safety rules.

15.0 Permit to Work System

15.1 A permit to work system is a safety strategy designed to protect personnel and plant and which
consists of an organized and predefined safety procedure. It forms a clear record of all foreseeable
hazards, which have been considered in advance of the construction operations.

15.2 The contractor shall not commence the job without the valid permit for the area and for the job.
Clearance shall be obtained from the area-in-charge and shift engineer

15.3 The following is the list of some of the activities, which would require permit, and list may change
depending upon work situation.
• Working at Height
• Excavations
• Lifting Operations
• Hot Work
• Electrical Works (Isolation & Energisation)
• Confined Spaces
• Radiography
• High Pressure test
• Commissioning of equipment

15.4 Before starting any work, contractor shall apply at least one day ahead for fire & safety permit for
excavation, electrical, gas welding and cutting work to Engineer-in-Charge of work/ works who in turn

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 64 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 22 of 101
CHENNAI

will arrange for such permits. The contractor shall take all the precautions given in the permit before
starting of the work to the full satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge of the sections. On account of
operational problem it is possible that the clearance and permit may get delayed for which the
contractor shall not ask for the idle charges. Fire equipment such as fire extinguishers, fire hoses,
control type nozzles, personal protective equipment, Blow man air apparatus etc required for safety
precautions are to be arranged by contractor himself. However in case of emergency on
authorization from Engineer-in-Charge those items will be issued from the Refinery’s Fire Station on
chargeable basis and shall be returned after completion of the work / works in working conditions, to
the full satisfaction of the Fire & Safety Officer. In case of any damage to the fire & safety equipments
issued or used by the contractor, the contractor shall bear the cost of such damage in full and the
same will be recovered from his bills.

15.5 Safety measures stipulated in the respective Work Permits shall be strictly complied at all times when
within the premises of the Owner.

15.6 Owner/EIL reserves the right to cancel a work permit without assigning reasons. When called
upon to stop the work by the Engineer-in-charge/EIL, the Contractor shall immediately cease to
continue the work. Before re-commencement, fresh work permit must be obtained.

15.7 The Engineer-in-Charge/EIL reserves the right to terminate the contract and forfeit any or all
amounts due to him in case he finds that the precautions written on the permit are not strictly
adhered to by the Contractor.

15.8 Permit to work shall be valid for a shift (8 Hours) only. However, Engineer may extend the permit to a
maximum of another 4 hours if necessary.

15.9 A copy Permit to Work shall be displayed, during its validity, in a conspicuous location in close
proximity to the actual works location to which it applies.

15.10 Hot work Permit

The entire job is to be carried out within the running unit of Refinery. The Contractor shall take all
necessary safety precautions and obtain required certificates/ fire permits / safety/ work permits etc.
from the competent authority before carrying out any hot works during the execution of the entire
works covered by this tender.

A hot work permit issued by the concerned department or area-in-charge must cover any work
carried out within Refinery. In addition a clearance must be obtained from the concerned
department’s officer or supervisor prior to commencement of any job. A hot permit is required for:

Any work involving open flames, spark such as welding, gas cutting, soldering, grinding, concrete
breaking, use of hurricane lamps and internal combustion driving vehicles / Radiography / Crane
lifting / Vessel entry.
• Sand blasting, Trucks, Jeeps, Cranes, Lifts, Cars or any kind of vehicle driven by an internal
combustion engine or by batteries
• Use of gasoline, diesel or electrical power engines or tools.
• Entry of vehicles inside battery limits of process area within tank dykes and adjacent to pump
houses and loading gantries etc.

While carrying out the hot job, the contractor and his workmen must ensure the following safety
measures and job should be carried with
• Valid hot job permit,
• Availability of tested and proper fire extinguisher at the work places
• Provision of running fire water hose at work place.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 65 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 23 of 101
CHENNAI

Section II - Occupational Health and Welfare Facilities

16.0 Welfare Facilities

The owner may provide certain facilities. However the contractors shall provide drinking water,
required number of toilet for male and female (centralized toilet for male and female shall be arranged
by EIL at site), washing facilities and rest shelters in suitable locations as per statutory regulations.

16.1 Drinking water

16.11 The contractor shall make in every worksite, effective arrangements to provide sufficient supply of
wholesome drinking water. Quality of the drinking water shall conform to the requirements of national
standards on Public Health.

16.12 While locating these drinking water facilities due care shall be taken so that these are easily
accessible within a distance of 200m from the place of work for all workers at all location of work
sites.

16.13 All such points shall be legible marked “Drinking Water” in a language understood by a majority of the
workmen employed and shall be situated within six meters of any washing places, urinals or latrines.

16.2 Latrine and urinals (Centralized toilet shall be arranged by EIL at site)
16.21 EIL shall provide sufficient latrine seat and urinal facility in the worksite.

16.22 When women are employed, separate latrine and urinals accommodation shall be provided by EIL.

16.23 Notice shall be displayed outside each block of latrines or urinals a containing therein "For Men
Only" or "For Women Only", where both male and female workers are employed, written in the
language understood by the majority of such workers.

16.3 Canteen
16.31 In every workplace wherein not less than 250 workers are ordinarily employed the contractor shall
provide an adequate canteen.

16.32 The charges for food stuff shall be based on ‘no profit no loss’ basis. The price list of all items shall
be conspicuously displayed in such canteen.

16.33 Building of the canteen shall be situated at the distance not less than fifteen point two meters from
any latrine or urinal or any source of dust, smoke or obnoxious fumes.

16.34 Waste water from canteen shall be carried away in suitable covered drains and shall not be allowed
to accumulate in the surroundings of canteen
16.4 Centralized toilet for male and female shall be provided at site by EIL on behalf of Contractor.

17.0 Occupational Health Services

The owner/EIL at project site shall provide a centralized first-aid center for the treatment of minor
injuries and illness. However all major injuries and illness cases shall be referred to the Hospitals and
contractor shall make his own arrangement for such treatment as required.

EIL shall provide stretcher and shall be readily available in an emergency.

Centralized First Aid centre along with Stretcher and Emergency vehicle shall be provided at
site by EIL on behalf of Contractor.

The contractor shall maintain injury record. A separate first-aid register shall be maintained and it
shall be submitted to owner/ Consultant/ EI L on regular basis.

17.1 First – Aid Box

The contractor shall provide sufficient number of First-aid box for providing First-aid to the injured

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 66 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 24 of 101
CHENNAI

workers. Every First-aid box is distinctly marked “First-aid” and is equipped with the articles specified
in Attachment

Attachment 20: Contents of First-Aid box

17.2 Hospital Tie-up and Emergency vehicle

17.2.1Contractors shall require to tie-up with the hospitals located in the neighbourhood for attending
medical emergencies.

17.2.2 Emergency vehicle shall be arranged by EIL during all working hours for the purpose.

18.0 Sanitation and Hygiene Measures

18.1 Prevention of mosquito breeding
• Empty cans, oil drums, packing and other receptacles, which may retain water shall be deposited
at a central collection point and shall be removed from the site regularly.
• Still waters shall be treated at least once every week with oil in order to prevent mosquito
breeding.
• Drainages shall be cleaned regularly.

The contractor at periodic interval shall arrange to prevent mosquito breeding by fumigation /
spraying of insecticides.

18.2 Prevention of snake bite

Contractor shall remove weeds from site regularly to keep away the snakes.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 67 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 25 of 101
CHENNAI

Section III - Site Safety Program

19.0 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
19.1 The contractor shall provide all required PPE to his employees & workers, which are duly inspected
and approved by the owner/ Consultant/ EI L. “NO PPE ZONE” would be identified separately.

All PPE provided by the contractor shall confirm to Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS).

Attachment 21: Bureau of Indian Standards for PPE

Copy of Manufacturer’s test certificates of PPE used shall be submitted to owner/ Consultant/ EI L.

19.2 The contractor shall:

• Maintain records of issue and replacement of PPE.
• Maintain 10% PPE stock of total requirement available at their store and stock record.
• Issue PPE to worker free of cost.
• Maintain all personal protective equipment in good working condition.
• Periodically check and replace all defective / broken personal protective equipment.

Contractor shall submit PPE issue register and PPE stock record to owner/ Consultant/ EI L on
regular intervals.

Attachment 22: PPE Issue Register

Attachment 23: PPE Stock Register

19.3 As a minimum, every worker shall wear safety shoes, safety helmet and safety goggles at project
site.
Depending upon the job requirement other PPE shall used.
• Head Protection – Safety Helmet
• Foot Protection - steel toe cap shoes, steel toe cap gumboot
• Eye Protection - Goggles, Helmet mounted face shield
• Hand Protection - Gloves
• Respiratory Protection - Nose mask, Self Contained Breathing Apparatus
• Hearing Protection - Ear plugs, Ear muffs
• Personal Fall Protection - Full body harness with double lanyard, Rope-grab fall arrester, etc
• Body Protection - Full body apron

19.3.1Head Protection
• Safety helmet shall be worn by all persons at all times on project site. It shall consist of
suspension cradle and chin strap.
• All persons on the project site shall wear chin strap at all time.
• Logo of corresponding main contractor shall be affixed on the safety helmet.
• Damaged helmet shall not be used and should be discarded from the site immediately.

19.3.2Foot Protection
All personnel shall wear suitable safety footwear with steel toe cap at all times while on the project
site.

19.3.3Eye/Face Protection
• Contractor shall provide suitable eye/face protectors where there is a potential of injury to the
eyes and face from dust, flying particles, molten metal, chemicals, fumes or vapors, light radiation

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 68 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 26 of 101
CHENNAI

or combination of these.
Operation Hazards Eye Protectors

General site use Dust, flying particles Safety goggles (Plain)

Sparks, harmful rays,
Welding goggles (Black Shade) -
Gas Cutting molten metal, flying
eyecup type
particles.
Sparks, intense rays, molten
Electric (Arc) welding Welder’s hood mounted on helmet
metal
Grinding Flying particles Face shield mounted on helmet
Chipping goggles (Plain) – eyecup
Chipping Flying particles
type
Chemical resistant goggles and face
Chemical handling Splash, acid burns, fumes
shield.

• Contractor shall inspect the goggles used by workmen and shall replace the defective goggles
immediately.
• Eye protection for Helpers exposed to light radiation from welding, gas cutting activity shall be
provided with black shaded welding goggles.

19.3.4Hand Protection
• Contractor shall choose and use suitable gloves for the task.
Protection Level
Hand protector Sharp Activity
Heat Chemical Electricity
objects
Cotton dot type Inspection work, Climbing
Medium Poor Poor Poor
glove Ladders.
Leather & cloth
Good Medium Poor Poor Scaffolding
type glove
Leather riggers Hot work, Rigging, Manual
Good Good Poor Poor
Gloves Handling.
Rubber moulded For use with Chemicals &
Poor Medium Good Good
gloves Acids
Rubber Gloves Poor Poor Poor Good Electrical works

• In addition to above, gloves shall be used by personnel involved in works with possibility of the
risk from abrasion, cutting, tearing, chemical, or other burn, infection.

19.3.5Respiratory Protection
19.3.5.1 Respiratory protective equipment to be used in confined space and activity involving any
chemicals shall be as advised by owner’s Engineer-in-Charge / Fire & Safety Dept.

19.3.5.2 Supplied Air Respirators and Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) used for working in
hazardous atmosphere shall be advised by owner’s Engineer-in-Charge / Fire & Safety
Department. The same shall confirm to BIS and shall be approved by owner/ Consultant/ E IL.

19.3.5.3 Contractor shall organise practical demonstration training on the methodology to use SCBA or
Supplied Air Respirators in consultation with owner/ Consultant/ E IL.

19.3.5.4 Air Purifying Respirators

• Contractor shall use appropriate particulate filter respirators like dust mask depending upon the
fineness of particulates to filter.
• Personnel involved in housekeeping, handling cement, insulation material etc shall use suitable

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 69 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 27 of 101
CHENNAI

dust mask.
• Contractor shall use chemical cartridge respirators while performing outdoor spray painting.

19.3.6Hearing Protection
• Hearing protection shall be worn by personnel involved in works in areas of high noise levels, or
when working with equipment that generate high noise levels.
• Hearing protection can be of an external ‘cup-type’ protector normally “ear muff” which fits over
the outside of the ear, or ‘plug-type’, usually disposable type “ear plugs” made of compressible
foam, which fits inside the ear.
• Disposable ear plugs shall be of one time use and shall be disposed properly.

19.3.7Personal Fall Protection

• Full body safety harness shall be required when working two meters or above. It shall be fitted
with double lanyard and the maximum length of the lanyard shall be not greater than 1.8 m.
• The lanyard shall be fitted with shock absorber and anchoring hook shall be of scaffold type snap
hook.
• Full body safety harness fitted with shock absorber shall be used while working 3 m or above.

19.3.8Body Protection
• Full body apron suitable for the task such as hot work, chemical handling shall be used.
• Contractor personnel shall not wear loose clothing while working around moving or rotating
equipment.

20.0 Housekeeping
20.1 Contractor shall maintain very high standard of housekeeping at all times.
• Keep the site neat and tidy. Keep adequate number of skips / waste bins.
• Keep the access clear of all obstructions.
• Remove the nails or bend them down from the wooden scrap and remove them from job site.
• Store the material in an orderly manner.

20.2 The contractor shall on daily basis keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation
of waste materials or rubbish caused by activities.

20.3 At the completion of day’s work contractor shall remove these materials to avoid Slip/ Trip hazards
and provide safe areas for movement of all workers and supervisors.

20.4 Empty gas cylinders shall be removed from the site and shall send back to the contractor’s store.

22.5 Contractor should establish regular maintenance program of sweeping and hosing to minimise
accumulation of dirt and dust in such areas.

20.6 If the Contractor does not clear the area after the completion of work, the same shall be got done by
owner /EIL and recoveries shall be made from the bills of the Contractor at double the rate at which
the owner /EIL has got it done.

20.7 On completion of the job the contractor shall remove all his construction material, tools etc. and
remove all temporary constructions and leave the job site thoroughly cleaned up and ready for use. A
job will not be considered completed until all surplus material, scrape and debris / rubbish are
removed from the job site.

20.8 When required contractors should suspend other operations and do housekeeping.

20.9 Waste Disposal

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 70 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 28 of 101
CHENNAI

Waste generated at site shall be segregated at source and disposed off in accordance with
environmental control regulations and municipality rules. Consultant shall be informed of procedure
followed by the contractor before disposal.

20.9.1Scrap yard shall be identified and waste shall be disposed temporarily at designated scarp yard.
Scrap yard shall be barricaded and shall be clearly marked as “Scrap Yard” in English and other local
languages.

22.9.2All receptacles shall be constructed of metal or other suitable types of containers of non-flammable
materials. Cardboard, wooden boxes or crates and similar types of containers shall not be used for
the collection of combustible waste.

22.9.3Skips containing combustible waste should be strategically placed to ensure fire does not spread in
the case of combustion within a skip.

22.9.4Contractor shall maintain routine housekeeping inspection record and shall be submitted to
owner/consultant/ EIL.

21.0 Safety Signs

Contractor shall post safety signs which give a general safety message in workplaces to draw
attention rapidly to the objects and situation affecting health and safety.

21.1 Colours of safety signs, dimension and layout shall confirm to IS 9457:2005
• Red : Prohibition signs
• Yellow : Warning signs
• Green : Mandatory action signs
• Blue : Safe condition signs

21.2 Bands
• The band colour for indicating hazard location shall be the combination of Yellow and Black.
• The band colour for indicating prohibition shall be the combination of Red and White.
• The band colour for indicating mandatory action shall be the combination of Blue and White.
• The band colour for indicating safe condition shall be the combination of Green and White.

21.3 Tags
Contractor shall implement tag system for scaffold, LOTO and unsafe equipment.

22.0 Site Electricity

22.1 Competency
• The contractor shall appoint a competent person on site who will be responsible for the control of
all electrical systems.
• All maintenance and repairs of electrical system shall carried-out qualified and authorised
electricians only.

22.2 Power Supply

If the owners supply electricity, it will be provided at one point, which would be determined by the
owner. The supply would be of 230V, 50Hz, and single phase or of 415/ 433V, 50Hz, three phase.
Power distribution beyond this point shall be through armoured cable only. No deviation on this
would be permitted. The provision of all connections and equipment required beyond this point shall
be responsibility of the contractor.

If the electricity supply is in contractor scope, the contractor shall assess required electrical loads and
shall install required capacity diesel generators for power supply.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 71 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 29 of 101
CHENNAI

The contractor shall submit electrical Single Line Diagram (SLD), schematic diagram and the details
of the equipment for all temporary electrical installation to the owner/consultant/ EIL.

22.3 Diesel Generator (DG)

• The contractor shall install only acoustic DG. It shall confirm to national standards.
• The DG shall be placed on firm base and shall be protected from water logging.
• The noise level from DG shall not exceed 85dbA.
• The DG shall be barricaded to restrict any unauthorised entry.
• The body of the DG and main electrical panel shall be properly grounded.
• DG’s Exhaust shall be fitted with spark arrestor.
• Barrel shall be kept on spill tray while transferring diesel to DG. Any diesel spillage around DG
shall be cleaned immediately.
• Diesel barrels irrespective of empty or full shall not be stored near DG.
• Adequate fire extinguishers and sand buckets shall be provided.
• Rubber mat shall be provided for main electrical panel.

22.3.1Contractor shall display the following details near the DG.

• Name with photograph and contact number of authorised person to operate the DG
• Single Line Diagram (SLD)
• Safety signs
• Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation (CRP) and electric shock first-aid treatment chart.
• Location of nearest first-aid box availability.
• List of emergency services contact numbers.

22.3.2Contractor shall inspect DG periodically and the record shall be submitted to owner/consultant/ EIL.

Attachment 24: Diesel Generator checklist

22.4 Distribution System

• Contractor shall ensure that all distribution board (DB) used in the site shall be of IP type which
specification confirms to national standards.
• The contractor shall provide sufficient ELCB (maintain sensitivity 30 mA) / RCCB for all the
equipments (including Portable equipments), electrical switchboards, distribution panels etc. to
prevent electrical shocks to the workers
• Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) should be provided on all distribution boards and main
switchboards. Single switch multiple socket system would not be permitted.
• Rating of fuses and circuit breakers used for the protection of circuits should be coordinate with
equipment power ratings. Use of makeshift wires or conductors as fuse wire is strictly prohibited.
• Protection against lightning shall be ensured to all equipment kept in open at sites.

22.5 Cables
• Periodic check shall be carried out for defective cables, cracked or perished insulation, loose
joints in conduits, damaged fuse boxes and switchboards, loose pins, faulty sockets and defective
earth wire.
• Kinking, twisting, binding or crushing of cables shall be avoided all the time. No electrical
equipments shall be left open or unsecured at the end of the day’s work.
• All power distribution cables should be taken overhead with sufficient headroom.
• Cabling passing under the walk way and across way for transport and mobile equipment shall be
laid in ducts at a minimum depth of 0.6 meters.
• All switch boards, extension boards, etc. should be protected from rain and water. No water
logging should be allowed around switchboards.

22.6 Plugs, Sockets and Couplers

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 72 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 30 of 101
CHENNAI

The contractor shall ensure plugs; sockets and couplers used shall be “splash proof” type. The
minimum degree of Ingress Protection should be of IP44 in accordance with national standards.

Plugs and fittings used shall be of the weatherproof type and they should be colour coded in
accordance with the internationally recognised standards

• 110 volts: Yellow.

• 240 volts: Blue.
• 415 volts: Red.

No loose connections or tapped joints shall be allowed any where in the work site, office area, stores
and other areas. Proper cable connectors as per national standards shall only be used to connect
cables

Plugs shall be used to connect with sockets. Inserting the leads into the sockets shall be strictly
prohibited.

22.7 Lighting
• The contractor shall provide sufficient lighting at site, of the right type and at the right place.
• A far as possible contractor shall provide flood lighting to cover maximum work area.
• The access and storage yard shall be well illuminated.
• Luminaries should be robust and water proof especially at the point of the cable entry.
• Hand held lamps used shall be of 115V and suitably guarded to protect from any mechanical
damage.
• Light fitting for hazardous environment shall be of flame proof type which specifications shall
confirm to national standards.
• Contractor shall use only 24V lamp in to confined space It shall be guarded and of flame proof
type.

22.8 Power Tools

• Power tools include grinder, Drilling machine, Jack Hammer and Concrete breaker etc
• The contractor shall ensure all portable power tools do not exceed 125 volts rating and free from
defects and properly grounded.
• Rotating tools shall be switched off and held until rotation has completely stopped.
• Tools must be disconnected before changing bits, blades, cutters or wheels.
• Electrical power hand tools shall be of double insulated type.
• All tools shall be used with extension cords which are as short as possible.
• Drilling of large holes shall be done stage by stage by using small bore drills and gradually
increasing the drill bit size.
• Contractors shall provide suitable storage with suitable racks and bins for storing tools and
equipment.
• The contractor‘s qualified electrician shall inspect and tag electrical power hand tools regularly.
The tag shall display name, signature of the individual inspecting the tool, date of inspection.
• The contractor shall keep, on site, a register of all electrical power hand tools in use giving all
relevant details about the tool and its inspection.
• No electrical powered hand tool shall be used other than it is tagged with a current
“INSPECTION” tag.
• All electrical leads must be connected to the power source through standard industrial
waterproofed plugs and sockets, which shall be in good condition.
• While working at higher elevation, adequate precaution to be taken to ensure that they do not fall
down.

22.9 Lock-Out and Tag-Out (LOTO)

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 73 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 31 of 101
CHENNAI

• Contractor shall form a LOTO procedure and shall be implemented during any maintenance,
repair, pre-commissioning and commissioning activities.
• The equipment shall be isolated from energy sources before carrying any maintenance work.
• LOTO register shall be maintained and shall be controlled by a designated person.
• Contractor shall be responsible for arranging locks for locking the feeders or panel boards.
• All locks shall be neatly labelled for easy identification and the keys of the locks shall be
maintained by the designated person.

22.10 Earthing
Contractor shall ensure all earthing shall confirm to IS 3043:1987
Body of electrically operated tools, equipments, distribution board, electrical panel etc shall be
grounded properly.
Earth pit shall be clearly marked and earth resistance shall be measured on monthly basis and
register shall be maintained by contractor.

23.0 Form Work

• Contractor shall ensure no workers shall be allowed to work above vertically protruded reinforcing
steel unless it has been bent over or capped.
• Reinforcing steel for wall, pier, column and similar vertical form work structures shall be guyed
and supported to prevent collapse and to guard against possible wind pressure.
• Pump concrete or similar system using discharge pipe shall be provided with pipe supports.
• Compressed air hose in discharge pipe systems shall be provided with positive fail-safe joint
connectors to prevent separation of section when pressurised.
• Banks man shall be deployed for backing the transit mixer and wheel stopper shall be paced.
• Form work an shoring shall be designed, erected, supported, braced and maintained so that it will
safety support all vertical and lateral loads that may be imposed during concrete pouring.
• No persons shall be allowed closed to the shoring during pour operation.
• Scaffolds used for supporting Form Work should be constructed on a firm ground with a base
plate. The staging should as per IS 3696. Staging should be inspected frequently even after
completion of concrete work, or after completion of intended use.

24.0 Excavations
24.1 The contractor shall obtain work permit from owner/consultant/ EIL before starting excavation

24.2 Contractor shall prepare a method statement by considering the following factors
• Nature & type of the soil
• Weather and moisture conditions
• Underground utilities
• Methodology adopted to avoid cave-in
• Depth and width of excavation
• Duration of the excavation job
• Proximity of other structures, services
• Dewatering systems

24.3 Contractor shall stabilise the sides of an excavation by designing the shoring, if the depth is 4 metre
or more and which shall be approved by owner/consultant/ EIL.

24.4 All excavations and trenches depth of 0.60 m or more shall be hard barricaded.
• The hard barricade shall be made of steel pipes of minimum 40 NB.
• The hard barricade shall have hand rail at 1100mm and mid rail at 550 mm and the spacing
between two vertical members should not be more than 1000 mm.
• The hard barricade shall withstand a lateral load of 100 kg.
• The hard barricade shall be provided at least 1.0 meter away from the edge of the excavation.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 74 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 32 of 101
CHENNAI

24.5 Excavations and trenches depth less than 600 mm shall be cordoned off and suitable sign boards
warning tapes posted.

24.6 Access shall be provided by mean of portable ladder or ramp if the depth is more than 1.5m.

24.7 Portable ladders shall be provided at intervals of not more than 15 m, depending on the number of
workmen present.

24.8 All excavated materials shall be deposited minimum 1.5 m away from the edge of the excavation.

24.9 Excavating equipments and vehicle shall be operated 2.0 m away from excavated area.

Attachment 25: Excavation Checklist

25.0 Hot Work

• Any work involving open flame/ spark shall be considered as hot work.
• All hot work involved equipments and fitting shall confirm to relevant IS Standards and the
manufacturer’s test certificate shall be submitted to owner/consultant/ EIL.
• Contractor shall obtain hot work permit from owner/ consultant prior to the commencement of the
job.
• Fire watcher shall be engaged for each hot work activity and shall be competent in using fire
extinguishers
• Work area beneath or adjacent to hot works shall be made free from combustible materials, and
cordoned-off to prevent personnel being injured by welding spatters.
• Barriers or screens shall be erected whenever necessary to protect the workmen working near by.
• Suitable safety signs & notices shall be displayed near the hot work area.
• Contractor shall use non – asbestos fire blankets to avoid falling of spatters. Manufacturer’s test
certificate shall be submitted to owner/consultant/ EIL.
• Fire extinguisher shall always be carried with each welding set, preferably a dry chemical powder
type.
• After hot work, contractor shall ensure a good housekeeping by sweeping the work area, stacking
the materials, winding the cables/ hoses and placing the equipments properly.
• Appropriate PPE mentioned in clause 19.0 shall be used depending up on the hot work activity.

Attachment 26: Hot Work Activity Checklist

25.1 Welding Activity

25.1.1As far as possible D.C. Generator / Rectifiers should be used in preference to A.C. Transformer sets.

25.1.2The contractor shall get welding transformer certified by the owner/consultant/ EIL Electrical Engineer
before start of work and shall obtain a certificate valid for a period of three months renewable after
every three months.

25.1.3A copy of the certificate shall be displayed on respective welding sets.

25.1.4The contractor shall ensure

• The welding transformer is kept away from any wet area and shall be located close to work site.
• The body of the welding transformer shall be properly earthed.
• The length of supply cable to welding transformer shall not exceed 5 m.
• The size of the cable used shall be proportional to the voltage supply.
• Damaged supply and lead cables are not used.
• Lugs shall be used for connecting the lead and return cables with welding transformer.
• The welding transformer shall have separate on/ off switch.
• The electrode holder handle shall be of non metallic body.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 75 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 33 of 101
CHENNAI

• Grounding from welding return connection shall be done only on work piece. Return connection
shall not be grounded with scaffold member, pipe racks or pipes containing flammable liquid or
gases.
• Used electrode shall be collected and shall be disposed properly.

25.1.5Periodic Inspection shall be carried on the welding transformer and the record shall be submitted to
owner/consultant/ EIL

Attachment 27: Welding Set Checklist

25.2 Gas Cutting Activity

The contractor shall ensure that
• All gas cutting set shall be inspected prior to entry into the site
• All gas cutting sets shall be kept at upright position and fastened in the trolley.
• Cylinder valve key shall be made available all the time along with the cylinder when on use.
• Domestic type LPG (14KG) shall not be used at the site.
• Hose clamp shall be used to connect hoses firmly in both sides of cylinders and torch.
• Approved type Non-return valve shall be fixed at torch end and Flashback arrester shall be fixed
at cylinder end.
• All gas cylinders shall be fixed with pressure regulator and double head dial gauges.
• Hoses used shall be free from any damage. Soap solution test shall be carried-out on the entire
length of hoses to check any leak.
• Hoses quality shall confirm BIS. Also Red hose shall be for fuel gas and blue hose for oxygen.
• Cutting torch nozzles shall be cleaned before commencing the job to avoid any backfire.
• Cutting torch showing any physical damage shall be immediately replaced.
• The torch shall be ignited by friction lighter. Igniting by match-box and welding arc is strictly
prohibited.
• Gas cylinders shall not be placed beneath the hot work area.
• Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) of gas cylinders shall be displayed at store yard.
• Empty/ full cylinders shall be handled by the means of trolley.
• Valve protection cap shall be fitted on the cylinder while shifting and storing.
• When handling oxygen cylinders, ensure hands, clothes, gloves are free from oil, dirt, grit and
grease. Under no circumstances oil shall be allowed to contaminate a cylinder containing oxygen.
• Periodic Inspection shall be carried on the gas cutting set and the record shall be submitted to
owner/consultant/ EIL.

Attachment 28: Gas Cutting Set Checklist

25.3 Grinding/ Cutting Activity

The contractor shall ensure that
• Grinding/ cutting activity shall be always carried out by trained and experienced person.
• Only reinforced resin-bonded or resin-bonded abrasive wheels must be used in portable grinding
machines.
• Grinding wheels should be stored in dry place and shall avoid direct contact of heat. Wet or
soaked grinding wheels shall not be used.
• Wheels shall not be used at any time beyond their expiry date.
• The RPM of grinding/ cutting wheel should be equal or greater than the machine spindle RPM.
• Grinding Wheels should be segregated size wise to avoid wrong selection of the wheel. Grinding
wheel fitted shall be of suitable size for the grinding machine.
• Power supply cable used shall be of rated current carrying capacity with plug-top and shall be free
from damages.
• Supply shall be routed through ELCB.
• Machine selected shall be of non-metallic body. Body earthing shall be ensured the in case of
metallic body.
• All grinding machine shall be fitted with Dead-Man switch and this shall not be bypassed any time.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 76 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 34 of 101
CHENNAI

• All grinding/ cutting machines shall be guarded.

• Check shall be done for any abnormal sound and/or vibration.
• Grinding wheel without manufacturer’s specification showing size, speed and expiry date shall not
in used.
• Portable grinding machine shall not be used as bench grinder. Small work piece shall be fixed on
bench vice.
• Proper spanner shall be used for fixing grinding wheel with the machine.
• Machine shall be put OFF from the main switch when not in use.
• Grinding activity shall not be carried out in confined space without a valid work permit.
• Periodic Inspection shall be carried on the grinding/cutting machine and the record shall be
submitted to owner/consultant/ EIL.

Attachment 29: Grinding Machine Checklist

26.0 Fire Prevention and Control

26.1 The contractor shall take every precaution and use all reasonable means to prevent an outbreak of
fire and shall tender immediate assistance in case of fire. Any outbreak of fire in or near the
workplace shall immediately be reported to the owner/consultant/ EIL.

26.2 The contractors shall provide adequate number of well-maintained fire extinguishers at each work
area.

26.3 Extinguishers should be sited in such a way that it is not necessary to travel more than 15 meters
from the site of the fire to reach the extinguishers. The location of fire extinguishers shall be clearly
marked by sign boards.

26.4 Contractor shall provide fire extinguishers as per IS 2190:1992

Type of occupancy Recommended scale of equipment to be installed

One 4.5 kg capacity carbon dioxide extinguisher for every 100
Office, Computer installations, 2
m of floor area or part thereof with minimum of
record rooms,
two extinguishers so located as to be available within 10 m
2
5 kg capacity dry powder extinguisher for every 600 m area
Workshops, painting shops,
with minimum of four extinguishers per compartment.
generator rooms
Extinguishers should be available within 15 m radius.
Flammable liquid stores, 2
5 kg capacity dry powder extinguisher for every 600 m area
storage in drums and cans in
with minimum of four extinguishers per compartment.
open, paints and varnishes
Extinguishers should be available within 15 m radius.
godown.
One 10 kg dry powder extinguisher or 6.8 kg carbon dioxide
2
extinguisher for 100 m of floor area or part thereof,
Storage area of LPG and other
with minimum of one extinguishers of the same type for
industrial gases.
every compartment; extinguisher should be available within a
radius of

26.5 The contractor shall ensure that workmen are trained in the use of fire extinguishers, understands the
basics of fire fighting and train the workmen to become familiar with such Fire Fighting Procedures

26.6 Fire drills should be held at regular intervals to ensure personnel are familiar with the location, of
Assembly Point and response expected of them in case of emergency.

26.7 Smoking on site is strictly prohibited. “No Smoking” signboards shall be displayed at prominent
location including stores/ storage places.

26.8 Care of flammable materials, oily rags, waste etc. shall not be left lying around or allowed to
accumulate. Covered metal skips should be used for disposal of flammable waste.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 77 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 35 of 101
CHENNAI

26.9 If hot work operations are to be carried out, non-flammable screens and blankets shall be used to
confine sparks hot metal or slag. A fire extinguisher should also be readily available.

26.10 Chemicals and other such goods should be stored in stable racks properly labelled. Mutually
reactive chemicals should be kept away from each other. Storage place should have proper
ventilation.
26.11 Fire extinguishers shall be Periodically Inspected and the record shall be submitted to
owner/consultant/ EIL.

Attachment 30 Fire Extinguisher Checklist

27.0 Compressed Gases and Combustible Liquids

27.1 Compressed Gases
Contractor shall ensure that
• Handling and Storage of gas cylinder shall comply “Gas cylinder rules 2003”.
• Oxygen cylinders and fuel gas cylinders shall be stored separately, at least 6.6 meters apart or
separated by a fire proof, 1.6 meters high partition.
• Flammable substances shall not be stored within 15 m of cylinder storage areas.
• Valve protection caps over the cylinder shall be provided in storage yard as well as while not in
use.
• All compressed gas cylinders shall be used, stored and transported in an upright position.
• Compressed gas storage facilities shall be positioned at a sufficient distance from work area,
offices and roads in such a manner as not to cause a hazard to employees, facilities and/or other
contractors.
• Cylinders should be stored in suitably designed racks, which must have chains so that any
number of cylinders can be securely and safely stored.
• Signs indicating the contents with separate storage for “full” or “empty” shall be displayed.
Warning signs must be posted - “DANGER - HIGHLY FLAMMABLE - NO SMOKING and NO
NAKED FLAME”.
• Fire extinguisher shall be provided within accessible distance and adequate quantity and shall
confirm IS 2190:1992.
• Oxygen cylinder shall be separated from other combustible gas, oil or grease.

27.2 Combustible Liquids

Contractor shall ensure that
• The handling and storage of combustible liquids shall comply “The Petroleum Act, 1934 and
Rules 1976”
• Flammable and combustible liquids must be stored in a metal storage cabinet with a prominent
sign boards “FLAMMABLE - NO SMOKING and NO NAKED FLAME”.
• The area should be well ventilated and free from flammable material
• Fire extinguisher shall be provided within accessible distance and adequate quantity and shall
confirm IS 2190:1992.

28.0 Work at Height

• Work involving above 1.8m from ground level that include all work activities where there is a need
to control the risk of falling which is able to cause personal injury.
• It includes working on scaffolds, access and egress through ladder and working near unprotected
excavation.
• The contractor shall ensure that work at height is carried out only when the weather conditions do
not endanger the safety of persons involved in the work.
• Life line shall be installed and full body safety harness with double lanyard of 1.8m with shock
absorber and scaffold type snap hook shall be used to ensure 100% protection.
• Fall protection devices shall be secured to an anchorage point or a structural member which can
support a minimum dead weight 2450kg.
• Ladders shall be only used as access for ascending and descending. Using scaffold member as
access is strictly prohibited.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 78 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 36 of 101
CHENNAI

• No loose materials shall be kept on working platform and shall be kept on baskets.
• Safety net shall be used for all height works, where ever feasible.

28.1 Scaffolds
• Scaffolding shall be properly designed and erected, with its intended use, where additional,
anticipated loads are to be applied; the structure shall be redesigned and modified accordingly. All
scaffolding material shall be as per relevant IS specification.

• Light Duty Scaffold

Distribution load on platform is 0.75 KN/sq.m. (Maximum bay length – 2.7 m)
• Medium duty scaffold
Distribution load on platform is 1.5 KN/sq.m. (Maximum bay length – 2.4 m)
• Heavy duty scaffold
Distribution load on platform is 3.0 KN/sq.m. (Maximum bay length – 1.8 m)

• Bamboo and wooden scaffolding is prohibited. Only steel pipe scaffold shall be permitted.
• Return cable of welding machine shall not be connected with scaffolds member.
• Scaffold shall be inspected every week or after any adverse weather condition like rain, cyclone
etc.
• Scaffold inspection record shall be submitted to owner/consultant/ EIL immediately after inspection.

28.1.1Scaffold Erection
• Scaffold shall be erected by competent scaffold erectors under the supervision of competent
supervisor.
• Scaffold shall be erected with a factor of safety not less than 4.
• Survey for all underground utility systems such pipe line shall be identified and possible worst
scenario shall be assessed before erecting the scaffold.
• Scaffold should be vertical and plumb.
• The footing shall be placed on levelled and firm ground capable of carrying indented load without
settling or displacement.
• Base plate shall be provided at a size of 150 mm X 150mm and thickness of not less than 6mm.
• Uses of concrete blocks, barrels, boxes, loose bricks as supports are strictly prohibited.
• The height of the scaffold shall not be more than four times of its minimum base dimension unless
guy ropes, ties or braces are used.
• Scaffold having more than 10 m height shall be secured with fixed structure for stability at every 8
m.
• Vertical member shall be connected with horizontal members using right angle type clamp.
• Only bracing may be connected with vertical member using swivel clamp.
• Landing platform shall be provided at every 9m. Platform shall not be extended beyond 150 mm
from the end.
• Platform shall be made of minimum 2 gratings (at least 46 cm) and fastened properly
• Hand rail shall be provided at a height of 1100mm, mid rail at 600mm and toe board width shall be
150mm.
• Scaffold shall be braced at all four sides.
• Access shall be provided by means of portable ladder and it is the duty of supervisor to provide
safe access. It shall be immediately installed after the completion of second level horizontal or 6
m.
• Ladders shall be extended at least 3 rungs from platform.
• Full body harness with double lanyards fitted with shock absorbers with scaffold type snap hooks
shall be worn by scaffold erectors.
• The completed scaffolding shall be inspected and certified by scaffolding supervisor and engineer
using scaffold.
• After completion of scaffold inspection if safe, green tag shall be displayed near the access
ladder. If scaffold found unsafe, red tag shall be displayed near access ladder.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 79 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 37 of 101
CHENNAI

Attachment 31: Scaffolding Checklist

28.1.2Scaffold Dismantling
• Scaffold shall be dismantled by scaffolders under the supervision of competent supervisor.
• Area shall be cordoned-off before commencement of scaffold dismantling.
• Warning/ notice board shall be displayed as “Scaffold Dismantling under progress” Shall be
displayed in Hindi, English or vernacular languages.
• Dismantling shall be from top to bottom plan wise.
• Bracing shall be removed first and then all horizontal members in one plane.
• After reaching to second last horizontal plane, first bracing of 3 m from ground level plane shall be
installed. Then the horizontal members from second level shall be removed.
• Loose members shall be segregated and shall be collected in boxes and shall be lowered
properly.
• Loose scaffold member shall be lowered down by rope and not by using men chain or throwing.
• While dismantling or erecting scaffold spanner shall be used with proper string in hand to avoid
any fall.

28.1.3Mobile Scaffolds
• Mobile scaffold shall be used on a level and smooth surface only.
• The minimum base dimensions for mobile scaffolds used internally and externally shall be 3.5 and
3.0 times respectively.
• If the tower is exposed to movement or exposed to more than light winds, physical ties shall be
used.
• Mobile tower scaffolds shall have wheels fitted at base with a locking device.
• Mobile scaffold shall not be moved by carrying any workmen or loose materials.

28.1.4Ladders and Staircases

• Ladders shall be of good construction, sound material and made as per standard specifications.
• Wooden ladders shall not be permitted at site.
• Portable single ladder length shall not exceed 9m.
• The space between two rungs shall not be more than 300mm.
• The width between side rails in portable ladder shall not be less than 0.45m.
• Ladder shall use only after inspection and approval from owner/consultant/ EIL.
• Ladders shall be checked for defects such as worn and missing rungs, loose tie rods, and split or
frayed feet. Defective ladder shall be removed from service immediately.
• Ladder shall be installed on level surface and shall be tied properly at the top.
• Solid footing shall be provided if the ladders are placed on loose soil.
0
• Ladder shall be placed at angle of 75 .
• Ladder shall be extended at least 1m from the landing platform.
• Three point contacts shall be made while ascending and descending the ladder.
• No load shall be carried while ascending and descending the ladder. Load shall be pulled or
lowered by ropes by means of pulley.
• Ladders are a means of access, and they should not be used as working platforms.
• Ladders shall not be placed in front of the door or in the path of moving object unless it guarded.
• While ascending and descending should be facing towards the ladder
• Portable ladder used shall be of anti slip base.

29.0 Manual Handling

The contractor shall ensure that no worker lifts by hand or carries overhead or over his back or
shoulders any material, article, tool or appliances exceeding in weight as said below.
• Adult man : 55 Kg
• Adult woman : 30 Kg

Capability of worker for manual material handling should be considered in before assigning the task.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 80 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 38 of 101
CHENNAI

Contractor shall train the workmen on safe lifting posture.

Whenever load-handling operations are essential, consideration should be given to the use of
mechanical handling, like use of lifting appliances or fork lifts. The contractors should consider the
use of such mechanical aids at the planning stage of their activities.

30.0 Slings and Lifting Gears (Rigging)

30.1 General
Slings include wire rope slings, synthetic web slings, chain slings and metal mesh sling. Lifting gears
include block, hook and shackles.

The contractor shall offer his slings and lifting gears for inspection and approval of
owner/consultant/ EIL before putting it in to the job.

Contractor shall submit manufacturer’s test certificate and test certificates from Govt. approved
certifying authorities for all of his lifting gear and slings.

Lifting gear in use shall be thoroughly examined once at least in every twelve months by a competent
person.

The Safe Working Load (SWL) and manufacturer’s serial numbers shall be clearly marked on the
slings and the lifting gears, either by tagging, stamping, engraving or embossing. These markings on
lifting gears and slings shall be inspected and a register shall be maintained.

If SWL and manufacturer’s serial numbers is not clearly marked, those slings and lifting gears shall
be prohibited to use.

Attachment 32: Slings and Lifting Gear Register

30.2 Wire Rope Sling

Contractor shall use wire rope sling made with suitable thimble to eye splices and loops of ropes for
the attachment of hooks, rings and other such parts.
Contractor shall not use homemade (hand spliced) wire rope slings made of at site.
Wire rope slings made of wire rope clips (bull dog clips) shall not be used at site.
All wire ropes shall be properly handled and stored to avoid any damage.
Contractor shall discard all damaged sling if there are
• Ten random broken wire ropes in one lay
• Four broken wires in one strand of a rope lay.
• Severe localised abrasion or scraping
• Kinking, crushing, bird-caging or other damage causing distortion.
• Deformed or excessively worn
• Severe corrosion and evidence of heat damage.

Attachment 33: Monthly Wire Rope Inspection Checklist

30.3 Chain Sling

SWL of all attached fittings (hooks, rings, shackles, etc) to chain slings shall be equal to the SWL of
chain sling.
Using of onsite welding repaired chain slings is strictly prohibited and shall be discarded immediately.
Chain slings of bent links, cracked welds and excessive wear shall be discarded immediately from
site.

30.4 Synthetic Webbing Slings

Synthetic webbing slings are manufactured from woven manmade fibre. These slings shall not be
subjected to point loading, sharp edged objects and non vertical lifting.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 81 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 39 of 101
CHENNAI

Attachment 33: Monthly Web Sling Inspection Checklist

30.5 Hooks
Hooks shall be fitted with safety latch on hook opening so that slings cannot be displaced.
Loads shall be applied only in the part designed to take them, Point load shall be avoided as point
load results in overstressing the hook causing it to break.
0
The hook shall be removed from the service if there is a visible crack and if it is twisted 10 out of
place.

30.6 Shackles
Contractor shall use the correct pin for each shackle. Rebar, mild steel bolts are not acceptable
replacement for shackle pin.

30.7 Spreader Beam

SWL and serial number of all spreader beams shall be clearly marked. Test certificates from Govt.
approved certifying authorities shall be submitted to owner/consultant/ EIL.
Register of spreader beam shall be maintained by contractor and same shall be submitted to
owner/consultant/ EIL.

31.0 Lifting Appliances

31.1 General
Lifting appliances means mobile cranes, derricks, tower cranes, overhead cranes, chain pulley
blocks, forklift, strand jacks, hydraulic jacks etc.

All lifting appliances including all parts and gears thereof, whether fixed or movable shall be
thoroughly tested and examined by a competent person at least once in a year or after it has
undergone any alterations or repairs liable to affect its strength or stability. Within the validity, if the
lifting appliances are shifted to a new site, re-examination by the same competent person for
ensuring its safety shall also be done.

Contractor shall maintain list of lifting appliances, lifting appliances maintenance register and shall be
submitted to owner/consultant/ EIL on regular basis.

The contractor shall not employ any person to drive or operate lifting appliances unless he is above
twenty-one years of age and possesses a valid heavy transport vehicle driving licence as per Motor
Vehicle Act and Rules.
The operator shall possess the knowledge of the inherent risks involved in the operation of lifting
appliances.

The operator shall be is medically examined and the report shall be submitted to owner/consultant/
EIL.

The laminated photocopies of test certificates issued by competent person, the operators’ photo,
manufacturer’s load chart shall be displayed in the operator cabin.

Safe Working Load (SWL) shall be clearly displayed on lifting appliances.

Hooks shall be fitted with safety latch on hook opening so that slings cannot be displaced.

Lifting appliances shall be periodically inspected and reports shall be submitted to owner/consultant/
EIL.

Attachment 35: Crane Register

31.2 Hydraulic Mobile Crane

• All alarms and signals like safe load indicators (SLI), boom angle indicators, boom extension
indicators, over lift boom alarm, swing alarm, hydraulic safety valves, mechanical radius

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 82 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 40 of 101
CHENNAI

indicators, etc. shall be periodically examined and maintained always in working condition.
• Boom shall be free from bents, cracks, rust, flaking or cracked paint, bulges, greases etc.
• Hydraulic pipes any fittings shall be free from any leak.
• The operator cabin shall have wind shield, wipers etc. The wind shield shall be clean ad free from
cracks.
• Fire extinguisher shall be provided at operator cabin.

Attachment 36: Daily Crane Inspection by Operator

Attachment 37: Monthly Crane Inspection

31.3 Chain Pulley Blocks

• The contractor shall ensure the strength of the structure to withstand the load before hanging
chain pulley block.
• Chain pulley block shall have safety latch.
• Loads in excess of SWL shall not be lifted or lowered.
• The hand and load chains shall hand freely without any twist or knots.
• Chain pulley blocks are designed for lifting the loads vertically and shall not be used to pull the
loads horizontally.

31.4 Tower Cranes

The contractor shall ensure that
• The instructions of the manufacturer of a tower crane and standard safe practices regarding such
crane are followed while operating or using such crane.
• No person other than the operator trained and capable to work at heights are employed to operate
tower cranes
• The ground on which a tower crane stands has adequate bearing capacity;
• Bases for tower cranes and trucks for rail-mounted tower cranes are firm and levelled and such
cranes are erected at a reasonably safe distance from excavations and are operated within
gradient limits as specified by the manufacturer of such cranes;
• Tower cranes are sited where there is a clear space available for erection, operation and
dismantling.
• Tower cranes are sited in such a way that the loads on such cranes are not handled over any
occupied premises, public thoroughfares, railways or near power cables, other than construction
works for which such cranes are used;
• Where two or more tower cranes are sited and operated, every care is taken to ensure positive
and proper communication between operators of tower cranes to avoid any dangerous
occurrences.

32.0 Lifting Activity

32.1 Lifting of Material
Contractor shall designate a rigging co-ordinator who shall have adequate knowledge, skill,
experience, qualification and training who shall successfully demonstrate to solve problems related to
safe crane operation. This rigging co-ordinator shall prepare a rigging plan, supervise and control all
lifting activities.
Contractor shall submit a detailed method statement/ rigging plan for critical and heavy lift by
considering following
• Rigging sketch
• Details of the crane
• Rated capacity of crane
• List of rigging hardware
• Rated capacity of rigging components
• Weight of the rigging gear
• Weight of the load
• Total weight of the lift (Weight of the rigging gear + Weight of the load)
• Dimension of the load
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 83 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 41 of 101
CHENNAI

• Crane Radius
• Boom Length
• Safe working limits of the crane as per load chart
• Ground and site condition
• Placement of crane
• Swing radius
• Sling angles
• Hand signal and necessary communication to be used.

Contractor shall submit all manufacture’s operator manual, third party test certificate to
owner/consultant/ EIL.

Before beginning any crane operation the supervisor and operator shall complete the pre-lifting
checklist. The same shall be submitted to owner/consultant/ EIL.

Attachment 38: Per-Lift Checklist

The outrigger of the crane shall be fully extended prior to the lift and shall be padded on firm base.

The operator shall have valid operator license.

Lifting activity shall not be carried out when wind velocities is 25km/hr or greater or during other
adverse condition.

Sufficient clearance shall be maintained while working near over head power lines
• Up to 250,000 volts at least six meter clearance shall be maintained.
• Above 250,000 volts at least 7.5 meter clearance shall be maintained.

Contractor shall deploy only the riggers having sufficient knowledge, experience and skill.

A ‘trial’ lift shall be carried out, raising the load a short distance above its pick-up point, to check the
stability of the crane, and the efficiency of the brakes.

Tagline shall be used to control the load swing.

Crane boom swing radius shall be barricaded and safety sign boards shall be displayed.

Signal man shall be provided with retro-reflective jacket and he is the only authorised person to give
signal to the operator.

No person shall move beneath the load and travel on the load.

32.2 Lifting of Personnel

• Contractor shall avoid lifting of personnel by crane. The preference shall be scaffold. If the nature
of job demands, then such lift shall be authorized by owner.
• The suspended personnel basket shall be limited to a capacity of six persons.
• Suspended personnel basket and attaching device shall be designed with factor of safety greater
than five.
• Suspended personnel basket shall have name plate specifying the weight of the empty basket,
maximum number of allowed persons and rated capacity of personnel basket.
• Personnel lifting basket shall be tested by third party competent person and the test certificate
shall be submitted to owner/consultant/ EIL.
• Personnel lifting basket shall have hand rail at 1100mm, mid rail at 550mm and toe guard width
shall be of 150mm.
• A trail lift without personnel shall be carried with maximum anticipated load. The taril lift shall be
from ground level to the location to which the basket to be lifted.
• Lifting activity shall not be carried out when wind velocities is 25km/hr or greater or during other
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 84 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 42 of 101
CHENNAI

adverse condition.
• Suitable anchor points shall be provided in the basket and personnel being lifted shall anchor their
full body safety harness to the anchor points.
• The crane operator shall not leave the cabin after personnel are lifted. In case of emergency, all
personnel shall be lowered to ground and leave the cabin.

33.0 Construction Vehicle

33.1 Dumpers, trailers, trucks, excavators, transit mixers, road rollers, tractors piling rigs, cranes, tipper,
lorry loaders, skip wagons, crawler tractors, scrapers, graders, tankers etc are considered as
construction vehicles.

33.2 The contractors shall provide a list of vehicles needed to be used at site and formulate a procedure
relating to construction vehicle inspection, operation and maintenance. It must be consistent with the
manufacturer's recommendations and consultant’s requirements.

Contractor's construction vehicles are to be periodically inspected and maintained according to pre-
determined schedule. Records of all inspection and maintenance shall be maintained and submitted
to owner/consultant/ EIL on regular basis.

Vehicle maintenance or repairing work shall not be carried out inside the construction site.

33.3 Operators entering site shall be instructed to follow the safe system of work adopted on site. These
shall be preferably, written instructions showing the relevant site rules, the site layout, delivery areas,
speed limits, etc.

33.4 All vehicle operators shall undergo medical fitness test, audiometric test and vision check test. The
medical certificates of those operators shall be submitted to owner/consultant/ EIL.

33.5 Vehicle operator shall possess valid driving license.

33.6 All construction vehicles shall have

• RC and Pollution under Control (PUC) certificate
• Exhaust shall be fitted with flame arrestor.
• Horn, mirrors, head and tail lights, indicators, reflectors etc.
• Parking brake and brake light
• First Aid kit
• Fire extinguishers

All Vehicles shall be fitted with audible reverse alarms and maintained in good working condition.
Reversing shall be done only when there is adequate rear view visibility and under the directions of a
banksman.
All vehicles shall be equipped with wind shields and wipers. Cracked or broken wind shields shall be
replaced.

33.7 At start of each shift operator shall check oil, fuel, water and hydraulic levels, that all gauges are
working and the vehicle is functioning smoothly.
33.8 The maximum speed limit on the construction site is 20-km/ hr. The maximum speed limit in work
areas is 15-km/ hr.

• Personnel must not be transported while standing on the bed of trucks or trailers or on material
handling / earth mounting equipment or they shall not be allowed to sit on doors.
• Material extending from vehicle bed shall be indicated with red flag.
• The latch on the dumper skips shall be in working order and release mechanism shall function
smoothly.
• The operators shall turn-off the engine and remove the ignition key before leaving the vehicle.
• Before moving the vehicle operator shall walk around it to see the area is clear. No one shall be
allowed to sit or lie around or beneath the vehicle.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 85 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 43 of 101
CHENNAI

• Wheel stopper shall be provided to while parked at slopes, place near any excavations etc.

33.9 Parking and Vehicle movement in Refinery Premises

• Vehicles shall be parked only in designated areas. No vehicle shall be parked opposite fire
hydrants or at the intersection of roads or within 10 meters of any road corner or in front of the
Fire Station.
• Vehicle shall not be parked, in any manner that will block emergency services, bends, building
exits and walkways etc.
• No vehicles should enter into any operating area without valid fire permit followed by a safety
clearance from the area-in-charge (this includes process areas, tank farms and loading racks).
• The contractors shall prominently display the name of their company on all the vehicles including
tractor trolleys, trucks, open jeeps, cranes which are allowed by the owner to enter inside the
Refinery for carrying out the job. The display board shall be put on front and rear side of each of
the vehicle.
• Photocopy of the vehicle gate pass along with the driver’s photo shall be pasted on the
windscreen for display. Driver shall keep valid driving license along with him

Attachment 39: Construction Vehicle

34.0 Construction Machinery

The contractor shall ensure at the construction site all motors, cogwheels, chains and friction
gearing, flywheels, shafting, dangerous and moving parts of machinery are guarded. The guard of
dangerous part of machinery is not removed while such machinery is in motion or in use.
34.1 Air receivers / compressors
Contractor shall ensure that air receivers/ compressors shall be
• In good condition and properly maintained.
• Individually identified and marked with their safe working pressure.
• Be accompanied by a valid test certificate.
• Fitted with a properly set pressure relief valve.
• Examined and the pressure relief valve tested by an independent examiner at yearly intervals.
• A register containing relevant details about the air receivers, compressors shall be maintained at
site such as identification numbers, dates of inspections, pressure ratings etc.
• All compressed air fittings shall be wired and/or restrained to prevent them from whipping should
the coupling separate.

• Only hose clamps designed for compressed air service shall be used. Worm drive (jubilee) clips
are not acceptable.

35.0 Noise
• Noise must be kept to a minimum at all times and must not exceed acceptable and/or any work
activity which is likely to expose any employee on site to a noise level of 85 db(A) or above,
assessments should be carried out. In such circumstances, the contractor must keep stocks of
ear defenders or other suitable hearing protection and issue to the workmen who are exposed to
the higher levels of noise.
• The Contractor shall ensure that noise generated from all powered mechanical equipment shall
be effectively reduced using the most modern techniques available including but not limited to
silencers and mufflers.
• The Contractor shall construct acoustic screens or enclosures around any parts of the works from
which excessive noise may be generated.
• Grinders, Cutters, Jack Hammer (pneumatic drills), Engine driven plant and the like, all give off
levels of noise that is harmful.
• Earplugs and earmuffs are the commonest form of hearing protection to be used.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 86 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 44 of 101
CHENNAI

36.0 Confined Space

36.1 General
A confined space is large enough and so configured that an employee can bodily enter and perform
assigned work, has limited or restricted means for entry or exit and is not designed for continuous
employee occupancy.

A person passes through an opening into a confined space and is considered to have occurred as
soon as any part of the entrant's body breaks the plane of an opening into the space is confined
space entry.

The danger may be as a direct result of a process being undertaken by persons in confined space
and the activities such as spray painting, use of cleaning fluids (solvents), hot work, abrasive
blasting, arc air gouging were considered as dangerous activities.

The hazards involved are asphyxiation, fire and explosion, oxygen enrichment or deficiency, dust and
fumes, electrocution, heat exhaustion.

36.2 Preparation
Contractor shall prepare method statement and submit to owner/consultant/ EIL for review at least
seven days prior to the commencement of the activity. Method statement for work in confined space
shall address the following as minimum.
• Work scope and methodology
• Nominated supervisors for obtaining permit to work and overall controller of the work activity.
• Nominated stand by persons
• Tools and equipments to be used
• Explosion proof fittings
• Flame proof lighting arrangement including emergency lighting
• Ventilation arrangement
• Access
• Fire safety and fire extinguisher requirements
• First-aid facilities
• Rescue procedure and availability of equipment/ resource for rescue

36.3 Authorization
Nominated supervisor is a competent construction engineer who has adequate knowledge, skill,
experience and familiarity about working in confined space.
Contractor’s nominated supervisor shall ensure that workmen and other supervisors employed for
work in confined space are trained and competent in performing such task before signing the work
permit.
All entry into confined spaces shall be controlled by means of a permit to work and this shall be
obtained from owner/consultant/ EIL.
No new activity shall be introduced in to a confined space without permission and signed approval of
permit to work from owner/consultant/ EIL.

36.4 Access
Clear and safe access shall be maintained continuously while workers are in confined space.
Ladder shall be of suitable size and length.
Adequate lighting shall be provided at all access and egress points.

36.5 Communication
Effective communication shall be maintained between personnel in confined space and outside by
combination of visual/ voice or portable radio.

36.6 Ventilation
Contractor shall check the oxygen level and confined space entry shall only be permitted if level of
oxygen by volume is in between 19.5 percent to 23.5 percent.
The oxygen level shall be surveyed at regular interval while any task is performed in confined space.
The oxygen level survey details shall be maintained in log register.
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 87 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 45 of 101
CHENNAI

Exhaust fan or other mechanical means shall be used to bring Lower Explosive Limit (LEL) 0% or
toxic gas below Threshold Limit Value (TLV). Also Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) shall
be used if necessary.
Whenever spray painting is carried out in confined space, forced ventilation shall be provided to
avoid any accumulation of flammable vapours.

36.7 Electrical Safety

Electrical hand tools to be used in confined space shall be inspected for good working condition, free
from defects, double insulated cables, connections through ELCB and valid test and inspection
stickers.
Contractor shall use only 24V lamp. Lamp shall be suitably guarded
All electrical fittings shall be of Flame proof and confirm to national standards

36.8 Fire Safety

All combustible materials shall be removed wherever possible before performing any hot work.
Fire protection equipments such as fire extinguishers or fire hoses shall be kept at the work area.
A fire watcher shall be deputed whenever hot work is carried out in confined space.
Compressed gas cylinders shall not be taken into confined space under any circumstance.
Gas cutting torch/ electric arc welding torch shall be removed from confined space during any
interval/break and as soon as the job is completed.

36.9 Emergency Rescue

Stand by person shall be deployed at the entrance of confined space to assist in rescue if any.
Stand by person shall be trained in rescue and his duties include evacuation of all entrants in
confined space. Also communicate for any emergency services and assist in rescue.

Stand by person shall be familiar with all possible hazards in confined space and remain outside
confined space entry until relived by another stand by person.
Rescue equipments such as full body safety harness, tripod, lifelines, Self Contained Breathing
Apparatus (SCBA), stretchers, Man basket, crane shall be kept readily available.

37.0 Radiography
• Radiography camera must be operated only by licensed radiographers certified by BARC under
the direct supervision of site-in-charge.
• Contractor shall submit list of competent persons involved in radiography at least seven days prior
to the commencement of the job.
• Contractor shall submit a list of authorised person involved in radiography associated works such
as isolation of sources, radiation survey meter surveyor, area cordon-off crew.
• Field radiography shall be carried out during night time where there is no occupancy around.
• All radioactive sources must be clearly identified with its strength of the source, activity at different
levels. A warning label should be displayed indicating “Danger – Radioactive Material”.
• The area shall be cordoned-off whenever radiography is carried out and the distance to be
cordoned-off is determined by the type and strength of radiation source to be used, the type of
exposure given, nature of occupancy and the total exposure time per week.
• The radiation levels along the cordon should be monitored by suitable and calibrated radiation
survey meter to confirm the cordon-off distance is adequate.
• Everyone involved in field radiography activity shall wear personnel monitoring badges.
• Radiation warning symbols shall be conspicuously posted along the cordon in English, Hindi and
vernacular languages. It shall be readable from a distance of 7 m under normal illumination.
• All safeguards should be implemented to ensure that workmen are not crossing the barricades.
• The boundary of cordon on all sides shall be adequately illuminated throughout the duration of
radiography.
• Red warning lights must be posted at night along boundary of cordon and especially at the point
of entry.

38.0 Hand tools

Contractor shall ensure that all hand tools used shall be of correct type, size and weight for the job.
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 88 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 46 of 101
CHENNAI

Hand tools used for electrical operations shall be properly insulated and shall be non-conductive
type.
• Screwdrivers used shall correct size of tip to fit the slot of the screw.
• Screw drivers shall not be carried in pockets of clothing.
• Hammers handles shall be made of smooth timber. Hammer head should be secured to wooden
handles with proper wedges.
• Chisels edges shall be kept sharp all the time. The original shape and angle shall be maintained.
• The chisel should be handled by tongs. Holding chisel by hand while chipping shall be avoided.
• Shovel blade shall not be allowed to become blunt, turned, split or jagged.
• Only spanners and adjustable wrenches shall be used. Improvised extension of spanners may
cause shearing of bolt and slip of tool.
• The ordinary wrenches shall not struck by hammer.
• Pipe wrenches should be large enough for the job. It should not be struck with hammer nor, shall
be used as hammer.
• Pliers used for electrical works shall be fitted with insulated handle.
• The hacksaw blade to cut shall be set in hacksaw frame. The teeth shall point forward direction
and sufficient tension should be applied to ensure the blade is maintained rigid.

39.0 Demolition
Prior to the commencement of any demolition work and also during the process of demolition
contractor shall follow the following additional precautionary steps shall be observed.
• All roads and open areas adjacent to the particular site shall either be closed or suitably
controlled.

• All underground / overground power / telephone cables or water / sewerage lines in the vicinity of
the particular site shall be either suitably diverted or made non-functional for the duration of the
demolition activity.
• All practical steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons employed from risk of fire or
explosion or flooding. No floor, roof or other part of the building shall be overloaded with debris or
materials as to render it unsafe.

40.0 Temporary Structure/Fixtures

• Before erecting temporary shelters like sheds anywhere within the Refinery premises, written
permission of the Engineer-in-charge be obtained.
• Temporary fixtures like sheds, tents, etc. shall be erected in conforming with normal safety
standards. Thatched roof to such fixtures will not be permitted.
• Temporary piping, hose connections and electrical wiring must be laid in such manner that they
do not cause tripping or hitting hazard
• Temporary sheds can be constructed only for the storing of the material / site office. It should not
be used for any other purpose.
• However, for all jobs having value more than Rs. One crore, no temporary sheds shall be allowed
for office / stores of the contractor and instead the contractor shall arrange for portal cabin for site
office / stores.
• Following information shall be clearly written on the shed:- Name of the contractor; Work Order
No.; Working under the Department; Name of the Engineer-in-charge; Permit No. & it's validity
period.
• The shed shall be made of safe construction material and good aesthetic view. The shed shall be
made strictly at the authorised location and size.
• All windows shall be either of wire mesh or glass.
• Company has the right to open or break the door at any time to inspect the shed.
• After completion of the job shed must be demolished within 10 days and area must be cleaned.
• All precautions should be taken to ensure that any temporary electric’s wiring used within the
Refinery will not cause sparks or shock

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 89 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 47 of 101
CHENNAI

Section IV – Liquidated Damages

41.0 Penalties for Violation/Non-Adherence of Safety Procedures and Practices

41.1 The contractor has to follow all Safety, Health and Environment rules & regulations of the Refinery. In
case of non-compliance of any of these rules and regulations by contractor or his employees, the
contractor shall be held responsible. If any violation or non-fulfilment of these Safety, Health and
Environment rules and regulation is observed by Refinery authorities during checking at any time, a
penalty of Rs. 5000.00 (Rs. Five Thousand Only) shall be imposed on the contractor for each
occasion of non-compliance to these rules and regulations by him or his employees. The decision of
Refinery authorities shall be final and binding on to the contractor in this regard. The amount of
penalties so imposed shall be recovered from the next R.A. Bill of the work or any other dues payable
to the contractor by Refinery

Event Penalty

Absence of Resident / safety Engineer of Contractor in

Rs 1000 per meeting
EIL/OWNER’s safety meeting
Failure to have regular site safety Inspection (by contractors
Rs 1000 / week
themselves) every week
Failure to conduct Health / Safety / Environment (HSE)
meetings by Contractor at site (in-house) and maintain Rs 1000/month
records

Failure to submit HSE reports/check Lists, etc., by 5th of Rs 1000 /month and Rs 100 / day
every month to EIL/OWNER for further delay
Working without clearance Rs 5000/occasion
Hot work without proper Clearance / permit Rs 10000 / occasion
For not providing shoring / strutting / proper slope and not
keeping the excavated earth at least 1.5M away from the Rs 5000 / occasion
excavated area

41.2 In case the violation / non-compliance of above Safety, Health & Environment rules results in results
in any Physical Injury or Fatal Accident, an additional penalty as given below shall also be imposed
on to the Contractor:

41.3 For any reportable physical injury as per Indian Factories Act - 1948: Additional penalty of 0.5 % of
the contract value subject to a maximum of Rs.2,00,000 (Rs. Two Lakhs Only) per injury in addition
to the penalty of Rs.5000 as per 41.2 above

41.4 For Fatal accident: Additional penalty of 1 % of the contract value subject to a maximum of
Rs.10,00,000 (Rs. Ten Lakhs Only) per fatality in addition to the penalty of Rs.5000 as per 41.2
above.

42.0 Compensation in case of Accidents

In case of any accidents/injury of a contractor's workmen, the contractor shall pay a suitable
compensation (subjected to the minimum compensation as mentioned below) to the affected person /
his family members in the presence of Engineer-in-charge and in consultation with Chief Medical
Officer of the Refinery. The said compensation shall depend on the seriousness of injury, etc, and
shall be in addition to the hospitalization / treatment charges and Group Insurance Amount payable
to the effected person. The following are the minimum compensation shall be paid to the affected
person / his family as stated above:

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 90 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 48 of 101
CHENNAI

42.1 In case of fatal accidents: Rs.1.0 lacs (Rs. One Lakhs) within 5 days of accident.

42.2 In case of loss of both the limbs (hand / legs/eyes/ ears) : Rs.50,000/- (Rs. Fifty Thousand ) within 1
week.

42.3 In case of loss of one limb (hand / legs/eyes/ ears) : Rs.25,000/- (Rs. Twenty Five Thousand ) within
1 week.

42.4 In case of any injury not specified above, Rs.1000/- (Rs. One Thousand) to Rs.5000/- (Rs. Five
Thousand) as directed by Engineer-in-charge within 1 week.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 91 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 49 of 101
CHENNAI

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 92 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 50 of 101
CHENNAI

LEGAL OBLIGATIONS / REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION

• Factories Act, 1948,

• Minimum Wages Act, 1948 and Rules 1950
• Employees Provident Fund & Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952.
• Contract Labour Act, 1970 and Rules 1971
• Weekly Holidays Act, 1942.
• Fatal Incidents Act, 1855.
• Personal Injuries (Compensation Insurance) Act, 1963.
• Workman Compensation Act, 1923 along with allied Rules
• The Public Liability Insurance Act 1991 and Rules 1991
• Child Labour (Prohibitions & Regulations) Act, 1986 and Rules 1950
• Indian Electricity Act 2003 and Rules 1956
• Motor Vehicles Act as amended in 1994 and The Central Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989.
• The Petroleum Act, 1934 and Rules 1976
• Gas Cylinder Rules, 2003
• Environment Protection Act, 1986 and Rules 1986
• Air (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act, 1981
• Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974
• The Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000
• Manufacture, Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989
• The Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1989
• Hazardous Waste Management Rules 1989 (as amended in 1999)
• Building and other Construction Workers’ Act, 1996.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 93 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT Page 51 of 101
DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

HSE ASSURANCE PLAN

SR ACTIVITY FREQUENCY EXTENT OF CHECKING REMARKS

NO OPERATING CHECKING SUB CONTRACTOR LSTK CONSULTANT

/OWNER
Area Engr Safety Supervisor Safety Officer CONTRACTO
R

1. HSE Policy Communicate to all Once in the Review Contractor to submit.

working at Project site. beginning. implementation
As applicable system

2. Safety committee Through meetings at To be formed consisting Owner, Consultant, Contractor / Sub Contractor and Representatives of workers.
predefined interval.

3. Training (Induction and For everyone As per Training Requirement in HSE Manual Entry passes to be issued only
Periodic) after induction

4. Reporting

4.1 Safety Statistics Monthly Monthly NA NA Monthly Monthly

4.2 Weekly First Aid and Weekly Weekly W Weekly Once a Week R
Illness Reports

4.3 Labour Report with Work Daily Daily Daily Daily Daily R Summary at the end of
hours month

4.4 Incident Reports As applicable As NA W W R

applicable

4.5 Investigation Reports As applicable As NA W W R

applicable

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Page 94 of 442
Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT Page 52 of 101
DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

HSE ASSURANCE PLAN

SR ACTIVITY FREQUENCY EXTENT OF CHECKING REMARKS

NO OPERATING CHECKING SUB CONTRACTOR LSTK CONSULTANT

/OWNER
Area Engr Safety Safety Officer CONTRACTOR
Supervisor

5. Statutory requirements Regular Once in 3 NA NA Monthly R Once in Quarter

(Registration, Records of months
Payment, Licenses)

6. Facilities

i. First Aid Regular R NA W R R Once in a Month

ii. Emergency care services Advance R NA Daily Periodic S Once in a Month

(Doctor, Ambulance) arrangement.

iii. Medical examination (Pre & Regular Periodic N.A. N.A. Periodic S Once in a Month
Periodic)

iv. Temporary accommodation In the beginning R N.A. R R R R

v. Drinking Water tank Filling everyday, Through R N.A. R S R

cleaning once a Records
week

vi. Urinals & Latrines Daily sweeping R N.A. R R R R If applicable

arrangement.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Page 95 of 442
Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT Page 53 of 101
DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

HSE ASSURANCE PLAN

SR ACTIVITY FREQUENCY EXTENT OF CHECKING REMARKS

NO OPERATING CHECKING SUB CONTRACTOR LSTK CONSULTANT

/OWNER
Area Engr Safety Safety Officer CONTRACTOR
Supervisor

vii. Septic tank/disposal system In the beginning S N.A. W R R R If applicable

viii. Mosquito control Once a week, Through records N.A W R R R If applicable

disinfecting
arrangement

ix. Crèches for Children below Required if 50 or R N.A Daily Monthly R R

6 yrs. more females
employed at site

x. Canteen Required if more R N.A. Daily Monthly R R If applicable

than 250 workers
are employed.

xi. Waste disposal Daily R N.A. Daily monthly R R

7. Fire fighting system S Once in a month N.A. W R R R

8. Traffic rules Daily Daily N.A. W R R R

9. Use of PPE Daily Daily By all, regular basis.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Page 96 of 442
Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT Page 54 of 101
DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

HSE ASSURANCE PLAN

SR ACTIVITY FREQUENCY EXTENT OF CHECKING REMARKS

NO
OPERATING CHECKING SUB CONTRACTOR LSTK CONSULTANT
CONTRACTOR /OWNER
Area Engr Safety Safety Officer
Supervisor
10. Work permit system S W W R R As applicable
11. Safety publicity Continuous Periodic N.A. N.A. W R
12. Excavation S NB W W R R S
13. Cutouts/openings S NB W W R R S
14. Barricading S Daily W W R R
15. Scaffolds S Regularly W W W R
16. Ladders S Regularly R R R R
17. Welding/cutting M/C S Once in 3 W W W R S
months
18. Elect. Hand tools & S Once in 3 W W R R
Distribution Boards month
19. Mechanical Equipment S Once in 6 W W Rw R S
months
20. LOAD TESTS FOR Heavy lifts W N.A. Rw Rw S Formal procedure
required for heavy lifts

Legends: W Witness
Rw Review of Sub-Contractor’s document
R Random verification
S Surveillance
NA Not applicable

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Page 97 of 442
Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT Page 55 of 101
DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Site Safety Organisation Chart

Owner
Owner’s/PMC’s Project Owner/PMC’sSafety Representative
/PMC Representative

EIL
Resident Construction Manager

Safety officer

Resident Construction Manager

Contractor

Safety Manager

Safety Engineer

Safety Supervisor Safety Supervisor Safety Supervisor

Safety Observer Safety Observer Safety Observer Safety Observer Safety Observer

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 98 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT Page 56 of 101
DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Client: Weekly Safety Meeting

Safety Committee
Project:
Meeting
Project Number Meeting Number:

Confirmation of Meeting Telephone Talk

Date Held : Location :
Date Issued : Recorded by:
Issued By : Distribution:
Subject:
Participants:
Client Consultant Contractor/
EIL

Agreed date
Sl. Target
Remarks in Previous Action by
No Date
meeting

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 99 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT Page 57 of 101
DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Page 100 of 442 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
 SPECIFICATION No.
A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI Page 58 of 101

SAFETY OBSERVATION REPORT (SOR) SUMMARY SHEET

Project Contractor Date From: To:

P - Positive; AR - At Risk: UA - Unsafe Act; UC - Unsafe Condition; LB - Lack of Belief; LT - Lack of Training; LI - Lack of Interest; LR - Lack of Resource; C - Closed; O-Open
SOR
Direct
Observation Indirect Cause SOR SOR Status Closed
Date Time Observer Location Description Cause Corrective Action
category on
P AR UA UC LB LT LI LR C O

Contractor’s RCM Name Contractor’s Safety Manager Name

Signature Signature
Date Date
1.7.7.1

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 101 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI Page 59 of 101

Safe Plan of Action

Contractor Date: From: To: Doc no:

Activity/ Task Work area/ location Rev 0
Job description:
PPE Required
‰ Full body double lanyard ‰ Hand gloves
‰ Helmet ‰ Safety shoes/ Gumboot ‰ Safety goggles
safety harness
‰ Nose mask ‰ Ear plug ‰ Hard hat with welding Shield ‰ Grinding visors/ face shield ‰ Others

Safety Devices
‰ Caution tape/ Barricading ‰ Sign/Display boards ‰ Fluorescent jackets ‰ Lifeline/Fall Arrestor ‰ Safety net
pipes
‰ Flash back Arrestor ‰ Fire extinguisher ‰ Fire blanket ‰ Warning lights
‰ Others

Steps of Activity/Task Hazard/Reaction to Change Safe Plan Resources

Description Performer (Team members) Approved by Reviewed by

Name
Signature
Company
Date
The signature of the supervisor confirms the completion of the hazard assessment and Safe Plan of Action by the crew.

Supervisor’s Signature: Date

Instructions: 1. Write name of job or task in space provided. 2. Conduct walk-through survey of work area. 3. Write the steps of the task in a safe sequence. 4. List all possible hazards involved in each step and
reaction to change. 5. In the Safe Plan column, state actions that will be taken to prevent the hazards or injury from reaction to change. 6. In Resources column, list equipment, tools, etc. needed to do the job. 8. Ask
each team member, who helped develop and will use this SPA, to sign in spaces provided. 9. Review the SPA at the end of the task for improvements.
Work shall stop when conditions change, the job changes, or a deficiency in the plan is discovered, and the current SPA will be modified or a new SPA created.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 102 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT Page 60 of 101
DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

General Inspection Report (Safety Walk Around)

Project Contractor
Location Date Time

Name of team members involved in inspection

Sl.No Observation Hazard Identified Corrective Action Remarks

Signature of team members

Contractor shall complete the corrective action and submit the compliance report to EIL/ owner/consultant

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 103 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI Page 61 of 101

Attachment 9

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 104 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI Page 62 of 101

Attachment 9

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 105 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI Page 63 of 101

Monthly Safety Audit Checklist

Page 1 of 6
Project Date Location
Contractor Audit No. Audit Team members:

Sl. Possible Obtained

Description Observation
No Points Score
A Training 20
1 Induction training given to all new joining workers 5
2 Toolbox talks conducted frequently 5
3 Fire drill & site specific training conducted frequently 5
4 Records maintained for all training given at site? 5
B Personal Protective Equipment 25
5 PPE issue and inspection register maintained? 5
6 Compliance of safety shoes, safety goggles and helmets 5
7 Full body safety harness (lanyard length - 1.8 m) anchored 5
8 Welding shield & grinding visor mounted helmet used 5
9 Other necessary PPEs 5
C House Keeping 35
10 Clear walkways are maintained without any obstructions? 5
11 All materials are stacked properly? 5
12 Waste materials/ scraps dumped properly at identified areas? 5
13 Electrical cables are properly routed to prevent trip hazards or 5
damages due to vehicle movement
14 Nails or other sharp objects being removed or bent? 5
15 Clear walkways are maintained without any obstructions? 5
16 Scrap yard identified at site and waste disposed from site 5
regularly

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 106 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI Page 64 of 101

Page 2 of 6

Project Date Location

Contractor Audit No. Audit Team members:

Sl. Possible Obtained

Description Observation
No Score Score
D Work at height 20
17 Edge protection & floor opening protection provided? 5

18 Fully planked working platform with handrails, mid rails & toe- 5
guards with secured access ladder extending 1 m from
19 Fall arrestors, lifelines & safety nets in use wherever 5
necessary?
20 Ensuring everyone anchoring the safety harness when 5
exposed to a fall of 2m and above
E Scaffolds & ladders 40
21 Scaffold designed & erected by trained personnel 5

22 Scaffolding checklist prepared and displayed? Scaffold 5

tags displayed?
23 Scaffold erected on a level surface with base plate / sole plate? 5

23 Appropriate scaffold materials are used & installed 5

properly with necessary supports and back ties wherever
Staging for shuttering is designed for loads like worker movement,
25 5
impact loads and other incidental loads during various construction
26 Dismantling of scaffolds done under proper supervision? 5
Are all materials properly lowered?
27 Ladders in use are without defects? Positioned in a safe angle 5
and secured properly?
28 Mobile scaffolds are used with proper lock system 5
and appropriate access to the working platform?
F Excavation 20
29 Sloping/ benching or shoring maintained 5
30 Adequate barricading provided for the pit/trench 5
31 Access ladder in place where work is carried out 5
32 Excavated earth removed or deposited 1.5 m away 5

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 107 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI Page 65 of 101

Page 3 of 6
Project Date Location
Contractor Audit No. Audit Team members:

Sl. Possible Obtained

Description Observation
No Score Score
G Electrical 50

33 Electrical Inspection register maintained? 5

34 All power tools are inspected and tagged? 5
35 Does cabling provide sufficient headroom? 5
36 Electrical connections are free of insulation damages, 5
joints and provided with plug tops
36 All electrical connections are taken through ELCB (30 mA) 5
37 Proper earthing for main panel & body earhting for DBs? 5
38 All DBs are provided with a rain protection canopy? 5
39 Adequate safety provisions at panel room? 5
40 Is there enough number of first-aiders having knowledge of 5
CPR for electrocution?
41 DG inspected and maintained 5
H Vehicle movement 30
42 All vehicles installed with reverse horns 5
43 Authorised driver/ operator with a valid driving license 5
is engaged?
44 Vehicle operators given adequate training on speed limit, 5
overloading & site rules
45 Spark arrestors available? 5
46 Banksman available for controlling the vehicle movement? 5
47 Maintenance record and inspection record maintained 5

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 108 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI Page 66 of 101

Page 4 of 6

Project Date Location

Contractor Audit No. Audit Team members:

Sl. Possible Obtained

Description Observation
No Score Score
I Welding, gas cutting and grinding 50
48 Adequate PPEs are provided and used? 5
49 Earth connectors are securely connected to the job and not to 5
the adjoining structure or scaffold?
Welding cable used is maintained in good condition without any cut or
50 open/ tapped joints? Gas cutting hose is without any crack/ damage?
5

51 Flash Back Arrestors installed in the cutting set (both at 5

cylinder end and torch end)
52 Cylinder storage area clearly identified for fuel gas 5
and oxygen? Not exposed to sunlight kept in upright position
53 Cylinder keys are always available on acetylene cylinders? 5
Double pressure gauges are in working condition?
54 Grinding machine are with proper guards? 5
55 Grinding wheel used of proper RPM rating as marked on the 5
grinding machine?
56 Grinding wheel is without any crack or deformation 5
on circumference?
57 Adequate precaution taken to prevent the hazards from 5
hot spatters and sparks
J Rigging 30
58 Inspection and test certificate records maintained for all lifting 5
tools and tackles, hydras and cranes?
59 SWL & date of testing are visibly marked/ painted on all lifting 5
tools/ tackles and equipments?
60 Crane operators are trained, qualified, and have valid license. 5

61 All rigging tools and lifting equipment are in good 5

condition, properly inspected and have current certification.
62 Tag lines are used appropriately. 5
63 Cranes are set up properly including extended outrigger pads. 5

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 109 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI Page 67 of 101

Page 5 of 6

Project Date Location

Contractor Audit No. Audit Team members:

Sl. Possible Obtained

Description Observation
No Score Score
11 Other 55
64 SPAs are prepared and displayed at site? 5
65 Emergency response plan established at site and 5
communicated to all. Assembly point identified?
66 Adequate First aid facilities maintained. First Aid 5
register maintained at site?
Confined space works are carried out with a valid authorized permit
67 and is the permit displayed? All requirements specified in the 5
permit are fulfilled before confined space entry?
68 Fire Extinguishers in place for all hot works 5
Are illumination levels at workplace and passage ways
69 adequate? Sufficient lighting arrangements are made for night 5
works?
70 Sign boards and caution boards are kept wherever necessary? 5
71 All rotary parts of machinery are properly guarded? 5
73 Restrooms are made & well maintained. Designated place for 5
drinking water & clearly labeled
74 Participation of execution engineers in implementation of safety 5
program
75 Safety awareness and promotional activity 5

Safety Performance Rating Indicator (Score %) Contractor's Safety Performance

GOOD 90 – 100 % No of points attended
SATISFACTORY 76 – 89 % Possible Score
UNACCEPTABLE < 75 % Scores Obtained
Score %

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 110 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI Page 68 of 101

Page 6 of 6
Project Date Location
Contractor Audit No. Audit Team members:

Sl. Responsible Completion

Observation Corrective Action Target date
No Person date

Contractor’s RCM Endorsement

Date

Note: Contractor shall complete the corrective action and submit the sheet to EIL/Consultant/Owner.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 111 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Page 69 of 101
AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Safety Induction Induction Number

Project Name Project Number
Contractor Date of Induction
Inductee Name Designation
Age Blood Group Experience in Role:

1.0 Introduction about site

2.0 Safety Policy of Owner, Consultant & Contractor

3.0 Alcohol policy, Drugs, No smoking

4.0 Gate pass procedure

5.0 First aid facilities

6.0 Emergency procedure

7.0 Incident Reporting

8.0 Welfare facilities

9.0 Personal Hygiene

10.0 Good housekeeping

11.0 Fire preventions and protections

12.0 Safe Plan of Action (SPA)

13.0 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

14.0 Working at height (Ladders, Scaffolding, Safety harness)

15.0 Fall prevention and protection (Open edges, floor cut outs)

16.0 Safe use of hand and power tools

17.0 Material handling

18.0 Electrical safety

19.0 Gas cutting, welding and Gas Cylinders

20.0 Traffic rules

21.0 Movement on site

Your Health - should the Company and your work colleagues know about your health? Are you
taking specially prescribed medication? Are you epileptic or diabetic, or do you have a heart problem/
disease? If we all know - we can help if you become ill, if we don't know, any help may be too late.

Name of Inductor Name of Inductee

Signature Signature/ Thumb Impression
Date Emergency Contact Number

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 112 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI Page 70 of 101

Safety Induction Attendance Register (Required only for two or more attendees)
Date of Induction: Total Number of Attendees: Induction Number:
Emergency Signature/
Gate Pass Blood Experience
Sl.No Full Name Designation Age Contractor Permanent Address Contact Thumb
Number Group in Role
Number impression

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 113 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Page 71 of 101
AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 114 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Page 72 of 101
AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 115 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT Page 73 of 101
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Safety Training Matrix

Project Number Project Name
Contractor Training Matrix for the Month of

Supervisor

Electrician
Strength

Bar binder

Operators
Carpenter
Unskilled
Planned

Scaffold

operato
Grinder

Vehicle
Painter

erector
Sl.No Training Topic

Welder
worker

Rigger
Mason

mover
Crane

Earth
Date

Fitter
1. Safety Induction
2. Personal Protective Equipment
3. Housekeeping
4. Work permit
5. First-aid
6. H2S
7. Mock drill
8. Excavation
9. Manual handling
10. Driving Safety
11. Working at Height
12. Scaffold
13. Hot work
14. Heavy lifting and Rigging
15. Fire prevention and protection
16. Electrical Safety
17. Hand and power tools
18. Confined Space Entry
19. Pre-commissioning Safety
20. Lock-out and Tag-out
Contractor’s Endorsement Date

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 116 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY &
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Page 74 of 101
AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Attendance Register for Safety Training

Project Project No

Contractor Topic

Date Location

Time Conducted by

Signature/ Thumb
Sl.No Name Designation Organisation
Impression
1

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

Faculty’s Signature
Date

1.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 117 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev.1
SPECIFICATION FOR
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI Page 75 of 101

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 118 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT Page 76 of 101
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Weekly Safety Report

Project Name Name of the Contractor

Project Started on Report Number
Report for the period From to
Descriptio For the Week Cumulative
Work Hours
Average Strength (Staff + Workmen)
Total Recordable Incident Rate (TRIR)
Performance Indicators
Injuries & Illness

Fatal
Recordable
Incidents

Medical Aid
Days away from work
Restricted Workday case
First-aid case
Near miss
Property Damage
Environmental Damage
Motor Vehicle Incident
Brief description of the incident during the week (if any):

Safety Metrics
Safety Induction
Tool Box Talks
Safety Training
Positive SOR
Other SOR
Safety Inspection
Safety Audit
Safe Plan of Action (SPA)
Safety Meeting

Contractor’s RCM endorsement Contractor’s Safety Manager Endorsement

Date of Submission

Remarks: Contractor shall submit supporting documents along with weekly safety report.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 119 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT Page 77 of 101
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

MONTHLY HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) REPORT

Actual work start Date: Project: For the Month of

Name of the Contractor Name of Work Report No
Job No : Status as on
Contractor in consultation with EIL shall generate the reports through web based package (www.eil.co.in/conthse)

UPTO THIS
ITEM CUMULATIVE
PREVIOUS MONTH
1) Average number of Staff & Workmen
2) Man-hours worked
3) Number of Induction programmes conducted
4) Number of HSE meetings organized at site
5) Number of HSE awareness programmes conducted at site
6) Number of Tool Box Talks conducted
7) Number of Lost Time Accidents (LTA) Fatal
Other LTA
8) Number of Loss Time Injuries (LTI) Fatalities
Other LTI
9) Number of Non-Loss Time Accidents
10) Number of First Aid Cases
11) Number of Near Miss Incidents
12) No. of unsafe acts/ practices detected
13) No. of disciplinary actions taken against staff/ workmen
14) Man-days lost due to accidents
15) LTA Free man-hours i.e. LTA free man-hours counted from the Last
LTA (enter date: ……….)
16) Frequency Rate (No. of LTA per 2 lacs man-hours worked)
17) Severity Rate (No. of man days lost per 2 lacs man-hours worked)
18) Loss Time Injury Frequency (No. of LTI per 2 lacs man-hours
19) No. of activities for which Job Safety Analysis (JSA) completed
20) No. of incentives/ awards given
21) No. of occasions on which penalty imposed by EIL/ Owner
22) No. of Audits conducted
23) No. of pending NCs in above Audits
24) Compensation cases raised with Insurance
25) Compensation cases resolved and paid to workmen
26) Whether workmen compensation policy taken Yes No
27) Whether workmen compensation policy is valid Yes No
28) Whether workmen registered under ESI Act, as applicable Yes No
Remarks, if any
Date: Prepared by Safety Officer Approved by Site Head / Resident Construction Manager
(Signature and Name) (Signature and Name)

To : - OWNER & RCM EIL (2 copies)

Page 120 of 442

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT Page 78 of 101
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 121 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT Page 79 of 101
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 122 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT Page 80 of 101
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 123 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT Page 81 of 101
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Incident Reporting Chain and Emergency Contact Numbers

Project: Contractor:

Incident (First Witness)

Immediate Supervisor

Contractor’s RCM Emergency Services

(Name and Contact Number to be updated) (First-aid centre, Fire Services)

Consultant’s RCM
(Name and Contact Number to be updated)

Head Office Client

(Name and Contact Number to be updated)

Emergency Contact Numbers

Services Name Contact Number Remarks
Medical Centre (To be updated) (To be updated)
Ambulance (To be updated) (To be updated)
Hospital (To be updated) (To be updated) Tie-up Nearest

Fire Station (To be updated) (To be updated)

Project Security (To be updated) (To be updated)
Police Station (To be updated) (To be updated)
Consultant’s Safety Department (To be updated) (To be updated)
Contractor’s RCM (To be updated) (To be updated)
Contractor’s Safety Manager (To be updated) (To be updated)
Contractor’s First-aid centre (To be updated) (To be updated)
Consultant RCM (To be updated) (To be updated)
Client (To be updated) (To be updated)

Note:
• First witness shall attend the injured person.
• Supervisor shall inform emergency services and also the contractor’s RCM.
• All incidents and near miss incidents shall be reported immediately.
• Detail report shall be submitted within 24 hours irrespective of Sundays and holidays if any.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 124 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT Page 82 of 101
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

CONTENTS OF A FIRST-AID
BOX

• A sufficient number of eye wash bottles filled with distilled water or suitable liquid clearly indicated
by a distinctive sign which shall be visible at all times.
• 4 per cent xylocaine eye drops, and boric acid eye drops and soda by carbonate eye drops.
• Twenty-four small sterilised dressings.
• Twelve medium size sterilised dressings.
• Twelve large size sterilised dressing.
• Twelve large size sterilised burn dressings.
• Twelve (fifteen cm) packets of sterilised cotton wool.
• (Two hundred ml) bottle of certimide solution (1 per cent) or suitable antiseptic solution.
• One (two hundred ml) bottle of mercurochrome (2 per cent) solution in water.
• One (one hundred twenty ml) bottle of salvolatile having the doses and mode of administration
indicated on the label.
• One pair of scissors.
• One roll of adhesive plaster (six cm X one metre).
• Two rolls of adhesive plaster (two cms X one metre).
• Twelve pieces of sterilised eye pads in separate sealed packets.
• A bottle containing hundred tablets (each of three hundred twenty-five mg) of aspirin or any
other analgesic.
• Twelve roller bandages ten cms wide.
• Twelve roller bandages five cms wide.
• One tourniquet.
• A supply of suitable splints.
• Three packets of safety pins.
• Kidney tray.
• A snake bite lancet.
• One (thirty ml) bottle containing potassium permanganate crystals.
• One copy of first-aid leaflet issued by the Directorate General.
• Six triangular bandages.
• Two pairs of suitable, sterilised, latex hand gloves.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 125 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT Page 83 of 101
MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Bureau of Indian Standards for PPE

IS : 1179 - 1967 Equipment for eye and face protection during welding.

IS : 1989 -1986 (Part - I & III) Leather safety boots and shoes.

IS : 2925 -1984 Industrial Safety Helmets.

IS : 3521 - 1983 Industrial Safety belts and harness.

IS : 3778 -1975 Rubber knee boots.

IS : 4770 -1968 Rubber gloves for electrical purposes.

IS : 5424 - 1969 Rubber mats for electrical purposes.

IS : 5557 -1969 Industrial and Safety rubber knee boots.

IS : 5983 -1978 Eye protectors.

Code of practice for selections, care and repair of Safety

IS : 6519 -1971
footwear.
IS : 6994 -1973 (Part - I) Industrial Safety Gloves.

Guide for selection of industrial safety equipment for

IS : 8519 - 1977
body protection.
Guide for selection of industrial safety equipment for eye,
IS : 8520 - 1977
face and ear protection.
Code of practice for maintenance and care of industrial
IS : 8990 - 1978
safety clothing.
IS : 9167 - 1979 Eye protectors.

Recommendations for the selection, use and

IS : 9623 - 1980
maintenance of respiratory protective devices.
Guide for selection of industrial safety equipment for
IS : 10667 - 1983
protection of fool and leg.
IS : 11226 -1985 Leather Safety footwear having direct moulding sole.

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 126 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 84 of 101
CHENNAI

Project: Contractor
Personal Protective Equipment Issue Register

Personal Protective Equipment Signature/

Date of ID Card Inducted
Sl.No Name Discipline Safety Safety Safety Safety Hand Other Thumb Remarks
Issue No on
Helmet Goggles Shoe Harness Gloves PPE Impression

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 127 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Page 85 of 101
AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Personal Protective Equipment & Safety Equipments Stock Register

Date as on: Contractor:

PPE Quantity
Available in Unit Remarks
Items Procured Issued
Stock
Safety Shoes
Size 6 Pair
Size 7 Pair
Size 8 Pair
Size 9 Pair
Size 10 Pair
Gum Boot Pair
Safety Helmet No
Safety Goggles No
Hand Gloves Pair
Ear Muff No
Ear Plug No
Nose Mask No
Full Body Harness No
Fall Arrestor System No
Life Line No
Welder’s Hood No
Grinder Visor No
Fire Blanket No
Fire Extinguisher No
Caution Tapes Meter

Name of Store’s In-charge Name of Safety Manager

Signature Signature
Date Date

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 128 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Page 86 of 101
AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Diesel Generator Set Checklist

Project Contractor

Inspection Date : Inspected By:

Location: DG ID:

DG Rating Output Current

Sl.No Particulars Observations Remarks

1 Whether DG is acoustic type

Does proper access exists for DG &
2
Unauthorized entry restricted
3 Whether body & Neutral is earthed
Condition of control panel
• Are the doors lockable?
4 • Is the termination of I/C cable done properly
with proper size of lugs?
• Are the I/C & O/G terminals fixed and tighten
5 Whether voltmeters, Ammeter are working
6 Whether DG panel has MCCB with proper rating
7 Whether Single Line Diagram displayed
8 Is their any spillage around DG
9 Whether fire extinguishers are provided
CRP chart & Danger sign board displayed in
10
English and local languages
Information such as authorized operator details,
11
nearest first aid kit availability displayed
12 Sound level is within limit
Is the spark arrestor in good condition and fixed
13
properly?
Is the emergency stop push button function
14
properly
15 Current months color coded stickers fixed

Name of Electrical Engineer

Signature
Date

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 129 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Page 87 of 101
AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Excavation Checklist
Project Contractor
Description of work: Dimension of the pit/ trench:
Sl. Day Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun
ITEMS
No Date

A) Before excavation
1 Excavation permit no -
Underground/ overhead facilities present are:
2
3 Underground cable detection done?
Has the exact location of excavation been
4
marked?
Has the operator possess a valid operating
5
license?
6 Whether SPA Prepared and displayed on site
The area to be excavated and hazards are clearly
7
communicated to the operator & the helper?
B) After excavation
Has adequate sloping maintained to prevent soil
8
collapse?
9 Any adjoining structure nearby?
10 Shoring / Sloping required?
Has the excavated pit hard barricaded (if
11
depth>0 6m) else soft barricaded?
12 Warning signs displayed?
Excavated earth stored 1m away from edge of
13
barrication?
14 Vehicle movement restricted?
Access/ egress ladder placed every 15m interval,
15
based on no of workmen?
16 Dewatering required?
Walkovers/ passageway provided at necessary
17
places?
18 Sufficient illumination inside the pit at all times?
Signature
Remarks: ( 3) good / YES, ( X ) Poor / NO. If No, Please indicate in the comments column.

Date: Comments

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 130 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Page 88 of 101
AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Hot Work Activity Checklist

Project Contractor

Description of work: Hot work permit no:

Sl. Day Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun
ITEMS
No Date
The work area has been barricaded and warning
1
signs displayed?
The work area has been made free from
2
combustible/flammable materials?
The sparks / radiation from the hot work have
3
been adequately contained?
Flammable wastes are disposed in a covered
4
container?
Are adequate number of well-maintained fire
extinguishers and fire blankets, provided at each
5
work area and all workers /supervisors in the work
area are aware of its location?
Fire extinguishers regularly inspected and kept at
6
designated places with clear access?
Are fire hydrant system, fire hose and foam
7
system in ready during critical works?
The contractor has been briefed on all the
8
necessary safety requirements?
Appropriate PPE/ protective clothing has been
9
provided for the job?
10 Tools and machineries to be used are inspected?
11 Fire watcher deployed?
Any hazardous work carried out nearby
12
simultaneously?
13 Gas Monitoring required? Yes (Y) No (N)
Are chances of flammable vapour cloud formation
14 at nearby area or likely to occur during the course
of work? eg: Spray painting?
All workers are trained in the use of fire
15 extinguishers, fire fighting procedure and
emergency response?
16 Whether SPA Prepared and Displayed on site?
17 Any other Fire prevention required?
Signature
Note: Fire Watcher to standby 15 mins after work completed
Remarks: ( 3) good / YES, ( X ) Poor / NO. If No, Please indicate in the comments column.
Date: Comments

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 131 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Page 89 of 101
AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

ARC WELDING MACHINE CHECKLIST

Project Contractor:
Site supervisor: Welding m/c ID
Date: Location
No Items Observation Remarks
A WELDING SETS
1 Connections are proper and effectively insulated.
2 ON / OFF switch in good working condition?
3 Voltmeter/ Ammeter connected & working properly?
4 Regulator working properly
5 Welding machine completely covered and no loose
connections?
6 Good earthing and grounding.(Double earthing)
7 Wheels freely rotating?
Compatible Fire extinguisher available for the welding set
8
B CABLE AND JOINTS
1 Supply cable's length exceeding 5m?
2 Connection taken through ELCBs?
Welding cables of proper rating and in proper
3
condition without any damages?
4 Connecting lugs tightened properly?
5 Well insulated and no exposed parts?
6 Size of cable used are proportional to voltage supply
Return earth cable of sufficient length? Are electrical
7
conductors prohibited from being used to complete
8 Any overloading, whereby cables become hot?
9 Any contact with oil / sharp edges or water?
Are cables properly placed to prevent tripping
10
hazards?
C ELECTRODE HOLDERS
Electrode holders used are in good working
1
condition?
2 Properly insulated and no exposed metal parts?
Holders are kept dried and properly hung up after use?
3

4 Not in contact with metal parts.

5 Electrodes are detached after welding.
Name of Electrical Manager Name of Safety Manager
Signature Signature

Format No.Page
8-00-0001-F1
132 of 442 Rev. 0
Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Page 90 of 101
AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Gas Cutting Set Checklist

Project Contractor:

Site supervisor: Gas cutting set ID

Date: Location

No Items Observation Remarks

A GAS CYCLINDERS
Cylinders used are in upright and secured position,
1
tied with chain and used in a trolley?
Cylinders protected from direct fire, sparks or
2
excessive heat?
3 Double pressure gauges in working condition?
Cylinder valves, regulators, hoses are free from
4
oil/grease?
Any leakage observed after doing Soap solution/
5
leakage test?
Cylinders are kept away from live electric cables or
6
ground wires.
Empty and full cylinders are properly separated and
7
marked?
Oxygen and fuel cylinders kept separately in a
8
designated storage shed?
B REGULATORS / HOSES / TORCHES
Regulators and torches are in sound working
1
condition?
Any leakage observed after doing Soap solution/
2
leakage test?
Hoses are free of any tape or wrapping materials
3
used for plugging leaks?
4 Proper connections are used for fastening?
5 All gas hoses are secured with clips at both ends?

6 Are regulators, hoses & fittings free from oil &

grease?
7 Any kinked or tangled hoses?
8 Hoses protected from being run-over?
Are approved flash back arrestors installed at both
9
cylinder and torch ends?
C OTHERS
1 Cylinder keys readily available on cylinder?

2 Proper lighter is used to light the torch?

3 Fire extinguisher & fire blanket readily available?

Name of Safety Manager

Signature

Format No.Page
8-00-0001-F1
133 of 442 Rev. 0
Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Page 91 of 101
AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Grinding Machine Checklist

Project Contractor:

Site supervisor: Machine ID

Date: Location

No Items Observation Remarks

A GRINDING MACHINE
1 Any physical damages to the machine?
2 RPM punched/ marked?

3 Guard in place?
4 Double insulated body?
5 Proper size spanner/ key in place?
6 Electrical connection done properly?
7 Is Dead man provided with machine and in working
condition?
8 Handles tightly placed?
B GRINDING WHEEL
1 Appropriate selection of abrasive wheel?
2 Within expiry date?
3 RPM, size and type of the wheel marked?
4 Any cracks/ damps observed in the wheel?
5 Properly stored after use?
Grinding and cutting wheel stored & used
6
accordingly?
C CABLES & CONNECTIONS
1 Cable in proper condition without any damages?
2 Cable with plug tops?
3 Connection used through ELCBS?
Cables routed properly without obstructing the
4
passage ways?

Name of Safety Manager

Signature

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 134 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Page 92 of 101
AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Fire Extinguisher Monthly Inspection

Project

Contractor:

Inspected by:

Visual Inspection
Sl.NO Date Identification No. Result Location Date of Refill Date of Expiry
OK NOT OK

Checklist for Inspection

Located in its designated place
No obstruction to access or visibility
Operating instructions on the extinguisher label legible and facing outward
Seals and tamper indicators not broken or missing
Determine fullness by weighing
Examine for obvious physical damage, corrosion, leakage or clogged nozzle
Pressure gauge reading or indicator in the operative range or position.

Comments/Remarks

Name of the Inspector

Signature
Date

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 135 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Page 93 of 101
AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 136 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 94 of 101
CHENNAI

Slings and Lifting Gear Register

Project Contractor
Inspected by: Date: Signature:

Manufacturer’s Date into service Remarks

Sl.No Type of Sling Type of Gear SWL Diameter Length
Serial Number

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 137 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 95 of 101
CHENNAI

Monthly Wire Rope Inspection Report

Project Contractor Inspection for the Month
Inspected by: Date: Signature: Colour Code for Month:
Excess Wear Kinking , Bird-
Diameter 4 Broken 10 random broken
Sl. Manufacturer’s Location Thimble of 1/3 caging,
SWL Length Wires in 1 wire ropes in one Remarks
No Serial Number of Sling available diameter in Serious
Size Rope Lay lay
outside wires Corrosion

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 138 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 96 of 101
CHENNAI

Monthly Synthetic Web Sling Periodic Inspection Report

Project Contractor Inspection for the Month
Inspected by: Date: Signature: Colour Code for Month:
Worn or Slings
Sl. Manufacturer’s Location Chemical Tears, Snags, Slings Properly
SWL Length Broken Properly Remarks
No Serial Number of Sling Burns Holes or Cuts Stored
Stitches Tagged

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 139 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 97 of 101
CHENNAI

Crane Register
Project Contractor
Third Party
Capacity Certificate Date into service Remarks
Sl.No Crane Type Manufacturer Model Year Current Owner
Rating (SWL) Reference
Number

Name of Contractor’s P& M Manager Name of Contractor’s Safety Manager

Signature Signature
Date Date

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 140 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AT DCU,CPCL Page 98 of 101
CHENNAI

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 141 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Page 99 of 101
AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Mobile Crane Inspection

Date Time

Contractor Make

Owner Operator

Load Rating Registration No

Sl.No Description Observation Hazards Identified Remedial Measure

Condition of wire rope
1
(Visual Inspection)
2 Safety latch
3 Tyres Condition
4 Reverse horn
5 Limit Switch

Operator
6 License
Competency Certificate

7 Certificate from third party

8 Hook Condition
9 SWL Marked
10 Load Chart Displayed
11 Any oil leakage
12 Wind Screen
13 Out Riggers

Name of Contractor’s P&M Manager Name of Contractor’s Safety Manager

Signature Signature

Date Date

1.7.7.1

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 142 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Page 100 of 101
AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Pre-Lift Checklist
Project: Date:

Contractor

Lift Description:
Yes No
1. Crane Operator minimum qualification requirements?

2. Lift calculations and rigging plan completed?

3. Are all required approvals/permits signed?

4. Crane inspections up to date (Monthly/Daily)?

5. Weather conditions and wind speed acceptable?

6. Has the stability of the ground been assured?

7. Matting and/or outrigger pads inspected and approved?

8. Electrical equipment and power lines at required distance?

9. Rigging inspected for defects?

10. Connecting/disconnecting means have been developed?

11. Have the safety precautions been reviewed?

12. The total lifted weight is below 95% of crane capacity capacity?

13. Signal person(s) assigned?

14. Safe Plan of Action (SPA) Completed?

15. Pre-Lift Meeting/SPA talk held?

16. Hoist area & load path cleared of non-essential personnel?

17. Crane set up per the lift plan (radius, configuration, etc)?

18. Rigging equipment and tag line(s) installed per plan?

19. Emergency/Contingency plan in place for power failure, plant upset,
power line contact, lifting over operating equipment, etc.

Name of rigging coordinator:

Signature: Date:

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0

Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 143 of 442
 SPECIFICATION No.
SPECIFICATION FOR A133-00-6-82-0001 Rev. 1
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Page 101 of 101
AT DCU,CPCL CHENNAI

Checklist for Construction Vehicles

Date of Inspection Inspected by

Registration No. Make

Driver Name License type

License No License valid up to

PUC Certificate No and Valid up to RC No and Valid up to

3. Sl.No Description Observation Remarks

1. Operator with valid driving permit

Banks man/Helper available to guide the
2
vehicle in construction area
2 Condition of headlights
Condition of indicators
a) Front indicators
3
b) Rear indicators
c) Side indicators
4 Condition of back lights
5 Condition of side lights
7 wipers in good working condition
8 Condition of side mirrors
9 Reverse horn
11 Are all breaking arrangements satisfactory?
12 Condition of tyres
15 Anchoring points &anchoring accessories
16 Spark arrestor fitted
17 Any fuel leakage
18 Wedges availability as wheel stoppers
19 Fire extinguisher availability
Whether parking brake and brake light in
20
working condition

Name of Contractor’s RCM Name of Contractor’s Safety Manager

Signature Signature

Date Date

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1

Page 144 of 442 Rev. 0
Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
 SAFETY PRACTICES DURING CONSTRUCTION

OISD-GDN-192

Oil Industry Safety Directorate

Government of India
Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas

OISD-192

Page 145 of 442

 CONTENTS

SECTION Page No.

1.0 Introduction 1
2.0 Scope 1
3.0 Definitions 1
4.0 General Duties 2
4.1 General Duties Of Execution Agencies 2
4.2 General Duties Of Owners 3
5.0 Safety Practices At Work Places 3
5.1 General Provisions 3
5.2 Means Of Access And Egress 4
5.3 Housekeeping 4
5.4 Precautions Against The Fall Of Materials And Persons, 4
And Collapse Of Structures
5.5 Prevention Of Unauthorised Entry 4
5.6 Fire Prevention And Fire Fighting 4
5.7 Lighting 5
5.8 Plant, Machinery, Equipment and Hand Tools 5
6.0 Construction Activities 6
6.1 Excavation 6
6.2 Scaffolding, Platforms & Ladders 8
6.3 Structural Work, Laying Of Reinforcement & Concreting 10
6.4 Road Work 13
6.5 Cutting/Welding 13
6.6 Working In Confined Spaces 14
6.7 Proof/Pressure Testing 15
6.8 Working At Heights 16
6.9 Handling And Lifting Equipment 17
6.10 Vehicle Movement 21
6.11 Electrical 22
6.12 Offshore 24
6.13 Demolition 27
6.14 Radiography 28
6.15 Sand/Shot Blasting / Spray Painting 28
6.16 Work above Water 29
7.0 Additional Safety Precaution for Units with Hydrocarbons 29
8.0 First Aid 30
9.0 Documentation 31
10.0 Safety Awareness & Training 31
11.0 References 32
Annexure I 33

OISD-192

Page 146 of 442

 SAFETY PRACTICES DURING CONSTRUCTION

replace or supersede the prevailing statutory

1.0 INTRODUCTION requirements, which shall also be followed
as applicable. For Personal Protective
Safety in Construction Management Equipment, OISD-STD-155 (Part I&II) shall
deserves utmost attention especially in the be referred to. The scope of this document
hydrocarbon industry, such as Exploration, does not include the design aspects and
Refineries, Pipelines and Marketing quality checks during construction.
installations, Gas Processing units etc.
Construction is widely recognised as one of 3.0 DEFINITIONS
the accident prone activities. Most of the
accidents are caused by inadequate Definitions of various terminology are given
planning, failure during the construction below:
process and/or because of design
deficiencies. Besides property loss, • Adequate, appropriate or suitable are
accidents also result in injuries and fatalities used to describe qualitatively or
to the personnel; same needs to be quantitatively the means or method
prevented. used to protect the worker.
The reasons for accidents during • Brace: A structural member that holds
construction activities are related to unique one point in a fixed position with respect
nature of the industry, human behaviour, to another point; bracing is a system of
difficult work-site conditions, extended odd structural members designed to prevent
duty hours, lack of training & awareness and distortion of a structure.
inadequate safety management. Unsafe
working methods, equipment failure and • By hand: The work is done without the
improper housekeeping also tend to help of a mechanised tool.
increase the accident rate in construction.
Ensuring good quality of materials, • Competent Authority: A stautory agency
equipment and competent supervision along having the power to issue regulations,
with compliance of standard engineering orders or other instructions having the
practices shall go a long way to in built force of law.
safety into the system.
• Competent person: A person
The objective of this standard is to provide possessing adequate qualifications,
practical guidance on technical and educa- such as suitable training and sufficient
tional framework for safety and health in knowledge, experience and skill for the
construction with a view to: safe performance of the specific work.
(a) prevent accidents and harmful The competent authorities may define
appropriate criteria for the designation
effects on the health of workers
of such persons and may determine the
arising from employment in
construction; duties to be assigned to them.
(b) ensure appropriate safety during
implementation of construction;
• Execution agency:
(c) provide safety practice guidelines Any physical or legal person, having
for appropriate measures of contractual obligation with the owner,
planning, control and enforcement. and who employs one or more workers
on a construction site
2.0 SCOPE
• Owner:
This document specifies broad guidelines on
safe practices to be adhered to during Any physical or legal person for whom
construction activities in oil industry. construction job is carried out.
However, before commencing any job, It shall also include owner's designated
specific hazards and its effects should be representative/consultant/nominee/agent
assessed and necessary , authorised from time to time to act for
corrective/preventive actions should be and on its behalf, for supervising/
taken by all concerned. The document is
intended only to supplement and not to

OISD-192

Page 147 of 442

 coordinating the activities of the construction work so that, there is
execution agency. no risk of accident or injury to health
of workers. In particular,
• Hazard: Danger or potential danger. construction work should be
planned, prepared and undertaken
• Guard-rail: An adequately secured rail so that:
erected along an exposed edge to
prevent persons from falling. (a) dangers, liable to arise at the
workplace, are prevented;
• Hoist: A machine, which lifts materials (b) excessively or unnecessarily
or persons by means of a platform, strenuous work positions and
which runs on guides. movements are avoided;
(c) organisation of work takes into
• Lifting gear: Any gear or tackle by account the safety and health of
means of which a load can be attached workers;
to a lifting appliance but which does not (d) materials and products used are
form an integral part of the appliance or suitable from a safety and health
load. point of view;
(e) working methods are adopted to
• Lifting appliance: Any stationary or safeguard workers against the
mobile appliance used for raising or harmful effects of chemical,
lowering persons or loads. physical and biological agents.

• Means of access or egress:

iii) establish committees with repre-
sentatives of workers and
Passageways, corridors, stairs, plat-
management or make other
forms, ladders and any other means for
arrangement for the participation of
entering or leaving the workplace or for
workers in ensuring safe working
escaping in case of danger.
conditions.
• Scaffold: Any fixed, suspended or iv) arrange for periodic safety inspec-
mobile temporary structure supporting tions by competent persons of all
workers and material or to gain access buildings, plant, equipment, tools,
to any such structure and which is not a machinery, workplaces and review
lifting appliance as defined above. of systems of work, regulations,
standards or codes of practice. The
• Toe-board: A barrier placed along the competent person should examine
edge of a scaffold platform, runway, and ascertain the safety of
etc., and secured there to guard against construction machinery and
the slipping of persons or the falling of equipment.
material.
v) provide such supervision to ensure
• Worker: Any person engaged in that workers perform their work with
construction activity. due regard to safety and health of
theirs as well as that of others.
• Workplace: All places where workers vi) Employ only those workers who are
need to be or to go by reason of their qualified, trained and suited by their
work. age, physique, state of health and
4.0 GENERAL DUTIES skill.

4.1 GENERAL DUTIES OF vii) satisfy themselves that all workers

EXECUTION AGENCIES are informed and instructed in the
hazards connected with their work
4.1.1 Execution agency should: and environment and trained in the
precautions necessary to avoid
i) provide means and organisation to accidents and injury to health.
comply with the safety and health viii) Ensure that buildings, plant,
measures required at the workplace. equipment, tools, machinery or
ii) provide and maintain workplaces, workplaces in which a dangerous
plant, equipment, tools and defect has been found should not be
machinery and organise used until the defect has been
rectified.

OISD-192

Page 148 of 442

ix) Organise for and remain always substances, running machines or
prepared to take immediate steps to vehicles and heavy equipment etc.
stop the operation and evacuate
xvii) Obtain the necessary
workers as appropriate, where there
clearance/permits as required and
is an imminent danger to the safety
specified by owner
of workers.
x) establish a checking system by xviii) As per the Govt. circular as
which it can be ascertained that all amended from time to time all
the members of a shift, including contractors who employ more than
operators of mobile equipment, have 50 workers or where the contract
returned to the camp or base at the value exceeds Rs. 50 crores, the
close of work on dispersed sites and following facilities are to be provided
where small groups of workers by contractor at site :
operate in isolation. • Arrangement for drinking water
xi) provide appropriate first aid, training • Toilet facilities
and welfare facilities to workers as
per various statutes like the • A creche where 10 or more women
Factories Act, 1948 etc. and, workers are having children below
whenever collective measures are the age of 6 years
not feasible or are insufficient, • Transport arrangement for attending
provide and maintain personal to emergencies
protective equipment and clothing in
line with the requirement as per xix) should deploy a safety officer at site
OISD-STD-155 (Vol. I& II) on 4.2 GENERAL DUTIES OF OWNERS
Personnel Protective Equipment.
They should also provide access to 4.2.1 Owners should:
workers to occupational health
services. i) co-ordinate or nominate a
competent person to co-ordinate all
xii) Educate workers about their right activities relating to safety and
and the duty at any workplace to health on their construction projects;
participate in ensuring safe working ii) inform all contractors on the project
conditions to the extent of their of special risks to health and safety;
control over the equipment and iii) Ensure that executing agency is
methods of work and to express aware of the owner's requirements
views on working procedures and the executing agency's
adopted as may affect safety and responsibilities with respect to
health. safetry practices before starting the
xiii) Ensure that except in an job.
emergency, workers, unless duly 5.0 SAFETY PRACTICES AT
authorised, should not interfere with, WORK PLACES
remove, alter or displace any safety
device or other appliance furnished 5.1. GENERAL PROVISIONS
for their protection or the protection
5.1.1 All openings and other areas likely to
of others, or interfere with any
pose danger to workers should be
method or process adopted with a clearly indicated.
view to avoiding accidents and injury
to health. 5.1.2 Workers & Supervisors should use
the safety helmet and other requisite
xiv) Ensure that workers do not operate Personal Protective Equipment
or interfere with plant and equipment
according to job & site requirement.
that they have not been duly
They should be trained to use
authorised to operate, maintain or personal protective equipment.
use.
5.1.3 Never use solvents, alkalis and
xv) Ensure that workers do not sleep,
other oils to clean the skin.
rest or cook etc in dangerous places
such as scaffolds, railway tracks, 5.1.4 Lift the load with back straight and
garages, confined spaces or in the knees bent as far as possible. Seek
vicinity of fires, dangerous or toxic the help in case of heavy load.

OISD-192

Page 149 of 442

5.1.5 Ensure the usage of correct and effectively covered or fenced and
tested tools and tackles. Don't allow displayed prominently.
the make shift tools and tackles.
5.4.4 As far as practicable, guardrails and
5.1.6 No loose clothing should be allowed toe-boards should be provided to
while working near rotating protect workers from falling from
equipment or working at heights. elevated workplaces.
5.2 MEANS OF ACCESS AND 5.5 PREVENTION OF
EGRESS UNAUTHORISED ENTRY

Adequate and safe means of access 5.5.1 Construction sites located in built-up
(atleast two, differently located) to areas and alongside vehicular and
and egress from all workplaces pedestrian traffic routes should be
should be provided. Same should be fenced to prevent the entry of
displayed and maintained. unauthorised persons.
5.3 HOUSEKEEPING 5.5.2 Visitors should not be allowed
access to construction sites unless
5.3.1 Ensure: accompanied by or authorised by a
competent person and provided with
i) proper storage of materials and
the appropriate protective
equipment;
equipment.
ii) removal of scrap, inflammable
material, waste and debris at 5.6 FIRE PREVENTION AND FIRE
appropriate intervals. FIGHTING
5.3.2 Removal of loose materials, which
5.6.1 All necessary measures should be
are not required for use, to be
taken by the executing agency and
ensured. Accumulation of these at
owner to:
the site can obstruct means of
access to and egress from i) avoid the risk of fire;
workplaces and passageways. ii) control quickly and efficiently
any outbreak of fire;
5.3.3 Workplaces and passageways, that
iii) bring out a quick and safe
are slippery owing to oil, grease or
evacuation of persons.
other causes, should be cleaned up
iv) Inform unit/fire station control
or strewn with sand, sawdust, ash
room, where construction work
etc.
is carried out within existing
5.4 PRECAUTIONS AGAINST THE operating area.
FALL OF MATERIALS &
5.6.2 Combustible materials such us
PERSONS AND COLLAPSE OF
packing materials, sawdust,
STRUCTURES
greasy/oily waste and scrap wood or
plastics should not be allowed to
5.4.1 Precautions should be taken such as accumulate in workplaces but
the provision of fencing, look-out
should be kept in closed metal
men or barriers to protect any
containers in a safe place.
person against injury by the fall of
materials, or tools or equipment 5.6.3 Places where workers are employed
being raised or lowered. should, if necessary to prevent the
danger of fire, be provided with:
5.4.2 Where necessary to prevent danger,
guys, stays or supports should be i) suitable and sufficient fire-
used or other effective precautions extinguishing equipment, which
should be taken to prevent the should be easily visible and
collapse of structures or parts of accessible;
structures that are being erected, ii) an adequate water supply at
maintained, repaired, dismantled or sufficient pressure meeting the
demolished. requirements of various OISD
standards.
5.4.3 All openings through which workers
are liable to fall should be kept 5.6.4 To guard against danger at places
having combustible material,

OISD-192

Page 150 of 442

 workers should be trained in the d) be operated only by workers who
action to be taken in the event of have been authorised and given
fire, including the use of means of appropriate training.
escape. e) be provided with protective
guards, shields or other devices
5.6.5 At sites having combustible
as required.
material, suitable visual signs
should be provided to indicate ii) Adequate instructions for safe use
clearly the direction of escape in should be provided.
case of fire.
iii) Safe operating procedures should
5.6.6 Means of escape should be kept be established and used for all
clear at all times. Escape routes plant, machinery and equipment.
should be frequently inspected
iv) Operators of plant, machinery and
particularly in high structures and
equipment should not be distracted
where access is restricted.
while work is in progress.
5.7 LIGHTING
v) Plant, machinery and equipment
should be switched off when not in
5.7.1 Where natural lighting is not
use and isolated before any
adequate, working light fittings or
adjustment, clearing or maintenance
portable hand-lamps should be
is done.
provided at workplace on the
construction site where a worker will vi) Where trailing cables or hose pipes
do a job. are used they should be kept as
short as practicable and not allowed
5.7.2 Emergency lighting should be to create a hazard.
provided for personnel safety during
vii) All moving parts of machinery and
night time to facilitate standby
equipment should be enclosed or
lighting source, if normal system
adequately guarded.
fails.
viii) Every power-driven machine and
5.7.2 Artificial lighting should not produce
equipment should be provided with
glare or disturbing shadows.
adequate means, immediately
5.7.3 Lamps should be protected by accessible and readily identifiable to
guards against accidental breakage. the operator, of stopping it quickly
and preventing it from being started
5.7.4 The cables of portable electrical
again inadvertently.
lighting equipment should be of
adequate size & characteristics for ix) Operators of plant, machinery,
the power requirements and of equipment and tools should be
adequate mechanical strength to provided with PPEs, including where
withstand severe conditions in necessary, suitable ear protection.
construction operations.
5.8.2 Hand tools
5.8 PLANT, MACHINERY,
i) Hand tools should be repaired by
EQUIPMENT AND HAND TOOLS
competent persons.
5.8.1 General Provisions ii) Heads of hammers and other shock
tools should be dressed or ground to
i) Plant, machinery and equipment a suitable radius on the edge as
including hand tools, both manual soon as they begin to mushroom or
and power driven, should: crack.
a) be of proper design and iii) When not in use and while being
construction, taking into account carried or transported sharp tools
health, Safety and ergonomic should be kept in sheaths, shields,
principles. chests or other suitable containers.
b) be maintained in good working
order; iv) Only insulated or nonconducting
c) be used only for work for which they tools should be used on or near live
have been designed. electrical installations.

OISD-192

Page 151 of 442

v) Only non-sparking tools should be c) have devices to stop them from a
used near or in the presence of safe place in an emergency.
flammable or explosive dusts or
vapours. ii) IC engines should not be run in
confined spaces unless adequate
5.8.3 Pneumatic Tools exhaust ventilation is provided.

i) Operating triggers on portable iii) When IC engines are being fuelled:

pneumatic tools should be:
a) so placed as to minimise the risk of a) the engine should be shut off.
accidental starting of the machine. b) care should be taken to avoid
b) so arranged as to close the air inlet spilling fuel;
valve automatically when the c) no person should smoke or have an
pressure of the operator's hand is naked light in the vicinity.
removed. d) a fire extinguisher should be kept
readily available.
ii) Hose and hose connections for
iv) Secondary fuel reservoir should be
compressed air supply to portable
pneumatic tools should be: placed outside the engine room.

a) designed and tested for the

pressure and service for which they 6.0 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
are intended;
b) fastened securely on the pipe outlet The various common activities in
and equipped with the safety chain, construction are as under:
as appropriate.
• Excavation
iii) Pneumatic shock tools should be
equipped with safety clips or
• Scaffolding, Platforms & Ladders
retainers to prevent dies and tools • Structural Work, Laying of
from being accidentally expelled Reinforcement & Concreting
from the barrel. • Road Work (Laying of roads)
iv) Pneumatic tools should be • Cutting /Welding
disconnected from power and the
pressure in hose lines released • Working in Confined Space
before any adjustment or repair is • Proof/Pressure Testing
made.
• Working at Heights
5.8.4 Electrical Tools • Handling & Lifting Equipments

i) Low voltage portable electrical tools • Vehicle Movement

should generally be used. • Electrical
ii) All electrical tools should be
earthed, unless they are "all
• Offshore
insulated" or "double insulated" tools • Demolition
which do not require earthing. • Radiography
iii) All electrical tools should get • Sand/shot blasting/ spray
inspected and maintained on a painting
regular basis by a competent
electrician and complete records
• Work above water
kept. The safe practices to be followed
during the implementation of above
5.8.5 Engines
construction activities are given
i) Engines should: below:
a) be installed so that they can be 6.1 EXCAVATION
started safely and the maximum
safe speed cannot be exceeded. 6.1.1 All excavation work should be
b) have controls for limiting speed. planned and the method of
excavation and the type of support

OISD-192

Page 152 of 442

 work required should be decided its collapse and thereby endanger
considering the following: any person unless precautions such
as the provision of shoring or piling
i) the stability of the ground;
are taken to prevent the sides from
ii) the excavation will not affect
collapsing.
adjoining buildings, structures or
roadways; 6.1.8 Adequately anchored stop blocks
iii) to prevent hazard, the gas, water, and barriers should be provided to
electrical and other public utilities prevent vehicles being driven into
should be shut off or the excavation. Heavy vehicles
disconnected, if necessary; should not be allowed near the
iv) presence of underground pipes, excavation unless the support work
cable conductors, etc., has been specially designed to
v) the position of culvert/bridges, permit it.
temporary roads and spoil heaps
6.1.9 If an excavation is likely to affect the
should be determined;
security of a structure on which
6.1.2 Before digging begins on site, all persons are working, precautions
excavation work should be planned should be taken to protect the
and the method of excavation and structure from collapse.
the type of support work required
6.1.10 Barricade at 1m height (with red &
decided.
white band/self glowing caution
6.1.3 All excavation work should be board) should be provided for
supervised. excavations beyond 1.5m depth.
Provide two entries/exits for such
6.1.4 Sites of excavations should be
excavation.
thoroughly inspected:
6.1.11 Necessary precautions should be
i) daily, prior to each shift and after
taken for underground utility lines
interruption in work of more than
like cables, sewers etc. and
one day;
necessary approvals/clearances
ii) after every blasting operation;
from the concerned authorities shall
iii) after an unexpected fall of
be obtained before commencement
ground;
of the excavation job.
iv) after substantial damage to
supports; 6.1.12 Water shall be pumped/bailed out, if
v) after a heavy rain, frost or snow; any accumulates in the trench.
vi) when boulder formations are Necessary precautions should be
encountered. taken to prevent entry of surface
water in trenches.
6.1.5 Safe angle of repose while
excavating trenches exceeding 6.1.13 During rains, the soil becomes
1.5m depth upto 3.0m should be loose. Take additional precaution
maintained. Based on site against collapse of side wall.
conditions, provide proper slope,
0 6.1.14 In hazardous areas, air should be
usually 45 ,and suitable bench of
tested to ascertain its quality. No
0.5m width at every 1.5m depth of
one should be allowed entry till it is
excavation in all soils except hard
suitable for breathing.
rock or provide proper shoring and
strutting to prevent cave-in or slides. 6.1.15 In case of mechanised excavation,
precaution shall be taken to not to
6.1.6 As far as possible, excavated earth
allow anybody to come within one
should not be placed within one
meter of extreme reach of the
meter of the edge of the trench or
mechanical shovel. The mechanised
depth of trench whichever is greater.
excavator shall be operated by a
6.1.7 Don't allow vehicles to operate too well-trained experienced operator.
close to excavated area. Maintain When not in operation, the machine
atleast 2m distance from edge of shall be kept on firm leveled ground
excavation. No load, plant or with mechanical shovel resting on
equipment should be placed or ground. Wheel or belt shall be
moved near the edge of any suitably jammed to prevent any
excavation where it is likely to cause accidental movement of the

OISD-192

Page 153 of 442

 machine. Suitable precautions as viii) Tubes should be free from cracks,
per manufacturer guidelines should splits and excessive corrosion and
be taken for dozers, graders and be straight to the eye, and tube ends
other heavy machines. cut cleanly square with the tube
axis.
6.1.16 In case of blasting, follow strictly
IS:4081-1986 & Indian Explosive ix) Scaffolds should be designed for
Act and rules for storage, handling their maximum load as per relevant
and carrying of explosive materials code.
and execution of blasting operation.
x) Scaffolds should be adequately
6.2 SCAFFOLDING, PLATFORMS & braced.
LADDERS
xi) Scaffolds which are not designed to
6.2.1 Metal as material of construction be independent should be rigidly
connected to the building at
i) A scaffold should be provided and designated vertical and horizontal
maintained or other equally safe and places.
suitable provision should be made
xii) A scaffold should never extend
where work cannot safely be done
above the highest anchorage to an
on or from the ground or from part of
extent which might endanger its
a building or other permanent
stability and strength.
structure.
xiii) Loose bricks, drainpipes, chimney-
ii) Scaffolds should be provided with
pots or other unsuitable material
safe means of access, such as
should not be used for the
stairs, ladders or ramps. Ladders
construction or support of any part
should be secured against
of a scaffold.
inadvertent movement.
xiv) Scaffolds should be inspected and
iii) Every scaffold should be
certified:
constructed, erected and maintained
so as to prevent collapse or (a) before being taken into use;
accidental displacement when in (b) at periodic intervals thereafter as
use. prescribed for different types of
scaffolds;
iv) Every scaffold and part thereof
(c) after any alteration, interruption in
should be constructed :
use, exposure to weather or
(a) in such a way so as not to cause seismic conditions or any other
hazards for workers during erec- occurrence likely to have affected
tion and dismantling; their strength or stability.
(b) in such a way so as guard rails
xv) Inspection should more particularly
and other protective devices,
ascertain that:
platforms, ladders, stairs or
ramps can be easily put together; (a) the scaffold is of suitable type
(c) with sound material and of and adequate for the job;
requisite size and strength for the (b) materials used in its construction
purpose for which it is to be used are sound and of sufficient
and maintained in a proper strength;
condition. (c) it is of sound construction and
stable;
v) Boards and planks used for scaf-
(d) that the required safeguards are
folds should be protected against
in position.
splitting.
xvi) A scaffold should not be erected,
vi) Materials used in the construction of
substantially altered or dismantled
scaffolds should be stored under
except by or under the supervision.
good conditions and apart from any
material unsuitable for scaffolds. xvii) Every scaffold should be maintained
in good and proper condition, and
vii) Couplers should not cause
every part should be kept fixed or
deformation in tubes. Couplers
secured so that no part can be
should be made of drop forged steel
or equivalent material.

OISD-192

Page 154 of 442

 displaced in consequence of normal more than 100mm apart, to give
use. support to each plank.
xviii) If out-rigger scaffolding is to be x) Platform plank shall not project
used, it should be specifically beyond its end support to a distance
designed and inspected before exceeding 4 times the thickness of
putting in use. plank, unless it is effectively secured
to prevent tipping. Cantilever planks
6.2.2 Lifting appliances on scaffolds
should be avoided.
i) When a lifting appliance is to be xi) The platform edges shall be
used on a scaffold: provided with 150mm high toe board
to eliminate hazards of tools or other
(a) the parts of the scaffold should
objects falling from platform.
be carefully inspected to
determine the additional xii) Erect ladders in the “four up-one out
strengthening and other safety position”
measures required;
xiii) Lash ladder securely with the
(b) any movement of the scaffold
structure.
members should be prevented;
(c) if practicable, the uprights should xiv) Using non-slip devices, such as,
be rigidly connected to a solid rubber shoes or pointed steel ferules
part of the building at the place at the ladder foot, rubber wheels at
where the lifting appliance is ladder top, fixing wooden battens,
erected. cleats etc.
6.2.3 Prefabricated scaffolds xv) When ladder is used for climbing
over a platform, the ladder must be
i) In the case of prefabricated scaffold of sufficient length, to extend at least
systems, the instructions provided one meter above the platform, when
by the manufacturers or suppliers erected against the platform in “four
should be strictly adhered to. up-one out position.”
Prefabricated scaffolds should have
xvi) Portable ladders shall be used for
adequate arrangements for fixing
heights not more than 4mt. Above
bracing.
4mt flights, fixed ladders shall be
ii) Frames of different types should not provided with at least 600 mm
be intermingled in a single scaffold. landings at every 6mt or less.
iii) Scaffolding shall be erected on firm xvii) The width of ladder shall not be less
and level ground. than 300mm and rungs shall be
spaced not more than 300mm.
iv) All members of metal scaffolding
shall be checked periodically to xviii) Every platform and means of access
screen out defective / rusted shall be kept free from obstruction.
members. All joints should be
xix) If grease, mud, gravel, mortar etc.,
properly lubricated for easy
fall on platform or scaffolds, these
tightening.
shall be removed immediately to
v) Entry to scaffolding should be avoid slippage.
restricted.
xx) Workers shall not be allowed to
vi) Erection, alteration and removal work on scaffolds during storms or
shall be done under supervision of high wind. After heavy rain or
experienced personnel. storms, scaffolds shall be inspected
before reuse.
vii) Use of barrels, boxes, loose bricks
etc., for supporting platform shall not xxi) Don't overload the scaffolding.
be permitted. Remove excess material and scrap
immediately.
viii) Each supporting member of platform
shall be securely fastened and xxii) Dismantling of scaffolds shall be
braced done in a pre-planned sequential
manner.
ix) Where planks are butt-joined, two
parallel putlogs shall be used, not

OISD-192

Page 155 of 442

6.2.4 Suspended scaffolds/boatwain's engineering works, formwork,
chair falsework and shoring should be
carried out by trained workers only
i) In addition to the requirements for under the supervision of a
scaffolds in general as regards competent person.
soundness, stability and protection
ii) Precautions should be taken to
against the risk of falls, suspended
guard against danger to workers
scaffolds should meet the following
arising from any temporary state of
specific requirements.
weakness or instability of a
(a) platforms should be designed structure.
and built with dimensions that are
iii) Formwork, falsework and shoring
compatible with the stability of
should be so designed, constructed
the structure as a whole,
and maintained that it will safely
especially the length;
support all loads that may be
(b) the number or anchorage should
imposed on it.
be compatible with the
dimensions of the platform; iv) Formwork should be so designed
(c) the safety of workers should be and erected that working platforms,
safeguarded by an extra rope means of access, bracing and
having a point of attachment means of handling and stabilising
independent of the anchorage are easily fixed to the formwork
arrangements of the scaffold; structure.
(d) the anchorage and other
6.3.2. Erection and dismantling of steel
elements of support of the
and prefabricated structures
scaffold should be designed and
built in such a way as to ensure
sufficient strength; i) The safety of workers employed on
the erection and dismantling of steel
(e) the ropes, winches, pulleys or
and prefabricated structures should
pulley blocks should be
designed, assembled, used and be ensured by appropriate means,
such as provision and use of:
maintained according to the
requirements established for (a) ladders, gangways or fixed
lifting gear adapted to the lifting platforms;
of persons according to national (b) platforms, buckets, boatswain's
laws and regulations; chairs or other appropriate
(f) Before use, the whole structure means suspended from lifting
should be checked by a appliances;
competent person. (c) safety harnesses and lifelines,
6.2.5 Bamboo Scaffolding catch nets or catch platforms;
(d) Power-operated mobile working
platforms.
i) In general, it should be avoided as
far as possible. It should not be ii) Steel and prefabricated structures
used in the unit/off-site areas and should be so designed and made
where hot work is to be done. that they can be safely transported
and erected.
ii) For construction and maintenance of
residential and office buildings, iii) In addition to the need for the
situated outside explosive licensed stability of the part when erected,
area, bamboo scaffold, if used, the design should explicitly take
should conform to provisions given following into account:
in lS-3696 (Part 1)-1987.
(a) the conditions and methods of
6.3 STRUCTURAL WORK, LAYING attachment in the operations of
OF REINFORCEMENT & transport, storing and temporary
CONCRETING support during erection or
dismantling as applicable;
6.3.1 General provisions
(b) Methods for the provision of
safeguards such as railings and
i) The erection or dismantling of
working platforms, and, when
buildings, structures, civil
necessary, for mounting them

OISD-192

Page 156 of 442

 easily on the structural steel or (a) be of such shape and dimensions
prefabricated parts. as to ensure a secure grip
without damaging the part;
iv) The hooks and other devices built in
(b) be marked with the maximum
or provided on the structural steel or
permissible load in the most
prefabricated parts that are required
unfavourable lifting conditions.
for lifting and transporting them
should be so shaped, dimensioned x) Structural steel or prefabricated
and positioned as: parts should be lifted by methods or
appliances that prevent them from
(a) to withstand with a sufficient
spinning accidentally.
margin the stresses to which they
are subjected; xi) When necessary to prevent danger,
(b) Not to set up stresses in the part before they are raised from the
that could cause failures, or ground, structural steel or
stresses in the structure itself not prefabricated parts should be
provided for in the plans, and be provided with safety devices such as
designed to permit easy release railings and working platforms to
from the lifting appliance. Lifting prevent falls of persons.
points for floor and staircase
xii) While structural steel or
units should be located (recessed
prefabricated parts are being
if necessary) so that they do not
erected, the workers should be
protrude above the surface;
provided with appliances for guiding
(c) To avoid imbalance or distortion
them as they are being lifted and set
of the lifted load.
down, so as to avoid crushing of
v) Storeplaces should be so hands and to facilitate the
constructed that: operations. Use of such appliances
should be ensured.
(a) there is no risk of structural steel
or prefabricated parts falling or xiii) A raised structural steel or
overturning; prefabricated part should be so
(b) storage conditions generally secured and wall units so propped
ensure stability and avoid that their stability cannot be
damage having regard to the imperiled, even by external agencies
method of storage and atmo- such as wind and passing loads
spheric conditions; before its release from the lifting
(c) racks are set on firm ground and appliance.
designed so that units cannot
xiv) At work places, instruction should be
move accidentally.
given to the workers on the
vi) While they are being stored, methods, arrangements and means
transported, raised or set down, required for the storage, transport,
structural steel or prefabricated lifting and erection of structural steel
parts should not be subjected to or prefabricated parts, and, before
stresses prejudicial to their stability. erection starts, a meeting of all
those responsible should be held to
vii) Every lifting appliance should:
discuss and confirm the
(a) be suitable for the operations and requirements for safe erection.
not be capable of accidental
xv) During transportation within the
disconnection;
construction area, attachments such
(b) be approved or tested as per
as slings and stirrups mounted on
statutory requirement.
structural steel or prefabricated
viii) Lifting hooks should be of the self- parts should be securely fastened to
closing type or of a safety type and the parts.
should have the maximum
xvi) Structural steel or prefabricated
permissible load marked on them.
parts should be so transported that
ix) Tongs, clamps and other appliances the conditions do not affect the
for lifting structural steel and stability of the parts or the means of
prefabricated parts should: transport result in jolting, vibration or
stresses due to blows, or loads of
material or persons.

OISD-192

Page 157 of 442

xvii) When the method of erection does placed in position and secured
not permit the provision of other against dislodgment.
means of protection against fall of
6.3.3 Reinforcement
persons, the workplaces should be
protected by guardrails, and if
i) Ensure that workers use Personnel
appropriate by toe-boards.
Protective equipment like safety
xviii) When adverse weather conditions helmet, safety shoes, gloves etc.
such as snow, ice and wind or
ii) Don't place the hand below the rods
reduced visibility entail risks of
for checking clear distance. Use
accidents, the work should be
carried on with particular care, or, if measuring devices.
necessary, interrupted. iii) Don't wear loose clothes while
checking the rods.
xix) Structures should not be worked on
during violent storms or high winds, iv) Don't stand unnecessarily on
or when they are covered with ice or cantilever rods.
snow, or are slippery from other
causes. v) To carry out welding/cutting of rods,
safety procedures/precautions as
xx) If necessary, to prevent danger, mentioned in Item No. 6.5 to be
structural steel parts should be followed.
equipped with attachments for
suspended scaffolds, lifelines or vi) For supplying of rods at heights,
safety harnesses and other means proper staging and/or bundling to be
of protection. provided.

xxi) The risks of falling, to which workers vii) Ensure barricading and staging for
moving on high or sloping girders supplying and fixing of rods at
are exposed, should be limited by all height.
means of adequate collective viii) For short distance carrying of
protection or, where this is imposs- materials on shoulders, suitable
ible, by the use of a safety harness pads to be provided.
that is well secured to a strong
support. ix) While transporting material by
trucks/trailers, the rods shall not
xxii) Structural steel parts that are to be protrude in front of or by the sides of
erected at a great height should as driver's cabin. In case such
far as practicable be assembled on protrusion cannot be avoided behind
the ground. the deck, then it should not extend
rd
xxiii) When structural steel or 1/3 of deck length or 1.5M which
prefabricated parts are being ever is less and tied with red
erected, a sufficiently extended area flags/lights.
underneath the workplace should be 6.3.4 Concreting
barricaded or guarded
xxiv) Steel trusses that are being erected i) Ensure stability of shuttering work
should be adequately shored, before allowing concreting.
braced or guyed until they are ii) Barricade the concreting area while
permanently secured in position. pouring at height/depths.
xxv) Load-bearing structural member iii) Keep vibrator hoses, pumping
should not be dangerously concrete accessories in healthy
weakened by cutting, holing or other conditions and mechanically locked.
means.
iv) Pipelines in concrete pumping
xxvi) Structural members should not be system shall not be attached to
forced into place by the hoisting temporary structures such as
machine while any worker is in such scaffolds and formwork support as
a position that he could be injured the forces and movements may
by the operation. effect their integrity.
xxvii) Open-web steel joists that are
hoisted singly should be directly

OISD-192

Page 158 of 442

 v) Check safety cages & guards with aggregate, shall be provided
around moving motors/parts etc. with PVC hand gloves and rubber
provided in concreting mixers. shoes with legging up to knee joints.
vi) Use Personal Protective Equipment 6.4.6 At the end of day's work, surplus hot
like gloves, safety shoes etc. while bitumen in tar boiler shall be
dealing with concrete and wear properly covered by a metal sheet,
respirators for dealing with cement. to prevent anything falling in it,
vii) Earthing of electrical mixers, 6.4.7 If bitumen accidentally falls on
vibrators, etc. should be done and ground, it shall be immediately
verified. covered by sprinkling sand, to
prevent anybody stepping on it.
viii) Cleaning of rotating drums of
Then it shall be removed with the
concrete mixers shall be done from
help of spade.
outside. Lockout devices shall be
provided where workers need to 6.4.8 For cement concrete roads, besides
enter. site barricading and installation of
warning signs for traffic diversion,
ix) Where concrete mixers are driven
safe practices mentioned in the
by internal combustion engine,
chapter on "Concreting", shall also
exhaust points shall be located
be applicable.
away from the worker's workstation
so as to eliminate their exposure to 6.5 CUTTING/WELDING
obnoxious fumes.
6.5.1 Common hazards involved in
x) Don't allow unauthorised person to
welding/cutting are sparks, molten
stand under the concreting area.
metal, flying particles, harmful light
xi) Ensure adequate lighting rays, electric shocks etc. Following
arrangements for carrying out precautions should be taken: -
concrete work during night.
i) A dry chemical type fire extinguisher
xii) Don't allow the same workers to shall be made available in the work
pour concrete round the clock. Insist area.
on shift pattern.
ii) Adequate ventilation shall be
xiii) During pouring, shuttering and its ensured by opening manholes and
supports should be continuously fixing a shield or forced circulation of
watched for defects. air etc, while doing a job in confined
space.
6.4 ROAD WORK
iii) Ensure that only approved and well-
6.4.1 Site shall be barricaded and maintained apparatus, such as
provided with warning signs, torches, manifolds, regulators or
including night warning lamps at pressure reducing valves, and
appropriate locations for traffic acetylene generators, be used.
diversion.
iv) All covers and panels shall be kept
6.4.2 Filled and empty bitumen drums in place, when operating an electric
shall be stacked separately at Arc welding machine.
designated places.
v) The work piece should be
6.4.3 Mixing aggregate with bitumen shall connected directly to Power supply,
preferably be done with the help of and not indirectly through
bitumen batch mixing plant, unless pipelines/structures/equipments etc.
operationally non-feasible.
vi) The welding receptacles shall be
6.4.4 Road rollers, Bitumen sprayers, rated for 63 A suitable for 415V, 3-
Pavement finishers shall be driven Phase system with a scraping earth.
by experienced drivers with valid Receptacles shall have necessary
driving license. mechanical interlocks and earthing
facilities.
6.4.5 Workers handling hot bitumen
sprayers or spreading bitumen vii) All cables, including welding and
aggregate mix or mixing bitumen ground cables, shall be checked for

OISD-192

Page 159 of 442

 any worn out or cracked insulation xxiv) Do not use matches to light torches,
before starting the job. Ground cable use a friction lighter.
should be separate without any
xxv) Move out any leaking cylinder
loose joints.
immediately.
viii) Cable coiling shall be maintained at
xxvi) Use trolleys for oxygen & acetylene
minimum level, if not avoidable.
cylinder and chain them.
ix) An energised electrode shall not be
xxvii) Always use Red hose for acetylene
left unattended.
and other fuel gases and Black for
x) The power source shall be turned off oxygen, and ensure that both are in
at the end of job. equal length.
xi) All gas cylinders shall be properly xxviii) Ensure that hoses are free from
secured in upright position. burns, cuts and cracks and properly
clamped.
xii) Acetylene cylinder shall be turned
and kept in such a way that the xxix) Avoid dragging hoses over sharp
valve outlet points away from edges and objects
oxygen cylinder.
xxx) Do not wrap hoses around cylinders
xiii) Acetylene cylinder key for opening when in use or stored.
valve shall be kept on valve stem,
xxxi) Protect hoses from flying sparks, hot
while cylinder is in use, so that the
slag, and other hot objects.
acetylene cylinder could be quickly
turned off in case of emergency. xxxii) Lubricants shall not be used on Ox-
Use flash back arrestors to prevent fuel gas equipment.
back-fire in acetylene/oxygen
xxxiii) During cutting/welding, use proper
cylinder.
type goggles/face shields.
xiv) When not in use, valves of all
cylinders shall be kept closed. 6.6 WORKING IN CONFINED SPACES

xv) All types of cylinders, whether full or 6.6.1 Following safety practices for
empty, shall be stored at cool, dry working in confined space like
place under shed. towers, columns, tanks and other
vessels should be followed in
xvi) Forced opening of any cylinder
addition to the safety guidelines for
valve should not be attempted.
specific jobs like scaffolding,
xvii) Lighted gas torch shall never be left cutting/welding etc.
unattended.
i) Shut down, isolate, depressurise
xviii) Store acetylene and oxygen
cylinders separately. and purge the vessel as per laid
down procedures.
xix) Store full and empty cylinders
ii) Entry inside the vessel and to carry
separately.
out any job should be done after
xx) Avoid cylinders coming into contact issuance of valid permit only in line
with heat. with the requirement of OISD-STD-
105.
xxi) Cylinders that are heavy or difficult
to carry by hand may be rolled on iii) Ensure proper and accessible
their bottom edge but never means of exit before entry inside a
dragged. confined space.
xxii) If cylinders have to be moved, be iv) The number of persons allowed
sure that the cylinder valves are inside the vessel should be limited
shut off. to avoid overcrowding.
xxiii) Before changing torches, shut off v) When the work is going on in the
the gas at the pressure reducing confined space, there should always
regulators and not by crimping the be one man standby at the nearby
hose. manway.

OISD-192

Page 160 of 442

vi) Before entering inside the vessels xix) The gas cylinders used for
underground or located at lower cutting/welding shall be kept
elevation, probability of dense outside.
vapours accumulating nearby
xx) All cables, hoses, welding
should also be considered in
equipment etc., shall be removed
addition to inside the vessel.
from confined space at end of each
vii) Ensure requisite O2 level before work day, even if the work is to be
entry in the confined space and resumed in the same space the next
monitor level periodically or other day.
wise use respiratory devices.
xxi) To the extent possible sludge shall
viii) Check for no Hydrocarbon or toxic be cleared and removed from
substances before entry and monitor outside before entering.
level periodically or use requisite
xxii) No naked light or flame or hot work
Personal Protective Equipment.
such as welding, cutting and
ix) Ensure adequate ventilation or use soldering should be permitted inside
respiratory devices. a confined space or area unless it
has been made completely free of
x) Depending upon need, necessary
the flammable atmosphere, tested
respirator system, gas masks and
and found safe by a competent
suit shall be worn by everyone
person. Only non-sparking tools and
entering confined space. In case of
flameproof hand lamps protected
sewer, OWS or in the confined area
with guard and safety torches
where there is a possibility of toxic
should be used inside such confined
or inert gas, gas masks shall be
space or area for initial inspection,
used by everyone while entering.
cleaning or other work required to
xi) Barricade the confined spaces be done for making the area safe.
during hoisting, radiography,
xxiii) Communication should be always
blasting, pressure testing etc.
maintained between the worker and
xii) Use 24V flameproof lamp fittings the attendant.
only for illumination.
6.7 PROOF/PRESSURE TESTING
xiii) Use tools with air motors or electric
tools with maximum voltage of 24V. 6.7.1 Review test procedure before
allowing testing with water or air or
xiv) House keeping shall be well
any other fluid.
maintained.
6.7.2 Provide relief valves of adequate
xv) Safety helmet, safety shoes and
size while testing with air or other
safety belt shall be worn by
gases.
everyone entering the confined
space. 6.7.3 Ensure compliance of necessary
precautions, step wise loading,
xvi) Don't wear loose clothing while
tightening of fasteners, grouting etc.
working in a confined space.
before and during testing.
xvii) In case of the vessels which are
6.7.4 Inform all concerned in advance of
likely to contain pyropheric
the testing.
substances (like Iron Sulphide),
special care need to be taken before 6.7.5 Keep the vents open before opening
opening the vessel. Attempt should any valve for filling/draining of liquid
be made to remove the pyropheric used for hydrotesting. The
substances. Otherwise, these filling/draining should not exceed the
should be always kept wet by designed rate for pressure testing.
suitable means.
6.7.6 Provide separate gauges of suitable
xviii) The cutting torches should also be range for pressurising pump and the
kept outside the vessel immediately equipment to be tested.
after the cutting.
6.7.7 Provide gauges at designated
locations for monitoring of
pressures.

OISD-192

Page 161 of 442

6.7.8 Check the calibration of all ii) Roof work should only be
pressurising equipment and undertaken by workers who are
accessories and maintain records. physically and psychologically fit
and have the necessary knowledge
6.7.9 Take readings at pre-defined
and experience for such work.
intervals.
iii) Work on roofs shouldn't be carried
6.8 WORKING AT HEIGHTS
on in weather conditions that
6.8.1 General Provision threaten the safety of workers.
iv) Crawling boards, walkways and roof
i) While working at a height of more
ladders should be securely fastened
than 3 meters, ISI approved safety to a firm structure.
belt shall be used.
v) Roofing brackets should fit the slope
ii) While working at a height of more
of the roof and be securely
than 3 meters, permit should be supported.
issued by competent person before
commencement of the job. vi) Where it is necessary for a person
to kneel or crouch near the edge of
iii) Worker should be well trained on the roof, necessary precautions
usage of safety belt including its
should be taken.
proper usage at the time of
ascending/descending. vii) On a large roof where work have to
be carried out at or near the edge, a
iv) All tools should be carried in tool kits
simple barrier consisting of crossed
to avoid their falling.
scaffold tubes supporting a tubing
v) If the job is on fragile/sloping roof, guardrail may be provided.
roof walk ladders shall be used.
viii) All covers for openings in roofs
vi) Provide lifeline wherever required. should be of substantial construction
and be secured in position.
vii) Additional safety measures like
providing Fall Arrestor type Safety ix) Roofs with a pitch of more than 10
belt, safety net should be provided should be treated as sloping.
depending upon site conditions, job x) When work is being carried out on
requirements.
sloping roofs, sufficient and suitable
viii) Keep working area neat and clean. crawling boards or roof ladders
Remove scrap material immediately. should be provided and firmly
secured in position.
ix) Don't throw or drop
material/equipment from height. xi) During extensive work on the roof,
strong barriers or guardrails and toe-
x) Avoid jumping from one member to boards should be provided to stop a
another. Use proper passageway. person from falling off the roof.
xi) Keep both hands free while xii) Where workers are required to work
climbing. Don't try to bypass the on or near roofs or other places
steps of the ladder. covered with fragile material,
xii) Try to maintain calm at height. Avoid through which they are liable to fall,
over exertion. they should be provided with
suitable roof ladders or crawling
xiii) Avoid movements on beam. boards strong enough and when
xiv) Elevated workplaces including roofs spanning across the supports for the
should be provided with safe means roof covering to support those
of access and egress such as stairs, workers.
ramps or ladders. xiii) A minimum of two boards should be
6.8.2 Roof Work provided so that it is not necessary
for a person to stand on a fragile
i) All roof-work operations should be roof to move a board or a ladder, or
pre-planned and properly for any other reason.
supervised.

OISD-192

Page 162 of 442

6.8.3 Work on tall chimneys c) haul heavy materials or
equipment up and down by hand
i) For the erection and repair of tall to or from the workplace on the
chimneys, scaffolding should be chimney;
provided. A safety net should be d) fasten pulleys or scaffolding to
maintained at a suitable distance reinforcing rings without first
below the scaffold. verifying their stability;
e) work alone;
ii) The scaffold floor should always be
f) climb a chimney that is not
at least 65 cm below the top of the
provided with securely anchored
chimney. ladders or rungs;
iii) Under the working floor of the g) Work on chimneys in use unless
scaffolding the next lower floor the necessary precautions to
should be left in position as a catch avoid danger from smoke and
platform. gases have been taken.
iv) The distance between the inside x) Work on independent chimneys
edge of the scaffold and the wall of should not be carried on in high
the chimney should not exceed 20 winds, icy conditions, fog or during
cm at any point. electrical storms.
v) Catch platforms should be erected 6.9 HANDLING AND LIFTING
over: EQUIPMENT:
(a) the entrance to the chimney; 6.9.1 General Provisions
(b) Passageways and working
places where workers could be Following are the general guidelines
endangered by falling objects. to be followed with regard to all
types of handling and lifting
vi) For climbing tall chimneys, access equipment in addition to the
should be provided by:
guidelines for specific type of
(a) stairs or ladders; equipments dealt later on.
(b) a column of iron rungs securely
embedded in the chimney wall; i) There should be a well-planned
(c) Other appropriate means. safety programme to ensure that all
the lifting appliances and lifting gear
vii) When workers use the outside rungs are selected, installed, examined,
to climb the chimney, a securely
tested, maintained, operated and
fastened steel core rope looped at
dismantled with a view to preventing
the free end and hanging down at the occurrence of any accident;
least 3 m should be provided at the
top to help the workers to climb on
ii) All lifting appliances shall be
to the chimney.
examined by competent persons at
viii) While work is being done on frequencies as specified in "The
independent chimneys the area Factories act".
surrounding the chimney should be
iii) Check thoroughly quality, size and
enclosed by fencing at a safe
condition of all lifting tools like chain
distance.
pulley blocks, slings, U-clamps, D-
ix) Workers employed on the shackles etc. before putting them in
construction, alteration, use.
maintenance or repair of tall
iv) Safe lifting capacity of all lifting &
chimneys should not:
handling equipment, tools and
a) work on the outside without a shackles should be got verified and
safety harness attached by a certificates obtained from competent
lifeline to a rung, ring or other authorities before its use. The safe
secure anchorage; working load shall be marked on
b) put tools between the safety them.
harness and the body or in
v) Check periodically the oil, brakes,
pockets not intended for the
gears, horns and tyre pressure of all
purpose;
moving equipments like cranes,

OISD-192

Page 163 of 442

 forklifts, trailers etc as per i) Hoist shafts should be enclosed with
manufacturer's recommendations. rigid panels or other adequate
fencing at:
vi) Check the weights to be lifted and
accordingly decide about the crane (a) ground level on all sides;
capacity, boom length and angle of (b) all other levels at all points at
erection. which access is provided;
(c) all points at which persons are
vii) Allow lifting slings as short as
liable to be struck by any moving
possible and check packing at the
part.
friction points.
ii) The enclosure of hoist shafts,
viii) While lifting/placing of the load, no
except at approaches should extend
unauthorised person shall remain
where practicable at least 2mt
within the radius of the boom and
above the floor, platform or other
underneath the load.
place to which access is provided
ix) While loading, unloading and except where a lesser height is
stacking of pipes, proper wedges sufficient to prevent any person
shall be placed to prevent rolling falling down the hoistway and there
down of the pipes. is no risk of any person coming into
contact with any moving part of the
x) Control longer jobs being lifted up hoist, but in no case should the
from both ends.
enclosure be less than 1mt in
xi) Only trained operators and riggers height.
should carry out the job. While the iii) The guides of hoist platforms should
crane is moving or lifting the load,
offer sufficient resistance to bending
the trained rigger should be there for
and, in the case of jamming by a
keeping a vigil against hitting any safety catch, to buckling.
other object.
iv) Where necessary to prevent danger,
xii) During high wind conditions and
adequate covering should be
nights, lifting of heavy equipments provided above the top of hoist
should be avoided. If unavoidable to
shafts to prevent material falling
do erection in night, operator and
down them.
rigger should be fully trained for
night signaling. Also proper v) Outdoor hoist towers should be
illumination should be there. erected on firm foundations, and
securely braced, guyed and
xiii) Allow crane to move on hard, firm anchored.
and leveled ground.
vi) A ladderway should extend from the
xiv) When crane is in idle condition for
bottom to the top of outdoor hoist
long periods or unattended, crane towers, if no other ladderway exists
boom should either be lowered or
within easy reach.
locked as per manufacturer's
guidelines. vii) Hoisting engines should be of ample
capacity to control the heaviest load
xv) Hook and load being lifted shall
that they will have to move.
remain in full visibility of crane
operators, while lifting, to the extent viii) Hoists should be provided with
possible. devices that stop the hoisting engine
as soon as the platform reaches its
xvi) Don't allow booms or other parts of
highest stopping place.
crane to come within 3 meters reach
of overhead electrical cables. ix) Winches should be so constructed
that the brake is applied when the
xvii) No structural alterations or repairs
control handle is not held in the
should be made to any part of a operating position.
lifting appliance, which may affect
the safety of the appliance without x) It should not be possible to set in
the permission and supervision of motion from the platform a hoist,
the competent person. which is not designed for the
conveyance of persons.
6.9.2 Hoists

OISD-192

Page 164 of 442

xi) Winches should not be fitted with
pawl and ratchet gears on which the
• on the platform or cage: the
maximum number of persons
pawl must be disengaged before the to be carried at one time;
platform is lowered.
(c) on hoists for goods only:
xii) Hoist platforms should be capable of
supporting the maximum load that • on every approach to the hoist
they will have to carry with a safety and on the platform: prohi-
factor. bition of use by persons.
xiii) Hoist platforms should be equipped xxi) Hoists intended for the carriage of
with safety gear that will hold the persons should be provided with a
platform with the maximum load if cage so constructed as to prevent
the hoisting rope breaks. any person from falling out or being
xiv) If workers have to enter the cage or trapped between the cage and any
go on the platform at landings there fixed part of the structure when the
should be a locking arrangement cage gate is shut, or from being
preventing the cage or platform from struck by the counterbalance weight
moving while any worker is in or on or by articles or materials tailing
it. down the hoistway.

xv) On sides not used for loading and xxii) On each side in which access is
unloading, hoist platforms should be provided, the cage should have a
provided with toe-boards and gate fitted with devices which
enclosures of wire mesh or other ensure that the gate cannot be
suitable material to prevent the fall opened except when the cage is at
of parts of loads. a landing and that the gate must be
closed before the cage can move
xvi) Where necessary to prevent danger away from the landing.
from falling objects, hoist platforms
should be provided with adequate xxiii) Every gate in the enclosure of the
covering. hoist shaft which gives access from
a landing place to the cage should
xvii) Counterweights consisting of an be fitted with devices to ensure that
assemblage of several parts should the gate cannot be opened except
be made of specially constructed when the cage is at that landing
parts rigidly connected together. place, and that the cage cannot be
xviii) Counterweights should run in moved away from that landing place
guides. until the gate is closed.

xix) Platforms should be provided at all 6.9.3 Derricks

landings used by workers. Stiff-leg derricks
xx) Following notices should be posted
up conspicuously and in very legible i) Derricks should be erected on a firm
characters: base capable of taking the
combined weight of the crane
(a) on all hoists: structure and maximum rated load.
• on the platform: the carrying ii) Devices should be used to prevent
capacity in kilograms or other masts from lifting out of their
appropriate standard unit of seating.
weight; iii) Electrically operated derricks should
• on the hoisting engine: the
be effectively earthed from the sole
plate or framework.
lifting capacity in kilograms or
other appropriate standard iv) Counterweights should be so
unit of weight; arranged that they do not subject
the backstays, sleepers or pivots to
(b) on hoists authorised or certified for
excessive strain.
the conveyance of persons:
v) When derricks are mounted on
wheels:

OISD-192

Page 165 of 442

 a) a rigid member should be used to iii) Gin poles should be fastened at
maintain the correct distance their feet to prevent displacement in
between the wheels; operation.
b) they should be equipped with
iv) Gin poles, which are moved from
struts to prevent them from
place to place and re-erected,
dropping if a wheel breaks or the
should not be taken into use again
derrick is derailed.
before the pole, lifting ropes, guys,
vi) The length of a derrick jib should not blocks and other parts have been
be altered without consulting the inspected, and the whole appliance
manufacturer. has been tested under load.
vii) The jib of a scotch derrick crane v) When platforms or skips are hoisted
should not be erected within the by gin poles, precautions should be
backstays of the crane. taken to prevent them from spinning
and to provide for proper landing.
Guy derricks
6.9.5 Tower cranes
i) The restraint of the guy ropes
should be ensured by fitting stirrups i) Where tower cranes have cabs at
or anchor plates in concrete high level, persons, capable and
foundations. trained to work at heights, should
only be employed as crane
ii) The mast of guy derricks should be
operators.
supported by six top guys spaced
approximately equally. ii) The characteristics of the various
machines available should be
iii) The spread of the guys of a guy
considered against the operating
derrick crane from the mast should
0 requirements and the surroundings
not be more than 45 from the
in which the crane will operate
horizontal.
before a particular type of crane is
iv) Guy ropes of derricks should be selected.
equipped with a stretching screw or
iii) Care should be taken in the
turnbuckle or other device to
assessment of wind loads both
regulate the tension.
during operations and out of service.
v) Gudgeon pins, sheave pins and fool Account should also be taken of the
bearings should be lubricated effects of high structures on wind
frequently. forces in the vicinity of the crane.
vi) When a derrick is not in use, the iv) The ground on which the tower
boom should be anchored to crane stands should have the
prevent it from swinging. requisite bearing capacity. Account
should be taken of seasonal
6.9.4 Gin poles variations in ground conditions.
i) Gin poles should: v) Bases for tower cranes and tracks
for rail-mounted tower cranes should
(a) be straight; be firm and level. Tower cranes
(b) consist of steel or other suitable should only operate on gradients
metal; within limits specified by the
(c) be adequately guyed and manufacturer. Tower cranes should
anchored; only be erected at a safe distance
(d) be vertical or raked slightly from excavations and ditches.
towards the load;
(e) be of adequate strength for the vi) Tower cranes should be sited where
loads that they will be required to there is clear space available for
lift/move. erection, operation and dismantling.
As far as possible, cranes should be
ii) Gin poles should not be spliced and sited so that loads do not have to be
if a gin pole is composed of different handled over occupied premises,
elements, they should be assembled over public thoroughfares, other
in conformity with their intrinsic construction works and railways or
material strength. near power cables.

OISD-192

Page 166 of 442

 vii) Where two or more tower cranes are i) Only ropes with a known safe
sited in positions where their jibs working capacity should be used as
could touch any part of the other lifting ropes.
crane, there should be direct means
ii) Lifting ropes should be installed,
of communication between them
maintained and inspected in
and a distinct warning system
accordance with manufacturers'
operated from the cab so that one
instructions.
driver may alert the other of
impending danger. iii) Repaired steel ropes should not be
used on hoists.
viii) The manufacturers' instructions on
the methods and sequence of iv) Where multiple independent ropes
erection and dismantling should be are used, for the purpose of stability,
followed. The crane should be to lift a work platform, each rope
tested before being taken into use. should be capable of carrying the
load independently.
ix) The climbing operation of climbing
tower cranes should be carried out 6.10 VEHICLE MOVEMENT
in accordance with manufacturers'
6.10.1 Park vehicles only at designated
instructions. The free-standing
places. Don't block roads to create
height of the tower crane should not
extend beyond what is safe and hindrance for other vehicles.
permissible in the manufacturers' 6.10.2 Don't overload the vehicle.
instructions.
6.10.3 Obey speed limits and traffic rules.
x) When the tower crane is left
unattended, loads should be 6.10.4 Always expect the unexpected and
removed from the hook, the hook be a defensive driver.
raised, the power switched off and 6.10.5 Drive carefully during adverse
the boom brought to the horizontal. weather and road conditions.
For longer periods or at times when
adverse weather conditions are 6.10.6 Read the road ahead and ride to the
expected, out of service procedures left.
should be followed. The main jib 6.10.7 Be extra cautious at nights. Keep
should be slewed to the side of the wind screens clean and lights in
tower away from the wind, put into working condition.
free slew and the crane immobilised.
6.10.8 All vehicles used for carrying
xi) A windspeed measuring device workers and construction materials
should be provided at an elevated must undergo predictive/preventive
position on the tower crane with the maintenance and daily checks
indicator fitted in the drivers' cab.
6.10.9 Driver with proper valid driving
xii) Devices should be provided to license shall only be allowed to drive
prevent loads being moved to a the vehicle
point where the corresponding safe
working load of the crane would be 6.10.10 Routes shall be leveled, marked and
exceeded. Name boards or other planned in such a way so as to
items liable to catch the wind should avoid potential hazards such as
not be mounted on a tower crane overhead power lines and sloping
other than in accordance with the ground etc.
manufacturers' instructions. 6.10.11 While reversing the vehicles, help of
xiii) Tower cranes should not be used for another worker should be ensured
magnet, or demolition ball service, at all times
piling operations or other duties, 6.10.12 An unattended vehicle should have
which could impose excessive the engine switched off
loading on the crane structure.
6.10.13 Wherever possible one-way system
6.9.6 Lifting ropes shall be followed
6.10.14 Barriers/fixed stops should be
provided for excavation/openings to
prevent fall of vehicle

OISD-192

Page 167 of 442

6.10.15 Load should be properly secured xiv) ELCB for all temporary connections
must be provided. Use insulated 3-
6.10.16 The body of the tipper lorry should
pin plug tops.
always be lowered before driving
the vehicle off. xv) All power supply cables should be
laid properly and neatly so that they
6.10.17 Signs/signals/caution boards etc.
don't cause hindrance to persons
should be provided on routes .
working and no physical damage
6.11 ELECTRICAL also takes place to the cables during
various construction activities.
6.11.1 General Provisions
xvi) All Power cables to be properly
i) Only persons having valid licenses terminated using glands and lugs of
should be allowed to work on proper size and adequately crimped.
electrical facilities.
xvii) Use spark-proof/flame proof type
ii) No person should be allowed to electrical fittings in Fire Hazard
work on live circuit. The same, if zones as per area classification
unavoidable, special care and under OISD-STD-113.
authorisation need to be taken. xviii) Check installations of steel
iii) Treat all circuits as "LIVE" unless plates/pipes to protect underground
ensured otherwise. cables at crossings.
iv) Electrical "Tag Out" procedure xix) Don't lay unarmored cable directly
"MUST" be followed for carrying out on ground, wall, roof or trees. All
maintenance jobs. temporary cables should be laid at
least 750 mm below ground and
v) Display voltage ratings prominently cable markers should be provided.
with "Danger" signs. Proper sleeves should be provided
vi) Put caution/notice signs before at road crossings. In case temporary
starting the repair works. cables are to be laid on wooden
poles/steel poles, the minimum
vii) All electrical equipment operating cable heights should be 4.5 M.
above 250V shall have separate and
distinct connections to earth grid. xx) Maintain safe overhead distance of
HT cables as per Indian Electricity
viii) Proper grounding to be ensured for Rules and relevant acts.
all switch boards and equipment
including Portable ones prior to xxi) Don't connect any earthing wire to
taking into service. the pipelines/structures.
ix) Make sure that electrical switch xxii) Don't make any unsafe temporary
boards, portable tools, equipments connections, naked joints/wiring etc.
(like grinding machine etc.) don't get xxiii) Ensure that temporary cables are
wet during their usage. If it happens, free from cuts, damaged insulation,
stop the main supply, make the tools kinks or improper insulated joints.
dry and then only use them. Check
proper earthing. xxiv) Check at periodic intervals that pins
of sockets and joints are not loose.
All temporary switch boards/
KIOSKS put up at work site should xxv) Protect electrical wires/equipments
be suitably protected from rain and from water and naked flames.
the level of same should be high xxvi) Illuminate suitably all the work
enough to avoid contact with water
areas.
due to water logging.
xxvii) All switchboards should be of MS
x) Don't work wet on electrical system. structure only and incoming source
xi) Don't overload the electrical system. should be marked.
xii) Use only proper rated HRC fuses. xxviii) Hand lamps should not be of more
than 24V rating.
xiii) Industrial type extension boards and
Plug sockets are only to be used. xxix) Fire extinguishers (DCP/CO2/Sand
buckets) should be kept near

OISD-192

Page 168 of 442

 temporary switch boards being used ensure suitability for its proposed
for construction purposes. Don't use use.
water for fighting electrical fires.
ii) At the beginning of every shift, the
xxx) Insulating mats shall be provided in person using the electrical
the front and back end of switch equipment should make a careful
boards. external examination of the
equipment and conductors,
xxxi) All parts of electrical installations
especially the flexible cables.
should be so constructed, installed
and maintained as to prevent iii) Apart from some exceptional cases,
danger of electric shock, fire and work on or near live parts of
external explosion. electrical equipment should be
forbidden.
Periodic checking/certification of
electrical safety appliances such as iv) Before any work is begun on
gloves, insulating mats, hoods etc. conductors or equipment that do not
to be done/witnessed along with have to remain live:
maintaining a register at site signed
a) the current should be switched
by competent authority.
off by a responsible authorised
xxxii) A notice displaying following, should person;
be kept exhibited at suitable places: b) precautions should be taken to
prevent the current from being
a) prohibiting unauthorised persons
switched on again;
from entering electrical
c) the conductors or the equipment
equipment rooms or from
should be tested to ascertain that
handling or interfering with elec-
they are dead;
trical apparatus;
d) the conductors and equipment
b) containing directions as to
should be earthed and short-
procedures in case of fire, rescue
circuited;
of persons in contact with live
e) neighbouring live parts should be
conductors and the restoration of
adequately protected against
persons suffering from electric
accidental contact.
shock;
c) specifying the person to be v) After work has been done on
notified in case of electrical conductors and equipment, the
accident or dangerous current should only be switched on
occurrence, and indicating how to again on the orders of a competent
communicate with him. person after the earthing and short-
circuiting have been removed and
xxxiii) No other cables/pipes to be laid n i
the workplace reported safe.
trench used for electrical cables.
xxxiv) Utmost care should be taken while vi) Electricians should be provided with
excavating Earth from cable trench approved and tested tools, and
to avoid damage or any accident. personal protective equipment such
xxxv) Sub-station floor cut-outs meant for as rubber gloves, mats etc.
switch board installations to be
vii) All conductors and equipment
covered wherever installation is
should be considered to be live
incomplete.
unless there is a proof of the
NOTE: A Residual Current Operated Circuit contrary.
Breaker (RCCB) or Earth Leakage
viii) When work has to be done in
Circuit Breaker (ELCB), when
dangerous proximity to live parts the
installed, protects a human being to
current should be cut off. If for
the widest extent. RCCB or ELCB
operational reasons this is not
should be provided as per Indian
possible, the live parts should be
Electricity Rules.
fenced off or enclosed by qualified
6.11.2 Inspection and maintenance staff from the sub-station concerned.

i) All electrical equipment should be

inspected before taking into use to

OISD-192

Page 169 of 442

6.11.3. Testing 6.12.2 Drilling Rigs

i) Electrical installations should be i) Location of jack up rigs should not

inspected and tested and the results be less than 5 Kms from shipping
recorded. route. Orientation of the rig, wind
direction etc are required for safe
ii) Periodic testing of the efficiency of
landing of helicopter. Information
the earth leakage protective devices
w.r.t. sea currents, wind speed, Hi-
should be carried out.
lo tide etc are required for mooring
iii) Particular attention should be paid to of supply vessels.
the earthing of apparatus, the
ii) Sea bed condition at every location
continuity of protective conductors,
should be ensured for safety of rig.
polarity and insulation resistance,
protection against mechanical iii) Radio and other communication
damage and condition of facilities should be such to maintain
connections at points of entry. contact with base all times.
6.12 OFFSHORE iv) During toeing of rig, the rig deck
should be clear of load, toeing lines
6.12.1 General
should be in good condition and
tensions in various toeing lines
The isolated nature of offshore installations
should be constantly monitored.
are hazardous. They call for greater need for
safety and survival at offshore. Safety at v) Few steps during toeing are:
offshore is safety of installations and safety
a) crane booms should be
of personnel. Safety problems and accidents
secured to their vesta,
at offshore have high risks due to limited
b) all hatches and water tight
space, helicopter operation, sea transport
doors should be closed,
etc. Following are the general safety
c) number of personnel on board
guidelines to be followed in addition to the
should be restricted,
safety guidelines stipulated for specific jobs
d) evacuate in case of emergency
dealt later on:
and operation should be
i) Workers should be well trained to completed preferably in day
do their job independently with high light.
degree of self-control and self-
6.12.3 Drilling
discipline.
ii) On arrival at offshore, everyone i) In view of CO2 and H2S gas cut from
should be briefed about the safety well, effective ventilation should be
rules to be followed at offshore, provided where drilling is in
evacuation system etc. All progress.
personnel should wear overall
ii) Safety alarm shall be checked in
(dangri), helmet and shoes for
advance in view of failure of
personnel protection.
ventilation system.
iii) In case of emergency, workers
iii) Suitable sensors for H2S and
should follow instruction of Field
Methane should be function tested
Production Superintendent (F.P.S.)
time to time and suitable colour
In certain cases instructions may be
code should be given.
given to abandon the offshore
installation and evacuate the iv) Working areas of the crane should
persons to safe location. be illuminated during night to avoid
accident.
iv) To overcome above problems,
offshore personnel must receive v) Clear space should be available for
training for using life saving despatch and receipt of load and, in
appliances and other personal particular, basket transfer of
survival techniques. passengers. Persons engaged in
loading/unloading of materials
v) Any person working at offshore
should be protected from falling into
should have one person as standby
the sea.
for any eventuality.

OISD-192

Page 170 of 442

vi) Signal light should be fitted at the iii) Surface safety valve or SDV should
top of the jib. be checked for no gas leakage from
vii) Crane hook should be fitted with bleed port / flange etc., in the well
safety latches. head area. It should not be in
"mechanical override" or bypassed
viii) Experienced person should be from panel.
engaged in operation of specific
equipment like winches, cranes etc. iv) High pressure gas lift lines -
blowdown system should be O.K.
ix) At least three cable turns shall
always be there on the winch drum. v) Auto actuation of SDVs in the inlet
of pressure vessels should be O.K.
x) Adequate communication like walkie
talkie, round robin phone should be and in "normal position" from
available between the crane shutdown panels. A record of status
operator, supervisor and helper. of switches normal/bypassed in
auto-con* panels (PSH, PSL, LSL,
xi) Crane operation should be
ILSL) should be maintained.
completely stopped during
helicopter landing/taking off.
∗ Shut Down Panels
xii) Except for helicopter landing deck,
vi) Welders rectifier set and electrical
all decks, platforms, bridges,
connections to it should be checked
ladders should have rigid and fixed
guard rails atleast one meter high and approved by electrical-in-
and should have one intermediate charge for proper electrical safely.
rail midway between the handrail vii) “SCADA" telementry system if
and 100 mm toe board. available should be operational for
xiii) Wooden ladders shall not be used remote opening and closing of wells
at offshore. at unmanned platforms (through
RPMC).
xiv) Flow sensor in the flow line should
be ensured for safe working and to viii) Local ESD/FSD (near the work site)
avoid blow out. should be provided for jobs of very
critical nature, so that the persons
xv) Hydrogen sulphuide gas In offshore
working can access it immediately in
is of great risk and at 10 ppm
(0.001%) concentration in air, a emergency for safety. Safety officer
person should not be exposed for should judge the requirement &
more than 8 hours, If concentration inform FPS for the same.
is more, then breathing apparatus ix) Railings and Gratings etc. in and
should be used. Corrosion of around work area should be O.K.
equipment is also caused by H2S. and inspected to avoid slippage of
xvi) Portable H2S gas detector should man into sea.
be continously used. x) Emergency shut down (ESD)
6.12.4 Production Platforms system is initiated when an
abnormal condition is detected.
i) In case hydrocarbon Is released due ESD should be checked once in six
to overpressure, leak, overflow, gas months.
blow etc., shut down process to stop xi) Platform should be manned round
flow of hydrocarbon. Prevent ignition the clock.
of released hydrocarbon and in case
of fire shut in the process complex xii) Welding and cutting work should be
and follow emergency contigency regulated by hot work permit.
plan. xiii) All detectors should be calibrated as
ii) Sub surface safetv valve (SSSV)) per recommendation of the
below the well head should be manufacturer.
actuated during uncontrolled well - xiv) No system should be by-passed
flow and they should be regularly which affects the system of platform.
checked.

OISD-192

Page 171 of 442

xv) In H2S field platforms, due care shall accommodate twice the number of
be taken as per recommendations. persons onboard installation.
xvi) Follow the instructions of F.P.S. iii) Launching appliances and life boat
during stay at platform equipment should be checked every
week.
6.12.5 Fire Prevention And Control
iv) Boat landing areas should be
i) Provision be made for safe handling adequately illuminated.
and storage of dirty rags, trash, and
v) Life raft has no power and they rely
waste oil. Flammable liquids and
on drift.
chemicals applied on platform
should be immediately cleaned. vi) Life jacket lifts the wearer after
entering water.
ii) Paint containers and hydrocarbon
samples, gas cylinders for welding vii) Life buoys are used to rescue
and cutting should be stored persons if any person accidentally
properly. Cylinders should be falls in the sea.
transported in hand-cart.
viii) All life saving appliances should be
iii) Smoking should be restricted and inspected by the MMD surveyor /sr.
no smoking area should be officials once a year.
identified.
ix) Every life boat shall be inspected
iv) Special attention should be given to once a week.
crude oil pump seals, diesel and
x) Every life boat and life raft should
gas engines which are potential
be serviced once a year by a
source of ignition in the event of
competent authority,
failure.
6.12.7 Safety Precautions during
v) Fire and smoke detectors i.e.
Helicopter Transportation
ultraviolet heat, thermal and smoke
detector should be function tested
i) Passenger briefing regarding safety
once in three months.
rules while travelling in helicopter
vi) Fire is controlled in offshore by should be carried out before
water spraying, Halon, CO2 boarding the helicopter.
flooding, DCP and sprinkler system.
ii) Emergency procedure should be
vii) Foaming agent is applied for briefed to all the passenger In case
controlling fire in liquid hydrocarbon. helicopter is to ditch into the sea.
The system is not effective in gas
iii) Heli-pad should have a non-skid
fire.
surface. Nylon rope net should be
viii) Light weight breathing system stretched on the deck.
should be used.
iv) Proper drainage should be available
ix) The fire control plan at offshore on helideck.
should reveal control station, fire
v) There should be no obstruction on
alarms and fire detectors, deluge
the helideck itself and within 3
valves and sprinkler, fire
extinguishing appliances, fireman meters of its parameter. Closest
super structure above the helideck
outfit and ventilation system.
should have red obstruction light.
x) Fire fighting equipment should be
maintained in ready to use vi) While landing fire crew of two
persons should be standby adjacent
condition.
to helideck.
6.12.6 Life Saving Appliances
vii) Heli-deck should be properly
illuminated for night landing.
i) Life boats with a speed of 6 knots
and carrying capacity upto 50 viii) During switching off helicopter,
persons are used in offshore. persons should not be allowed to go
out/ towards helicopter
ii) No. of life boats on one installation
should have a capacity to

OISD-192

Page 172 of 442

6.13 DEMOLITION posted. To protect the public a fence
2m high should be erected
6.13.1. General provisions
enclosing the demolition operations
and the access gates should be
i) When the demolition of any building secured outside working hours.
or structure might present danger to
workers or to the public: vi) The fabric of buildings contaminated
with substances hazardous to health
(a) necessary precautions, methods should be decontaminated.
and procedures should be
Protective clothing and respiratory
adopted, including those for the
devices should be provided and
disposal of waste or residues; worn.
(b) the work should be planned and
undertaken only under the vii) Where plant has contained
supervision of a competent flammable materials, special
person. precautions should be taken to
avoid fire and explosion.
ii) Before demolition operations begin:
viii) The plant to be demolished should
(a) structural details and builders' be isolated from all other plant that
drawings should be obtained
may contain flammable materials.
wherever possible;
Any residual flammable material in
(b) details of the previous use should the plant should be rendered safe by
be obtained to identify any
cleaning, purging or the application
possible contamination and
of an inert atmosphere as
hazards from chemicals, appropriate.
flammables, etc.;
(c) an initial survey should be carried ix) Care should be taken not to
out to identify any structural demolish any parts, which would
problems and risks associated destroy the stability of other parts.
with flammable substances and
x) Demolition activities should not be
substances hazardous to health.
continued under adverse climatic
The survey should note the type
conditions such as high winds,
of ground on which the structure
which could cause the collapse of
is erected, the condition of the
already weakened structures.
roof trusses, the type of framing
used in framed structures and the xi) To prevent hazards parts of struc-
load-bearing walls; tures should be adequately shored,
(d) a method of demolition should be braced or otherwise supported.
formulated after the survey and
xii) Structures should not be left in a
recorded in a method statement
condition in which they could be
having taken all the various
brought down by wind pressure or
considerations into account and
vibration.
identifying the problems and their
solutions; xiii) Where a deliberate controlled
collapse technique is to be used,
iii) All electric, gas, water and steam
expert engineering advice should be
service lines should be shut off and,
obtained, and:
as necessary, capped or otherwise
controlled at or outside the (a) it should only be used where the
construction site before work whole structure is to come down
commences. because it relies on the removal
of key structural members to
iv) If it is necessary to maintain any
effect a total collapse;
electric power, water or other
(b) it should only be used on sites
services during demolition
that are fairly level and where
operations, they should be
there is enough surrounding
adequately protected against
space for all operatives and
damage.
equipment to be withdrawn to a
v) As far as practicable, the danger safe distance.
zone round the building should be
xiv) When equipment such as power
adequately fenced off and sign
shovels and bulldozers are used for

OISD-192

Page 173 of 442

 demolition, due consideration should 6.14.9 All personnel working with
be given to the nature of the building radiography sources should wear
or structure, its dimensions, as well appropriate protective equipment
as to the power of the equipment and film badges issued by BARC.
being used.
6.14.10 Protection facilities such as
xv) If a swinging weight is used for manipulator rod, remote handling
demolition, a safety zone having a tongs, lead pots, radiation hazard
width of at least one-and-a-half placards and means of cordon off
times the height of the building or shall be available at each site.
structure should be maintained
6.14.11 The radiography source shall never
around the points of impact.
be touched or handled directly with
6.13.2. Demolition of structural steelwork hands.
6.14.12 The package containing radiography
i) All precautions should be taken to
cameras and sources should never
prevent danger from any sudden
be carried by public transport like
twist, spring or collapse of
bus, train etc.
steelwork, ironwork or reinforced
concrete when it is cut or released. 6.14.13 Radiography sources and cameras,
when not in use, should be stored
ii) Steel construction should be
inside a source pit with lock and key
demolished tier by tier.
arrangement as approved by BARC.
iii) Structural steel parts should be The storage room should preferably
lowered and not dropped from a be located in an isolated area of
height. minimum occupancy and radiation
level outside the storage room
6.14 RADIOGRAPHY
should not exceed 0.25 mR/hr as
per BARC Regulations.
6.14.1 All radiography jobs shall be carried
out as per BARC Safety Regulations 6.14.14 In case of an accident (due to loss
or of damage to radiography
6.14.2 During field radiography, nearby source), action should be taken in
area around the radiation source line with BARC Safety
should be cordoned off. Rules/Guidelines.
6.14.3 If the field radiography is to be done
at the same location repeatedly, it is 6.15 SAND/SHOT BLASTING/ SPRAY
advisable to provide either a wire PAINTING
fencing around or a temporary brick
enclosure. 6.15.1 Sand blasting should be used only
6.14.4 Special permission/permit should be after approval from competent
taken for radiography from area-in- person.
charge. 6.15.2 Air Compressor used for sand/shot
6.14.5 As far as possible, field radiography blasting/painting should have guard
should be done only during night and positioned away from the work
time when there is little or no place.
occupancy there. 6.15.3 Exhaust of the prime mover, if IC
6.14.6 Radiation warning signals should be engine is used, should be directed
pasted all along the cordoned off away from the work place.
area. 6.15.4 In case of motor driven compressor,
6.14.7 Entry into the restricted area by the body of the motor as well as the
unauthorised persons should be compressor to be properly earthed.
strictly prohibited during exposure. 6.15.5 The hoses used for compressed air
6.14.8 The radiation level alongwith the should be of proper quality, and
cordon should be monitored by a health of the same to be ensured
suitable and well-calibrated radiation through regular check/ test.
survey meter.

OISD-192

Page 174 of 442

6.15.6 The operator of sand/shot iv) All deck openings including those for
blasting/painting should wear buckets should be fenced.
suitable PPE's including mask.
6.16.2 Rescue & Emergency procedures
6.15.7 Adequate measures to be taken to
suppress dust/spray particle.
i) Persons who work over water
6.15.8 Sand used for sand blasting should should be provided with some form
be suitably covered & protected of buoyancy aid. Life jackets should
from to rain/moisture. provided sufficient freedom of
movement, have sufficient buoyancy
6.15.9 When these activities are done in
to bring persons to the surface and
confined places, adequate measure
keep them afloat face upwards, be
to be taken for proper ventilation.
easily secured to the body, be
6.16 WORK ABOVE WATER readily visible by way of self
luminous paint/strip.
6.16.1 General Provisions ii) Nobody should work alone on or
i) Where work is done over or in close above water.
proximity to water & where iii) Each worker should be trained in the
possibility of drowning exists, procedure to be followed in the
provision should be made for: event of an emergency.
a) Preventing workers from falling into
7.0 ADDITIONAL SAFETY
water;
b) The rescue of workers in danger PRECAUTION FOR UNITS
of drowning; WITH HYDROCARBONS
c) Safe and sufficient transport. In addition to general safety
precautions as outlined above for
ii) Provisions for the safe performance the activities in Clause 6.0, following
of work over or in close proximity to additional safety precautions need
water should include, where to be taken for the sites within the
appropriate, the provision and use of operating area or nearby, where
suitable and adequate: presence of Hydrocarbons cannot
be ruled out.
a) fencing, safety nets and safety
i) No job shall be carried out without a
harnesses;
valid permit. Permit should be in
b) lifebuoys, life jackets and manned
line with OISD-STD-105 "Work
boats;
Permit System".
c) protection against such hazards
as reptiles and other animals. ii) Smoking should be prohibited in all
iii) Gangways, pontoons, bridges, places containing readily
footbridges and other walkways or combustible or flammable materials
work places over water should: and "No Smoking" notices be
a) possess adequate strength and prominently displayed.
stability;
iii) In confined spaces and other places
b) be sufficiently wide to allow safe
where flammable gases, vapours or
movement of workers;
dusts can cause danger, following
c) have level surfaces free from
measures should be taken:
tripping hazards;
d) be adequately lit when natural (a) only approved type electrical
light is insufficient; installations and equipment,
e) where practicable and necessary, to including portable lamps, should
prevent danger, be provided with be used;
toe-boards, guard rails, hand ropes (b) there should be no naked
etc. flames or source of ignition;
f) be secured to prevent (c) oily rags, waste and clothes or
dislodgment by rising water or high other substances liable to
winds; spontaneous ignition should be
g) if necessary, be equipped with removed without delay to a safe
ladders which should be sound, of place;
sufficient strength and length and be (d) ventilation should be provided.
securely lashed to prevent slipping.

OISD-192

Page 175 of 442

iv) Regular inspections should be made xi) A dry chemical type fire extinguisher
of places where there are fire risks. shall be made available in the work
These include the vicinity of heating area. Also fire protection facilities
appliances, electrical installations like running hoses etc. as per permit
and conductors, stores of flammable should be complied with.
and combustible materials, welding
xii) Wherever required, welding screens
and cutting operations.
shall be put up to protect other
v) Welding, flame cutting and other hot equipment in adjoining areas
work should only be done after against flying sparks. Material used
issuance of work permit in line with should be metal/asbestos/water
the requirement of OISD-STD-105 curtain.
after appropriate precautions, as
xiii) Welding or cutting of vessels/
required, are taken to reduce the
equipments used in Hydrocarbon/
risk of fire. For carrying out other
hazardous chemicals shall be done
jobs also, OISD-STD-105 should be
after proper gas freeing and
followed strictly.
verifying the same with the
vi) Fire-extinguishing equipment should explosive-meter.
be well maintained and inspected at
xiv) The confined space/equipment shall
suitable intervals by a competent
be gas freed and cleaned.
person. Access to fire-extinguishing
equipment such as hydrants, xv) Absence of any toxic gas and any
portable extinguishers and flammable gas above explosion limit
connections for hoses should be shall be ensured with the help of
kept clear at all times. gas detection instrument and
explosive meter respectively.
vii) All supervisors and a sufficient
number of workers should be trained xvi) Used and hot electrode stubs shall
in the use of fire-extinguishing be discarded in a metal bucket.
equipment, so that adequate trained
personnel are readily available xvii) Use approved and certified flame
arrestors for vehicles.
during all working periods.
xviii) Work permit to be obtained, if
viii) Audio means to give warning in
case of fire should be provided construction work is carried out
within existing operating area.
where this is necessary to prevent
danger. Such warning should be 8.0 FIRST AID
clearly audible in all parts of the site
where persons are liable to work. First aid facilities should be provided
There should be an effective in line with various statutory
evacuation plan so that all persons regulations like factory act etc.
are evacuated speedily without However following care should be
panic and accounted for and all taken:
plant and processes shut down.
ix) Notices should be posted at i) First aid, including the provision of
conspicuous places indicating: trained personnel should be ensured
at work sites. Arrangement should
(a) the nearest fire alarm; be made for ensuring the medical
(b) the telephone number and attention of the injured workers. First
address of the nearest aid box should be as per the Factory
emergency services. rules.
x) The work site shall be cleared of all ii) Suitable rescue equipment, like
combustible materials, as Sparks stretchers should be kept readily
and molten metal coming from the available at the construction site.
welding job can easily ignite
combustible materials near or below iii) First-aid kits or boxes, as
the welding site. If the combustible appropriate and as per statutory
materials cannot be removed from requirements, should be provided at
the area, the same shall be properly workplaces and be protected
shielded. against contamination by dust,
moisture etc.

OISD-192

Page 176 of 442

iv) First-aid kit or boxes should not i) Poster: Posters with safety slogan
keep anything besides material for in humorous, gruesome
first aid in emergencies. demonstrating manner may be used
to discourage bad habits attributable
v) First-aid kits and boxes should
to accidents by appealing to the
contain simple and clear instructions
workers' pride, self-love, affection
to be followed, be kept under the
curiosity or human aspects. These
charge of a responsible person
should be displayed in prominent
qualified to render the first aid and
location(s).
be regularly inspected and stocked.
ii) Safety Sign Boards: Different type
vi) Where the work involves risk of
of message of cautioning, attention,
drowning, asphyxiation or electric
notice etc. should be displayed at
shock, first-aid personnel should be
the appropriate places for learning/
proficient in the use of resuscitation
awareness of the workmen while
and other life saving techniques and
working at site.
in rescue procedures.
iii) Films & Slides: Film(s) narrating
vii) Emergency telephone numbers of
the accident including the causes
nearby Hospitals, Police, Fire
and possible remedial ways of
Station and Administration should
preventing the recurrence of a
be prominently displayed.
similar accident should be displayed
9.0 DOCUMENTATION at regular intervals. Slides consisting
main points of the film show may
The intention of keeping also be shown to workers.
documentation of all types of iv) Talks, lectures & conferences:
accident(s) is to prevent recurrence The success of these events would
of similar accident(s). All accidents depend much on audience’s
should be reported as per OISD understandings of the speaker (s).
Guidelines (OISD-GDN-107) and The speakers are to be
Factories act, 1948. knowledgeable and good presenter.
All accidents (major, minor or near Speakers should know to hold the
miss) should be investigated, attention and to influence the
analysed and recommendations audiences.
should be documented along with v) Competitions: Organise
implementation status. competition(s) between the different
All related data should be well- deptts/categories of workers. The
documented and further analysis sense of reward/recognition also will
highlighting the major cause(s) of improve safety awareness and
accidents be done. This will help in result in enhancing safety levels.
identifying thrust areas and training vi) Exhibitions: Exhibitions also make
needs for prevention of accidents. the workers acquainted with hazards
and means of preventive measures.

10.0 SAFETY AWARENESS & vii) Safety Publication: Safety

TRAINING publications including pocket books
dealing with ways of investigation
and prevention in the field of safety
Safety awareness to all section of
and so on, may be distributed to
personnel ranging from site-in-
workers to promote the safety
charge to workmen helps not only
awareness.
preventing the risk but also build up
the confidence. Time and viii) Safety Drives: From time to time,
expenditures also get saved as a an intensive safety drive by
result. organising a safety day or a safety
week etc. should be launched.
Safety awareness basically seeks to
persuade/inform people on safety ix) Training: Training for covering the
besides supplementing skill also. hazards for different trade should be
Awareness programme may include imparted. Training should also
followings: include the specific hazards related

OISD-192

Page 177 of 442

 to a job in addition to the general iii) Safety & Health in Construction by
safety training as has been dealt in ILO
various chapters and should include
iv) The Building & Other Construction
all workers. Reference may be
Workers (Regulation, Employment
drawn from OISD-STD-154.
and Conditions of Service) Act 1996
11.0 REFERRENCES
i) Factory Act, 1948
ii) Indian Electricity Rules

OISD-192

Page 178 of 442

 ANNEXURE I

LIST OF SAFETY CODES FOR CIVIL WORKS PUBLISHED BY BUREAU OF

INDIAN STANDARDS

Sr.no Code No. Title

01. IS : 818 Code of Practice for Safety and Health Requirements in Electric
and Gas Welding and Cutting Operations – First Revision.
02. IS : 875 Code of practice for Structural safety of buildings: Masonry walls
03. IS : 933 Specification for Portable Chemical Fire Extinguisher, Foam
Type – Second Revision.
04. IS : 1179 Specification for Equipment for Eye and Face Protection during
Welding – First Revision.
05. IS : 1904 Code of practice for Structural safety of buildings: Shallow
foundations
06. IS : 1905 Code of practice for Structural safety of buildings: Masonry walls
07. IS : 2171 Specification for Portable Fire Extinguishers, Dry Powder Type –
Second Revision.
08. IS : 2361 Specification for Building Grips – First Revision.
09. IS : 2750 Specification for Steel Scaffoldings.
10. IS : 2925 Specification for Industrial Safety Helmets – First Revision.
11. IS : 3016 Code of Practice for Fires Precautions in Welding and Cutting
Operations – First Revision.
12. IS : 3521 Industrial safety belts and harnesses
13. IS : 3696 – Part I Safety Code for Scaffolds and Ladders : Part I – Scaffolds.
14. IS : 3696 – Part II Safety Code for Scaffolds and Ladders : Part II – Ladders.
15. IS : 3764 Safety Code for Excavation Work.
16. IS : 4014 -Part I & II Code of practice for Steel tubular scaffolding
17. IS : 4081 Safety Code for Blasting and Related Drilling Operations.
18. IS : 4082 Recommendations on staking and storage of construction
materials at site
19. IS : 4130 Safety Code for Demolition of Buildings – First Revision.
20. IS : 4138 Safety Code Working in Compressed Air-First Revision
21. IS : 4756 Safety code for Tunneling works
22. IS : 4912 Safety requirements for Floor and Wall Openings, Railings and
toe Boards –First Revision.
23. IS : 5121 Safety Code for Piling and other Deep Foundations.
24. IS : 5916 Safety Code for Construction involving use of Hot Bituminous
Materials.
25. IS : 5983 Specification for Eye Protectors – First Revision.
26. IS : 6922 Structures subject to underground blasts, criteria for safety and
design of
27. IS : 7155 Code of recommended practices for conveyor safety
28. IS : 7205 Safety Code for Erection on Structural Steel Works.

OISD-192

Page 179 of 442

Sr.no Code No. Title

29. IS : 7069 Safety Code for Handling and Storage of Building Materials.
30. IS : 7293 Safety Code for Working with Construction Machinery.
31. IS : 7323 Guidelines for operation of Reservoirs
32. IS : 7969 Safety code for handling and storage of building material
33. IS : 8758 Recommendation for Fire Precautionary Measures in
construction of Temporary Structures and Pandals.
34. IS : 8989 Safety Code for Erection of Concrete Framed Structures.
35. IS : 9706 Code of Practices for construction of Arial ropeways for
transportation of material
36. IS : 9759 Guidelines for de-watering during construction
37. IS : 9944 Recommendations on safe working load for natural and man-
made fibre roap slings
38. IS : 10291 Safety code for dress divers in civil engineering works
39. IS :10386 – Part I Safety Code for Construction, Operation and Maintenance for
River Valley Projects.
40. IS :10386 – Part II Safety Code for Construction, Operation and Maintenance of
River Valley Projects.
41. IS : 11057 Code of practice for Industrial safety nets
42. IS : 13415 Code of Practice on safety for Protective barriers in and around
building
43. IS : 13416 Recommendations for preventive measures against hazards at
working places

OISD-192

Page 180 of 442

 OISD – GDN – 207

FOR RESTRICTED
CIRCULATION ONLY

OCTOBER 2002

CONTRACTOR SAFETY

OISD – GUIDELINES – 207

Oil Industry Safety Directorate

Government of India
Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas

Page 181 of 442

 CONTRACTOR SAFETY

CONTENTS

SECTION DESCRIPTION

1.0 INTRODUCTION

2.0 SCOPE

3.0 DEFINITIONS

4.0 DUTIES / RESPONSIBILITIES

4.1 Owner

4.2 Contractor

4.3 Consultant

4.5 Designer

5.0 SAFETY MANAGEMENT

5.1 Job Safety Analysis (JSA)

5.2 Criteria of a Selection of a Contractor

5.3 Site Planning and Layout

5.4 Gate Entry Procedure

5.5 Training

5.6 Inspection / Audit

5.7 Penalties for non-compliance

5.8 Incident Reporting and Investigation System

5.9 Safety Committee Meetings

5.10 Safety Equipment / Personnel Protective Equipment

6.0 REFERENCES

ANNEXURE I List of BIS codes / Statutory Regulations

ANNEXURE II Checklist for Safety Inspection / Audit

Page 182 of 442

 CONTRACTOR SAFETY

1.0 INTRODUCTION on its behalf, for supervising / co-ordinating

the activities of the contractor/execution
Oil and Gas operations like Drilling, agency.
Production, Refining, Transportation and
Distribution are inherently hazardous. A Contractor / Executing Agency
large number of contractor workforce is
deployed to carry out construction, A physical or legal person/entity having
maintenance and other jobs. The analysis of contractual obligation with the owner, and
the incidents in the Petroleum Sector who deploys one or more worker on the site.
indicates that a large number of incidents
involved contractor workforce and have Contractor Worker
resulted in either casualty or injury besides
leading to property damage and operational It covers all workmen who are either self-
interruptions and environmental degradation. employed or employed through contractor,
the casual workers and includes contractor’s
In order to improve the safety levels of oil supervisor, working at a location / site
installations, the contractor safety is of employed directly by Owner or through their
utmost importance and there is a need to contractor.
institute a good contractor safety system.
Incident
2.0 SCOPE
An incident is an unplanned, uncontrolled,
This standard covers broadly the guidelines unintended or unforeseen event, caused by
on the management system for enhancing unsafe acts and / or unsafe conditions,
the safety levels of the contractor workforce resulting in or having the potential to result in
deployed in construction, maintenance and personal injury and/or property damage.
operation activities in the hydrocarbon
industry. Consultant

The safety precautions to be taken while Consultant is a physical or legal

carrying out different activities during person/entity engaged by owner to provide
construction / maintenance have separately the consultancy services to owner for
been covered in OISD-GDN-192 on "Safety management of the contract on their behalf
Practices during Construction". or as specified.

3.0 DEFINITIONS Designer

Work station/Work site Designer is a physical or legal person / entity

engaged by owner to provide design
A place/unit where the job is carried out by services of a work site.
contractor/executing agency in specified
manner with safety, during construction Owner's Representative / Engineer In
phase or in operation phase. Charge

Owner The Owner’s representative/Engineer-in-

charge is the one, who has been designated
Any physical or legal person/entity for whom
by the owner to manage the contract.
prescribed job is carried out.
Owner's Safety Officer
It shall also include owner's designated
representative / consultant /nominee / agent,
A properly trained person designated by
authorised from time to time to act for and
owner who ensures safety at work site.

Page 183 of 442

 viii) To specify the requirements of
Health, Safety and Environment (HSE)
4.0 DUTIES/ RESPONSIBILITIES (commensurate with the nature of job)
in Pre- Qualification criteria.
4.1 OWNER
ix) To designate Engineer-in-charge
4.1.1 Owner’s Management and safety officer.

The commitment to safety has to be x) To arrange for a multi-

emphasised by the owner by practice by its disciplinary safety audit team to
own management and employees at all conduct surprise / regular safety
levels. The duties and responsibilities of audits and monitor the implementation
owner should include: of the recommendations.

i) To institute a mechanism for xi) To introduce suitable schemes

identification and compliance of all for motivation of the contractor worker
applicable statutory rules & to adhere to safety guidelines.
regulations (Refer Annexure I for a list
of few important Bureau of Indian xii) To review safety practices & their
Standards & statutory regulations). implementation through periodic
surprise visit of the work sites and
ii) To provide specific information to monthly review meeting.
contractors and make workers aware
on the hazards associated with job xiii) To develop the HSE plans and
assigned. incorporate the same in the tender
document.
iii) To provide information about
Risk Mitigation measures available at xiv) To liaise with external agencies
the place of work. like press, public etc and with law
enforcement, regulatory, statutory
iv) To provide the contractor with agencies etc.
information on Owners Safety Plan &
Regulations, Emergency Management xv) To report to statutory agencies
Plan, lockout/ tag out procedure, on safety compliance and accidents, if
confined space entry, work permit any.
system, excavation/trench permit
system etc. 4.1.2 Owner's Representative/Engineer-
in-charge
v) To specify rules (e.g. for security
including access arrangements) and The duties & responsibilities of engineer-in-
safety rules such as fire protection, charge should include:
first aid arrangements, Work Permit
systems etc. i) To ensure that all Contract
requirements including Health, Safety,
vi) To provide comprehensive list of Environment & Security are complied
statutory regulations / standards and with.
specification, to be complied with
during execution of contract, in the ii) To ensure that contractor workforce
tender document itself. deployed is adequately qualified,
trained and in state of health to
vii) To ensure training of the commensurate with the requirements
contractor workforce, medical of the job.
examination, and proper usage of
safety equipment. iii) To ensure that the Tools / Tackles and
Machinery being used are properly

Page 184 of 442

 tested and are in sound working contracts), which is to be considered
conditions and necessary resources in future when selecting contractors.
proposed for providing safe place of
work and necessary PPE are being xii) To ensure that the Consultant,
used. contractor and sub-contractor employ
/ designate qualified & trained Safety
iv) To take the required necessary Engineer / Officer commensurate with
corrective action immediately upon requirement of the job.
noticing or receipt of a report on
noncompliance or any such condition 4.1.3 Owner's Safety Officer
which poses a threat to health, safety The duties & responsibilities of the Owner's
or environment. If during the course of Safety Officer should include:
execution of the contract, any
situation of non-compliance with the i) To assess the hazards associated
contractor's safety and health plan are with jobs in consultation with all
noticed / reported, the same will be concerned and establish safe working
taken up with the contractor for procedure including identification of
correction. In the event of repeated the escape routes.
non compliance, suitable action to be ii) To establish a written record of factors
initiated as per the contract. which can cause injuries and
illnesses.
v) To ensure that the incidents are
reported to all concerned within iii) To undertake routine/surprise
stipulated timeframe. inspections of all work sites and
identify unsafe conditions & practices,
vi) To ensure submission of a plan for if any. Check for compliance of the
safe working (Method Statement) safety practices being followed with
from contractor and approval of the approved HSE Plan.
same by competent person / iv) To investigate promptly the incidents
department. (including near-miss) in order to
advise corrective and/or preventive
vii) To ensure that Work Permit action.
System in line with OISD-STD-105 is
adhered to. v) To maintain statistical information for
use in analyzing all phases of
viii) To ensure availability of all the incidents and events involving
documentation needed for the contract personnel.
execution of contract. vi) To provide the means for complying
with the reporting requirements for
ix) To ensure that the quality controls occupational injuries and illnesses.
have been maintained during
vii) To check whether the proposed
fabrication/erection and all jobs
working arrangements are safe and
required for safe commissioning have
satisfactory, particularly at the
been carried out.
interface between the contractor's
planned work and owner’s existing
x) To ensure safe dismantling of all
facilities.
temporary facilities/connections put
up by the contractor, after completion
viii) To communicate to the
of work.
Contractor the imposed restrictions
which may affect the work/personnel
xi) To compile a report on the safety
such as the temporary closure of a
performance (at the conclusion of
corridor or electrical isolation of
each contract or periodically such as
equipment.
annually for renewable and long-term

Page 185 of 442

 ix) To review and monitor the contractor's iii) To nominate qualified & trained Safety
adherence to approved HSE plan and Engineers / Officers reporting to the
all applicable environmental, health, Site in charge, for supervision, co-
and safety requirements. ordination and, liaison for the
implementation of the safety plan.
x) To ensure that Consultant,
Contractor’s Managers, Supervisors Similar HSE Plan should be
and workmen at all levels (who will implemented at the sub- contractor’s
plan, monitor, oversee and carry out or supplier’s site /office. However the
the work) undergo Health, Safety and compliance with the HSE Plan is to be
Environmental training in their the sole responsibility of the
respective responsibilities with Contractor.
respect to conducting work safely and
with due regard for the protection of iv) To arrange suitable facilities in liaison
the environment. with the owner for drinking water,
toilets, lighting, canteen, crèche etc as
xi) To identify areas of operations where applicable as per Laws/ Legislation at
specialized training is required to deal site and also arrange for workmen
with potential dangers. compensation insurance, third party
liability insurance, registration under
xii) To document and to bring to the ESI / PF act etc as applicable.
attention of the Owner's Supervisor
and Contractor any non- v) To arrange for fire protection
compliance/violation of the safety equipment as per the advice of owner.
norms against approved safety and
health plan or safety and health vi) To ensure that its employees have
requirements and also raise these completed appropriate health and
issues in the Safety Committee safety training as required by the
Meetings. statute / regulation and also as per
requirements of the Owner /
xiii) To take part in Tool Box Consultant. The documentation of
Meetings at random and to ensure such training imparted to all its
maintenance of records. employees should be maintained and
produced for verification as required.
4.2 CONTRACTOR
vii) To comply with all the security
4.2.1 Contractor's Management arrangements of owner.

Duties & responsibilities of the contractor viii) To ensure that the plant and
should include the following: equipment used on-site by him / his
employees is correctly registered,
i) To implement safe methods and controlled and maintained in sound
practices, deploy appropriate working condition.
machinery, tools & tackles,
experienced supervisory personnel ix) To ensure availability of First Aid
and skilled work force etc. required for boxes and First Aid trained attendant.
execution.
x) To ensure that all incidents including
ii) To prepare a comprehensive and near misses are reported to all
documented plan for implementation, concerned immediately.
monitoring and reporting of Health,
Safety and Environment (HSE) and In construction projects where sub-
implement the same after its approval. contractors are engaged, the contractor
should set out the responsibilities, duties
and safety measures that are expected of

Page 186 of 442

the sub-contractor’s workforce. These vi) To take immediate action to correct
measures should include the provision and any violation of safety rules observed
use of specific safety equipment, methods of or reported.
carrying out specific tasks on safety and the
inspection and appropriate use of tools. vii) To ensure that the workers likely
to be exposed to hazardous
The responsibilities indicated separately chemicals/materials have access to
under contractor’s Supervisor, Safety Officer appropriate Material Safety Data
and contract worker are contractually that of Sheets (MSDS), wherever applicable,
the Contractor and legally binding on the and provide necessary mitigation
Contractor only. However the specific measures.
detailing as above has been given
separately for guidance and operational viii) To ensure inspection and
convenience. certification of all tools (hand operated
as well as mechanically operated)
The selection of sub contractors, if being used. Defective tools shall be
employed, should be approved by the immediately removed.
owner. Sub-contractor should comply fully
with all safety rules and conditions ix) To ensure that appropriate warning
applicable to the main contractor. signboards or tags are displayed.

4.2.2 Contractor’s Supervisor / Safety x) To ensure that workers have proper

Officer training for their job assignments,
including use of appropriate PPE and
Duties & responsibilities of the Contractor’s first aid fire fighting equipment.
supervisor/Safety Officer should include the
following: xi) To comply with all applicable safety
and health standards, rules,
i) To ensure strict compliance with work regulations and orders issued by
permit system by carrying out work competent authority pertaining to the
only with appropriate work permits assigned activities.
and after ensuring that all safety
precautions / conditions in the permit xii) To ensure that sick and/or
are complied with and closing the injured workers receive appropriate
same after job completion. first aid and/or medical attention.

ii) To ensure that required guards and xiii) To report each incident and/or
protective equipment are provided, injury in accordance with established
used, and properly maintained. procedures and assist in investigation.

iii) To ensure that tools and equipment xiv) To take necessary action for
are properly maintained and tested. correction of any unsafe act /
condition at the workplace. However,
iv) To plan the workload and assign in case the same is outside the limits
workers to jobs in commensuration of authority, it should be reported to
with their qualification, experience and Owner’s Engineer-in-charge
state of health. immediately.

v) To ensure that the workers xv) To conduct daily inspections to

understand the work to be done, the ensure compliance with safety
hazards that may be encountered, standards, codes, regulations, rules
and the proper precautions/procedure and orders applicable to the work
for carrying out the work safely. concerned.

Page 187 of 442

 xvi) To ensure that workers under iii) To wear PPE as stipulated and
their supervision are aware of their necessary for the job.
responsibilities.
iv) To inform promptly to their supervisor
xvii) To arrange daily tool box regarding all work related incidents
meeting and regular site safety resulting in personal injury, illness
meetings and maintain records in the and/or property damage.
required formats. (Refer Clause 5.9.1)
v) To take all necessary and appropriate
xviii) To arrange stand-by supervisor/ safety precautions to protect
worker where situations so demand. themselves, other personnel and the
environment.
xix) To develop methods and display
banners/posters to inculcate safety 4.3 CONSULTANT
consciousness.
The activities and responsibilities covered
xx) To attend training and ensure under the scope of the Owner may be
participation of his workers for training delegated to the consultant in those cases
as per schedule arranged by the as applicable, based on the respective
Owner / Consultant and keeps himself contract conditions. The primary
updated. responsibility of Consultant is to ensure
compliance with agreed HSE plan for the
xxi) To keep records of number of contract by the Contractor. However those
persons working at the site. responsibilities conferred on Owner as
Principal employer cannot be delegated to
xxii) To keep a constant liaison with consultant.
Engg-in-charge / owners’
representative on safety issues. Where the consultant‘s scope involves
Engineering and Design, those factors under
xxiii) To maintain accident & nearmiss Designer should also be applicable.
record in a register.
In all cases, the Consultant's scope should
xxiv) To ensure that only PPE of the include submission of latest HSE plans for
approved type by owner is used at work under his and Contractor's purview and
site. implementing the same till job completion. It
should conform to owner's overall HSE plan.
A separate Safety Officer should be This should include Guidelines and
assigned, where more than 100 workers are Implementation and Reporting Methodology
employed at site. For smaller jobs, the to be followed with required report formats.
supervisor should assume the role of the
safety officer also. Adequate number of Safety Officers shall be
provided by the Consultant with necessary
4.2.3 Contract workers skills required for the work to be performed.

The duties & responsibilities of the The Consultant shall review the documents
contractor worker should include the submitted by the contractor and advise
following: owner on acceptance as well as advise
suitability and number of Contractor's safety
i) To perform work safely as per the job officers / supervisors.
requirement and instructions.
4.4 DESIGNER
ii) To inform all concerned regarding
unsafe conditions/acts. The Process Designer should identify all
hazards and risks likely to be encountered
during fabrication, erection including

Page 188 of 442

dismantling, Pre-commissioning, accident, causes of injuries and personal
commissioning and Performance run to experience) and determine the
meet the Guarantees and advise the risk preventive measures to overcome these
mitigation measures. hazards
• Apply the controls to the hazards
All the hazards and safety measures to be • Evaluate the controls
adopted while handling Dangerous
chemicals and Catalysts should be detailed 5.2 CRITERIA OF SELECTION OF A
by the Process Licensor and the same CONTRACTOR
should be again included in the scope of the
suppliers. Specific write ups/MSDS should “Contractor Safety” can be ensured to a
be obtained from Patented single source large extent if competent agency for
suppliers also. execution of assignment or job, based on
HSE system agreed upon by owner, is
Designs should recognize, include and apply selected. It is necessary to assess his
safe practice during preparation, capabilities and competencies to perform
construction and subsequent operational work safely.
use and maintenance after completion of the
Project. A databank should be developed for all the
contractors for their past performance on
All documents including drawings and HSE aspects. An attempt should also be
calculations are to be originated, checked made to get similar data from other similar
and approved in accordance with latest industries.
international codes, standards,
specifications and design basis philosophy. The data required will depend upon
complexity involved in the job and type / size
Preferred use of low risk materials, policy of resources required. Format needs to be
on hazardous substances, preferred use suitably developed depending upon size,
of low noise and dust-suppressed nature of the job & hazard associated
equipment etc. should be encouraged. therein. The format designed should also
take care of the skill required to carry out the
5.0 SAFETY MANAGEMENT job.

5.1 JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS (JSA) Performance review is essential for all type
of contractors. It helps in recording actual
Job safety analysis (JSA) provides a performance/experience with contractors
mechanism by which the contractor, safety while the contract is in progress. It is
officer or supervisor take a detailed look at essential that resources agreed as per the
how an individual task is performed and its contract are reviewed at mobilization stage
inherent hazards and preventive measures. for ensuring compliance from the day one
This procedure helps in integrating accepted and thorough effective supervision /
safety and health principles and practices monitoring system are at place.
into a particular operation. In a JSA, each
step of the job is examined to identify This activity also helps in taking timely action
potential hazards and to determine the in case of unsatisfactory performance to
safest way to do the job. correct the situation and ensure safe work
during execution period and deciding about
A job safety analysis includes five steps as suitability of the contractor for future jobs.
below:
The periodicity of such performance review
• Select a job will depend upon size/type/complexity of
• Break the job down into a sequence of contract. However, the performance should
steps be reviewed at least at mobilisation stage
• Identify the hazards against each of and at the end of the contract.
these steps (based on knowledge of

Page 189 of 442

5.3 SITE PLANNING AND LAYOUT vii) Pedestrian pathways and routes
for vehicular traffic (light/heavy
Before starting the construction/maintenance vehicles including material handling
job at existing workplace in operation or equipment) should be earmarked.
green field locations, following should be
ensured: - viii) Artificial lighting to be provided at
places where work continues or
i) Details regarding location of workers pass by after sunset or in
workshop/ fabrication yard, site office, case natural light is insufficient like
stores, laboratory, electrical confined spaces.
installations, placement of
construction machinery, medical and ix) Keep all equipment /machines under
welfare facilities, lighting underground cover to prevent them from dust,
and above ground piping route, cable rain/flood water, heat etc. and follow
route etc. should be decided prior to storage instructions as applicable for
commencement of the work in each of them.
consultation with owner / Consultants
and implementation should be 5.4 GATE ENTRY PROCEDURE
ensured. Layout should be displayed
at strategic locations. Gate entry at any site / workplace / unit is to
be restricted to ensure entry of only
ii) The resources required to meet any authorised persons / vehicles.
emergency situations like fire fighting,
first aid etc. should be planned and 5.4.1 Entry procedure for all contractor
mobilized as per the job requirement. worker should be as follows:

iii) The sequence or order in which work A. Issuance of Pass

to be done and any hazardous
operations or processes should be i) The passes are to be issued after the
identified. owner’s representative/engineer-in-
charge forwards the application of the
iv) Free access to site shall be provided contractor providing complete details
with clear roads, passage, gangways, of the workers being engaged. The
staircases etc. Access to construction contractor may be asked to submit
site should be leveled, open and free Character & Antecedents (C&A)
from any obstructions like verification of individual worker from
construction material or scrap/waste, concerned authorities.
exposure to hazards such as falling
materials, material handling ii) With regard to issuance of passes for
equipment and vehicles. Any pit or all vehicles including material
ditch shall be covered or barricaded. handling equipment, owner’s
representative / engineer-in-charge
v) Arrangements should be made to should forward the application only
maintain good housekeeping at site. after ensuring that all documents
Scrap and debris generated out of pertaining to the fitness of the
construction work should be vehicle/equipment and valid driving
removed/disposed off at a regular license of the driver etc. are available.
interval as directed. Emergency exit
should be provided in case of iii) The passes should be serially
blockade of primary exit. numbered with address, contractor
name, identification mark, signature of
vi) Suitable warning notices and also the the worker etc.
routes to and from welfare facilities
should be displayed prominently. iv) Special colour code for passes should
be used for persons entering different

Page 190 of 442

 areas like Administrative Block, Unit taken with two copies (one for
area, Project Area (wherever preparing the pass and other for
applicable). attachment with gate register).
Specific advice and recommendation
v) Contractor workers engaged on of User Department may be given due
routine basis for long periods should cognizance. Relevant details are to
be provided with monthly photo pass. be written. The pass should be
collected back at the gate after day’s
vi) Special permit is required separately work.
for working beyond normal working
hours and holidays. 5.4.2 Tank Truck Loading (TTL)
Operation :
B. Gate Entry
At the loading / unloading location, a large
i) Entry of the contractor’s employees no. of Tank Trucks of petroleum products
should be permitted with valid gate enter the installation. Crew members are
passes only. generally not regular entrants. The
procedure should be as follows:
ii) Entry of contractor’s workers should
be allowed in presence of authorized i) The gate pass should be issued to the
representative of contractor. individual crew members on written
request of the transporter
iii) Records of persons at the time of mentioning TT registration nos.,
entry/exit should be maintained. License and certificate of training as
per MV rule 9.
iv) At the entry gate of the location, a
physical checking for non-carrying of ii) Character & Antecedent (C & A)
lighter, matchboxes, explosives etc. verification of the TTL crew through
should be carried out. local police is to be done preferably
and record maintained.
v) Gate passes/Identity Cards should be
displayed on persons at all the times. iii) For loading/unloading purpose,
register entry at security gate is
vi) For Mega-projects at existing / made before allowing entry into the
operating installations, it is preferable premises with recording of names of
to have a separate gate for entry of crew members, time of entry, pass
contractor workers and also the Sr. No., TT no. etc.
project areas should be segregated
fencing from operational area by iv) For loading/unloading, crew is allowed
fencing / other physical means. entry alongwith TT only, after
checking of TT from
vii) No vehicle should be allowed to explosive/security point of view.
enter in an operational area without
proper flame arrestor. v) Out time, invoice no., Destination etc.,
are recorded while TTs go out of the
viii) Awareness on Safety through security gate.
training / posters etc. highlighting Do's
and Don'ts should be spread within 5.5 TRAINING
entire contractor workforce.
Video/Audio tapes on Safety Topics Training is to educate contractor workforce
should be played preferably. on various hazards associated with the
job/workplace and on the respective
ix) For occasionally engaged labourers preventive / mitigation measures to avoid
such as for material handling etc., untoward incidents.
spot photograph may be preferably

Page 191 of 442

 i) Workers should be adequately and equipment and protective
suitably: clothing provided to the worker;

(a) informed of potential safety and (f) general measures for personal
health hazards to which they may hygiene and health protection;
be exposed to at their workplace;
(g) fire precautions to be taken;
(b) instructed and trained in the
measures available for the (h) action to be taken in case of an
prevention, control and protection emergency;
against those hazards.
(i) requirements of relevant safety
ii) No person should be employed in any and health rules and regulations.
work at a workplace unless that
person has received the necessary Copies of the relevant safety and health
information, instruction and training so rules, regulations and procedures should be
as to be able to do the work available to workers upon the
competently and safely. The commencement of and upon any change of
competent authority should, in employment.
collaboration with employers, promote
training programs to enable all the
workers to read and understand the
information / instructions related to 5.5.1 Training Techniques
safety and health matters.
a) Lectures
iii) The information, instruction and
training should be given in a language This technique should be applied when it is
understood by the worker and written, required to transfer information in local
Oral, visual and participative language to a large contractor workforce
approaches should be used to ensure with controlled content and time.
that the worker has assimilated the
information. b) Case Study

iv) Every worker should receive This is an effective technique based on the
instruction and training regarding the presentation of case of real events by
general safety and health measures Trainer to highlight probable causes like
common to the workplace. This Human Error, ignorance about the job etc.
should include:
c) Videos
(a) general rights and duties of
workers at the workplace; Videos, an effective technique of
communication, should be used to display
(b) means of access and egress the right techniques of performing a task in a
both during normal working and safe manner and hazards associated with a
in an emergency; job.

(c) measures for good d) Demonstration at site

housekeeping;
Right way to do a job should invariably be
(d) location and proper use of demonstrated to workers at the site itself.
welfare amenities and first aid The right way is also a safe way. Hazards
facilities provided; due to wrong procedures, short cuts and
their adverse effects etc. should also be
(e) proper use and care of the items highlighted.
of personnel protective

Page 192 of 442

5.5.2 Training/Awareness Module and
Frequency iii) Importance of First Aid fire
fighting equipment, their use &
A. General Safety Training to all operations
categories of contractor employees
should be imparted before induction iv) Communication system at the
and annually thereafter. No person installation
should be allowed to enter the
installation without undergoing this v) Fire / Accident Reporting
training. This training program may procedure
cover:
vi) General Safety rules
i) Mandatory uses of PPE like Cotton
clothes, Helmet, Safety Shoes, Safety vii) Safety Measures during
Belts etc. execution of job such as:

ii) Probable Hazards - Welding / Cutting / Grinding

- Working at height
iii) Important Telephone No / Escape - Confined space entry
route - X ray / radiation
- Erection / Dismantling of
iv) First Aid scaffolding
- Tank construction and repairs
v) Use of Fire extinguisher - Handling of chemicals etc.

The contractor workers, if engaged in viii) Importance & use of PPE

operation of the plants/facilities, should be
trained in line with Clause No. 4.6 of OISD- ix) Emergency Routes
GDN-206 on “Safety Management System”.
For other categories of contractor workers, x) Assembly Points
training modules for different category
employees are as follows: xi) Job Specific Training

B. Contractor Supervisor D. Consultant / Contractor

Contractor Supervisor should be trained in Awareness program should be carried out

accordance with the provision of clause no. for Consultant / Contractor at the time of
5.1.1.2, 5.2.7, 5.3.10, 5.6.12 and 5.7.8 of induction. This program should cover at
OISD-STD-154 on 'Safety Aspects in least the following:
Functional Training'
i) Responsibility of contractor for safety
C. Contractor Worker of their personnel and work area

Yearly training programme should be carried ii) Hazardous property of Petroleum

out for contractor worker and the records products and chemical used
should be maintained. The training
programme should cover at least the iii) Communication system
following:
iv) Fire / Accident Reporting procedure
i) Worker responsibility for safety
of himself and work area. v) Medical facility available

ii) Associated hazards with the job vi) Statutory requirements

and job area including
electrical shock hazards.

Page 193 of 442

vii) Importance of First Aid equipment and through site inspection using ready-made
required at the site check lists to ensure that contractors /
agencies abide by the safety rules and
viii) Work Permit system norms while working at operating /
construction sites.
ix) Direct/ Indirect losses due to accident
A checklist, while carrying out different type
x) Safety Measures while executing the of jobs, should be developed based on
jobs such as: hazards associated with the job being
performed and requirements as per OISD-
- Welding / Cutting / Grinding GDN-192 on "Safety Practices during
- Working at height Construction". Typical format is enclosed at
- Confined space entry Annexure II, which should be modified to suit
- X ray / radiation the requirement of the site / job to be done.
- Erection / Dismantling of
scaffolding Before starting the work and at regular
- Tank construction and repairs intervals thereafter, Contractor’s
- Handling of chemicals etc. Supervisor/safety Officer and Owner's
- electrical jobs representative / Engineer-in charge/safety
Officer should inspect as per the checklist so
xi) Safety training needs of their prepared to ensure that contractor has
supervisors and workers prepared to start the work with all safety
precaution required for safe execution of job.
xii) Importance & Use of PPE at the site
5.7 PENALTIES FOR NON-
xiii) General Safety rules at the installation COMPLIANCE

Financial or other type of penalties like

seizure of gate passes, stoppage of work for
E Security Personnel a limited period etc. may be levied on the
contractors or their workers for non-
Training program should be carried out for compliance of safety rules. A provision of
Security personnel at the time of induction suitable accident severity based penalty
and annually thereafter and the records clause for contractor may be incorporated to
should be maintained. The training program ensure adherence of systems and
should cover at least the following: procedures. A few of the usual non-
compliance are as follows:
i) Layout of Plant and Facilities
ii) Vulnerable locations -- Non-usage of PPEs like Safety helmet /
iii) Safety regulations (Statutory and in Safety shoes / Safety goggles /
company) Respiratory protection etc. by the
iv) Fire Protection Facilities and contractor personnel
Locations
v) Role in case of Fire / Disaster -- Non-usage of the safety belt and life line
vi) Emergency Procedure and Drills by the workers while working at height
vii) Industrial First Aid
viii) Use of Personnel Protective -- Non-provision of basic safety
Equipment requirement such as 24 V lamp for
ix) Disaster Management Plan working in confined space, uncertified /
non standard lifting tools, earth leakage
5.6 INSPECTION / AUDIT protection & earthing connections for
electrical appliances as per Indian
Inspection / Audit is a tool to evaluate Electricity Rules, emergency isolation
compliance of all safety requirements. Most switches etc.
of the information could be gathered

Page 194 of 442

-- Violation of Safety Permit conditions like attend these meetings on random basis.
Fire fighting equipment Tool box meeting should be conducted more
frequently depending upon circumstances.
-- Non-barricading of area while rigging, Record of the same can be maintained in
digging etc. the following typical format.

-- Working without valid work permit TOOLBOX MEETING FORM

-- Unauthorised road closure/blockage SUBJECT :

PRESENTER :
5.8 INCIDENT REPORTING AND DATE :
INVESTIGATION SYSTEM TIME : From….. To…..
CONTENT IN BRIEF :
All the incidents including near-miss should
be reported immediately by contractor’s Participant’s Name Signature
Supervisor to Contractor and owner’s
Supervisor/Engineer-in-charge, who should -------------------- ---------------------
inform to Owner’s Safety Officer and owner’s -------------------- ---------------------
Management. Owner’s Safety Department -------------------- ---------------------
will be required for onward reporting as per
OISD, Statutory requirements. 5.9.2 Site Safety Committee Meeting

All accidents regardless of the extent of Primary purpose of this safety committee is
injury or damage should be investigated in to enable owner, contractor and workers to
order to find probable causes, lessons learnt work together to monitor the site safety and
thereof and remedial measures required to health plan so as to prevent accidents and
prevent its recurrence. improve working condition on site. Its size
and membership will depend on the size and
The incident investigation should be done as nature of job.
per provision of clause no. 4.12 of OISD-
GDN-206 on 'Safety Management System' . The safety committee should include
All the recommendations of investigation / representatives of owner, consultant,
Enquiry Report need to be monitored closely contractor identified as safety
for its implementation. A proper record officer/supervisor. It should be headed by
needs to be maintained to ensure Engineer-in-charge.
implementation of all the recommendations
and same should be reviewed from time to The safety committee should have regular
time. and frequent meetings, atleast fortnightly, to
discuss the safety and health program on
5.9 SAFETY COMMITTEE MEETINGS site and to make suggestions for
improvement. The meetings should be
Following three type of safety committee documented with a time bound action plan.
meetings should be held aiming at raising The functions carried out by safety
the level of safety consciousness at the site: committee should include:

5.9.1 Toolbox meeting i) Review compliance of pending items

of last Safety meetings.
To maintain awareness, update training and
convey important safety and health ii) Consideration of the reports of safety
information, contractor supervisors should personnel.
conduct tool box meetings at least weekly
and also prior to start of any work. All the iii) Discussion of accident/near-miss and
contractor workers should attend this illness reports in order to make
meeting. The owner’s supervisor/Engineer- appropriate recommendation for
in-charge and safety officers should also prevention.

Page 195 of 442

 iv) Examination/evaluation of suggestions 2) OISD-GDN-192 on “Safety During
made by workers. Construction”

v) Dissemination of acquired knowledge 3) OISD-STD-155 Part(I&II) on

through training programs and “Personnel Protective Equipment”
information sharing sessions.
4) Building & Other Construction
vi) Discussion & review of Fire Prevention workers (Regulation of Employment
& Disaster Management Plan. & Condition of Service) Act 1996

vii) To send recommendation to

Apex Body for
consideration/approvals.

5.9.3 Safety Review Meeting by

Location Head

This meeting should be headed by the

Location head and attended by Owner’s
Supervisor/Engineer-in-charge, owner’s
safety Officer and all concerned department
heads. Prime purpose of this review is to
ensure that all the recommendations of
various committees are being complied with
and to take decisions on critical points
raised. This meeting should take place at
least once in every quarter. All the
investigation reports/ audit findings with
status of implementation of
recommendations should be discussed.

5.10 SAFETY EQUIPMENT /

PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENT

The type of safety equipment to be used is

decided based on the job requirement.
Selection should be made based on OISD-
GDN-192, OISD-STD-155 (Part I & II) and
the job requirement. Safety equipment /
Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) shall
be of approved make. Contractor shall
provide necessary training to each employee
regarding proper usage and upkeep of PPE
including its limitation.

A register showing stock and issue of PPE

should be maintained by the contractor at
site and must be available for inspection.

6.0 REFERENCES

1) OISD-GDN-206 on “Safety
Management System”

Page 196 of 442

 ANNEXURE I
LIST OF SAFETY CODES FOR CIVIL WORKS PUBLISHED BY BUREAU OF
INDIAN STANDARDS

Sl.no. Code No. Title

1 IS: 818 Code of Practice for Safety and Health Requirements in Electric
and Gas Welding and Cutting Operations – First Revision.

2 IS: 875 Code of practice for Structural safety of buildings: Masonry

walls

3 IS: 933 Specification for Portable Chemical Fire Extinguisher, Foam

Type – Second Revision.

4 IS: 1179 Specification for Equipment for Eye and Face Protection during
Welding – First Revision

5 IS: 1904 Code of practice for Structural safety of buildings: Shallow

foundations

6 IS: 1905 Code of practice for Structural safety of buildings: Masonry

walls

7 IS: 1989 – Part II Leather Safety Boots and shoes for heavy metal industry

8 IS: 2171 Specification for Portable Fire Extinguishers, Dry Powder Type
– Second Revision

9 IS: 2361 Specification of Building Grips – First Revision

10 IS: 2750 Specification for Steel Scaffoldings

11 IS: 2925 Specification for Industrial Safety Helmets – First Revision

12 IS: 3016 Code of Practice for Fires Precautions in Welding and Cutting
Operations – First Revision

13 IS: 3521 Industrial Safety Belts and harnesses

14 IS: 3696 – Part I Safety Code for Scaffolds and Ladders: Part I – Scaffolds

15 IS: 3696 – Part II Safety Code for Scaffolds and Ladders: Part II – Ladders

16 IS: 3764 Safety Code for Excavation Work

17 IS: 4014 – Part I & II Code of Practice for Steel Tubular Scaffolding

18 IS: 4081 Safety Code for Blasting and Related Drilling Operations

19 IS: 4082 Recommendations on stacking and storage of construction

materials at site

20 IS: 4130 Safety Code for Demolition of Buildings – First Revision

21 IS: 4138 Safety Code for working in compressed air – First Revision

Page 197 of 442

22 IS: 4756 Safety Code for Tunneling works

23 IS: 4912 Safety requirements for Floor and Wall openings, Railings and
toe boards – First Revision

24 IS: 5216 – Part I & II Recommendations on safety procedures and practices in

electrical work

25 IS: 5121 Safety code for piling and other deep foundations

26 IS: 5916 Safety Code for Construction involving use of Hot Bituminous
materials

27 IS: 6994 – Part I Specifications for safety gloves: Part I – Leather and Cotton
gloves

28 IS: 5983 Specification for Eye Protectors – First Revision

29 IS: 6922 Criteria for safety and design of structures subject to

underground blasts

30 IS: 7155 Code of recommended practices for conveyor safety

31 IS: 7205 Safety Code for Erection on Structural Steel Works

32 IS: 7069 Safety Code for Handling and Storage of Building Materials

33 IS: 7293 Safety Code for Working with Construction Machinery

34 IS: 7323 Guidelines for operation of Reservoirs

35 IS: 7969 Safety Code for handling and storage of building materials

36 IS: 8758 Recommendation for Fire Precautionary Measures in

construction of Temporary Structures and Pandals

37 IS: 8989 Safety Code for Erection of Concrete Framed Structures

38 IS: 9706 Code of Practices for construction of Arial ropeways for

transportation of material

39 IS: 9759 Guidelines for de-watering during construction

40 IS: 9944 Recommendations on safe working load for natural and

manmade fibre rope slings

41 IS: 10667 Guide for selection of industrial safety equipment for protection
foot and leg

42 IS: 10291 Safety Code for dress divers in civil engineering works

43 IS: 10386 – Part I Safety Code for Construction, Operation and Maintenance for
River Valley Projects

44 IS: 10386 – Part II Safety Code for Construction, Operation and Maintenance for

Page 198 of 442

 River Valley Projects

45 IS: 11057 Code of Practice for Industrial Safety Nets

46 IS: 13415 Code of Practice on safety for Protective barriers in and around
building

47 IS: 13416 Recommendations for preventive measures against hazards at

working places

Statutory Regulations

Latest Statutory Acts and Rules, as given below, may be referred:-

1. The Petroleum Acts 1934 and Petroleum Rules 2002

2. The Factory Act, 1948 (As amended by Factory Amendment Act 1987) and concerned
Factory Rules
3. The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1974 & Rules 1975
4. The Environment (Protection) Act 1986
5. The Manufacturing, Storage and Import of Hazardous Rules 1989
6. The Hazardous Wastes Management (Management & Handling) Rules 1989
7. The Indian Electricity Act 1901 and Rules 1956
8. The Indian Explosive Acts, 1884 & The Indian Explosive Rules 1983
9. The Gas Cylinder Rules 1981and the static & Mobile Pressure Vessels (Unfired) Rules 1981
10. The Indian Boiler Act 1923 and Regulations 1950
11. The Public Liability Act 1991 as amended in 1992
12. The Motor Vehicle act 1988 and Central Motor Vehicle rules 1989
13. Building & Other Construction workers (Regulation of Employment & Condition of Service)
Act 1996

In addition to above, various other statutory acts like EPF, ESIS, Minimum wage act and other
local statutory requirements shall also be complied with.

Page 199 of 442

 ANNEXURE II
CHECK LIST FOR SAFETY INSPECTION / AUDIT

Job ___________ Location _______________ Date of Audit______Frequency _____________

Inspected by __________________ Contractor (s) __________________________

Sl.no. ITEM YES NO NA REMARKS /

ACTION
1.0 PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE):
Are following PPEs being used as per the job requirements?

1.1 Safety Helmets

1.2 Safety Shoes

1.3 Gum Boots

1.4 Safety Belts with life line

1.5 Gloves

1.6 Ear Plug

1.7 Goggles

1.8 Shield Glass

1.9 Face Protection

1.10 Breathing Apparatus

1.11 Canister Mask

1.12 Hand wash / Eye wash/ Respirating filter /

cloth

1.13 Boiler Suit

1.14 Others

2.0 HOUSE KEEPING

2.1 Whether Waste Bins are provided / used

2.2 Are Passageways / Walkways clear?

2.3 Is General neatness O.K.?

2.4 Is the Ground free from oil, grease etc.

and is not found to be slippery?

2.5 Others

Page 200 of 442

3.0 EXCAVATION

3.1 Whether soil stability is checked?

3.2 Whether proper shoring for the excavation

is provided to prevent cave-in for side of
slope >45 Degree?

3.3 Whether proper precautions have been

taken if the excavation is adjoining to
heavy structure like building, street and
roadways?

3.4 While excavating whether proper slope

usually 450 & suitable benches of 0.5 m
width at each 1.5 m depth are provided?

3.5 Whether barricading of 1m height with

glowing caution board is provided for
excavation beyond 1.5m depth?

3.6 Whether excavating earth is placed

beyond 1m of the edge of the trench?

3.7 Whether heavy vehicle movement is

restricted to come too close to the
excavating area?

3.8 Whether necessary precaution is taken

for underground pipes, sewers, cables by
contractors?

3.9 Whether excavation hot work permit is

taken?

3.10 Whether extra precaution is taken for

bailing out water properly while
excavating?

3.11 During rains whether the excavation is

done with extra precaution to prevent
caving in?

3.12 Whether two separate entry/ exit points

with necessary ladders / steps, as per
requirement, have been provided?

3.13 Whether one person is available at all the

time to communicate any hazards noticed
with workers working in deep trenches or
excavation?

3.14 Whether necessary precautions like

Page 201 of 442

 regular gas testing are being taken in
areas having hydrocarbons and LPG so
that no gas accumulation takes place in
the trenches.

3.15 Whether IS: 4081-1986 & Indian

Explosive act & rules for storage, handling
& carrying of explosive material and
execution of blasting operation is
followed?

3.16 Whether in case of mechanised

excavation, caution board is provided for
do’s and don’ts like ‘Nobody to enter’
within one meter of the extreme reach?

3.17 Whether the following are inspected

during excavation work :-
a) Boulder formation encountered
b) Collapsing / development of cracks of
sides
c) Marked damage to support
d) Unexpected fall of ground
e) Inspection of site after each blast.

3.18 Others

4.0 PERMITS

4.1 Whether valid work permit is issued to

start any work?

4.2 Whether all conditions of the permit are

fulfilled before starting the job?

4.3 As noted in the permit, whether

compliance of all the recommendations
are ensured?

4.4 Whether permits are available at work site

all the times?

4.5 Whether hot work permit registered in fire

station?

4.6 Whether permits are being closed after

the completion of job?

4.7 Others

5.0 SAFETY IN CUTTING / WELDING/GRINDING

5.1 Whether LPG / Oxygen / Acetylene/ Gas

Page 202 of 442

 cylinders are kept outside only while
working in confined space?

5.2 Are Acetylene /LPG cylinders kept in

upright position and secured at
designated places under shed – wet
gunny bags wrapped around it if the same
is under sun at designated place?

5.3 Check cylinder and cylinder valves for any

kind of damage?

5.4 Whether protective valves are kept on

cylinder while not in use?

5.5 Whether proper means and method for

transportation of cylinders to avoid
dropping and rolling are being adopted /
followed?

5.6 Whether gas cylinders, regulators are

kept away/free from oil and grease?

5.7 Whether all hoses were found to be free

of any damage or crack?

5.8 Whether oxygen and acetylene cylinders

are stored separately?

5.9 Whether color coding is being used for

easy identification of different type of
cylinders and hoses?

5.10 Whether cylinder keys are available near

the cylinder?

5.11 Whether gas torches with NRV with flash

back arrestor of approved make are only
being used?

5.12 Whether pressure gauges are in working

condition and checked from time to time?

5.13 Whether welding shields are used while

welding?

5.14 Whether proper earthing for welding

machines are provided?

5.15 Whether power is taken from approved

sources (welding receptacles)?

5.16 Whether welding receptacles are properly

grounded?

Page 203 of 442

5.17 Whether welding cables are maintained in
good condition and without any joints/
cuts?

5.18 Whether to avoid short circuit, welding

machines are protected against rain?

5.19 Whether earth connectors are securely

connected to the job and not to the
adjoining pipeline or structure?

5.20 Whether flame arrestor of DG set is of

approved make and quality?

5.21 Others

6.0 SAND / SHOT BLASTING

6.1 Whether sand blasting is used only after

getting approval from competent
authority?

6.2 Whether air compressor used for sand /

shot blasting are positioned away from
work place?

6.3 Whether exhaust of the prime mover is

directed away from the work place?

6.4 Whether in case of motor driven

compressor, the body of the motor as well
as the compressor is properly earthed?

6.5 Whether line operator of sand/shot

blasting wear suitable PPEs including
mask?

6.6 Whether adequate measures are adopted

to confine dust/spray particles?

6.7 Whether adequate measures are taken

for proper ventilation while the work is
done in confined space?

6.8 Others

7.0 SAFETY WHILE WORKING AT HEIGHTS / SCAFFOLDING / LADDERS

7.1 Whether work permit is obtained to take

up work at height above 3 mts?

7.2 Whether steel pipes scaffoldings are used

in unit/off site areas?

Page 204 of 442

7.3 Whether provision for suitable platform
with all scaffoldings are made? Whether
its construction is as per specification with
toe board and railing?

7.4 Whether the area below working at height

is cordoned?

7.5 Whether suitable platform is provided?

7.6 Whether ISI approved quality and good

condition safety belts are used while
working at heights?

7.7 Whether life line of safety belt is

Anchored to an independent secured
support capable of withstanding load of a
falling person?

7.8 Whether the area around the scaffold is

cordoned off to prohibit the entry of
unauthorized person?

7.9 Whether ropes used are of good condition

and adequate strength free of defects?

7.10 Whether ladder is placed at secured and

leveled surface?

7.11 Whether it is extended 1.5 Mts. Above the

landing point?

7.12 Whether ladder used are of adequate

length and tying short ladder is avoided?

7.13 Whether metallic ladders are placed away

from electrical system?

7.14 Whether tools or materials are removed

after completion of the day’s job at
heights?

7.15 Whether a valid permit is obtained before

taking up work on asbestos or fragile
roof?

7.16 Whether sufficient precaution is taken

while working on fragile roof?

7.17 Whether provision is made to arrange

duck ladder, crawling board for working at
fragile roof?

7.18 Whether scaffolding has been erected on

rigid / firm / levelled surfaces only?

Page 205 of 442

7.19 Whether scaffold has been inspected by
competent person prior to being put in
use?

7.20 Whether the scaffolding has been

designed for the load to be borne?

7.21 Whether the erection and dismantling of

the scaffolding is being done only by
trained persons and under supervision?

7.22 Whether safety net with proper working

arrangement and life line has been
provided?

7.23 Others

8.0 SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACE

8.1 Whether a permit is obtained to enter a

confined space?

8.2 Whether gas test for hydrocarbon, toxic

gas, oxygen level is obtained before
entering any confined space?

8.3 Whether adequate oxygen level is

ensured in confined space before
entering? If not, whether all precaution
like using of Breathing Apparatus set is
ensured?

8.4 Whether, in case of chance of ingress of

hydrocarbon gases / toxic gases,
Personnel Monitoring System (PMS) is
used or not?

8.5 Whether only in presence of a supervisor,

worker enters in confined space?

8.6 Whether provision of sufficient means of

entry and exit is available?

8.7 Whether provision of ventilation to remove

welding fumes, dust, exhaust gases are
made?

8.8 Whether provision of 24V (Hand lamps

with cage as per OISD-STD-155) light for
working inside space is made?

Page 206 of 442

8.9 Is it strictly ensured that a stand-by
trained person is standing outside before
a person enters a confined space and
communication is being maintained all the
time with workers working inside?

8.10 Whether life belt with one end under

control of stand-by person outside is kept
while working in confined space?

8.11 Whether Personnel protective Equipment

are in good condition as specified in the
permit?

8.12 Whether absence of Hydrogen Sulfide,

CO or other toxic gas is ensured before
entering into a confined space? If yes,
whether proper required PPE like BA,
Gas Mask are used.

8.13 Whether boxing up is being done only as

per the approved procedures and by
competent persons?

8.14 Whether all the safety precautions listed

in OISD-GDN-192 are taken while
working in sewers, OWS etc.?
8.15 Whether proper house keeping is being
maintained inside the confined space?

8.16 Whether training has been provided to

workers working in the confined space
and the workers only of sound health are
being asked to work in the confined
space?

8.17 Others

9.0 SAFETY IN MATERIAL HANDLING

9.1 Whether all lifting tools, tackles,

machines, chains, ropes etc. are of sound
construction, made of sound material and
maintained in good condition?

9.2 Whether safe working load, date of testing

visibly marked/painted on the equipment?

9.3 Whether lifting tools, tackles are of

adequate strength for the load to be
handled?

9.4 Whether all parts including the working

gears fixed or movable of every lifting
machine, chain, rope, tackles specify the

Page 207 of 442

 following condition:

a) Thoroughly examined by competent

person at least once a year or such
interval as required by statutory
authority.

b) Document of such examination are

maintained and produced to owner
supervisor before use of particular
equipment?

9.5 Whether chain blocks and cables are

inspected before each use to assure their
sound condition?

9.6 Whether hoist and lift if used are:

a) Properly maintained and thoroughly

examined by competent authority at
least once in every year.

b) A register to be maintained to record

particulars of such examination in
prescribed forms and shall be
produced to the owner supervisor
before use.

9.7 Whether area below the movement of

boom of crane is cleared to avoid injury
from falling objects?

9.8 Whether it is ensured that crew of truck

leave the truck in crane handling area
before starting loading / unloading, if not
involved in rigging operation?

9.9 Whether transporting material from one

place to another is done by suitable
means?

9.10 Whether carrier with sufficient capacity

without projecting parts is used for
transporting materials?

9.11 Whether riggers engaged are well trained

and conversant with signaling procedures
including night signalling if required?

9.12 Whether permission of authorized person

is obtained before working on or near an
overhead crane?

9.13 Whether trained riggers are available all

the time along with crane?

Page 208 of 442

9.14 Whether barricading has been done to
ensure no unauthorised person enters in
the working area of the crane?

9.15 Whether lifting plan has been prepared

and approved before start of the work?

9.16 Whether route of crane movement has

been planned before the crane moves out
of the garage?

9.17 Whether it has been ensured that no

electrical cable come within 3 metres or
safe distance from the boom of the
crane?

9.18 Whether boom is being kept in the

horizontal position or locked while idling?

9.19 Whether material is being stacked /

destacked in trucks with the help of
wedges to ensure no slippage while
loading / unloading takes place?

9.20 Whether the forklift / crane is being

operated only by trained person?

9.21 Others

10.0 ELECTRICAL SAFETY

10.1 Has the Electrical Line Clearance

procedure been followed involving
electrical and other concerned Dept. and
filling of formats?

10.2 Have Danger Signs with Voltage rating/

Men at work signboards been displayed
at both Sub Station as well as the work
site?

10.3 Has the contractor worker understood the

electrical circuit on which he is going to
work with probable electrical hazards and
mitigation measures to be adopted?

10.4 Whether contractor has engaged

electrician (s) having valid electrical
licence in line with provisions in Indian
Electricity Rules?

Page 209 of 442

10.5 Have all checks prior to switching
operation been carried out and
authorisation of owner/ user section
obtained subsequently?

10.6 Have all earthing links on electrical

conductors removed before charging the
line/ apparatus?

10.7 Have PPE as prescribed under Indian

Electricity Rules been in place, kept
healthy and used?

10.8 Are earthing and bonding arrangement of

non-current carrying metallic parts in line
with provisions of Indian Electricity Rules
– 1956 amended time to time as IS:
3043?

10.9 Have electrical part of OISD-GDN-192

and Clause No. 9.0 for Temporary
installations in OISD-173 been
understood and followed wherever
applicable?

10.10 Are flexible wires having voltage of 240

volts above earth potential taken through
PVC conduits?

10.11 Whether portable hand lamps with a

voltage rating of not more than 24 volts
used with flameproof enclosures in
confined spaces within columns, vessels
etc?

10.12 Have the Switches, MCBs, fuses etc.

been inspected for proper ratings?

10.13 Has Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (

ELCB) been used on the incoming side to
protect against leakage of current? Is the
device tested every time the work is
started?

10.14 Whether all portable appliances are

provided with insulated Three pin Plugs
and socket arrangement?

10.15 Whether industrial type extension boards

and plug sockets are used?

10.16 Has the electrical equipment brought to

site by contractor been inspected by
owner’s supervisor/ safety officer for
damage/cuts/abrasion etc? Is record of

Page 210 of 442

 Insulation Resistance, wherever required ,
being kept?

10.17 Have standard practices for termination of

conductors/ cables been followed (e.g.
use of proper lugs, crimping tool, cable
glands etc)? Is cable armour in continuity
from feeding point to load?

10.18 Are the Contractor supervisor and

workmen well acquainted with first aid for
electrical shock?

10.19 Are the wires/ cables identifiable along

their route towards the load by using
colour coding and/or markers?

10.20 Others

11.0 ROAD WORK

11.1 Whether site is barricaded and provided

with warning signs including night warning
lamps/ self glowing markers at
appropriate location for diversion of
traffic?

11.2 Whether mixing aggregates with bitumen

is done with the help of batch mixing
plants? If no, whether adequate
precautions have been taken?

11.3 Whether road rollers, bitumen sprayers,

pavement finishers are driven by
experienced drivers with valid driving
licenses?

11.4 Whether the worker handling hot bitumen

sprayers or spreading bitumen aggregate
mix or mixing bitumen with aggregate are
provided with PVC hand gloves rubber
shoes with pegging upto knee joints?

11.5 Others

12.0 FORM WORK, REINFORCEMENT

12.1 Whether form work, shuttering, shoring

etc. are adequately designed and
provided to erect the structure and to
support the expected load?

Page 211 of 442

12.2 Whether staging (support) for shuttering is
designed for loads like worker movement,
impact load and other incidental loads
during construction?

12.3 Whether workers use PPEs at work site?

12.4 Whether all safety procedures are

adopted while cutting rod?

12.5 Whether proper staging and bundling is

provided for supplying rods at height?

12.6 Whether sufficient cross bracings are

provided for high staging works at
vulnerable points?

12.7 Others

13.0 CONCRETING

13.1 Whether the concreting area is

barricaded?

13.2 Whether vibrator hoses, pumping

concrete accessories are in healthy
condition and mechanically strong?

13.3 Whether it is ensured that no pipe line in

concrete pumping system is attached to
any temporary strut such as scaffolds
etc.?

13.4 Whether it is checked that safety guards

around moving parts are provided in
concrete mixer/ machines?

13.5 Whether earthing of electrical mixers,

vibrator etc. are checked?

13.6 Whether entry of unauthorised person in

the concreting area is restricted?

13.7 Whether adequate lighting arrangement is

made in the concreting area if working
during night?

13.8 Whether PPEs like gum boots, gloves and

dust masks etc. are being used?

13.9 For overhead or underground work,

whether form work and shuttering have
been checked so that the same do not
collapse during concreting?

Page 212 of 442

13.10 Others

14.0 DEMOLISHING (DEMOLISHING BY BLAST NOT CONSIDERED)

14.1 Has the stability of structure been

examined by competent person and found
OK?

14.2 Are non-sparking tools being used, if

required?

14.3 Is intermittent clearing operation being

done to keep the area reasonably tidy and
clean?

14.4 Whether effective barricading has been

provided?

14.5 Whether Electrical and other facilities like

water, oil, gas pipelines have been
isolated/protected?

14.6 Whether the plan of demolition (including

sequence of activities) has been prepared
and approved prior to start of the work?

14.7 Others

15.0 RADIOGRAPHY

15.1 Are safety precautions for handling of

source as per guidelines of BARC being
followed?

15.2 Is the potency of the source being used

within acceptable limits as per the BARC
regulations?

15.3 Is the area being cordoned with proper

signs during radiography?

15.4 Does proper place exist as per BARC

regulations for storage of source /
Personnel safety equipment?

15.5 Does the radiographer has valid

certificate of radiography from competent
authority (BARC)?

15.6 Is radiographer using Exposure Meter /

Dosi Meter?

15.7 Whether minimum occupancy of the

Page 213 of 442

 premises / workplace is being ensured
while radiography is in progress?

15.8 Is permit system being followed?

15.9 Others

16.0 ADDITIONAL SAFETY PRECAUTION FOR UNITS WITH HYDROCARBONS

16.1 Are jobs being carried out with a valid

work permit only as per OISD-STD-105
"Work Permit System".

16.2 Is smoking prohibited in all places

containing combustible or flammable
materials and "No Smoking" notices
prominently displayed.

16.3
Are only approved type electrical
installations and equipment, including
portable lamps, being used?

16.4 Are oily rags, waste, wooden materials

and clothes or other substances liable to
spontaneous ignition being removed?

16.5 Are the combustible materials properly

shielded in case same cannot be
removed from the area?

16.6 Has welding screens (like metal/asbestos/

water curtain) been put up to protect other
equipment / facilities/ OWS/ drains in
adjoining areas against flying sparks, as
may be required?

16.7 Is Gas-testing being done with the means

of a calibrated Gas detection Meter prior
to start of Hot work and being done
subsequently at regular intervals as per
the requirement?
16.8 Are regular inspections being done of
places where there are fire risks like in the
vicinity of heating appliances, electrical
installations and conductors, stores of
flammable and combustible materials,
welding and cutting operations?

16.9 Are fire-extinguishing equipment being

placed at strategic locations and are kept
well maintained and inspected at suitable
intervals by a competent person.

16.10 Are access to fire-extinguishing

equipment such as hydrants, portable

Page 214 of 442

 extinguishers and connections for hoses
kept clear at all times?

16.11 Are all supervisors and a sufficient

number of workers trained in the use of
fire-extinguishing equipment?

16.12 Are audio means, to give warning in case

of fire provided, audible in all parts of the
site where persons are liable to work?

16.13 Is there an effective evacuation plan in

place so that all persons are evacuated
speedily without panic?

16.14 Others

17.0 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

17.1 Is signaling / siren system effective?

17.2 Is arrangement for rescuing affected

person adequate?

17.3 Are signs showing emergency exit route

installed?

17.4 Is emergency exit route clear of

obstacles?

17.5 Is communication system adequate?

17.6 Whether emergency vehicle with driver

has been provided to meet any
emergency situation?

17.7 Does any tie-up with hospitals or local

doctors exist?

17.8 Has the assembly point for workers in

case of emergency been identified and
earmarked?

17.9 Has training been provided to a few

workers for First Aid?

17.10 Others

18.0 WELFARE FACILITIES

18.1 Is hygienic conditions prevailing at labour

camps?

18.2 Are First Aid facilities available?

Page 215 of 442

18.3 Does proper sanitation exist at site office
and labour camps?

18.4 Does any arrangement of medical

facilities like tie ups with nearby hospital
exist?

18.5 Is proper drinking water facility available

for workmen & staff?

18.6 Are crèches provided for children (if

applicable)?

18.7 Is any proper place/canteen/restroom

provided for eating food and taking rest?

18.8 Is any place earmarked for storing /

keeping clothing?

18.9 Is Adequate washing facility available?

18.10 Does proper ventilation at working place

exist?

18.11 Others

19.0 GENERAL

19.1 Are illumination levels at workplace and

passages adequate?

19.2 Is communication system adequate?

19.3 Are display and caution boards provided

at strategic locations?

19.4 Are road barriers being used for blocking

any roads/passage?

19.5 Has the structure been adequately

secured against storm/high winds during
construction/ erection?

19.6 Are the equipment properly earthed?

19.7 Are vehicles being checked like brakes,

oil, lights etc. on regular basis?

19.8 Is compressed air being used only for its

intended purpose and not for any other
purpose?

19.9 Are only proper clothes and not loose

clothes being used while working around

Page 216 of 442

 machinery?

19.10 Are nails or other sharp objects being

removed or bent?

19.11 Are machine guards over moving parts of

machinery such as coupling, pulley, wheel
etc. installed?

19.12 Whether after maintenance of machinery

the guards are securely fitted before
putting into operation?

19.13 Are working platforms / gangways

provided with hand rails & toe guards?

19.14 Are swing platforms provided with chains

& secured adequately when not in use?

19.15 Are the approaches to work sites being

maintained & kept clear of obstacles?

19.16 Whether engines of equipment entering

into the operating area have exhaust and
muffler system with approved spark
arrestor?

19.17 Whether vehicles/engine driven

equipment, electrical equipment and tools
used are certified?

19.18 Whether contractors inform his workers

about hazards and safe procedures?

19.19 Whether sufficient care is taken so that

spark do not go outside working
enclosure & falls below?

19.20 Whether contractor’s qualified / trained

supervisor is present?

19.21 Whether all exhausts of engines are

provided with approved type of flame
arrestors and exhaust is not facing toward
the place where the workers are working?

19.22 Others

Signature of the Auditor

Page 217 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Page 2 of 42

Index

Clause No. Name

1.1 General
1.2 First Aid and Industrial Injuries
1.3 Carrying Match Boxes / Lighters and No Smoking
1.4 Work Permits
1.5 Safety Permit
1.6 Vessels Entry Permit
1.7 Entry Pass for Men and Machinery
1.8 Owner’s Fire Fighting Facilities
1.9 Operation of Vehicles
1.10 Contractors Barricades
1.11 Working at Heights and Scaffolding
1.12 Excavation and Trenching
1.13 Demolition
1.14 Personal Protective Equipment
1.15 Bombs, Unattended Baggage’s / Objects
1.16 Risky Places
1.17 Use of Hoisting and Heavy Equipment
1.18 Electrical Equipment and System
1.19 Maintenance of Safety Devices
1.20 Display of Safety Instructions
1.21 Personal Conduct
1.22 Housekeeping
1.23 Enforcement of Safety Regulations
1.24 Radiography
1.25 Temporary Structure / Fixtures
1.26 Compressed Gas Cylinders
1.27 Actions for compliance by Contractors
1.28 Penalties for Violation/Non-Adherence of Safety Procedures and Practices
1.29 Compensation in case of accidents
1.30 Emergency Response Plan
1.31 Special Conditions of Contract of Environmental Management System
1.32 Details of HSE Management System by Contractor

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 218 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 3 of 42

1.1 General

1.1.1 The Contractor’s employees and labour, engaged in the performance of the Work,
shall adhere to safe construction practice and guard against hazardous or unsafe
working conditions and shall comply with the Owner’s Safety Rules as set forth herein.
The safety rules specified herein are in addition to and not in substitution of the
applicable provisions of the Factories Act, 1948, The Contract Labour Act 1970, and
other statutory provisions, which in all cases shall apply.

1.1.2 Contractor’s employees shall abide by the Fire & Safety rules and regulations of the
Refinery since the job is to be done in the operational area. The contractor shall
ensure smooth construction activities/ hot works may be suspended temporarily as per
the instruction of the Engineer-in- Charge / Site Engineer / Fire & Safety Engineers.
Any extra claim for whatsoever reasons for such suspension of the work will not be
entertained.

1.1.3 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extra or additional payment or other
compensation for the compliance with all applicable safety rules.

1.1.4 The requirement to comply with all applicable safety rules shall not entitle or justify the
Contractor to demand or claim any time or cost overrun.

1.1.5 Contractor shall post a qualified and experienced ‘Safety Manager’ and provide Safety
Engineers / Officers / Supervisors in every shift, to exclusively oversee and ensure
compliance with all applicable safety rules. Contractor shall notify the name of the
safety manager / officer along with their bio-data to the head of F&S department of
owner.

1.1.6 "The contractor/his workmen/supervisor shall fully adhere to the security instructions
issued by Management from time to time.

1.1.7 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep those engaged in the Work duly
and promptly informed of any patent and latent dangers at the work sites. The
Contractor shall undertake safety talks with his staff and labourers each day before the
commencement of the work and outline dangers on site.

1.1.8 The Contractors shall not employ minors (persons below the age of 18 years) in any
part of the refinery. Also, the women workers shall not be engaged in hazardous
areas. Notwithstanding the requirement under any applicable law, the Owner or the
Engineer-in-charge, may at any time require the Contractor to subject any contract
workman, to a medical examination, generally or in relation to specific jobs such as in
canteen, tank cleaning, work at height, etc.

1.1.9 Female employee shall not be allowed to bring their child to workplace inside Refinery
premises. Contractor shall make suitable arrangement in case need, outside Refinery
premises at his own cost.

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 219 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 4 of 42

1.1.10 The weekly safety report should be submitted in the prescribed format.

1.1.11 For any damage done by the contractor’s employees to the existing facilities of the
Refinery, the contractor shall be solely responsible to make good as per the instruction
of the Engineer-in-Charge / site engineer.

1.1.12 For any overhead work contractor has to arrange necessary safety belt for his
workman at his own cost.

1.1.13 Contractors are prohibited from using Cellular phones within the Refinery premises,
except to the extent permitted by the Owner by special or general order / instruction.

1.1.14 Contractor’s personnel shall abide by the applicable instructions as may be issued
from time to time to handle any emergency situations, such as explosion, fire, terrorist
attacks, major accident, etc. In the event of such emergencies, the Contractor’s
personnel shall stop their work and proceed to a safe designated place assembly point
in the area of their work and inform the Engineer-in-Charge immediately. If needed,
they shall be safely evacuated.

1.1.15 The contractor/his workmen/supervisor shall fully adhere to the security instructions
issued by management from time to time.

1.1.16 The contractor shall ensure that the workmen working with him comply with safety
rules mentioned in the “Safety booklet for Contractor and their employee”. Booklet can
be had free of cost from CPCL’s Fire & Safety Dept.

1.1.17 Contractor personnel shall stop their work and proceed to a safer area in the event an
emergency arises they are working like, in case of fire, oil spillage, power failure, etc.
Before re-commencement of the job they should obtain fresh clearance of supervisor
of area involved.

1.1.18 List of electronic equipments/gadgets brought inside refinery by contractor for official
purpose shall be submitted to the security at Main Gate.

1.1.19 Storage of hazardous / flammable / Radio-active material in the contractor shed is

prohibited unless permitted by CPCL Engineer-in-charge.

1.2 First Aid and Industrial Injuries :

1.2.1 Contractor shall ensure maintenance of first aid facilities for his employees and those
of his sub-contractors. However, if practicable and available, emergency first-aid
treatment may be obtained from Owner’s First Aid Center / Emergency Care Center.

1.2.2 The contractor has to maintain the following at job site : First Aid Box with required
medicines, Safety Register, Injury Record, Records of weekly staff safety meeting,
Record for safety briefing / Training at site by contractor

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 220 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 5 of 42

1.2.3 Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the transportation and treatment of
his employees and those of his sub-contractors suffering injuries. Name and telephone
numbers of those providing such services shall be prominently displayed in
Contractor’s Site Office.

1.2.4 All cases of personal injury sustained by the Contractor’s personnel within the
premises of the Owner shall be promptly reported in writing to the Engineer-in-charge /
Emergency Care Center / Owner’s Safety Department, if occurring during normal
working hours and to the Shift Manager or Emergency Care Center of the Owner if
occurring at other times. The date on which the injured workmen returned back to work
shall be reported to Engineer-in-charge / CLM cell / Owner’s Safety Department

1.2.5 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any and all liability under the Workmen’s
Compensation Act, and other applicable laws with respect to all those engaged by the
Contractor or any sub-contractor.

1.2.6 All personnel injuries sustained by contractor personnel and damages to vehicle and
property, no matter how slight they are, shall be promptly reported to the concerned
department and safety department during normal working hours and to the Refinery
Shift Manager (RSM), other than normal working hours.

1.2.7 Medical treatment for injured contractor personnel will be entirely the responsibility of
contractors.

1.2.8 Any questions or doubts on the safety regulations enumerated in this booklet or the
generally accepted safety working practices may be clarified with the concerned
department of safety section.

1.3 Carrying Match Boxes / Lighters and No Smoking :

1.3.1 Carrying / Striking of matches, lighters inside the Owner’s premises or smoking within
the refinery, tank farm or dyke limits are strictly prohibited. Owner’s regulatory officials
shall be entitled to forthwith remove, using force if necessary, anyone violating the ‘No
Smoking’ and other fire safety rules.

1.3.2 Any contractor’s employee who is found smoking or in the possession of matchbox or
lighter or any other means of ignition in a prohibited area will be turned out from the
premises of the Refinery. Suitable action as decided by the Management will also be
taken against the contractor/contractor’s employees.

1.4 Work Permits:

1.4.1 Contractor shall obtain the necessary entry permits for all his labour before
commencing the job and abide by the instructions in this regard.

1.4.2 A hot work permit issued by the concerned department or area-in-charge must cover
any work carried out within Refinery. In addition a clearance must be obtained from the

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 221 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 6 of 42

concerned department’s officer or supervisor prior to commencement of any job. A hot

permit is required for:

Any work involving open flames, spark such as welding, gas cutting, soldering,
grinding, concrete breaking, use of hurricane lamps and internal combustion driving
vehicles / Radiography / Crane lifting / Vessel entry.

Sand blasting, Trucks, Jeeps, Cranes, Lifts, Cars or any kind of vehicle driven by an
internal combustion engine or by batteries

Use of gasoline, diesel or electrical power engines or tools.

Entry of vehicles inside battery limits of process area within tank dykes and adjacent
to pump houses and loading gantries etc.

1.4.3 The contractor shall ensure that all labourers / supervisors engaged by him will carry
identify Card/Photo Pass displayed on their person during working hours at the work
place in/out side Refinery for their easy identification

1.4.4 The contractor shall not commence the job without the valid permit for the area and for
the job. The following are the types of permits / clearances to be obtained by the
contractor as per the requirement of the job: Clearance from the area-in-charge and
shift engineer, Cold work / excavation permit, hot work permit, working at height /
depth permit, working in confined area / vessel entry permit, Electrical isolation &
Energisation permit, any other permits

1.4.5 Before starting any work, contractor shall apply at least one day ahead for fire & safety
permit for excavation, electrical, gas welding and cutting work to Engineer-in-Charge of
work/ works who in turn will arrange for such permits. The contractor shall take all the
precautions given in the permit before starting of the work to the full satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-Charge of the sections. On account of operational problem it is possible
that the clearance and permit may get delayed for which the contractor shall not ask
for the idle charges. Fire equipment such as fire extinguishers, fire hoses, control type
nozzles, personal protective equipment, Blow man air apparatus etc required for safety
precautions are to be arranged by contractor himself. However in case of emergency
on authorization from Engineer-in-Charge those items will be issued from the
Refinery’s Fire Station on chargeable basis and shall be returned after completion of
the work / works in working conditions, to the full satisfaction of the Fire & Safety
Officer. In case of any damage to the fire & safety equipments issued or used by the
contractor, the contractor shall bear the cost of such damage in full and the same will
be recovered from his bills.

1.4.6 Safety measures stipulated in the respective Work Permits shall be strictly complied at
all times when within the premises of the Owner.

1.4.7 Owner reserves the right to cancel a work permit without assigning reasons. When
called upon to stop the work by the Engineer-in-charge, the Contractor shall

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 222 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 7 of 42

immediately cease to continue the work. Before re-commencement, fresh work permit
must be obtained.

1.4.8 The Engineer-in-Charge reserves the right to terminate the contract and forfeit any or
all amounts due to him in case he finds that the precautions written on the permit are
not strictly adhered to by the Contractor.

1.4.9 Open fire such as burning of wood, coal etc. is strictly prohibited inside the battery
area.

1.4.10 While carrying out the hot job, the contractor and his workmen must ensure the
following safety measures and job should not be carried out without these :

• Valid hot job permit,

• Availability of tested and proper fire extinguisher at the work places

• provision of running fire water hose at work place.

1.4.11 All Flammable / combustible materials should either be removed from the work place
or should be properly protected.

1.5 Safety Permit

1.5.1 The contractors must obtain the safety permit from the area in-charge of the
concerned department, prior to the starting of the job as stated below:

a) Entry of personnel into any process area of storage facilities that has been in
service.

b) Entry into hazardous area where chemicals and hazardous materials are either in
use or stored.

1.6 Vessels Entry Permit

1.6.1 Contractor must obtain this permit prior to the start up of the job, column, vessels,
tanks or any enclosed area where the chemicals or hazardous materials is either used
or stored into it. It is the contractor’s duty to see that daily, the above permits are
obtained from the area-in-charge till the completion of the job. All points stipulated in
the permit must be strictly complied with.

1.6.2 Contractor shall ensure the following at the time of entry into the vessels: Stand by
persons, provision of exhaust fan & use of breathing apparatus

1.7 Entry Pass for Men and Machinery

1.7.1 Refinery is an operational area, therefore, contractor and his employee shall observe
all fire & safety regulations of the refinery and shall so organise his work as not to
interfere with the running of the Refinery in any manner whatsoever. The contractor

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 223 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 8 of 42

shall ensure that their staff/workmen carry with them valid passes/work permits etc for
proper identification inside the battery area.

1.7.2 Contractor shall arrange to apply for and secure valid gate passes for the entry and
exit of his men, materials and equipment, including those of the sub-contractors, from
the concerned authorities of the Owner.

1.7.3 The complete job is to be carried out within the running unit of Refinery. The
Contractor shall take all necessary safety precautions and obtain required certificates/
fire permits / safety/ work permits etc. from the competent authority before carrying out
any hot works during the execution of the entire works covered by this tender. Safety
barricade wherever necessary are to be put up at his own cost.

1.7.4 The Contractor shall make his own arrangements of Gate Pass with photo for his
employees as prescribed and instructed by the Security dept. i.e. CISF, and Contract
Labour Management Cell (CLM) at his own cost, each gate pass has to be endorsed
by the Security Officer of the Refinery before the pass be used by any employee. In
case of termination of the service of any of his employee during the contractual period,
the contractor shall have to surrender the Gate Pass issued to the employees to the
Security Dept. At the end of the project all the gate passes endorsed by the Security
Dept. for use of the contractor’s employees shall have to be returned.

1.7.5 The contractor shall ensure that their workmen/ supervisors shall not move to other
places other than their work premises without proper permission / authorisation.

1.7.6 The contractor shall ensure verification of antecedents of the labourers/ supervisors
from Polices / Sarpanch/ other officials before they are engaged by him. No person
having adverse antecedent shall be employed by the contractor. The contractor shall
be held responsible for all the acts carried out by his workmen.

1.8 Owner’s Fire Fighting Facilities :

1.8.1 Fire hydrant water shall never be used by the Contractor, directly or indirectly, for any
purpose other than putting out any fire, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer-in-
charge.

1.8.2 CPCL will provide fire protection equipment wherever it is required. The concerned
department will instruct contractor personnel the operation of such standby fire
protection equipment who are working on such jobs. In the event of an accidental fire,
it is expected of such personnel to make efforts to extinguish the fire with the standby
equipment made available and the contractor personnel should immediately get in
touch with any CPCL personnel available or, inform (Phone – 101 / 3630 / 3663) or
break the nearest fire alarm points glass. In all cases accidents fires shall be reported
to the Engineer-in-charge of the area concerned.

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 224 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 9 of 42

1.8.3 Contractor or their workmen shall not remove the fire hose / extinguishers from their
locations under any circumstances.

1.8.4 A work permit must be obtained prior to contractor personnel drawing water from the
Refinery firewater loop through Engineer-In-Charge.

1.8.5 All efforts should be made by contractor personnel to prevent occurrence of any
unwanted fire. Gasoline driven engines, trucks, tractors etc. shall not be filled with fuel
while the motor is still running.
1.8.6 Gasoline, naphtha, benzene or toluene must not be used as a cleaning agent or
solvent.

1.9 Operation of Vehicles

1.9.1 Contractor shall ensure that all State traffic rules and regulations are complied with
while motor vehicles are driven inside the refinery premises. In addition, the following
points are also outlined for compliance:

i) Speed Limit: The speed limit of all vehicles within the refinery is limited to 25
KM per hour. All vehicles must be mechanically sound and have an efficient
exhaust, silencer, horn, brakes and filler cap. Approved type of spark arrestor
shall be fitted on exhaust of vehicles. In any case, vehicle drivers should take
cognizance of load, vehicle conditions and adjusts their driving accordingly.
ii) Vehicles driven inside the refinery premises should have effective brakes
horns, lights, fuel cap, mufflers, flame arrestors etc
iii) Vehicle drivers shall always check overhead and side clearance while driving
vehicles inside refinery
iv) Overtaking of vehicle in side refinery is prohibited
v) PARKING: Park vehicles only in approved area. Vehicles must be parked in
such manner that they will not move while unattended. As a general rule,
vehicles should not be parked at road bends; in front of fire equipment sheds
and fire fighting equipment thereby blocking access to them.
vi) Vehicles shall be parked only in designated areas. No vehicle shall be parked
opposite fire hydrants or at the intersection of roads or within 10 meters of
any road corner or in front of the Fire Station.
1.9.2 No vehicles should enter into any operating area without valid fire permit followed by a
safety clearance from the area-in-charge (this includes process areas, tank farms and
loading racks).
1.9.3 Vehicles shall carry only the number of passengers or weight of load it is authorised to
carry as per law. Loads carried in trucks shall be properly secured so that they will not
accidentally fall off while vehicle is in motion.

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 225 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 10 of 42

1.9.4 Any kind of repair work on Contractor's vehicle is not allowed inside the Battery area.

1.9.5 The contractors shall prominently display the name of their company on all the
vehicles including tractor trolleys, trucks, open jeeps, cranes which are allowed by the
Engineer-in-charge to enter inside the Refinery for carrying out the job. The display
board shall be put on front and rear side of each of the vehicle.

1.9.6 Hand cart, tractor-trolley etc should also bear the name of the contractor clearly.

1.9.7 Only open type of vehicles like jeep etc are allowed inside the Refinery having fitted
with approved spark arrestor

1.9.8 Vehicles such as tractors, cranes or forklifts shall not be used to transport people.

1.9.9 Contractor’s vehicles, trucks, tractor, cranes and other portable equipments e.g. Air
Compressor, DG Set, Dewatering pumps etc. used inside Refinery premises (where
Hydrocarbon is used as fuel) for execution of the job must be mechanically sound and
have an approved spark arrester and have exhaust complying pollution norms. Idle
running of those vehicles and equipments shall be avoided.

1.9.10 Photocopy of the vehicle gate pass along with the driver’s photo shall be pasted on the
windscreen for display. Driver shall keep valid driving license along with him

1.9.11 No Contractor’s material should be spread or stacked on any of the roads, unless it is
in the performance of the Work.

1.9.12 The Work shall, as far as is practicable, be carried out by the Contractor so as not to
interfere with the normal activities of the Owner and the normal use of all facilities in
the Owner’s premises.

1.10 Contractors Barricades

1.10.1 Contractor shall erect and maintain suitable barricades to guard or protect :

a) Excavations, demolitions

b) Hoisting areas

c) Areas adjudged hazardous by Contractor’s or Owner’s inspectors

d) Owner’s existing property liable to damage by Contractor’s operations, in the

opinion of the Engineer-in-charge

e) Railroad unloading spots.

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 226 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 11 of 42

1.10.2 Contractor’s employees and those of its Sub-contractors shall become acquainted with
Owner’s barricading practice and shall respect the provisions thereof.

1.10.3 Barricades and hazardous areas situated in passages, pathways, or roads and in
areas adjacent thereto shall be conspicuously indicated including by red flasher
lanterns at night.

1.11 Working at Heights and Scaffolding

1.11.1 Suitable scaffolding should be provided for workmen for all works that cannot safely be
done from the ground or from solid construction except such short period work as can
be done safely from ladders. When a ladder is used, an extra mazdoor shall be
engaged for holding the ladder and if the ladder is used for carrying materials as well,
suitable footholds and handholds shall be given in inclination not steeper than 1 in 4 (1
horizontal and 4 vertical).

1.11.2 While working at height, at more than 2 mtrs. from floor level, following safety
precautions has to be followed:

(i) Contractor has to obtain the permit for working at height duly approved by
competent authority

(ii) Proper type of scaffolding / platform /ladder should be made to facilitate the
job at height. Minimum 2 nos. of ladders should be provided at opposite
sides.

(iii) Use of bamboo scaffolding is strictly prohibited inside the Battery area. Only
steel scaffolding shall be used for work inside the Refinery. The steel
scaffolding material and it's erection shall be done as per relevant IS
specification

(iv) The contractor shall ensure the use of safety belts by the person who is
working at heights. Safety belt to be used should be of good quality (IS
marked) and shall be hooked up with firm support.

(v) Full body safety belt, horizontal & vertical fall arrestor are to be used

(vi) Safety nets also to be used as per site conditions

(vii) Before starting the job, scaffolding shall be inspected by competent person
and a record of the same shall be kept at site.

1.11.3 All scaffolding material used shall be as per relevant IS specifications and tested
periodically as per statutory requirements.

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 227 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 12 of 42

1.11.4 Scaffolding or staging more than 12 meters above the ground or floor, swing or
suspended from an overhead support or erected with stationery support shall have a
guard rail properly attached, bolted, braced and otherwise guarded at least 1 meter
above the floor or platform of such scaffolding or staging and extending along the
entire length of the outside and ends thereof with only such openings as may be
necessary for the delivery of materials. Such scaffolding or staging shall be so
fastened as to prevent from swaying from the building or structure.

1.11.5 Working platform, gangways and stairways should be so constructed that they should
not sag unduly or unequally and if the height of the platform or the gangway or the
stairway is more than 12 meters above ground level or floor level, they should be
closely guarded, should have adequate width and should be suitably fastened as
described in clause 1.11.4 above.

1.11.6 Any opening in the floor of a building or in working platform be provided with suitable
means to prevent the fall of persons or materials by providing suitable grills, fencing or
railing having a minimum height of 1 meter.

1.11.7 Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and other working
places. Every ladder shall be securely fixed. No portable single ladder shall be over
900 cms. in length, while the width between the side rails in rung ladder shall in no
case be less than 30 cms. for ladder upto and including 300 cms. in length. For longer
ladders, this width should be increased at least 6 mm for each additional foot of length.
Uniform step spacing shall not exceed 30 cms. Adequate precautions shall be taken to
prevent danger from electrical equipment. No materials on any of the sites of work
shall be so stacked or placed as to cause danger or inconvenience to any person or
public. Contractor shall also provide all necessary fencing and lights to protect the
workers and staff from accidents, and shall be bound to bear the expenses of defense
of every suit, action or other proceedings, as law that may be brought by any person
for injury sustained owing to the neglect of the above precautions and to pay any
damages and costs which may be awarded in any such suit or action or proceedings
to any such persons or which may be with the consent of the Contractor be paid to
compromise any claim by any such person.

1.11.8 Scaffolding must be inspected and certified fit by the Contractor’s Safety Manager
weekly or more frequently in the event of adverse weather. Such inspections shall be
recorded.

1.12 Excavation and Trenching

1.12.1 All trenches 1.2 meters or more in depth, shall at all times be supplied with at least one
ladder for each span of 30 meters length.

1.12.2 Ladder shall be extended from bottom of the trench to at least 100 cms. above the
surface of the ground. The site of the trenches which are 152 cms. or more in depth
shall be stepped back to give suitable slope or securely held by timber bracing, so as

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 228 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 13 of 42

to avoid the danger of sides to collapse. The excavated material shall not be placed
within 152 cms. of the edge of the trench or half of the trench depth whichever is more.
Cutting shall be done from top to bottom. Under no circumstances undermining or
under cutting be done.

1.12.3 All the areas where the existing grading is disturbed in the course of work by the
contractor, shall be made good by him to the full satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
Charge.

1.12.4 This job must be executed only after obtaining a valid excavation permit for the
particular area where the excavation is required to be done. The permit shall be
considered valid only when it is signed by the authorized person of CPCL in addition to
other signatories like F&S officer, Civil Engineer, the electrical section and supervising
Engineer-in-Charge of the particular area where the excavation is to be carried out

1.12.5 If any excavation job is being done at the depth, then following precaution needs to be
taken up.

Contractor has to obtain the permit "Working at Depth" duly authorised by competent
authorities.

Proper barricading shall be provided at all sides of the opening.

Excavation shall be done with adequate slop instead of vertical to avoid collapse of
wall.

Proper shoring / strutting shall be provided without fail.

At least two no. of escape ladders shall be provided at two sides.

Adequate illumination shall be provided as per site requirement.

Minimum person shall be kept inside the pit. All idle workers should be removed from
there.

Heavy machinery like crane etc. should not be used near the pit.

1.12.6 This job must be covered by an excavation permit, which must be signed by the
concerned authorities as mentioned in the permit. In addition to excavation work
permit, specific work permit shall be required to be obtained depending upon the
nature of work. The company reserves the right to cancel a permit without assigning
any reasons. When called upon to stop the work by any personnel of the company,
contractor shall immediately cease to continue the work. Before re-commencement, a
fresh permit must be obtained.

1.13 Demolition:

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 229 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 14 of 42

1.13.1 Immediately prior to the commencement of any demolition work and also during the
process of demolition the following additional precautionary steps shall be observed.

(i) All roads and open areas adjacent to the particular site shall either be closed
or suitably controlled.

(ii) All underground / overground power / telephone cables or water / sewerage

lines in the vicinity of the particular site shall be either suitably diverted or
made non-functional for the duration of the demolition activity.

(iii) All practical steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons employed from
risk of fire or explosion or flooding. No floor, roof or other part of the building
shall be overloaded with debris or materials as to render it unsafe.

1.14 Personal Protective Equipment:

1.14.1 The Contractor shall ensure ready availability at the respective work site of necessary
personal protective equipment for use by persons employed at the site and such
equipment shall be maintained in a condition suitable for immediate use. The
Contractor shall ensure proper use of such equipment by those concerned. Contractor
shall use material handling equipment and tools such as chain pulley blocks, wire
ropes, lifting machines etc. and scaffolding materials only if they are duly certified as
per statutory requirements.

1.14.2 For the safe conduct of certain job, the supervisor of the area concerned will stipulate
personnel protective equipment. Contractors shall provide such equipment to their
personnel. However, in certain cases, personnel protective equipment maintained by
the Refinery will be made available for this purpose. Such equipment shall be returned
to the authorities in working condition to the full satisfaction of fire & safety officer. In
case any damage, to the Fire Protective equipment i.e. Fire hoses, safety helmets,
nozzles, fire extinguishers etc., the contractor shall bear the cost of such damage in
full as decided by the Fire & Safety dept. and will be recovered from his bill. Personnel
working in the process area and those engaged in any type of work shall wear
helmets, safety shoes. When working at height they shall use full body safety belt.
They should use, proper goggles when engaged in working or gas cutting, Mask and
suit while vend entries, valve pits, confined spaces.

1.14.3 Workers engaged in mixing asphalt materials, cement and lime mortar shall wear
protective foot ware (Gumboot) and protective gloves.

1.14.4 Contractor shall arrange all Non-Respiratory Type of Personal Protective Equipment
(PPE) (e.g. Safety Goggles, Welding Helmets, Belts etc.) at their own cost and shall
ensure use of these PPE by their workmen/ personnel during execution of the job as
per Fire & Safety Rules and Regulations of the Refinery and as directed by the Site
Engineer-in-Charge. Fire & Safety Dept. may be contacted for any clarification on
Safety Regulations.

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 230 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 15 of 42

1.14.5 Workers engaged in white washing and mixing or stacking of cement bags or any
materials which are injurious to eyes shall be provided with protective goggles / dust
masks.

1.14.6 Those engaged in welding and cutting works, shall be provided with protective face
and eye-shields, hand gloves, apron etc.

1.14.7 Stonebreakers shall be provided with protective goggles, hand gloves, safety shoe and
protective clothing.

1.14.8 When workers are required to work in sewers and manholes, which are in use, the
Contractor shall ensure that the manhole covers are opened, ventilated, gas tested for
hydro carbon / toxic gas / oxygen and obtain vessel entry permit and the manholes so
opened shall be cordoned off with suitable railing and provided with warning signals or
boards to prevent accidents. Respiratory protective equipment shall be used as
advised by Engineer-in-Charge / Fire & Safety Dept.

1.14.9 Special precautions and personal protection shall be taken as per Refinery Safety
Regulation during the following jobs:

(i) Handling of Hazardous Chemicals, gases and Materials etc. (e.g. Hydrogen
Sulphide, Carbon Monoxide, Acids, Chlorine, Ammonia, Pyrophoric Iron etc.);

(ii) Working in presence of Suspended Solids (e.g. Catalyst, Refractory, Sand,

Dust etc.);

(iii) Cleaning / Maintenance of equipments in Lead/ Sulphur/ Phenol rich

Hydrocarbon service;

(iv) Cleaning/ handling of oily sludge;

(v) Welding/ Grinding/ Gas cutting jobs;

(vi) Radiography of Mechanical jobs.

1.14.10 Contractor personnel shall not wear loose clothing while working around moving or
rotating machinery and equipment, and must wear helmets and safety shoes while
working in Refinery area.

1.14.11 Any questions or doubts on the safety regulations enumerated in this tender or the
generally accepted safety working practices may be clarified with the concerned
department of safety section.

1.15 Bombs, Unattended Baggage’s/Objects:

1.15.1 The following actions shall be taken by the contractor and his employees/workmen
about Bombs, Unattended baggages / Objects lying in secluded places in the Plant :

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 231 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 16 of 42

(i) On noticing any bomb/ unattended baggage or object lying in the plant area,
they should immediately inform the CISF control room on Telephone No.3685
& 3660 and CPCL Fire Control Room No. 3630 & 3663.

(ii) They should not touch the object or try to open the baggage or fiddle with the
wires or battery if found attached to the object.

(iii) They should move away to a safety distance of approximate 300 mtrs.
without creating any panic.

(iv) In case of unattended baggage, they should help CISF personnel in

identifying the claimant.

(v) They should not move to the area unless clearance is given by security
personnel.

Do’s & Don’ts in case of Bomb/Unattended baggages lying secluded places in the
Plant.

Sl. Sl.
Do’s Don’t’s
No. No.
1. On noticing any bomb or 1. Do not touch the bomb /
unattended baggage, in form CISF unattended baggage.
Control Room by quickest possible
means or on Intercom Telephone 2. Do not lift any attended baggage
No. 3685 / 3660 and CPCL Fire
Control Room on 101 / 3630 /
3663. 3. Do not go very close to the object

2. Move away from the 4. Do not create panic.

bomb/unattended baggage.
3. Help security personnel in 5. Do not fiddle with wires or battery
identifying unattended baggage. if found attached with any object.
4. Help ladies and injured person 6. Do not open any unattended
during evacuation process from baggage.
the affected area.
5. Move back to your place of work 7. Do not try to defuse any bomb or
after clearance has been given by explosive material
CISF.

1.16 Risky Places:

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 232 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 17 of 42

1.16.1 If there is risk of drowning or such like danger at or near the work site, adequate safety
equipment shall be positioned at such site(s) in ready-to-use condition. Steps
necessary for prompt rescue of any person in danger shall be taken.

1.16.2 When work is required to be performed in areas where H2S / CO gas is likely to be
present, the Contractor should ensure with the Permit Issuing Authority on the total
gas free atmosphere. Care should be exercised when work in a contaminated area up-
to the Threshold Limit Value (TLV) is undertaken, by wearing a Self Contained
Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) or using a Blow Man Apparatus. Such work should not
be performed by a single worker and should always be done under close supervision.

1.17 Use of Hoisting and Heavy Equipment:

1.17.1 All hoisting machines and tackles including their attachments, anchorage and supports
shall be as per relevant IS specifications, standards and tested / inspected periodically
by the concerned competent authorities. Necessary records / certificates etc., in this
regard shall be maintained as per statutory requirements.

1.17.2 If hoists, cranes, derrick, mixer machine, pumps etc. are used by the contractor, the
following are to be ensured by the contractor and his workmen:-

• Testing of crane for its capacity;

• Inspection & maintenance logs;

• Crane operation logs;

• Safety latch is provided on the hooks;

• The area is notified through display of Sign boards/ barricades;

• Over head power cables is removed or kept at a safe distance;

• The exhaust of machines should have a proper flame arrester;

• Carrying material by hydra inside refinery;

• No change of boom length beyond permissible limit.

1.17.3 These shall be of good mechanical construction, sound materials, and adequate
strength and free from patent defect and shall be kept in good repair and in good
working order.

1.17.4 Ropes used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of suspension shall be of

durable quality, of adequate strength and free from defects.

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 233 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 18 of 42

1.17.5 Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified. No
person under the age of 21 years shall be in charge of any hoisting machine
including any scaffolding winch or for giving signals to the operator.

1.17.6 In case of every hoisting machine and of every chain ring hook, shackle swivel and
pulley block used in hoisting or lowering or as means of suspension, the safe
working load shall be ascertained by appropriate means. Every hoisting machine and
all gear referred to above shall be prominently marked to show the safe working
load. In case of a hoisting machine having a variable safe working load, each safe
working load and the respective conditions under which it is applicable shall be
clearly indicated. No part of any machine or any gear shall be loaded beyond the
safe working load except for the purpose of testing.

1.17.7 In respect of machines made available by the Owner, the safe working load shall be
notified by the Engineer-in-charge. As regards Contractor’s machines, the contractor
shall notify the safe working load of the machine to the Engineer-in-charge,
whenever he brings any machinery to site of work and cause it to be verified by the
Engineer-in-charge.

1.17.8 Hoisting appliances should be provided with such means as will reduce to the
minimum, any risk of accidental descent of the load.

1.17.9 Adequate precautions should be taken to avoid the risk of any part of a suspended
load becoming accidentally displaced.

1.18 Electrical Equipment and System:

1.18.1 The Contractor shall deploy a competent Engineer / Electrician to attend to electrical
matters. All temporary power supply boards shall conform to IE Regulations.

1.18.2 Contractor or his nominated subcontractor should have valid electrical contractor’s
license for working in State. Contractor shall furnish a copy of the same to Engineer-
in-Charge before commencement of any work pertaining to Electrical System. In any
case, no work shall be permitted to be executed at site without a valid Electrical
Contractors License, and the decision of the Engineer-in-charge in this regard shall
be final and binding and no claim / compensation whatsoever shall entertained on
this account.

1.18.3 Motors, Gearing, Transmission, Electric wiring and other dangerous parts of hoisting
appliances should be provided with efficient safeguards.

1.18.4 The contractor should ensure that the portable electrical equipment like grinding
machine, drilling machine etc. is in healthy condition. The contractor should take all
precautionary safety action, as providing of earth leakage circuit breakers for their
portable electric machines, also double insulated portable equipment may be used.

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 234 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 19 of 42

1.18.5 All portable electrical apparatus shall be regularly examined, tested and maintained
to ensure the apparatus and leads are in good order. Temporary jointing of extension
wire, power cables etc. is not allowed.

1.18.6 Ensure that all portable appliances are provided with 3 pin plug and socket
connections and that the metal body of the apparatus is effectively earthed. All loose
wiring such as flexible cables for portable lamps, tools & trailing cables and other
portable and transportable apparatus, shall be tested regularly at frequent intervals
to ensure safety. All temporary board shall have ELCB of 30 ma sensitivity for
personnel safety and double earthed / double insulated hand tools.

1.18.7 When workers are employed on electrical installations, which are already energised,
insulating mats, wearing apparel, such as tested rubber gloves, sleeves and boots as
may be necessary, shall be provided. The workers should not wear any metallic
rings, watches, keys or other materials, which are conductors of electricity.

1.18.8 While working on electrical system, the contractor and his workmen shall ensure that
the following safety measures are in place:-

• Proper & valid Electrical line clearance is obtained for the equipment;

• The cables are properly insulated and are without any temporary joint;

• All Flammable / combustible materials should either be removed from the work
place or should be properly protected;

• Suitable Earth leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) is provided for incoming and all
outgoing feeders;

• Proper earthing is provided to distribution board and other electrical equipments

like welding machines & grinding machines etc.;

• Pipe sleeves are provided for road crossings of temporary cables laid by the
contractor for his work;

• The power connection should not be overloaded and suitable overload protection
should be provided;

• The tools used by the contractor personnel should be properly insulated and in
good condition;

• The grinding machine & other power tools should have proper guard.

1.18.9 Do not attempt to work on electrical apparatus unless authorized by an electrical

department, and without obtaining clearance or permit from the area-in-charge. Use
only approved electrical fitting gadgets or equipment. Obtain clearance from
electrical personnel and produce the clearance to area-in-charge prior to obtaining

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 235 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 20 of 42

permit to start the work. Electrical personnel will check the norms and should sign
the register/permit. Keep the register/permit at the site. Times to time the equipment
are to be checked by contractor’s authorized electrical supervision and necessary
entry shall be made in the register. If any kind of norms are found violated, the work
of those equipment to be stopped till the equipment is either rectified or replaced, the
norms are as below:

i) Contractor should use approved quality earth leakage circuit breakers (ELCB)
on their portable distribution board for all type of electrical equipment used
including welding sets etc.

ii) Also use ELCB on their main distribution board for each feeders. Contractor
should ensure the healthiness of their Electrical Portable Apparatus by
competent electrical supervisors. Contractor shall provide proper earthing for
their distribution board.

iii) Contractor should engage Licensed electrical supervisors for certifying their
equipment and ensuring safety of their connection.

1.18.10 The work area shall always be kept accessible for switching off power supply in case
of emergency. Before leaving the work place, the Contractor shall ensure power
supply is switched off properly. For this purpose a record shall be maintained of the
last person leaving the concerned work site on all days of activity.

1.18.11 No dry battery or accumulator type of electric hand lamp or torch which is not of the
flame proof safety type shall be taken inside the Refinery.

1.19 Maintenance of Safety Devices:

1.19.1 All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described herein shall
be maintained in safe conditions and no scaffold, ladder or equipment shall be
altered or removed while it is in use. Adequate washing facilities should be provided
at or near places of work.

1.20 Display of Safety Instructions :

1.20.1 The Contractor shall display a ‘Safety Policy’ at a prominent place at his site office
and each work spot.

1.20.2 The safety provisions covered herein should be brought to the notice of all
concerned by display on a notice board at a prominent place at the work spot(s).

1.20.3 At all work sites, contractor has to display a board containing following information:-

• Name of the Contractor;

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 236 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 21 of 42

• Name of the work; Work Order No.;

• Job site warning instruction;

• Emergency Telephone Number;

• Do's and don'ts on safety and security;

• Working under the Department;

• CPCL site in-charge name;

• Permit No. & Validity period.

1.20.4 The contractor has to maintain the following at job site :-

• First Aid Box with required medicines;

• Safety Register;

• Injury record;

• Records of Weekly Staff safety meeting;

• Record for Safety briefing / Training at site by contractor.

1.21 Personal Conduct:

1.21.1 Gambling, fooling on the work, horseplay, mock fighting or fighting is strictly
forbidden in the Refinery premises Project area.

1.21.2 Horseplay:

a) Fooling on the job, mock fighting or fighting within the Refinery premises will
not be tolerated.

b) Gambling within the Refinery premises is strictly forbidden.

c) Entering the Refinery premises while in possession of weapons such as

knives & gun etc. is prohibited.

d) Contractor personnel shall not pick up quarrel or get into arguments with
Refinery personnel or act in any misunderstanding, such problems should be
referred to appropriate Refinery personnel.

1.21.3 Working under influence of alcohol/ narcotics and entering Refinery premises while
in the influence of alcohol/ narcotics is strictly forbidden. The contractor should
ensure compliance of above by him and all his workmen.

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 237 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 22 of 42

1.21.4 Unsafe Practices: Any unsafe practices or disregard of normal safe working
practices by contractor personnel when pointed out by company personnel shall be
immediately corrected.

1.22 Housekeeping:

1.22.1 The contractor personnel must practice good housekeeping at all times while within
the plant. During and after completion of the work, they are to ensure that their work
area is kept clean and tidy. Materials and equipment should be stored in a safe and
orderly manner so that they will not block exit to roads, building, arises, passage and
approach to fire fighting equipment such as fire hydrants, fire hose and fire
extinguishers or area where emergency safety showers, electrical switch panels and
switch panels and switch rooms are located.

1.22.2 Records of routine housekeeping inspection shall be maintained.

1.22.3 Materials and equipment should be stored in a safe and orderly manner so that they
will not block exits to roads, buildings, aisles, passages and approach to fire fighting
equipment such as fire hydrants, fire hoses, fire extinguishers or areas where
emergency safety showers, electrical switch panels and switch rooms are located.
1.22.4 The work / construction sites are to be cleaned daily and all debris / scrap generated
is to be kept at the designated place only every day by the contractor as directed by
the Engineer-In-charge. The scrap / debris so generated shall be disposed off to the
designated places once a week as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.

1.22.5 A job will not be considered completed until all surplus material, scrape and debris /
rubbish are removed from the job site.

1.22.6 In case the Contractor does not clear the area within 5 days of completion of work ,
the same shall be got done by CPCL and recoveries shall be made from the bills of
the Contractor at double the rate at which the CPCL has got it done.

1.22.7 Any failure by the contractor in maintaining good housekeeping / clearing the site as
above shall be recorded in the performance report of the contractor.

1.23 Enforcement of Safety Regulations:

1.23.1 To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and regulations relating to safety
precautions, the arrangements made by the Contractor shall be open to inspection
by the Engineer-in-Charge or Safety Engineer of the Owner or their representatives.

1.23.2 Contractors and their supervisory staff shall undergo a one-day training programme
annually by CPCL on Safe Working Practices in the Refinery Premises so as to
familiarize themselves with the safety rules, regulations and practices. Contractor

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 238 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 23 of 42

shall be in possession of valid safety training badge while working in the Refinery
premises.

1.23.3 The Contractors shall ensure that their supervisors must undergo Fire & Safety
Training & subsequent Test at Fire Station before starting the job. All contractors
must disclose to CLM Cell the name of supervisors and arrange safety training at
Refinery Fire Station, before obtaining a gate pass. CISF will issue the gate pass
meant for supervisor, only after getting the confirmation from Fire & Safety. It is the
duty of supervisor to train his work force in Fire & Safety on regular basis. The
violation of this will be viewed seriously.

1.23.4 Under no condition shall any contractor personnel tamper with or use any property
belonging to the refinery without obtaining prior sanction from the supervisor of area
concerned.

1.24 Radiography:
1.24.1 The radiography agency employed by the contractor shall be duly approved by
BARC.
1.24.2 Specific approval from the Engr.-in-charge for the radiography agency shall be
obtained by the Contractor prior to any radiography work.

1.24.3 The contractor shall ensure the following safety precautions for the work to be done
by the radiography agency:-

(i) The radiography work shall be carried out under the supervision & guidelines
of their site in-charge duly approved by BARC.

(ii) As far as possible, field radiography should be done only during night time
when there is little or no occupancy around.

(iii) Field radiography during day time may be permitted with due permission of
EIC when the occupancy around is minimum i.e. during lunch interval or on
holidays.

(iv) A suitable area around the radiography job should necessarily be cordoned
off, so that the radiation level outside the area does not exceed the
permissible radiation level. The radiation level along the cordon should be
monitored by suitable & calibrated survey meter.

(v) Radiation warning symbol during daytime & red warning light during the night
to be prominently displayed while carrying the radiography work.

(vi) The concerned radiographer shall remain physically present outside the
cordoned area during exposure.

1.25 Temporary Structure/Fixtures:

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 239 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 24 of 42

1.25.1 Before erecting temporary shelters like sheds anywhere within the Refinery
premises, written permission of the Engineer-in-charge be obtained.

1.25.2 Temporary fixtures like sheds, tents, etc. shall be erected in conforming with normal
safety standards. Thatched roof to such fixtures will not be permitted.

1.25.3 Temporary piping, hose connections and electrical wiring must be laid in such
manner that they do not cause tripping or hitting hazard

1.25.4 Temporary sheds can be constructed only for the storing of the material / site office.
It should not be used for any other purpose.

1.25.5 However, for all jobs having value more than Rs. One crore, no temporary sheds
shall be allowed for office / stores of the contractor and instead the contractor shall
arrange for portal cabin for site office / stores.

1.25.6 Following information shall be clearly written on the shed:- Name of the contractor;
Work Order No.; Working under the Department; Name of the Engineer-in-charge;
Permit No. & it's validity period.

1.25.7 The shed shall be made of safe construction material and good aesthetic view. The
shed shall be made strictly at the authorised location and size.

1.25.8 All windows shall be either of wire mesh or glass.

1.25.9 Company has the right to open or break the door at any time to inspect the shed.

1.25.10 After completion of the job shed must be demolished within 10 days and area must
be cleaned.
1.25.11 All precautions should be taken to ensure that any temporary electric’s wiring used
within the Refinery will not cause sparks or shock

1.26 Compressed Gas Cylinders:

1.26.1 Compressed gas cylinders should be used in upright position. They must be firmly
located on the ground or to a sturdy stand and the cylinder should be chained to
prevent accidental fall.

1.26.2 Rolling or throwing of cylinders is strictly prohibited. Cylinders shall be handled

carefully and transported through hand trolleys.

1.26.3 Cylinders shall be stacked properly. Empty cylinders shall be stacked separately and
filled cylinders separately. After completion of job, all cylinders must be removed.

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 240 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 25 of 42

1.27 Actions for compliance by contractors

S.No. Clause Ref Actions for Compliance by Contractors
1. 1.20.3 A. The contractor has to display the following
information at the job site on a notice board:
i. Name of the Contractor;
ii. Name of the Work & Contract No.;
iii. Job site warning instructions;
iv. Emergency telephone Number;
v. Do's and Don’t on Safety & Security

1.20.4 B. The contractor has to maintain the following at job site :

i. First Aid Box with required medicines;
ii. Safety Register;
iii. Injury record;
iv. Records of Weekly Staff safety meeting;
v. Record for Safety briefing / Training at site by
contractor

2. 1.4.1 The contractor shall not commence the job without the valid
permit for the area and for the job. The following are the types
of permits / clearances to be obtained by the contractor as per
the requirement of the job:
i. Clearance from the Area Incharge and Shift
1.4.4 Engineer;
ii. Cold work;
iii. Hot work permit / excavation permit;
iv. Working at height / depth permit;
v. Working in confined area / Vessel entry permit;
vi. Electrical isolation & Energisation permit;
vii. Any other permits.
3. 1.14 The contractor shall ensure that he and all his workmen shall
use the following (minimum) personal protective equipment:
i. Helmet - while working in the Refinery or any other
hard hit area;
ii. Safety Belt - Working above 2.00 m height;
iii. Eye shields / goggles & Face protecting equipment
while welding / grinding etc;
iv. Hearing Aid - while working in noisy area;
v. Hand gloves and aprons - as per job requirement;
vi. Any other as required

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 241 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 26 of 42

4. 1.10 While carrying out excavation or working at depth in pit,

trench etc, the following safety measures are to be followed:
i. Proper barricading for the floor opening / excavated
1.12 area;
ii. Adequate side slope;
iii. Proper shoring / strutting;
iv. Provision of escape Ladder;
v. Provision of Sufficient lighting arrangement
vi. Respiratory PPE;
5. 1.11 While working at height, the contractor and his workmen shall
ensure that the following safety measures are taken:
i. Sufficient approach to work area and proper
scaffolding;
ii. The person working at height is wearing the full
body safety belt which is firmly secured to a proper
place.;
iii. The Scaffolding shall be made of steel as per
norms.;
iv. The ladder / scaffolding shall be properly secured to
prevent sliding / failing;
v. The clamps and tiring are properly secured;
vi. The Safety net is provided;
vii. Inspection of final scaffolding before use has been
done by competent authority and the inspection
report in this regard should be available with the
contractor.
6. 1.6 in a confined space the contractor and his workmen shall
ensure the following:
i. Provision of Exhaust fan on the confined place;
ii. A standby man should always be available standing
near the confined space entry / exit point when the
other worker is carrying on job inside the confined
space;
iii. Use of breathing apparatus.

7. 1.4.10 While carrying out the hot job, the contractor and his workmen
must ensure the following safety measures and job should not
be carried out without these:
i. Valid hot job permit;
ii. Availability of Tested and proper Fire Extinguisher
at the work places;

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 242 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 27 of 42

iii. Provision of Running fire water hose at the work

place;
iv. All Flammable / combustible materials should either
be removed from the work place or should be
properly protected.

8. 1.18.8 While working on electrical system, the contractor and his

workmen shall ensure that the following safety measures are
in place:
i. Proper & valid Electrical line clearance is obtained
for the equipment;
ii. The cables are properly insulated and are without
any temporary joint;
iii. All Flammable / combustible materials should either
be removed from the work place or should be
properly protected;
iv. Suitable Earth leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) is
provided for incoming and all outgoing feeders;
v. Proper earthing is provided to distribution board
and other electrical equipments like welding
machines & grinding machines etc.;
vi. Pipe sleeves are provided for road crossings of
temporary cables laid by the contractor for his work;
vii. The power connection should not be overloaded
and suitable overload protection should be
provided;
viii. The tools used by the contractor personnel should
be properly insulated and in good condition;
ix. The grinding machine & other power tools should
have proper guard.

9. 1.17 If hoists, cranes, derrick, mixer machine, pumps etc. are used
by the contractor, the following are to be ensured by the
contractor and his workmen :

i. Testing of crane for its capacity;

ii. Inspection & maintenance logs;
iii. Crane operation logs;
iv. Safety latch is provided on the hooks;
v. The area is notified through display of Sign boards /
barricades;
vi. Over head power cables is removed or kept at a
safe distance;

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 243 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 28 of 42

vii. The exhaust of machines should have a proper

flame arrester;
viii. Carrying material by hydra inside refinery;
ix. No change of boom length beyond permissible limit.

10. 1.22 The contractor shall maintain good house keeping at his area
of work and must ensure the following:
i. Passage, walkway and working area should be free
from any blockage are maintained neat and clean;
ii. Debris, scrap etc is removed daily and put to a
proper place;
iii. The temporary structure are removed after
completion of job.

11. 1.9 A. The contractor's vehicles like jeep, cars, trucks and
tractors should maintain the prescribed speed limits and
should not over speed.
B. Obstacles for fire fighting and blockage of road etc.

1.28 Penalties for Violation/Non-Adherence of Safety Procedures and Practices

The contractor has to follow all Safety, Health and Environment rules & regulations of
the Refinery. In case of non-compliance of any of these rules and regulations by
contractor or his employees, the contractor shall be held responsible. If any violation or
non-fulfillment of these Safety, Health and Environment rules and regulation is
observed by Refinery authorities during checking at any time, a penalty of Rs. 5000.00
( Rs. Five Thousand Only ) shall be imposed on the contractor for each occasion of
non-compliance to these rules and regulations by him or his employees. The decision
of Refinery authorities shall be final and binding on to the contractor in this regard. The
amount of penalties so imposed shall be recovered from the next R.A. Bill of the work
or any other dues payable to the contractor by Refinery

Event Penalty
Absence of Resident / safety Engineer of Rs 1000 per meeting
Contractor in CPCL’s safety meeting
Failure to have regular site safety Inspection (by Rs 1000 / week
contractors themselves) every week
Failure to conduct Health / Safety / Environment Rs 1000/month
(HSE) meetings by Contractor at site (in-house)
and maintain records
Failure to submit HSE reports/check Lists, etc., by Rs 1000 /month and Rs 100 /
5th of every month to CPCL day for further delay

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 244 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 29 of 42

Working without clearance Rs 5000/occasion

Hot work without proper Clearance / permit Rs 10000 / occasion
For not providing shoring / strutting / proper slope Rs 5000 / occasion
and not keeping the excavated earth at least 1.5M
away from the excavated area

1.28.1 In case the violation / non-compliance of above Safety, Health & Environment rules
results in results in any Physical Injury or Fatal Accident, an additional penalty as given
below shall also be imposed on to the Contractor:

1.28.2 For any reportable physical injury as per Indian Factories Act - 1948: Additional
penalty of 0.5 % of the contract value subject to a maximum of Rs.2,00,000 (Rs. Two
Lakhs Only) per injury in addition to the penalty of Rs.5000 as per cl.No.1.28.1 above

1.28.3 For Fatal accident: Additional penalty of 1 % of the contract value subject to a
maximum of Rs.10,00,000 (Rs. Ten Lakhs Only) per fatality in addition to the penalty
of Rs.5000 as per cl.No.1.28.1 above.

1.29 Compensation in case of Accidents:

In case of any accidents/injury of a contractor's workmen, the contractor shall pay a

suitable compensation (subjected to the minimum compensation as mentioned below)
to the affected person / his family members in the presence of Engineer-in-charge and
in consultation with Chief Medical Officer of the Refinery. The said compensation shall
depend on the seriousness of injury, etc, and shall be in addition to the hospitalization /
treatment charges and Group Insurance Amount payable to the effected person. The
following are the minimum compensation shall be paid to the affected person / his
family as stated above:

1.29.1 In case of fatal accidents: Rs.1.0 lacs (Rs. One Lakhs) within 5 days of accident.

1.29.2 In case of loss of both the limbs (hand / legs/eyes/ ears) : Rs.50,000/- (Rs. Fifty
Thousand ) within 1 week.

1.29.3 In case of loss of one limb (hand / legs/eyes/ ears) : Rs.25,000/- (Rs. Twenty Five
Thousand ) within 1 week.

1.29.4 In case of any injury not specified above, Rs.1000/- (Rs. One Thousand) to Rs.5000/-
(Rs. Five Thousand )as directed by Engineer-in-charge within 1 week.

1.30 Emergency Response Plan

1.30.1 Contractor has to adhere and respond to the on-site emergency plan and coordinate
with the site main controller of Refinery

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 245 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 30 of 42

1.30.2 Contractor personnel shall stop their work and proceed to a safe area in the event an
emergency arises in the area where they are working like, in case of fire, oil spillage,
power failure etc. Before re-commencement of the job they should obtain clearance of
supervisor of area involved.
1.30.3 In view of the hazards associated with Hydrocarbon processing, on site emergency
plan has been prepared in the event of major accident occurring on site. The plan
envisages handling emergency situation, which shall be communicated through siren,
based on nature of emergency as mentioned below.

1.30.4 In case of major emergency, it is the responsibility of the contractor to head count his
personnel and take them out with the help of concerned Refinery Co-ordinator.
Contractor must confirm the safe evacuation of his personnel to Refinery Co-ordinator.
In case of any missing person, it must be brought into the notice of Refinery authorities
immediately.

1.30.5 Types of Communication, In Case of Emergency:

Type of
Siren
Emergency
Minor Fire No Siren
Major Fire Wailing type siren for two minutes. Sirens will be sounded for
30 seconds with an interval of 15 seconds in between
Disaster Same type of siren as in the case of Major Fire except that it
will be sounded three times at the interval of two minutes.
All clear Sounding of fire sirens continuously for two minutes

1.30.6 Evacuation and Sheltering:

In case of emergency/major accident or disaster, following 8 Nos. of Muster points

have been identified for assembling of people for head counting / transportation to a
safe place. The contractor site-in-charge shall coordinate with Site Main Controller for
sheltering and evacuation and advise his workmen to rush o the identified locations of
muster points as given below

1.30.7 Muster Points

S. No. Affected Area Location

1. ETP - I
2. Road 2, Near Crude–2 Feed Pump
3. LEB / DHDS Control Room
4. OM&S Control Room
5. Refinery - I

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 246 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 31 of 42

6. Water Treatment Plant

7. LPG
8. Maintenance
9. Refinery - II
10. Refinery - III
11. Near Indco Office
EVACUATION
CENTRE
1 Fire Station
2 East Gate

1.31 Special Conditions of Contract on Environmental Management System

1.31.1 Contractor shall inculcate environmental awareness among their workmen/ personnel
and strive for enhancement of systems and skills for minimizing the environmental
impact out of their activities/ services.

1.31.2 Contractor shall avoid wastage of water, compressed Air and Steam supplied to them
from owner’s source of supply for execution of the job and close the supply valves
properly while not in a use.

1.31.3 Contractor shall ensure that while carrying out Modification/ Repair/ Replacement jobs
of any equipment of pipeline, the spillage of Hydrocarbon Oily sludge etc. are cleaned
and routed to nearby OWS, at regular interval as well as after completion of jobs.
Contractor must ensure that the spillage of hydro-carbon oily sludge etc. are not
drained in Storm water channel or open channel.

1.31.4 Before attending any blinding/ de-blinding jobs, all tools, tackles and spares shall be
kept ready at site in order to minimise Hydrocarbon spillage.

1.31.5 Contractor shall clear and level the job-site and remove all metallic and nonmetallic
surplus materials, scrap and other waste materials generated out of his job, from time
to time as well as after completion of job to a specific location as per Engineer-in-
charge.

1.31.6 Contractor shall ensure to avoid idle running of all electrical equipments e.g. welding
machines etc. used for execution of the job.

1.32 DETAILS OF HSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM BY CONTRACTOR

1.32.1 On Award of Contract

The Contractor shall prior to start of work submit his Health, Safety and Environment
Manual or procedure and HSE Plans for approval by CPCL. The Contractor shall

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 247 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 32 of 42

participate in the pre-start meeting with CPCL to finalise HSE plans including the
following:

• Job procedure to be followed by Contractor for activities covering. Handling of

equipment, scaffolding, electric installation, describing the risks involved actions
to be taken and methodology for monitoring each activity.

• CPCL / Owner review / audit requirement.

• Organisation structure along with responsibility and authority, records / reports

etc on HSE activities.

1.32.2 During job execution

Implement approved Health, Safety and Environment Management procedure

including but not limited to as brought out under para 3.0. Contractor shall also ensure
to.

Arrange workmen compensation insurance, registration under ESI Act, third party
liability insurance etc, as applicable.

• Arrange all HSE permits before start of activities (as applicable) like hot work,
confined space, work at heights, storage of chemical / explosive materials and its
use and implement all precautions mentioned therein.

• Submit timely the completed checklist on HSE activities, Monthly HSE report,
accident report and investigation reports etc as per CPCL requirements.
Compliance of instructions on HSE shall be done by Contractor and informed
urgently to CPCL.

• Ensure that Resident Engineer / Site-in-charge / safety officer of the contractor

shall attend all the Safety Committee/HSE meetings arranged by CPCL/Owner.
Only in case of his absence from site that a second senior most person shall be
nominated by him in advance and communicated to CPCL/Owner.

• Display at site office and work locations caution boards, list of hospitals,
emergency services available.

• Provide posters, banners for safe working to promote safety consciousness

Carryout audits/inspection at sub contractor works as per approved HSE
document & submit the reports for CPCL review.

• Assist in HSE audits by CPCL and submit compliance report

• Generate & submit HSE records/report as per HSE Plan.

• Appraise CPCL on HSE activities at site.

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 248 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 33 of 42

RELEVANT IS – CODES FOR PERSONAL PROTECTION

‰ IS: 2925 – 1984 Industrial Safety Helmets

‰ IS: 4770 – 1968 Rubber gloves for electrical purposes
‰ IS : 6994 1973 (Part-I) Industrial Safety Gloves (Leather & Cotton Gloves)
‰ IS : 1989-1986 (Part-I & III) Leather safety boots and shoes
‰ IS : 3738-1975 Rubber knee boots
‰ IS : 5557-1969 Industrial and safety rubber knee boots
‰ IS : 6519-1971 Code of practice for selections, care and repair of Safety footwear
‰ IS : 11226-1985 Leather Safety footwear having direct molding Sole
‰ IS : 5983 – 1978 Eye protectors
‰ IS : 9167 – 1979 Ear protectors
‰ IS : 3521 – 1983 Industrial Safety belts and harness

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 249 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 34 of 42

1.0 HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) PLAN

NAME OF WORK : _______________________________________________

CONTRACTOR : _______________________________________________

DATE : ___________________________

(To be prepared by each Construction Agency)

ACTIVITY PERFORMING FUNCTIONS AUDIT FUNCTION
DESCRIPTI PROCEDUR CODE OF
ON E/W.I/GUID CONFOR- CUSTOMER REVIEW/
E-LINES MANCE PERFORMER CHECKER APPROVER AUDIT REQUIRE-
MENTS

--------------------- --------------------- ---------------------

PREPARED BY REVIEWED BY APPROVED BY
Engineer-in-charge

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 250 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 35 of 42

2.0 MONTHLY HSE CHECKLIST CUM COMPLIANCE REPORT

PROJECT : __________________________
CONTRACTOR : __________________________
DATE : ___________________________
OWNER : ___________________________
INSPECTION BY : ___________________________

Note: Write `NA’ wherever the item is not applicable

ITEM YES NO REMARKS ACTION
HOUSE KEEPING
Waste containers provided and
used
Sanitary facilities adequate and
clean
Passageways and Walkways Clear
General neatness of working areas
Other
PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENT
Goggles, Shields
Face Protection
Hearing Protection
Safety helmet
Safety Shoes Provided
Hand protection
Respiratory Masks etc
Full Body Safety Belts
Other

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 251 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 36 of 42

MONTHLY HSE CHECKLIST CUM COMPLIANCE REPORT (Cont.)

ITEM YES NO REMARKS ACTION

EXCAVATIONS/OPENINGS
Openings properly covered or
barricaded
Excavation barricaded
Overnight lighting provided
Other
WELDING, CUTTING
Gas cylinders chained upright
Cables and hoses not obstructing
Screens or shields used
Flammable materials protected
Other
SCAFFOLDING
Fully decked platforms
Guard and intermediate rails in
place
Toe boards in place
Adequate shoring
Adequate access
Other
LADDERS
Extension side rails 1 m above
Top of landing
Properly secured
Angle + 70 from horizontal
Other

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 252 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 37 of 42

MONTHLY HSE CHECKLIST CUM COMPLIANCE REPORT (Cont.)

ITEM YES NO REMARKS ACTION

HOISTS, CRANES AND
DERRICKS
Condition of cables and sheaves
OK
Condition of slings, chains, books
and eyes O.K.
Inspection and maintenance logs
maintained
Outriggers used
Signs / barricades provided
Signals observed and understood
Qualified operators
Other
MACHINERY, TOOLS &
EQUIPMENT
Proper instruction
Safety devices
Proper cords
Inspection and maintenance
Other
VEHICLE AND TRAFFIC
Rules and regulations observed
Inspection and maintenance
Licensed drivers
Other
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
Emergency instructions posted
Fire extinguishers provided
Fire-aid equipment available
Secured against storm damage
General neatness
In accordance with electrical
requirements
Other

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 253 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 38 of 42

MONTHLY HSE CHECKLIST CUM COMPLIANCE REPORT (Cont.)

ITEM YES NO REMARKS ACTION
FIRE PREVENTION
Personnel instructed
Fire extinguishers checked
Smoking is banned
Hydrants clear
Other
ELECTRICAL
Proper wiring
ELCB's provided / double earthing
Ground fault circuit interrupters
Protection against damage
Prevention of tripping hazards
Other
HANDLING AND STORAGE OF
MATERIALS
Properly stored or stacked
Passage ways clear
Other
FLAMMABLE GASES AND
LIQUIDS
Containers clearly identified
Proper storage
Fire extinguishers nearby
Other
WORKING AT HEIGHT
Erection Plan
Safety nets
Full body safety belts and lanyards,
chutelines
Horizontal / vertical fall arrestors
Other

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 254 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 39 of 42

MONTHLY HSE CHECKLIST CUM COMPLIANCE REPORT (Cont.)

ITEM YES NO REMARKS ACTION

ENVIRONMENT
Chemical and other Effluents properly
disposed
Cleaning liquid of pipes disposed off
properly
Seawater used for hydro-testing
disposed off as per agreed procedure
Lubricant Waste/Engine oils properly
disposed
Waste from Canteen, Offices,
Sanitation etc disposed properly
Disposal of surplus earth, stripping
materials, Oily rags and combustible
materials done properly
Green belt protection
Hygienic conditions at labour camps
O.K.?
Availability of First Aid facilities
Proper sanitation at site, office and
labour camps
Arrangement of medical facilities
Measures for dealing with illness
Availability of Potable drinking water for
workmen & staff
Provision of crèche for children.

________________________________
Signature of Site-in-charge

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 255 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 40 of 42

3.0 ACCIDENT CUM FIRE REPORT

(To be submitted by contractor after every accident within 6 hours of accident)

Report : ______________

Name of Work : ___________________________

Date : ______________

CONTRACTOR : ____________________________________

NAME OF THE INJURED : ------------------------------------------------------------

FATHER' NAME : -------------------------------------------------------------

SUB-CONTRACTOR : M/S.

DATE & TIME OF ACCIDENT : -------------------------------------------------------------

LOCATION : -----------------------------------------------------------------
_________________________________________________________________________

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF ACCIDENT:

_________________________________________________________________________

CAUSE OF ACCIDENT
_________________________________________________________________________

NATURE OF INJURY / DAMAGE

_________________________________________________________________________

MEDICAL AID PROVIDED /

ACTIONS TAKEN
_________________________________________________________________________

INTIMATION TO LOCAL AUTHORITIES

_________________________________________________________________________

DATE: SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR WITH SEAL

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 256 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 41 of 42

4.0 SUPPLEMENTARY ACCIDENT & INVESTIGATION REPORT

Name of Work: __________________ Supplementary to Report No._______________

(Copy enclosed)
Site:______________________ Dated : ___________________

CONTRACTOR : __________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________

NAME OF THE INJURED : ----------------------------------------------------------

FATHER' NAME : ----------------------------------------------------------
SUB-CONTRACTOR : M/s. .
DATE & TIME OF ACCIDENT : -----------------------------------------------------------
LOCATION : ------------------------------------------------------------

BRIEF DESCRIPTION & CAUSE OF ACCIDENT :

NATURE OF INJURY / DAMAGE :

COMMENTS FROM MEDICAL PRACTICETIONER, WHO ATTENDED THE

VICTIM/INJURED :
_________________________________________________________________________

SUGGESTED IMPROVEMENT IN THE WORKING CONDITION, IF ANY :

_________________________________________________________________________

LOSS OF MANHOURS AND IMPACT ON SITE WORKS :

ANY OTHER COMMENT BY SAFETY OFFICER

DATE:
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR WITH SEAL

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 257 of 442

44NC-4600 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CPCL. Manali Refinery
EPCC-1 Safety Regulation Part – I : Section 2.2
Revision : 0 Appendix - 6 Page 42 of 42

5.0 MONTHLY HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) REPORT

(To be submitted by each Contractor)

Actual work start Date:_____________ For the Month of: :_______________

Name of Work:_________________ Report No._______________________

Name of the Contractor:________________ Status as on:________________

Name of safety officer:_______________

ITEM THIS MONTH CUMULATIVE

Total Strength (Staff + Workmen)
Number of HSE meetings organised at site
Number of HSE awareness programmes
conducted at site
Whether workmen compensation policy taken Y/N
Whether workmen compensation policy is Y/N
valid
Whether workmen registered under ESI Act Y/N
Number of Fatal Accidents
Number of Loss Time Accidents (Other than
Fatal)
Other accidents (Non Loss Time)
Total No. of Accidents
Total man-hours worked
Man-hour loss due to fire and accidents
Compensation cases raised with Insurance
Compensation cases resolved and paid to
workmen
Remarks

Safety Officer/Resident Engineer

(Signature and Name)
TO: CPCL ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE
CM (F&S)

\\Nmumfil01\project\WIP\4401-4600\4401-4600_Procurement\draft_tenders\EPCC_1-Draft\Final_After incorporation of CPCL Comments\23_SCC_Apppendix 6_sAFETY DOCS..doc

Page 258 of 442

 ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED

COKER BLOCK OF RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT

GENERAL PURCHASE CONDITIONS

(INDIGENOUS)
INDEX

PART – A: GENERAL PURCHASE CONDITIONS (INDIGENOUS)

1. DEFINITIONS 18. RECOVERY OF SUMS DUE

2. REFERENCE FOR DOCUMENTATION 19. CHANGES
3. CONFIRMATION OF ORDER 20. CANCELLATION
4. SALES CONDITIONS 21. PATENTS AND ROYALTY
5. COMPLETE AGREEMENT 22. CONTROL REGULATION
6. INSPECTION - CHECKING - TESTING 23. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
7. OFFICIAL INSTITUTIONAL TESTING 24. NON-WAIVER
8. OILS & LUBRICANTS 25. NON-ASSIGNMENT
9. SPARE PARTS 26. PART ORDER/REPEAT ORDER
10. TRANSIT RISK INSURANCE 27. SELLER’S DRAWINGS AND DATA REQUIREMENT
11.RESPECT FOR DELIVERY DATES 28. TECHNICAL INFORMATION
12. DELAYED DELIVERY 29 PROGRESS CHART AND EXPEDITING
13. DELAYS DUE TO FORCE MAJEURE 30. SERVICES OF SELLER’S PERSONNEL
14. REJECTION, REMOVAL OF REJECTED GOODS AND 31. SELLER’S LIABILITIES
REPLACEMENT 32. PURCHASER’S MATERIAL
15. TRANSFER OF PROPERTY FROM THE 33. HEADINGS
SELLER TO THE PURCHASER 34. ARBITRATION
16. PRICE 35. JURISDICTION
17. TERMS OF PAYMENT

PART – B: PACKING, MARKING, SHIPPING AND

DOCUMENTATION SPECIFICATION FOR INDIGENOUS
MATERIAL (Document No. 8-1843-0002 Rev. No. 0)

PART–C: PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE

(PERFORMANCE)

PART–D: PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE

ADVANCE (INDIGENOUS)

A133-01-GPC (Ind.)-R0
Page 259 of 442 Page 1 of 7
 PART – A: GENERAL PURCHASE CONDITIONS (INDIGENOUS)

1. DEFINITIONS: Purchase Order / Purchase Requisition number must

appear on order confirmation, correspondence,
The following expressions used in these General drawings, invoices, shipping notes, packing and/ or any
Purchase Conditions (GPC) and the Purchase shall documents or paper connected with the Order.
have the meaning indicated against each of these:
3. CONFIRMATION OF ORDER:
The PURCHASER / OWNER means Engineers India
Limited, a company incorporated in India having its The Seller shall acknowledge the receipt of the Fax of
registered office at Engineers India Bhawan, 1, Bhikaiji Acceptance (FOA) / Purchase Order (PO) within seven
Cama Place, RK Puram, New Delhi-110066 and shall days following the date of the FOA / Purchase Order
include its successors and assignees. and shall thereby confirm his acceptance of the FOA /
Purchase Order without any exceptions. This
“GOODS/MATERIALS”: Goods and/or materials shall acknowledgment will bear on both FOA / Purchase
mean any of the Articles, Materials, Machinery, Order and General Purchase Conditions
Equipment, Supplies, Drawings, Data and other
property and all services including but not limited to 4. SALES CONDITIONS:
design, delivery, installation, inspection, testing and
commissioning specified to complete the order. With Seller’s acceptance of provision of the Purchase
Order, he waives and considers as cancelled any of his
“SELLER”: Seller shall mean the Person, Firm or general sales conditions.
Corporation to whom the Fax of Acceptance / Purchase
Order is issued. 5. COMPLETE AGREEMENT:

“Contractual Delivery Date”: Contractual Delivery The terms and conditions of the Purchase Order shall
Date is the date on which goods shall be delivered constitute the entire Agreement between the parties
F.O.T dispatching point/destination in accordance with hereto. Changes will be binding only if the amendments
the terms of the Purchase Order. The contractual are made in writing and signed by an authorized
delivery date/period is inclusive of all the lead time for representative of the Purchaser.
engineering, procurement of raw materials,
manufacturing, inspection, testing packing and any 6. INSPECTION-CHECKING-TESTING:
other activities whatsoever required to be accomplished
for effecting the delivery at the agreed delivery point. The equipment, materials and workmanship covered by
the Purchase Order are subject to inspection and
“Procurement co-coordinators /Managers”: testing at any time prior to shipment and/or despatch
Purchaser’s authorized representative appointed as and to final inspection within a reasonable time after
procurement co-ordinators/ manager. arrival at the place of delivery. Inspectors shall have the
right to carry out the inspection and testing which will
“INSPECTORS”: Inspectors Inspectors deputed / include the raw materials at manufacturer’s shop, at
authorized by Purchaser including Third Party fabricator’s shop and at the time of actual despatch
Inspection Agency. before and after completion of packing.

CLIENT: client means Chennai Petroleum Corporation All tests, mechanical and others as specified in the
Limited. Purchase Requisition and particularly those required by
codes will be performed at Seller’s expenses and in
PROJECT: Resid Upgradation Project- Coker Block accordance with Inspector’s instructions. The Seller will
at Manali Refinery of Chennai Petroleum Corporation also bear the expenses concerning preparation and
Limited. rendering of tests required by Boiler Inspectorate or
such other statutory testing agencies or by Lloyds
PROJECT MANAGEMENT CONSULTANT” or Register of Shipping and Industrial Services as may be
“PMC” or “CONSULTANT” shall mean any person(s) required.
nominated by the OWNER as the Project
Management Consultant for the Project. The words The salaries and fees of Inspectors and their travelling,
“PROJECT MANAGEMENT CONSULTANT”, “PMC”& lodging and boarding expenses will not be borne by the
“CONSULTANT” are synonymous. M/s Jacobs Seller unless inspection becomes anfractuous due to
Engineering India Private Limited is the PMC for this any omission or commission on the part of the Seller.
Project. Before shipping or despatch, the equipment and/or
materials will have to be checked and stamped by
2. REFERENCE FOR DOCUMENTATION: Inspectors who are authorized also to forbid the use

A133-01-GPC (Ind.)-R0
Page 260 of 442 Page 2 of 7
and despatch of any equipment and/or materials which Inspectors to maintain Schedule and delay, if any, in
during tests and inspection fail to comply with the this process will not be taken into consideration as a
specification, codes and testing requirements. cause of Force Majeure.

The Seller shall: 8. OILS & LUBRICANTS:

- Inform Procurement Coordinator/Managers at The first filling of oils and lubricants, if any, required for
least eight days in advance of the exact place, every equipment shall be supplied inline with MR. The
date and time of rendering the equipment or Seller shall also recommend the quality / quantity of oils
materials for required inspection. and lubricants required for one-year continuous
operation.
- Provide free access as required to Inspectors
during normal and / or extended working hours 9. SPARE PARTS:
to Seller’s or his/its sub-Supplier’s works and
place at their disposal all useful means of The Seller must furnish item wise and priced list of
performing, checking, marking, testing, spare parts required for two years normal operation and
inspection and final stamping. maintenance of the equipment and prime movers also.

Even if the Inspections and tests are fully carried out, The Seller shall provide the necessary cross - sectional
Seller would not be absolved to any degree from his drawing to identify the spare parts numbers and their
responsibilities to ensure that all equipment and location as well as an inter-changeability chart.
material supplied comply strictly with requirements as
per agreement both during manufacturing, at the time of 10. TRANSIT RISK INSURANCE:
delivery, inspection, on arrival at site and after its
erection or start-up and guarantee period as stipulated The Purchaser against its/ Client’s Open General Policy
in Clause 23 herein. (The name of the Insurance Co. will be conveyed
subsequently) shall cover transit Risk Insurance. The
The Seller’s responsibility will not be lessened to any Seller shall advise the dispatch particulars to the
degree due to any comments made by Procurement Insurance Company under advice to the Procurement
Coordinators/Managers and Inspectors on the Seller’s Coordinators / Managers before shipment.
drawings or specifications or by inspectors witnessing
any chemical or physical tests. In any case, the 11. RESPECT FOR DELIVERY DATES:
equipment must be in strict accordance with the
Purchase Order and/or its attachments failing which the Time of delivery as mentioned in the Purchase Order
Purchaser shall have the right to reject the goods and shall be the essence of the agreement and no variation
hold the Seller liable for non-performance of contract. shall be permitted except with prior authorization in
writing from the Purchaser. Goods should be delivered
7. OFFICIAL INSTITUTIONAL TESTING: securely packed and in good order and condition at the
place and within the time specified in the Purchase
In addition to testing and inspection by Inspectors Order for their delivery. The Purchaser reserves the
mentioned above, Lloyds register Industrial services or right to defer the period of delivery in writing.
similar institutional agencies like Boiler-Inspectorate
may be assigned for official testing of all coded 12. DELAYED DELIVERY:
equipment. The Seller shall ensure that all Procedures
for preparation and Performance of test prescribed by The time and date of delivery of materials / equipment
such institution shall be complied scrupulously. as stipulated in the Order shall be deemed to be the
essence of the contract. In case of delay in execution
The Seller is required to send to such institutions as of the order beyond the date of delivery stipulated in the
may be designed by the Purchaser at least three sets of order or any extensions sanctioned, the Purchaser may
fabricated / manufactured drawings for each equipment at his option either:
and calculations. All manufacturer’s mill test certificates
and analytical reports from material laboratories in (i) Accept delayed delivery at prices reduced by as per
respect of all raw material and components employed Price Reduction Schedule Clause of RFQ.
shall have to be presented to such Institution’s
Inspectors in the number of copies required. Seller (ii) Cancel the order in part or full and purchase such
shall be responsible for any delay in submission of cancelled quantities from elsewhere on account and at
necessary certificates. The Seller shall maintain close risk and cost of the Seller, without prejudice to its right
liaison with Procurement Co-ordinators and Institution’s under (i) above in respect to goods delivered.

A133-01-GPC (Ind.)-R0
Page 261 of 442 Page 3 of 7
13. DELAYS DUE TO FORCE MAJEURE: The transfer of property shall be deemed to have taken
place as follows subject to the provisions herein
In the event of causes of Force Majeure occurring within contained:
the agreed delivery terms, the delivery dates can be
15.1 F.O.T. despatch point: On handing over the
extended by the Purchaser on receipt of application
equipment to the carrier against receipt and
from the Seller without imposition of penalty. Only
such receipt having been passed over to the
those causes which depend on natural calamities, wars
Purchaser.
and national strikes which have duration of more than
seven consecutive calendar days and Government Acts 15.2 Equipment sent freight/ carriage paid to the
and other direct legislative enforcement are considered
Refinery site: On receipt of goods at site.
the causes of Force Majeure.
15.3 Equipment erected by the Seller; on
The Seller must advise the Purchaser by a registered acceptance at job site.
letter duly certified by a local Chamber of Commerce or
15.4 Equipment commissioned by the Seller: On
statutory authorities, the beginning and the end of such
taking over by the Purchaser for regular
causes of delay immediately, but in no case later than
operation after test run at maximum capacity
10 days from the beginning and end of each cause of
for specified period satisfactorily performed.
such Force Majeure condition defined above.
16. PRICE:
The extension of time for completion of the work or any
part of the work or any operation(s) involved therein Unless otherwise agreed to in the terms of the
shall be the sole remedy of the Seller for any cause or Purchase Order, the price shall be:
event of delay and the Seller shall not be entitled in
addition to or in lieu of such extension to claim any a) Firm and not subject to escalation for any reasons
damages or compensation for extended stay or whatsoever till the execution of entire order even though
otherwise whether under the law governing contracts or it might be necessary for the order execution to take
quasi-Seller or any other relationship, and the Seller longer than the delivery period specified in the order.
hereby waives and disclaims any and all contrary rights.
b) Inclusive of adequate road worthy packing and
14. REJECTION, REMOVAL OF REJECTED forwarding charges upto effecting delivery at F.O.T.
GOODS AND REPLACEMENT: despatch point in all cases whenever F.O.T destination
delivery terms are agreed to but exclusive of transit
In case the testing and inspection at any stage by insurance.
Inspectors reveal that the equipment, material and
workmanship do not comply with the specification and c) Exclusive of Central/State Sales Tax, Excise Duty
requirements, the Seller at his/its own expense and risk and or such imposts which are leviable by law on sales
shall remove the same within the time allowed by the of finished goods to Purchaser and/or Octroi duty, if
Purchaser. The Purchaser shall be at liberty to dispose any, leviable at destination/ project site. The nature and
of such rejected goods in such a manner, as he may extent of such levies shall be shown separately.
think appropriate. In the event the Seller fails to remove
the rejected goods within the period as aforesaid, all 17. TERMS OF PAYMENT:
expenses incurred by the Purchaser for such disposal
shall be to the account of the Seller. The freight paid by Payment terms shall be as specified in the Inquiry /
the Purchaser, if any, on the inward journey of the Purchase Order.
rejected materials shall be reimbursed by the Seller to
the Purchaser before the rejected materials are Seller shall claim their invoice excluding Excise Duty.
removed by the Seller. The Excise Duty shall be released separately on receipt
of documents including Transporters copy of Invoice,
The Seller shall have to proceed with the replacement valid for availing CENVAT. In the event CPCL is not
of that equipment or part of the equipment at able to claim CENVAT, the amount of Excise Duty to
Purchaser’s stores / site, if so required by the that extent shall be recovered from the Seller.
Purchaser, without claiming any extra payment. The
time taken for replacement in such event will not be Seller shall ensure submission of proper documents for
added to the contractual delivery period. availing CENVAT/ VAT benefits of Service Tax/ VAT. In
case the documents are not found to be in order,
15. TRANSFER OF PROPERTY FROM THE amount of Service Tax/ VAT will be recovered from the
SELLER TO THE PURCHASER. Seller.

A133-01-GPC (Ind.)-R0
Page 262 of 442 Page 4 of 7
The Seller shall furnish to the Purchaser bank owned by the Seller.
guarantee / Cash Security. Bank Guarantee shall be
from a Scheduled/ Nationalized Bank in a form Upon receipt of the cancellation notice the Seller shall
approved by the Purchaser for an amount of 10% of the discontinue all work on the Purchase Order and matters
contract value as security for the due performance of all connected with it.
the Seller’s liability in terms of and/or in connection with
the contract. This security will be released after the The Purchaser in that event will be entitled to procure
expiry of the period of performance guarantee. the requirement in the open market and recover the
excess payment over the Vender’s agreed price, if any,
The financial settlement of Seller’s Invoice is liable to be from the Seller, reserving to itself the right to forfeit the
withheld in the event the Seller has not complied with security deposit, if any, made by the Seller against the
submission of drawing, data and such documentation contract. The Seller is aware that the said goods are
as called for in Purchase Order and/or as required required by the Purchaser for the ultimate purpose of
otherwise. material production and that non delivery may cause
loss of production and consequently loss or profit to the
18. RECOVERY OF SUMS DUE: Purchaser. In this event of the Purchaser exercising the
option to claim damages for non-delivery other than by
Whenever any claim against the Seller for payment of way of difference between the market price and the
sum of money arises out of or under the contract, the contract price, the Seller shall pay to the Purchaser, the
Purchaser shall be entitled to recover such sums from fair compensation to be agreed upon between the
any sum then due or which at any time thereafter may Purchaser and the Seller.
become due from the Seller under this or any other
contract with the Purchaser including right to encash the The provision of this clause shall not prejudice the right
PBG. In the event of encashment of PBG, the same of the Purchaser from invoking the provisions of clause
shall be re-stored to its original amount by the Seller “Delayed Delivery” as aforesaid.
and should this sum be not sufficient to cover the
recoverable amount, the Seller shall pay to the 21. PATENTS AND ROYALTIES:
Purchaser on demand the balance remaining due.
On acceptance of this order, the Seller will be deemed
19. CHANGES to have entirely indemnified the Purchaser and
Procurement Coordinators/Managers from any legal
The Purchaser has the option at any time to make action or claims regarding compensation for breach of
changes in quantities ordered or in specifications and patent rights which the Seller deems necessary to apply
drawings. If such changes cause an increase or for manufacturing the ordered equipment and/or
decrease in the price or in the time required for supply, materials or which can in any way be connected in the
an equitable, adjustment under this provision must be manufacture.
finalized within 10 days from the date when the change
is ordered. 22. CONTROL REGUALTIONS:

20. CANCELLATION: The supply, despatch and delivery of goods shall be

arranged by the Seller in strict conformity with the
The Purchaser reserves the right to cancel the statutory regulations including provision of Industries
Purchase Order or any part thereof and shall be entitled (Development and Regulation) Act, 1951 and any
to rescind the contract wholly or in part in a written amendment thereof as applicable from time to time.
notice to the Seller if: The Purchaser disowns any responsibility for any
irregularity or contravention of any of the statutory
i) The Seller fails to comply with the terms of this regulations in manufacture or supply of his stores
Purchase Order. covered by this order.

ii) The Seller fails to deliver the goods on time

23. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE:
and/or replace the rejected goods promptly.

iii) The Seller becomes bankrupt or goes into The Seller shall guarantee that any and all materials
liquidation. used in execution of the Purchase Order shall be in
strict compliance with characteristics, requirements and
iv) The Seller makes a general assignment for specifications agreed upon and that the same shall be
the benefit of creditors. free from any defects. Checking of the Seller’s drawings
by Procurement Co-coordinators/ Managers and their
v) A receiver is appointed for any of the property approval and permission to ship or despatch the

A133-01-GPC (Ind.)-R0
Page 263 of 442 Page 5 of 7
equipment and materials guaranteed by Inspectors 27. SELLER’S DRAWING AND DATA
shall not relieve the Seller from any part of his/its REQUIREMENT:
responsibilities of proper fulfillment of the requirement.
The Seller will guarantee that all materials and The Seller shall submit drawings, data and
equipment shall be repaired or replaced as the case documentation in accordance with but not limited to
may be, at his own expense in case the same have what is specified in the requisition and/or in the Seller
been found to be defective in respect of materials, drawings and data form attached to the Purchase
workmanship or smooth and rated operation within Requisition and as called for in Clause 8, viz. Expediting
Guarantee Period as stipulated in the RFQ document. above. Types, quantities and time limits of submitting
this must be respected in its entirety failing which the
The guarantee period for the replaced parts shall be 18 Purchase Order shall not be deemed to have been
months starting from the date on which the executed for all purposes including settlement of
replacements are put in service or period as specified payment since the said submission is an integral part of
above in case of critical items, whichever is later. Purchase Order execution.
Acceptance by the Purchaser or Inspectors of any
equipment and materials or their replacement will not 28. TECHNICAL INFORMATION:
relieve the Seller of his/its responsibility concerning the
above guarantee. Drawings, specifications and details shall be the
property of the Purchaser and shall be returned by the
The Seller shall furnish a Bank Guarantee for 10% of Seller on demand. The Seller shall not make use of
total of total order value (as per proforma hereunder) to drawings and specifications for any purpose at any time
support Seller’s performance. This bank guarantee save and except for the purpose of the Purchaser.
shall remain in force for the entire period covered in
Performance Guarantee plus three months. The Seller shall not disclose the technical information
furnished to or gained by the Seller under or by virtue of
24. NON-WAIVER: or as a result of the implementation of the Purchase
Order to any person, firm or body or Corporate authority
Failure of the Purchaser / Procurement Coordinators/ and shall make all endeavours to ensure that the
Managers to insist upon any of the terms or conditions technical information is kept CONFIDENTIAL. The
incorporated in the Purchase Order or failure or delay to technical information imparted and supplied to the
exercise any rights or remedies herein or by law or Seller by the Purchaser shall at all times remain the
failure to properly notify Seller in the event of breach, or absolute property of the Purchaser.
the acceptance of or payment of any goods hereunder
or approval of design shall not release the Seller and 29. PROGRESS CHART AND EXPEDITING:
shall not be deemed a waiver of any right of the
Purchaser / Procurement Coordinators/Managers to The Seller shall submit to EIL within four (4) weeks from
insist upon the strict performance thereof or any of his the date of Fax Of Acceptance a BAR CHART showing
or their rights or remedies as to any such goods start and finish dates for various activities forming part
regardless of when goods are shipped received or of the execution of the order and identifying the delivery
accepted nor shall any purported oral modification or dates to this activity schedule. Seller shall update this
revisions of the order by Purchaser/ Procurement bar chart every fortnight showing the actual
Coordinators/Managers act as waiver of the terms performance of the activities and if and how the delivery
hereof. date has been affected thereby. Copies of the updated
bar chart will also be submitted for review of the
25. NON ASSIGNMENT: progress of the order.

The Seller without obtaining prior written consent of the Procurement Coordinator/Managers have been
Purchaser shall not assign the Purchase Order to any assigned to expedite both manufacture and shipment of
other agency. equipment and materials covered by the Purchase
Order. The Procurement Co-coordinator/ Managers
26. PART ORDER/ REPEAT ORDER shall have free access to Seller’s shop and/or sub-
Supplier’s shop at any time and they shall be provided
Seller hereby agrees to accept part order at Purchasers all the necessary assistance and information to help
option without any limitation whatsoever and also them perform their job.
accept repeat order(s) during a period of 6 months from
the date of original purchase order on same unit prices, In order to facilitate over-all execution of the order within
terms and conditions. the contractual delivery date, Seller shall furnish to
Procurement Coordinator / Manager within 4 weeks of

A133-01-GPC (Ind.)-R0
Page 264 of 442 Page 6 of 7
receipt of Purchase Order in required number of copies c) The Seller shall give a firm and binding list of
of documents / detailed drawings such as but not Purchasers issue of materials which shall be duly
limited to schedule/PERT chart, unpriced copies of sub reviewed & approved by EIL and the desired schedule
orders/sub contracts, phased program of itemize of its delivery to shop floor strictly in accordance with
manufacturing, testing and delivery and any other the sequence of fabrication vis-a-vis the contractual
information/documentation as may be called for by the delivery period.
Procurement Coordinators/Managers. All post order
correspondence shall be addressed to the DGM d) Unused materials or scrap from material supplied by
(Inspection), with a copy to the Project Manager, the Purchaser to the Seller shall be returned by the
Engineers India Ltd., New Delhi. Seller to the Purchaser or if the Purchaser so directs the
Seller may dispose of the same by sale or otherwise on
30. SERVICES OF SELLER’S PERSONNEL: such terms and conditions as the Purchaser may
stipulate and the Seller shall pay to the Purchaser the
Upon three week advance notice, the Seller shall sale proceeds of the material so disposed off by sale
depute the necessary personnel along with required deducting there from expenses incurred by the Seller on
Tools & Tackles to site for supervision of erection and such sale, the quantum of such deduction to be
start up of the equipment and train a few of the IOCL/ mutually agreed upon in advance between the
EIL’s personnel for the operation and maintenance of Purchaser and the Seller.
the equipment, if required by the Purchaser. The terms
and conditions for the services of the Seller shall be 33. HEADINGS:
mutually settled.
The headings of the conditions hereof shall not affect
31. SELLER’S LIABILITIES construction thereof.

The Seller’s workmen or employees shall under no 34. ARBITRATION:

circumstances be deemed to be in Purchaser’s
employment and the Seller shall hold himself Any dispute or difference between the parties hereof
responsible for any claims which they or their heirs, arising out of any notified claim of the SELLER included
dependents or personal representatives may have or in his final bill and /or arising out of any amount claimed
make for damages or compensation for anything done by the OWNER (whether or not the amount claimed by
or committed to be done in the course of carrying out of the OWNER or any part thereof shall have been
the work covered by this Purchase Order, whether deducted from the Final bill of the supplier or any
arising on Purchaser’s premises or elsewhere and amount paid by the OWNER to the SELLER in respect
agrees to Indemnify the Purchaser against any such of the work) shall be referred to arbitration in
claim or claims if made against the Purchaser and all accordance with the UNCITRAL Rules as adopted in
cost (as between attorney and client) of proceedings, India by the Arbitration & Conciliation Act, 1996.
suits or action which the Purchaser may incur or sustain
in respect of the same. The Seller shall also procure The venue of the arbitration shall be New Delhi.
and keep in force at his own cost comprehensive
automobile Liability insurance for adequate coverage in Notwithstanding the existence of any dispute or
respect of all his vehicle/s visiting or plying in project arbitration in terms hereof or otherwise, the Seller shall
premises. The Seller shall also be responsible for continue and be bound to continue and perform the
compliance of existing laws in respect of their workmen works to completion in all respects according to the
and employees.
Contract (unless the Contract or works be determined
32. PURCHASER’S MATERIAL by the Owner or by the Seller under the provisions of
the Contract), and the Seller shall remain liable and
a) Purchaser’s materials shall be delivered to the Seller bound in all respects under the Contract.
after the Seller submits the Bank Guarantee for
Indemnifying the full value thereof strictly in the manner 35. JURISDICTION
and as per Performa of Bank Guarantee approved by
the Purchaser. The Seller hereby agrees that the Court situated at New
Delhi alone shall have the jurisdiction to hear and
b) Wherever possible, the material shall be consigned determine all action and proceedings arising out of this
to goods depot to be specifically confirmed by Seller. contract.
The Seller at his responsibility and cost shall arrange
Loading/Unloading and any handling from the
destination.

A133-01-GPC (Ind.)-R0
Page 265 of 442 Page 7 of 7
Page 266 of 442
Page 267 of 442
Page 268 of 442
Page 269 of 442
Page 270 of 442
Page 271 of 442
Page 272 of 442
 PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE
(PERFORMANCE)
(On non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value)
(For Indigenous Suppliers)
To
Engineers India Limited
Engineers India Bhawan
1 Bhikaiji Cama Place
R.K. Puram
New Delhi – 110 066
Kind Att.: Head (LSTK-Finance)
RFQ NO.: _______________________
Dear Sirs,

In consideration of the Engineers India Limited, 1 Bhikaiji Cama Place, R.K. Puram, New Delhi-110066 (hereinafter
called – “the Purchaser” which expression shall include its successors and assigns having awarded
________________________________ work to M/s (Name) _______________________________________
(Constitution) ___________________________ (Address) _____________________________ (hereinafter referred
to as “the Supplier” which expression shall wherever the subject or context so permits include its successors and
assigns) a supply contract in terms inter-alia, of the Purchaser’s Letter No. ______________________ dated
__________ hereinafter referred to as the “Contract” and the general purchase conditions of the purchaser and upon
the condition of Supplier’s furnishing security for the Performance of the Supplier’s obligations and/or discharge of the
Supplier’s liabilities under and/or in connection with the said supply contract for a sum of Rs.
_______________________ only amounting to 10% (ten percent) of the total contract value.

We _______________________________________ (name) a body / corporate registered/constituted under the laws

of ___________________________ and having a Branch at ______________________ (Indian Branch Address)
(hereinafter called “the Bank” which expression shall include its successors and assigns) with the intent to bind the
Bank and its successors and assigns, hereby undertake to pay the Purchaser at __________________ (place) on
first demand in writing without protest or demur or proof or satisfaction or condition and without reference to supplier
any and all amounts from time to time demanded by the Purchaser from the Bank with reference to this
Guarantee/Undertaking upto an aggregate limit of Rs. _________________ (Rupees
___________________________ only).

AND THE BANK DOTH HEREBY FURTHER AGREE AS FOLLOWS:-

1. This Guarantee/Undertaking shall be a continuing Guarantee/Undertaking and shall remain valid and
irrevocable for all claims of the Purchaser and liabilities of the Supplier arising upto and until ___________
plus claim period of 3 months.

2. This Guarantee/Undertaking shall be in addition to any other guarantee or security whatsoever that the
Purchaser may now or at any time have in relation to the Supplier’s obligations liabilities under and/or in
connection with the said supply contract and the Purchaser shall have full authority to take recourse to or
reinforce this security in preference to the other security(ies) at its sole discretion, and no failure on the part
of the Purchaser in enforcing or requiring enforcement of any other security shall have the effect of releasing
the Bank from its full liability hereunder.

3. The Purchaser shall be at liberty without reference to the Bank and without affecting the full liability of the
Bank hereunder to take an other security in respect of the Supplier’s obligation and/or liabilities under or in
connection with the said supply contract and to vary the terms vis-à-vis the Supplier of the said supply
contract or to grant time and/or indulgence to the Supplier or to reduce or to increase or otherwise vary the
prices of the total contract value or to release or to forebear from enforcement of all or any of the obligations
of the Supplier under the said supply contract and/or the remedies of the Purchaser under any other
Guarantee(s) or Security(ies) now or hereafter held by the Purchaser and no such dealing(s), variation(s),
reduction(s) or other indulgence(s) or arrangement(s) with the Supplier or release or forbearance whatsoever
shall have the effect of releasing the Bank from its full liability to the Purchaser hereunder or of prejudicing
rights of the Purchaser against the Bank.

4. This Guarantee/Undertaking shall not be determined or affected by the liquidation or winding up, dissolution,
or change of constitution or insolvency of the Supplier or any change in the legal constitution of the Bank or
of the Purchaser.

A133-01-GPC (Ind.)-R0 Page 1 of 2

Page 273 of 442

5. Bank hereby waives all rights at any time inconsistent with the terms of this Guarantee/Undertaking and the
obligations of the Bank in terms hereof shall not be anywise affected or suspended by reasons of any dispute
or disputes having been raised by the Supplier (whether or not pending before any Arbitrator, Officer,
Tribunal or Court) or any denial of liability by the Supplier or any other order for Communication whatsoever
by the Supplier stopping or preventing or purporting to stop or prevent any payment by the Bank to the
Purchaser in terms hereof.

6. Notwithstanding anything contained herein:

(a) The Bank’s liability under this Guarantee/Undertaking shall not exceed Rs._____________ (In
figures) ______________________ (In words) ____________________________ only).

(b) This Guarantee/Undertaking shall remain in force upto _____________ and any extension(s)
thereof, if any; and

(c) The Bank shall be released and discharged from all liability under this Guarantee/Undertaking
unless a written claim or demand is issued to the Bank on or before _____________ plus 3 months
period or the date of expiry of any extension(s) thereof if this guarantee/undertaking has been
extended.

7. The Bank doth hereby declares that Shri ______________________ (name & designation of the person
authorized to sign on behalf of the Bank) is authorized to sign this Guarantee/Undertaking on behalf of the
Bank and to bind the Bank thereby.

Yours faithfully,

(Signature)

NAME & DESIGNATION

NAME OF THE BANK

NOTE

1. This Guarantee is required to be stamped as an agreement according to the Stamp Duty Act.

2. The Performance Bank Guarantee shall be strictly as per above proforma and shall be through Indian or
Foreign Branches of Indian Scheduled Banks (other than Cooperative Bank)/Nationalized Bank or Indian
Branches of Foreign Banks.

3. The bank shall provide details viz contact person, telephone number, fax number, e-mail address and
address of the Controlling/Regional Office of issuing bank for verification of authenticity of Bank Guarantee.

4. This Guarantee is required to be sent by Seller’s Bankers directly to the Head (LSTK-Finance), Engineers
rd
India Limited, EI Bhawan, 3 Floor, 1, Bhikaiji Cama Place, New Delhi-110066.

A133-01-GPC (Ind.)-R0 Page 2 of 2

Page 274 of 442

 PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE
ADVANCE (INDIGENOUS)
(On non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value)
To
Engineers India Limited
1 Bhikaiji Cama Place
New Delhi – 110 066
Attn.: Head (LSTK-Finance)
Project ______________________
RFQ No. _____________________
Dear Sirs,

Engineers India Limited, 1, Bhikaiji Cama Place, New Delhi-110066 (hereinafter called – “the Purchaser” which
expression shall include its successors and assigns) has awarded M/s ____________________________________
(hereinafter called “The Supplier” which expression shall include its successors and assigns) the work of designing,
manufacturing, fabricating and supply of ______________________ in terms of a contract as constituted by Purchase
Order No. ____________________ dated _________________ issued by the Purchaser to the Supplier (hereinafter
called “The Contract” which expression include all the amendments and/or modifications of the Purchase Oder).

AND WHEREAS the Purchaser has agreed to advance the Supplier a sum of Rs._________________ (Rupees
_________________________________________________) hereinafter called “The Advance” as financial
assistance to the Supplier under the Contract on the condition, inter alia, that the advance shall be secured by a Bank
Guarantee as hereinafter appearing:

We ______________________________ Bank _____________________ a Bank incorporated/ constituted under the

laws of _____________________ and having it registered/principal office at _________________________________
(hereinafter called “The Bank” which expression shall include our successors and assigns) in consideration of the
aforesaid promises and at the request of the Supplier DO HEREBY bind ourselves and our successors and assigns,
and irrevocable undertake to pay the Purchaser on first demand in writing without protest or demur or proof or
condition and without reference to the Supplier any and all amounts at any time and from time to time claimed by you,
as due to you under or in respect of the said advance, and demanded by you from us, with reference to this
undertaking for an aggregate limit of Rs. _____________ (Rupees
___________________________________________).

AND, we, the Bank DO HEREBY further agree as follows:

(i) The Purchaser shall have the fullest liberty without reference to the Bank and without affecting in any way the
liability of the Bank under this Guarantee/Undertaking, at any time and/or from time to time to anywise vary
the Contract and/or any of terms and conditions thereof or of or relative to the advance and to extend time for
the performance of the Contract and/or repayment of the advance or to postpone for any time or from time to
time the obligations of the Supplier and to waive or postpone exercise of any of the rights available to the
Purchaser against the Supplier or to forebear from enforcing any of the terms or conditions of the Contract
and/or the advance or any security(ies) available to the Purchaser, AND the liability of the Bank shall remain
in full force and effect notwithstanding any exercise by the Purchaser of the liberty with reference to any or all
the matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the Supplier or any forbearance, waiver, act or
omission on the part of the Purchaser or any indulgence by the Purchaser to the Supplier or any other act,
matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would have the effect of releasing the
Bank from its liability hereunder or any part thereof, AND the BANK DOTH HEREBY waive all rights at any
time inconsistent with the terms of this Guarantee/Undertaking.

(ii) It shall not be necessary for the Purchaser to proceed against the Supplier before proceeding against the
Bank and this guarantee/undertaking shall be enforceable against the Bank as principal debtor
notwithstanding the existence of any other security for any indebtedness of the Supplier to the Purchaser
(including relative to the advance) and notwithstanding that any such security shall at the time when claim is
made against the Bank or proceedings taken against the Bank be outstanding or unrealized.

(iii) As between the Bank and the Purchaser for the purpose of this guarantee/undertaking the amount claimed
by the Purchaser from the Bank with reference to this guarantee/ undertaking shall be final and binding upon
the bank as to the amount payable by the Bank to the Purchaser hereunder.

A133-01-GPC (Ind.)-R0 Page 1 of 2

Page 275 of 442

(iv) The liability of the Bank to the Purchaser under this guarantee/undertaking shall remain in full force and
effect notwithstanding the existence of any difference or dispute between the Supplier and the Purchaser,
the Supplier and the Bank and/or the Bank and the Purchaser, or otherwise howsoever touching or affecting
these presents or the liability of the Supplier to the Purchaser, and notwithstanding the existence of any
instructions or purported instructions of the Supplier or any other person(s) to the Bank not to pay or for any
cause withhold or defer payment to the Purchaser under these presents with the intent that notwithstanding
the existence of such difference, dispute or instruction, the Bank shall be and remain liable to make payment
to the Purchaser.

(v) This guarantee/undertaking shall not be affected by any change in the constitution of the Bank or that of the
Supplier or the Purchaser, or any irregularity in the exercise of borrowing powers by or on behalf of the
Supplier.

(vi) This guarantee/undertaking shall be valid for all claims/demands made by the Purchaser to or upon us upto
____________________ provided always that if for any reasons, the Supplier is unable to complete supplies
under the Contract, the Bank shall at the request of the Purchaser and without recourse to the Supplier
extend the validity of this guarantee/undertaking for a further period of six months. For the purpose of this
clause, the Purchaser’s statement that the Supplier is unable to complete supplies under the contract shall
be conclusive and final binding on us.

(vii) Notwithstanding anything contained herein:

(a) The Bank’s liability under this Guarantee/Undertaking shall not exceed Rs. _______ (Rupees
__________________________________only).

(b) This Guarantee/Undertaking shall remain in force upto ______________ and any extension(s)
thereof; and

(c) The Bank shall be released and discharged from all liability under this Guarantee/ Undertaking
unless a written claim or demand is issued to the Bank on or before ________ plus 3 months claim
period, or the date of expiry of any extension(s) thereof if this guarantee/undertaking has been
extended.

(viii) The Bank DOTH HEREBY declare that Mr. ______________ (name of the person signing on behalf of the
Bank) who is _____________ (his designation), is authorized to sign this guarantee/undertaking on behalf of
the Bank and to bind the Bank thereby.
Dated this ________________________ day of ______________

Yours faithfully,

For _____________________________________________

Signature ________________________________________

Name & Designation ________________________________

Name of the Branch ________________________________

NOTE

1. This Guarantee is required to be stamped as an agreement according to the Stamp Duty Act.

2. The Performance Bank Guarantee shall be strictly as per above proforma and shall be through Indian or
Foreign Branches of Indian Scheduled Banks (other than Cooperative Bank)/Nationalized Bank or Indian
Branches of Foreign Banks.

3. The bank shall provide details viz contact person, telephone number, fax number, e-mail address and
address of the Controlling/Regional Office of issuing bank for verification of authenticity of Bank Guarantee.

4. This Guarantee is required to be sent by Seller’s Bankers directly to the Head (LSTK-Finance), Engineers
rd
India Limited, EI Bhawan, 3 Floor, 1, Bhikaiji Cama Place, New Delhi-110066.

A133-01-GPC (Ind.)-R0 Page 2 of 2

Page 276 of 442

Page 277 of 442
Page 278 of 442
Page 279 of 442
Page 280 of 442
Page 281 of 442
 JOB NO. A133
ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED
RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT – COKER BLOCK OF CPCL, CHENNAI
PRE-FILLED AGREED TERMS & CONDITIONS (FOR INDIGENOUS SUPPIERS)
BIDDER’s NAME : M/s._____________________________________________________________________________
RFQ No.: ________________________________________________________________________________________
Bidder’s Offer Ref. No. :____________________________________________________________________________
Tel No. : ____________________________________ Fax No.:_____________________________________________
Contact Person :________________________E-Mail:______________________Mobile No:_____________________

S. No. DESCRIPTION BIDDER’S CONFIRMATION

Quoted prices are on FOT despatch point basis inclusive of Packing &
a) Confirmed
Forwarding (P&F) charges.
Indicated
b) Specify Despatch Point in the enclosed Annexure – I
(Refer ANNEXURE – I)
Confirm that firm freight charges for transportation by road upto the
c) Project site including Service Tax & Education Cess, have been quoted in Confirmed
the price bid.
1 Confirm the freight charges for Recommended Spares for two years
d) normal operation & maintenance, if any, have been quoted extra in the Confirmed
Price Schedule separately.
Confirm the freight for all other supplies like mandatory spares
e) commissioning spares, tools and tackles etc., are included in freight for Confirmed
main equipment.
Marine-cum-erection insurance (MCE policy) shall be arranged by EIL and
f) Confirmed
therefore, the same shall not be included in the quoted prices.
Excise Duty + Education Cess: Indicated
a)
Tarrif sub heading no. (Refer ANNEXURE – I)

Present rate of Excise Duty + Education Cess payable extra against Indicated
b)
documentary evidence on finished products (including spares). (Refer ANNEXURE – I
Indicated
c) Maximum rate applicable (If present rate is nil or concessional)
2 (Refer ANNEXURE – I)

Clarify whether Excise Duty + Education Cess will be applicable on freight Indicated
d)
charges also. (Refer ANNEXURE – I)
Please indicate following break-up
Indicated
e) I) Cenvatable [Excise Duty + Educational Cess]
(Refer ANNEXURE – I)
II) Non Cenvatable
Sales Tax:
Indicated
a) Sales tax payable extra Specify CST/ Tamilnadu VAT (TN VAT) on sale of
(Refer ANNEXURE – I)
goods.
3 *In case of CST, C form shall be provided.
b)
In case of TN VAT, no concessional form shall be provided. TN VAT shall be Confirmed
reimbursed to bidder subject to submission of requisite documents
enabling owner to avail “INPUT CREDIT’ for the same.

A133 ATC (IND)-REV 0 AUG13 PAGE 1 OF 7

Page 282 of 442

S. No. DESCRIPTION BIDDER’S CONFIRMATION
EIL/CPCL shall avail credit of 100% of TN VAT on sale of goods. However,
for price evaluation TN VAT on sale of goods shall not be loaded. TN VAT
c) Confirmed
shall be reimbursed to bidder subject to submission of requisite
documents enabling EIL/IOCL to avail ‘INPUT CREDIT’ for the same.

Clarify whether CST / TN VAT on sale of goods will be applicable on freight Indicated
d)
charges also. (Refer ANNEXURE – I)
Indigenous suppliers shall issue E1/E2 form on quarterly basis within 60
days after completion of each quarter based on “C” form no. provided by
e) Confirmed
PURCHASER. PURCHASER will provide original “C” form in exchange of
original E1/E2 form.
In case Excise Duty / CST / TN VAT are stated as not applicable on freight
charges presently, and if they are applicable at the time of delivery due to
4 Confirmed
any reasons other than statutory, the same will be borne by the Bidder.
Confirm compliance.
Only statutory variations, if any, in the present rate of Service Tax,
cenvatable excise duty, Central Sales Tax and VAT amount for which input
a) Confirmed
tax credit is available to the EIL under TN VAT Act etc. shall be to EIL’s
account subject to documentary evidence to be furnished by the bidder.
5 Statutory variations on non-cenvatable excise duty shall be to SUPPLIER’s
b) Confirmed
account.
However, any variation in Excise duty + Ed. Cess at the time of supplies for
c) any reasons, other than statutory, including variations due to turnover, Confirmed
shall be borne by bidder.
VAT on Works Contract:
Confirmed
a) Wherever site job is involved, bidders to quote their prices inclusive of TN
VAT on work contracts (if applicable).
Only single order covering complete scope of supply & services will be
6 b) issued (indicating supply and services portion separately). Order for supply Confirmed
and services shall not be split.
Any statutory variation on TN VAT on work contracts or change in rate of
c) TN VAT due to wrong assessment by supplier shall be to supplier’s Confirmed
account.
Service Tax:
a) Service Tax on freight charges shall be included in the quoted Freight Confirmed
Charges.

Percentage of Cenvatable Service Tax applicable extra on Site Work Indicated (Refer Annexure I)
Charges, , if applicable as per MR.
b)
Service tax shall be paid only against a cenvatable invoice issued in Confirmed
accordance with Service Tax rules.
7 Percentage of Cenvatable Service Tax applicable extra on Supervision Indicated (Refer Annexure I)
Charges, if applicable as per MR.
c)
Service tax shall be paid only against a cenvatable invoice issued in Confirmed
accordance with Service Tax rules.
Percentage of Cenvatable Service Tax applicable extra on AMC Charges, if Indicated (Refer Annexure I)
applicable as per MR.
d)
Service tax shall be paid only against a cenvatable invoice issued in Confirmed
accordance with Service Tax rules.

A133 ATC (IND)-REV 0 AUG13 PAGE 2 OF 7

Page 283 of 442

S. No. DESCRIPTION BIDDER’S CONFIRMATION
Percentage of Cenvatable Service Tax applicable extra on Training Indicated (Refer Annexure I)
Charges, if applicable as per MR.
Service tax shall be paid only against a cenvatable invoice issued in Confirmed
accordance with Service Tax rules.
Entry Tax and Octroi:
Entry Tax / Octroi and Terminal Taxes are presently not applicable. If
8 a) applicable at a later date, same shall be payable extra at actual on Confirmed
production of necessary Documents/Invoices and information. Confirm
Compliance.
All new taxes/duties/cess/levies notified after the last date of submission
of final price bid/price implication, but within contractual delivery
/completion period, shall be to EIL’s account. These shall be reimbursed
a) against documentary evidence. Confirmed
9 However, in case of delay on account of supplier, any new or additional
taxes and duties imposed after contractual delivery shall be to supplier’s
account. Confirm compliance.
Any errors of interpretation of applicability of taxes/duties by bidders shall
b) Confirmed
be to bidders’ account.
Price Reduction Schedule:
a) Acceptance of applicable Price Reduction Schedule for delayed delivery as Confirmed
10 specified in RFQ/SIB.
In case of delay in delivery, bills shall be submitted after deducting price
b) Confirmed
reduction for delay.
Delivery Period / Completion Period:
11 Please confirm delivery/completion period as specified in RFQ Covering Confirmed
Letter.
Payment Terms:
a) Confirmed
Acceptance of applicable Payment terms as specified in RFQ /SIB.
Payment shall be released through Electronic Clearing System (ECS).
12 Furnished
In view of this, confirm that necessary details such as name of bank, bank
b) account no. etc. as per Mandate Form enclosed with RFQ, has been
furnished duly attested by your bank alongwith a cancel cheque, along (Refer ANNEXURE – II)
with your offer (as per Annexure-II to ATC) .
Part Order:
a) Confirmed
Acceptance of Part Order as per GPC (Indigenous).
13
Any charges quoted extra as lumpsum shall be applicable prorata on value
b) Confirmed
basis in the event of part order.
Repeat Order:
14 Confirmed
Acceptance of repeat order as per the clause specified in GPC (Indigenous).
Performance Bank Guarantee:
a) Submission of Performance Bank Guarantee for 10% of total order value as Confirmed
15 per General Purchase Conditions (GPC)/ Instructions to Bidders.
Indemnity Bond/Corporate Guarantee in lieu of PBG shall not be
b) Confirmed
considered.

A133 ATC (IND)-REV 0 AUG13 PAGE 3 OF 7

Page 284 of 442

S. No. DESCRIPTION BIDDER’S CONFIRMATION
Guarantee :
16 Confirm acceptance of Guarantee period & terms as per referred Clause of Confirmed
Instruction to Bidders/General Purchase Conditions (Indigenous) in RFQ
Covering Letter.
Firmness of prices:
17 The prices shall be firm and fixed and not subject to any variation, Confirmed
whatsoever. However, in case of Cables, variation in prices shall be
admissible as per IEEMA Price Variation Clause.
CIF Value of Built in Import Content and Import Duties:
a) In case of any Built-in import content considered in your offer, details of Confirmed
items to be furnished in Annexure-I.
Confirm that quoted prices are based on Merit rate of Customs duty, CVD,
b) Confirmed
Educational Cess and SAD as applicable.
18
Quoted prices shall remain firm and fixed on account of FE variation and
c) Confirmed
Custom Duty Variation, till complete execution of the order.
d) EIL shall not provide any import license. Noted
Quoted prices are after considering the benefit of CENVAT on CVD
e) Confirmed
including Edu. Cess.
Testing charges:
19 Confirm that quoted prices are inclusive of all testing including IBR/ IGC/ Confirmed
Radiography/ NACE charges (if applicable) as per Material Requisition
attached.
Third Party Inspection charges:
a) Goods and services shall be subject to stagewise and final inspection by Confirmed
CEIL.

The TPI charges for Certification Engineers India Ltd. (CEIL) as TPI agency
20 b) Confirmed
shall be borne by EIL.

All built in import content shall be subject to inspection by TPI (out of M/s.
Lloyds Register (Country of origin), M/s.Bureau Veritas(BV) and M/s.TUV
c) Confirmed
Nord) for which charges are included in quoted price and no additional
charges shall be paid by EIL.
Validity:
a) Confirm that the Offer is valid for period as mentioned in RFQ covering Confirmed
letter from the bid due date/ extended due date.

21 For 2 years O&M spares, prices shall be kept valid for a period of 2 years
b) Confirmed
from the date of order of main equipment.
Confirm that Annual % escalation for subsequent two years beyod the
c) validity of 2 years for O&M spares have been quoted in format for prices Confirmed
for O&M spares.

A133 ATC (IND)-REV 0 AUG13 PAGE 4 OF 7

Page 285 of 442

S. No. DESCRIPTION BIDDER’S CONFIRMATION
Confirm acceptance in totality to the following :
General Purchase Conditions (GPC) indigenous Confirmed
Instructions to Bidders / SIB Confirmed
Terms & Conditions for supervision of Erection, Testing & Confirmed
22
Commissioning (if applicable).
Terms & Conditions for site work (if applicable). Confirmed
Terms & Conditions for Annual Maintenance Contract (if applicable). Confirmed
All other terms & conditions of RFQ covering letter. Confirmed
Confirm that you have furnished the following documents in the offer:
a) Original Integrity Pact Furnished
23
b) Solvency Certificate Furnished
c) Concurrent / Present Commitment Furnished
Confirm the list, wherever required as per MR, has been submitted for
following :
a) Mandatory Spares (if specified in MR) Confirmed
b) Commissioning Spares (as included in main item) Confirmed
24
c) Special tools & tackles (if required) Confirmed
d) Recommended Spares for two years normal operation & maintenance (if Confirmed
required)
e) First fill of consumables, lubricant, etc Confirmed
Confirm that you have quoted strictly for items based on your registration
25 Confirmed
/ approval with EIL on the date of issue of RFQ.
Furnish Annual Report containing Balance Sheet & Profit & Loss Statement
26 Enclosed
for last one (01) years along with your unpriced offer.
Confirm that net worth of your company (bidder) during the last financial
27 Confirmed
year is positive.
Whether any of the Directors of Bidder is a relative of any Director of EIL
or the Bidder is a firm in which any Director of EIL or his relative is a
28 No
partner of the Bidder or a private company in which any Director of EIL is a
Director.
Please confirm you have not been banned or delisted by any Government
29 or Quasi Government agencies or PSUs. If you have been banned, then this Confirmed
fact must be clearly stated.
Deviations to Terms & Conditions shall lead to loading of prices or
30 Confirmed
rejection of offer as per Instructions to Bidders. Please confirm.
Printed terms and conditions, if any, appearing in quotation, shall not be
applicable in the event of order. In case of contradiction between the
31 Confirmed
confirmations given above and terms & conditions mentioned elsewhere
in the offer, the confirmation given herein above shall prevail.

BIDDER’S SIGNATURE & DATE : _______________________________

SEAL/ STAMP

A133 ATC (IND)-REV 0 AUG13 PAGE 5 OF 7

Page 286 of 442

 ANNEXURE – I TO PRE-FILLED AGREED TERMS & CONDITIONS (FOR INDIGENOUS SUPPIERS)
NAME OF BIDDER : _______________________________________________________________________
OFFER REFERANCE: ________________________________________________ DATED ________________
RFQ NO.: _______________________________________________________________________________
ITEM : ________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT : RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT – COKER BLOCK OF CPCL, CHENNAI

1. Bidder confirms the following :DESPATCH POINT ________________________________

2. Service Tax & Education Cess on Supervision Charges, if applicable. _________________________% EXTRA
3. Service Tax & Education Cess on Site Work Charges, if applicable. _________________________% EXTRA
4. Service Tax & Education Cess on AMC, if applicable.

5. Service Tax & Education Cess on Training, if applicable.

6. Rate of Excise Duty : Tariff Sub Heading No. ________________________________
7. Excise Duty + Education Cess _________________________% EXTRA
8. Maximum rate of Excise Duty applicable (If present rate is nil or
concessional) _________________________% EXTRA
9. Please indicate following break-up
a) Cenvatable [Excise Duty + Educational Cess] a) Cenvatable [ED+ Edu. Cess]________%
b) Non Cenvatable b) Non Cenvatable [ED+ Edu. Cess]____%
10. Excise Duty on freight charges (Tick one whichever is applicable). APPLICABLE
(In case no option is selected, ED on Freight Charges shall be
NOT APPLICABLE
considered to be not applicable)
11. Central Sales Tax against form ‘C’
_________________________% EXTRA
12. Tamilnadu VAT without concessional form.
(Applicable for supplies from TN State) _________________________% EXTRA
13. CST/TN VAT on freight charges (Tick one whichever is applicable). APPLICABLE
(In case no option is selected, CST/TN VAT on Freight Charges shall be
NOT APPLICABLE
considered to be not applicable)
14. Built-in import content in the offer (Tick one whichever is applicable).
APPLICABLE
(In case no option is selected, Buit-in import content shall be
considered to be not applicable) NOT APPLICABLE

15. Item detail of CIF Content

16.
(a) The bidder is a Micro or Small Enterprise under the Micro, Small & YES NO
Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006.
(b) Documentary evidence required as per RFQ to avail preference to FURNISHED
MSEs.

(c) The MSEs is owned by SC/ST Entrepreneurs. YES NO

\

(d) Supporting documentary evidence with respect to MSEs is owned FURNISHED

by SC/ST Entrepreneurs as per RFQ to avail preference to MSEs
owned by SC/ST.

BIDDER’S SIGNATURE & DATE : _______________________________WITH SEAL/STAMP

A133 ATC (IND)-REV 0 AUG13 PAGE 6 OF 7

Page 287 of 442

 ANNEXURE - II TO AGREED TERMS & CONDITONS (INDIGINEOUS)

MANDATE FORM

1. Bidder Name :
2. Bidder Code: :

3. Address of the Bidder :

4. Particulars of Bank Account of Bidder :

a. Name of the Bank :

b. Name of the Branch and Address of the Branch :
c. Branch Code :

d. 9 – Digit MICR code Number of the Bank & Branch :

(As appearing in the MICR Cheque issued by the bank)
(Please do not give multicity cheque book code Number)

e. Type of account (Saving Bank, Current or Cash Credit) :

f. Account Number :

g. RGTS/ IFSC Code (11 digit) :

h. NEFT Code No. :

5. E-mail address of the Bidder :

6. Contact Person(s) of the Bidder :

I/ we declare that the particulars given above are correct and complete and I/ we accord our consent for
receiving all our payments through Electronic Mechanism.

____________________________________________________
(Signature and designation of the Authorised person(s) of Bidder)

Official seal of the Bidder

Place :
Date :

BANK CERTIFICATION

Certified that the particulars furnished above are correct as per our records.

Place :
Date :
______________________________________
Signature of the Authorised Official of the Bank

Bank’s Stamp

A133 ATC (IND)-REV 0 AUG13 PAGE 7 OF 7

Page 288 of 442

This drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited
MATERIAL REQUISITION (TOP SHEET)
ITEM DESCRIPTION: FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
GROUP ITEM CODE: 13TA DESTINATION: As per Commercial Documents
MR CATEGORY: II DELIVERY PERIOD: As per Commercial Documents

DOCUMENT NUMBER
( Always quote the Document Number given below as reference )

A133 086 XN MR 0480 C 24/06/2014 16 50

JOB NO. UNIT/ MAIN DOC. SR. NO. REV. DATE DIVN. DEPT.
AREA COST CODE
CENTRE ORIGINATOR
or used, except in the limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use. EIL-1641-515 Rev.1 A4-210x297.

NOTES :
1 This page is a record of all the Revisions of this Requisition.
2 The nature of the Revision is briefly stated in the "Details" column below, the
Requisition in its entirety shall be considered for contractual purposes.
3 Vendor shall note the MR category and shall submit his offer in line with the
requirements included in attached 'Instructions to Bidders'.

REV. DATE BY CHK. APPD. DETAILS

A 03/04/2014 RM PK/ANPS SA ISSUED FOR BIDS

B 06/06/2014 VB ANPS SA REVISED AND ISSUED FOR BIDS
C 24/06/2014 VB ANPS SA REVISED AND ISSUED FOR BIDS
This is a system generated approved document and does not require signature.

Project: RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT-COKER BLOCK

ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED

16 Client: CPCL

Page 289 of 442

Sheet 1 of 7
File Name: E:/FA.pdf
This drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited
TAG NO/
SR. NO. ITEM CODE/ [ ID. NO. ] DESCRIPTION QUANTITY

01.00 Design, detailed engineering,

manufacture, procurement of materials and
bought out components, assembly at shop,
inspection, testing at manufacturer's
works, preparation of graphics for the
total microprocessor based Analogue
Addressable type Fire Detection & Alarm
System including supply of required
software, packing, delivery of the
following, including supply of all
commissioning spares & special tools and
tackles, erection material &
documentation as per the enclosed
standard specifications, instructions to
vendors, data sheets etc. and other codes
and standards attached or referred.
or used, except in the limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use. EIL-1641-515 Rev.1 A4-210x297.

01.01 A1 DGFAP 20 -loop microprocessor based DGFAP with 1 Nos

Battery and charger to be installed in
C/R of Coker Block.
01.02 A1 RP-1 Repeater Panel microprocessor based with 1 Nos
battery & charger to be installed in fire
station.
01.03 A1 MD Multi-sensor type addressable detectors 200 Nos
with junction boxes (For use in S/S)
01.04 A1 HD Rate of rise cum fixed temperature type 10 Nos
addressable heat detectors wth junction
boxes.(Type Ex(i))
01.05 A1 BGU-SAFE Safe area addressable break glass type 20 Nos
fire alarm boxes (Manual Call Points -
MCP) (For use in S/S)
01.06 A1 BGU-FLP IIA/IIB FLP addressable break glass type Fire 30 Nos
alarm boxes (MCP) suitable for Gas Gr
IIA/B (For outdoor use)
01.07 A1 HOOTER Addressable type electronic hooter with 10 Nos
minimum 6W output suitable for indoor
location.
01.08 A1 HAB Addressable type Hooter Acknowledge Box 3 Nos
suitable for indoor location.
01.09 A1 EXIT-W Wall mounting type one faced exit signs 15 Nos
suitable for indoor locations.
01.10 A1 EXIT-C Ceiling mounting type double faced exit 15 Nos
signs suitable for indoor location.
01.11 A1 FIM-O Fault isolator modules for loops 2 Nos
connecting outdoor break glass units.
01.12 A1 FIM-I Fault isolator modules for loops 25 Nos
connecting indoor break glass units.
01.13 A1 MODEM Modem/ any other hardware, as required, 1 Lot
for data highway communication.
01.14 A1 SIREN Industrial type 5 km diametrical range 2 Nos
siren.
01.15 A1 LHS-SYSTEM Linear heat Sensing system including all 1 Lot
accessories as per Cl.3.7 of Instructions
to Vendor.
01.16 A1 LBD Linear Beam Detectors 5 Nos
01.17 A1 BEACONS Beacons 3 Nos
01.18 A1 RCM Relay control Module 5 Nos

Project: RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT-COKER BLOCK

ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED REQUISITION NO. REV.

16 Client: CPCL A133-086-XN-MR-0480 C

Page 290 of 442

Sheet 2 of 7
File Name: E:/FA.pdf
This drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited
TAG NO/
SR. NO. ITEM CODE/ [ ID. NO. ] DESCRIPTION QUANTITY

01.19 A1 SD Intrinsically safe addressable smoke 230 Nos

detectors with JBs and other accessories
(Ex i)(For use in C/R)
01.20 A1 HOOTER (FLP) Addressable type flameproof hooter with 11 Nos
minimum 6W output (For use in C/R)
01.21 A1 BGU-CR FLP addressable break glass type Fire 5 Nos
alarm boxes (MCP) suitable for Gas Gr
IIA/B (For use in C/R)
01.22 A1 RI Response indicators 75 Nos
02.00 Unloading at site, handling,
transportation to store and from store to
work site, storage at site, assembly at
site, installation, testing, pre-
commissioning, commissioning,
performance guarantee run, handing over
or used, except in the limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use. EIL-1641-515 Rev.1 A4-210x297.

to client and other field works for the

following, as per the enclosed standard
specifications, instructions to vendors,
data sheets etc.
02.01 A1 {02}DGFAP For Item 01.01 1 LS
02.02 A1 {02}RP-1 For Item 01.02 1 LS
02.03 A1 {02}MD For Item 01.03 1 LS
02.04 A1 {02}HD For Item 01.04 1 LS
02.05 A1 {02}BGU-SAFE For Item 01.05 1 LS
02.06 A1 {02}BGU-FLP IIA/IIB For Item 01.06 1 LS
02.07 A1 {02}HOOTER For Item 01.07 1 LS
02.08 A1 {02}HAB For Item 01.08 1 LS
02.09 A1 {02}EXIT-W For Item 01.09 1 LS
02.10 A1 {02}EXIT-C For Item 01.10 1 LS
02.11 A1 {02}FIM-O For Item 01.11 1 LS
02.12 A1 {02}FIM-I For Item 01.12 1 LS
02.13 A1 {02}MODEM For Item 01.13 1 LS
02.14 A1 {02}SIREN For Item 01.14 1 LS
02.15 A1 {02}LHS-SYSTEM For Item 01.15 1 LS
02.16 A1 {02}LBD For Item 01.16 1 LS
02.17 A1 {02}BEACONS For Item 01.17 1 LS
02.18 A1 {02}RCM For Item 01.18 1 LS
02.19 A1 {02}SD For Item 01.19 1 LS
02.20 A1 {02}HOOTER (FLP) For Item 01.20 1 LS
02.21 A1 {02}BGU-CR For Item 01.21 1 LS
02.22 A1 {02}RI For Item 01.22 1 LS
03.00 Transportation from Vendors work/ shop to
site for the following as per the
enclosed standard specifications,
instructions to vendors, data sheets etc
03.01 A1 {03}DGFAP For Item 01.01 1 Nos
03.02 A1 {03}RP-1 For Item 01.02 1 Nos
03.03 A1 {03}MD For Item 01.03 200 Nos
03.04 A1 {03}HD For Item 01.04 10 Nos
03.05 A1 {03}BGU-SAFE For Item 01.05 20 Nos
03.06 A1 {03}BGU-FLP IIA/IIB For Item 01.06 30 Nos
03.07 A1 {03}HOOTER For Item 01.07 10 Nos
03.08 A1 {03}HAB For Item 01.08 3 Nos
Project: RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT-COKER BLOCK
ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED REQUISITION NO. REV.

16 Client: CPCL A133-086-XN-MR-0480 C

Page 291 of 442

Sheet 3 of 7
File Name: E:/FA.pdf
This drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited
TAG NO/
SR. NO. ITEM CODE/ [ ID. NO. ] DESCRIPTION QUANTITY

03.09 A1 {03}EXIT-W For Item 01.09 15 Nos

03.10 A1 {03}EXIT-C For Item 01.10 15 Nos
03.11 A1 {03}FIM-O For Item 01.11 2 Nos
03.12 A1 {03}FIM-I For Item 01.12 25 Nos
03.13 A1 {03}MODEM For Item 01.13 1 Nos
03.14 A1 {03}SIREN For Item 01.14 2 Nos
03.15 A1 {03}LHS-SYSTEM For Item 01.15 1 Nos
03.16 A1 {03}LBD For Item 01.16 5 Nos
03.17 A1 {03}BEACONS For Item 01.17 3 Nos
03.18 A1 {03}RCM For Item 01.18 5 Nos
03.19 A1 {03}SD For Item 01.19 230 Nos
03.20 A1 {03}HOOTER (FLP) For Item 01.20 11 Nos
03.21 A1 {03}BGU-CR For Item 01.21 5 Nos
or used, except in the limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use. EIL-1641-515 Rev.1 A4-210x297.

03.22 A1 {03}RI For Item 01.22 75 Nos

04.00 Supply of Mandatory Spares as per
enclosed list/ instructions to vendor
04.01 A1 {04}DGFAP For Item 01.01 1 Lot
04.02 A1 {04}RP-1 For Item 01.02 1 Lot
04.03 A1 {04}MD For Item 01.03 1 Lot
04.04 A1 {04}HD For Item 01.04 1 Lot
04.05 A1 {04}BGU-SAFE For Item 01.05 1 Lot
04.06 A1 {04}BGU-FLP IIA/IIB For Item 01.06 1 Lot
04.07 A1 {04}HOOTER For Item 01.07 1 Lot
04.08 A1 {04}HAB For Item 01.08 1 Lot
04.09 A1 {04}EXIT-W For Item 01.09 1 Lot
04.10 A1 {04}EXIT-C For Item 01.10 1 Lot
04.11 A1 {04}FIM-O For Item 01.11 1 Lot
04.12 A1 {04}FIM-I For Item 01.12 1 Lot
04.13 A1 {04}MODEM For Item 01.13 1 Lot
04.14 A1 {04}SIREN For Item 01.14 1 Lot
04.15 A1 {04}LHS-SYSTEM For Item 01.15 1 Lot
04.16 A1 {04}LBD For Item 01.16 1 Lot
04.17 A1 {04}BEACONS For Item 01.17 1 Lot
04.18 A1 {04}RCM For Item 01.18 1 Lot
04.19 A1 {04}SD For Item 01.19 1 Lot
04.20 A1 {04}HOOTER (FLP) For Item 01.20 1 Lot
04.21 A1 {04}BGU-CR For Item 01.21 1 Lot
04.22 A1 {04}RI For Item 01.22 1 Lot
05.00 Supply of Two Years Operation and Lot
Maintenance Spares, as per enclosed
instructions to vendor
06.00 Unit Rates
06.01 Unit Rates of items for addition/ 1
deletion purpose, as per the enclosed
instructions to vendor.
07.00 Providing training to Owner's engineers
07.01 A1 {07}TRAINING Providing training to Owner's engineers 1 Lot
as per Cl.3.11 of enclosed Instructions
to Vendor
08.00 << DELETED >>
09.00 Drawings and documents as per attached Lot
Project: RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT-COKER BLOCK
ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED REQUISITION NO. REV.

16 Client: CPCL A133-086-XN-MR-0480 C

Page 292 of 442

Sheet 4 of 7
File Name: E:/FA.pdf
This drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited
TAG NO/
SR. NO. ITEM CODE/ [ ID. NO. ] DESCRIPTION QUANTITY

Vendor Data requirement for all supplies

and services covered above in Sr.Nos.1.00
to Sr.No.8.00

Vendors shall quote prices in EIL Price Schedule except for Sr.No.9.00. Price for
documentation is implied to be included in the prices quoted against Sr.No.1.00 to
Sr.No.8.00

Vendor to note that the numbers given in square '[]' and curly '{}' brackets are
not for their use and meant for store purpose only. Items shall be tagged as per
main equipment Tag No. only.

Note:
Bidder to note that,one fixed price is to be quoted for grouped items. The groups
of items are identified by A1 where A1 indicates one group and so on.
or used, except in the limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use. EIL-1641-515 Rev.1 A4-210x297.

Grouped items shall not be split ordered.

Project: RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT-COKER BLOCK

ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED REQUISITION NO. REV.

16 Client: CPCL A133-086-XN-MR-0480 C

Page 293 of 442

Sheet 5 of 7
File Name: E:/FA.pdf
This drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited

LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
REVISION
SL. REV. REV. REV. REV.
DOCUMENT TITLE DOCUMENT NO.
No.
DATE DATE DATE DATE
INSTRUCTIONS TO VENDORS
1 Instructions to Vendor A133-086-16-50-TR- A B C
0480 03/04/2014 28/05/2014 24/06/2014
SPECIFICATION
2 Specification for Quality 6-78-0001 0
management System Requirements 04/06/2009
from Bidders
3 Specification for 6-78-0003 0
Documentation requirements 04/06/2009
from Bidders
or used, except in the limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use. EIL-1641-515 Rev.1 A4-210x297.

FORMATS
4 Format for Vendor Drawing/ EIL-1641-1923
Document Submission Schedule Rev.1
VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS
5 Vendor Data Requirement A133-086-16-50- A B
VDR-0480 03/04/2014 24/06/2014
DATASHEET
6 Datasheet for Fire Alarm Panel A133-086-16-50-DS- A
0480 03/04/2014
7 Datasheet for Heat Detector A133-086-16-50-DS- A
0481 03/04/2014
8 Datasheet for Manual Break A133-086-16-50-DS- A
Glass Unit 0482 03/04/2014
9 Datasheet for Photoelectric A133-086-16-50-DS- A B
Smoke Detector 0483 03/04/2014 28/05/2014
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
10 Specification for F & G Annexure 5
System
11 Standard Specification - Fire 44NC-4600:ESS 063 0
Alarm System 09/04/2010
12 Standard specification for 44NC-4600:ESS 026 0
Electrical Installation 03/05/2010
VENDOR LIST
13 Vendor List - Electrical Annexure A

DRAWINGS
14 Cable Layout- Sub station A133-086-16-50- A
Coker Block 0101 27/12/2013
15 Cable layout- Control Room
Coker Block
16 Block Diagram FA system A133-086-16-50- A
3016 06/12/2013
INSPECTION & TEST PLANS
17 Indicative Inspection and Test Appendix A
Plan FA System
TECHNICAL COMPLIANCE
18 Technical Compliance Statement Annexure-1

In case of any subsequent revision of MR or PR, only revised sheets of the

attachments listed above shall be issued alongwith the revision.

GENERAL NOTES:

Project: RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT-COKER BLOCK

ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED REQUISITION NO. REV.

16 Client: CPCL A133-086-XN-MR-0480 C

Page 294 of 442

Sheet 6 of 7
File Name: E:/FA.pdf
This drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited

LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
REVISION
SL. REV. REV. REV. REV.
DOCUMENT TITLE DOCUMENT NO.
No.
DATE DATE DATE DATE

1. Abbreviations used:
a) C/R - Control Room
b) FIM - Free Issue Material
c) S/S - Substation

2.Rates quoted for each item shall remain valid for the purpose of addition/ deletion
during execution of order.

3. Owner reserves the right to repeat order the Fire Alarm system equipments at the
quoted price for each items upto 100% of the quantity indicated in the MR, within six
or used, except in the limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use. EIL-1641-515 Rev.1 A4-210x297.

months of the placement of original order. Bidder shall be obliged to supply the
additional quantity at the same terms and conditions as the original order.

4. Bidder shall note that intrinsic safe detectors, FLP hooters & FLP MCPs are
envisaged in the Control Room building as indicated against MR item no. 01.19, 01.20
and 01.21. However, Purchaser may decide to provide safe area type detectors, hooters
& MCPs in Control Room building in place of intrinsic safe/ FLP type equipments at a
later stage. The actual type of detectors, hooters, MCPs to be provided in the
Control Room building shall be finalised before order placement. Accordingly. bidder
shall quote take-off prices for differential cost of supply, installation, testing
and commissioning between intrinsic safe/FLP equipments (detectors, hooters, MCPs)
and safe area equipments (detectors, hooters, MCPs) in Control Room building.

5. Installation, testing and commissioning of only 2 nos. linear beam detectors out
of the 5 nos. quoted shall be considered. Prices for installation, testing and
commissioning for item no. 02.16 shall be quoted accordingly.

6. All MR items shall be ordered on one vendor only.

7. Bidder shall quote same price for identical items as per cl. no. 5.0 of
Instructions to Vendor.

8. For other notes and requirements, refer instructions to vendor document No. A133-
086-16-50-TR-0480.

Project: RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT-COKER BLOCK

ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED REQUISITION NO. REV.

16 Client: CPCL A133-086-XN-MR-0480 C

Page 295 of 442

Sheet 7 of 7
File Name: E:/FA.pdf
 Format No.: EIL-1641-1923 Rev.1

Engineers India Limited Status

Vendor Drawing/ Document Submission Schedule Date
Client: CPCL Project: RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT-COKER BLOCK Vendor Name:

Item Description: FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PR No.: Address:

Date of LOI:

PO No.:
Date of PO: City:

Page 296 of 442

EIL Originating Department: ELECTRICAL Contact Person(EIL): Contact Person: Fax:
Phone: Email:

Drg./ Doc. Nomenclature Category Scheduled Form

S.No. Equipment Number as per EIL Vendor Data Vendor Drg. / Doc. Numbe Vendor Drg./ Doc. Title Electronic Remarks
Review (R) / date of 1st
Requirement Records (I) Submission (E)/ Print (P)
 INSTRUCTIONS TO VENDORS DOCUMENT No.
FOR A133-086-16-50-TR-0480
Rev. C
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Page 1 of 10

INSTRUCTIONS TO VENDORS
(FIRE ALARM SYSTEM)
(MR No. A133-086-XN-MR-0480)

C 24/06/14 REVISED & ISSUED WITH MR VB ANPS SA

B 05/06/14 REVISED & ISSUED WITH MR VB ANPS SA

A 03/04/14 ISSUED WITH MR RM PK/ANPS SA

Reviewed Approved
Rev Date Purpose Prepared by
by by

Template No. 6116-3--0000-0015- Rev. 0 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved

Page 297 of 442

 INSTRUCTIONS TO VENDORS DOCUMENT No.
FOR A133-086-16-50-TR-0480
Rev. C
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Page 2 of 10

1.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1.1 Bidder to note that bid evaluation may be carried out without any post-bid
correspondence.

1.2 If the bid does not include complete scope, technical/ performance data, proven track
record etc. required to be submitted with the bid, the offer shall be liable for rejection.

2.0 BIDDER SHALL ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING:

2.1 Bidder has quoted for all items as per item description exactly as specified in MR and
confirmed compliance to the scope of MR.

2.2 Un-priced copy of the priced bid with item description exactly as per MR has been
furnished.

2.3 Bidder has quoted for unit rates for all specified components for addition/ deletion.

2.4 Bidder has quoted take-off price for differential cost between intrinsic safe type
equipment (detectors, flameproof hooters and flameproof MCPs) and safe area type
equipment (detectors, hooters and MCPs) for Control Room building (as indicated in
the MR).

2.5 Bidder has quoted unit rates for 2 years Operation and Maintenance spares along
with recommended quantity, and list of recommended spares for 2 years of trouble
free operation along with quantity has been attached with the un-priced part of the
offer.

2.6 Bidder has quoted for installation, testing and commissioning of the items as specified
in the MR. Bidder to note that commissioning spares required for these items are
included in bidder’s scope of supply and prices for these commissioning spares shall
be included in the price quoted (under MR item no. 01.00).

2.7 One set of recommended tools, tackles and special equipment required for the
maintenance of the DGFAP, Repeater Panel, power supply modules, sirens etc. shall
be supplied with the equipment specified at Sr. No. 01.00 and price for the same shall
be included in the prices quoted against Sr. No. 01.00. Bidder to furnish the list along
with their offer.

2.8 Bidder has furnished Proven Track Record (PTR) details including reference list of
jobs where similar system has been supplied in the past along with performance
feedback certificates from end-users.

2.9 Bidder has submitted all documents required with the offer as listed in Vendor Data
Requirement (VDR) form and the VDR form is duly signed by the bidder.

2.10 Bidder has furnished overall dimensions for the offered DGFAP and Repeater Panel.

2.11 Bidder has furnished confirmation that there is no deviation to MR specifications and
data sheets and has furnished the signed and stamped copy of Technical
Compliance Statement. In case of deviation/signed & stamped copy of technical
compliance statement not furnished, the offer shall be rejected without raising any
query to bidder.

Template No. 6116-3--0000-0015- Rev. 0 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved

Page 298 of 442
 INSTRUCTIONS TO VENDORS DOCUMENT No.
FOR A133-086-16-50-TR-0480
Rev. C
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Page 3 of 10

2.12 Duly filled data sheets for Fire Alarm Panel (A133-086-16-50-0480), Heat Detector
(A133-086-16-50-0481), Manual Break Glass Unit (A133-086-16-50-0482) and
Photoelectric Smoke Detector (A133-086-16-50-0483) are furnished with bid. Data
sheets shall be duly signed by the Bidder.

2.13 Makes of components/ devices are as specified in the MR.

3.0 MR ITEMS:

3.1 MR Sr. No. 01.01

The DGFAP listed under the above referred serial no. shall be complete with power
supply unit (VRLA battery and charger/ power supply panel). Bidder shall consider
and include the required quantity of modems required for optimum operation of the
system as a part of DGFAP under the scope of MR, wherever distance limitations are
involved between DGFAP & fire alarm system devices such as repeater panels,
detectors, MCPs etc. Bidder shall quote accordingly for the listed item.

3.2 MR Sr. No. 01.02

The Repeater panel shall be complete with power supply unit (VRLA battery and
charger/ power supply panel). Bidder shall quote accordingly for the listed item.

3.3 MR Sr. No. 01.03, 01.04 & 01.19

Detectors shall be addressable analogue type supplied with mounting base and
galvanized sheet steel junction boxes and hardware for fixing. The detectors shall be
suitable for loop in / loop out of wires/cables. Price quoted for detectors shall include
the cost of galvanized sheet steel, junction boxes and hardware for detector
mounting.
Detectors under MR item no.01.19 are to be provided in Control Room building.
These detectors in Control Room building shall be intrinsic safe type addressable
photoelectric smoke detectors and shall be supplied along with JBs and other
accessories.

3.4 MR Sr. No. 01.05

MCP for unclassified area shall be of weatherproof construction with IP-65 degree of
protection, addressable type break glass unit with two nos. double compression cable
glands. MCPs shall be provided with LED indication for indicating acknowledgment of
fire alarm at the DGFAP to which it is connected. 1 No. blanking plug shall be
provided for 5% of the total quantity of MCPs. MCPs for outdoor installation shall be
complete with FRP canopy. Bidder shall quote according to these requirements for all
the listed items.

3.5 MR Sr. No. 01.06 & 01.21

MCP shall be flameproof with IP-65 degree of protection, addressable type MCP
suitable for outdoor location in classified Zone-2 hazardous area with Gas Group-
IIA/IIB. Two nos. flameproof and weatherproof cable glands, FRP canopy shall be
provided with each outdoor MCP along with 1 no. flameproof blanking plug for 5%
quantity of MCPs. MCPs shall be provided with LED indication for indicating
acknowledgment of fire alarm at the DGFAP to which it is connected. Bidder shall
quote accordingly.

Template No. 6116-3--0000-0015- Rev. 0 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved

Page 299 of 442
 INSTRUCTIONS TO VENDORS DOCUMENT No.
FOR A133-086-16-50-TR-0480
Rev. C
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Page 4 of 10

3.6 MR Sr. No. 01.14

Industrial type 240V one phase, 50 Hz siren with minimum range of 5 km

diametrically, suitable for outdoor location and with required indoor starter/control
modules and other accessories shall be provided. Suitable transformer shall be
provided in case the siren is suitable for different voltage level. Bidder shall quote
accordingly.

3.7 MR Sr. No. 01.15

Linear Heat Sensing system shall consist of minimum but not limited to Linear Heat
sensing cable, its control unit, interface unit and all accessories as required for control
room and Substation cable cellar (Layouts attached). Vendor shall consider minimum
of 3000 metres of cables along with accessories for this item.

3.8 MR Sr. No. 02.00

a) Installation, testing and commissioning of the complete Fire Alarm system shall be in
the scope of the bidder.

b) Price quoted for testing and commissioning shall include calibration and programming
of FA system at site. All software shall be windows based. Further the price of
multiple mobilizations at site shall also be included in the price quoted for testing and
commissioning. All testing equipments required during testing and commissioning of
the complete Fire Alarm system at site shall be arranged by the vendor at his own
cost.

3.9 MR Sr. No. 04.00

Bidder shall quote for mandatory spares as per Cl. 22 of Specification for F & G
System (Annexure V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4) as applicable for this MR.
The prices shall be inclusive of packing and transportation.

3.10 MR Sr. No. 05.00

Bidder shall quote unit prices (the rates shall be inclusive of packing and
transportation) for Two Years Operation and Maintenance Spares of the offered
system along with recommended quantity including but not limited to electronic loop
cards for detectors/MCPs, exit signs, hooters, PCBs, power supply modules, glass
covers for MCPs, indicating lamps, fuses etc. The prices shall be valid for at least 2
years from the date of order.

3.11 MR Sr. No. 06.01

a. Bidder shall quote unit price for addition/deletion of 2 loops in a DGFAP/ Repeater
Panel.
b. Bidder shall quote unit rate for one meter addition/ deletion of linear heat sensing
cable along with all required accessories.( The price quoted shall include price of
installation, testing and commissioning).

3.12 MR Sr. No. 07.00

Providing training to Owner’s engineers is included in vendor’s scope as below:

Template No. 6116-3--0000-0015- Rev. 0 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved

Page 300 of 442
 INSTRUCTIONS TO VENDORS DOCUMENT No.
FOR A133-086-16-50-TR-0480
Rev. C
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Page 5 of 10

a. Providing training for two OWNER's Engineers for a period of seven days at
manufacturer/ system integrator's works (*).
b. Providing training for two OWNER's engineers for a period of seven days at
site.

(*) FA vendor shall ensure that manufacturer/ system integrator has full capability &
complete facility for training Owner's engineers for specified equipments.

3.13 Bidder shall include supply of all cables between power supply units (Battery
Chargers/ UPS and battery banks) to DGFAP/ Repeater Panel, cabling to PCs,
printers, etc. including supply of any control cables for the complete system. Price to
be included in the quoted price of DGFAP and Repeater panel.

4.0 All items of the MR shall be ordered on one vendor only. The MR will not be split for
the purpose of order placement.

5.0 Bidder shall quote same price for identical items. The list is as under:

a) MR item no. 01.06 and item no.01.21

b) MR item no. 01.07 and item no.01.20

6.0 The quantities for various equipments, wherever listed, are estimated values.
Drawings for various buildings under the scope of this MR shall be furnished to
successful bidder after order placement. The rates quoted for various items shall
remain valid for any increase or decrease in quantities up to 100% during execution of
order.

7.0 Bidder to confirm whether one pair of conductors is adequate for the loop connection
for the break glass units including the requirement for acknowledgement of fire alarm
by means of an LED indication on the break glass unit.

8.0 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

8.1 In addition to enclosed standard specification 44NC-4600-ESS-063 and specification

for F & G System (Annexure V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4) (as applicable),
the offered system shall be suitable for the following requirements. In case of conflict
among various standards and specifications, most stringent requirements shall be
followed.

8.2 A microprocessor based computer aided FA system utilizing distributed processing

techniques shall be provided. The proposed system shall be expandable, scalable
and networkable. The enclosed block diagram illustrates the proposed distribution
scheme.

8.3 The microprocessor based fire detection and alarm system shall mainly comprise of
the following :

Interface panel for data highway cables.

Data gathering cum fire alarm panel (DGFAP)
Repeater Panel
Power supply unit with VRLA battery backup for each DGFAP/repeater panel
Fault isolator modules
Cabling and accessories
Analogue addressable detectors (safe & intrinsic safe)
Manual call points (Safe & flameproof)

Template No. 6116-3--0000-0015- Rev. 0 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved

Page 301 of 442
 INSTRUCTIONS TO VENDORS DOCUMENT No.
FOR A133-086-16-50-TR-0480
Rev. C
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Page 6 of 10

Exit signs
Hooters (safe & flameproof)
Hooter Acknowledgement box
Sirens etc.
An integral power pack including batteries for back-up supply shall be provided in the
panel. The power pack shall be complete with battery charger, hardware for automatic
and instantaneous changeover of the battery in case of AC power failure and all other
devices for monitoring, indication and protection of the power pack. The charger shall
be capable of charging the battery sufficiently in 10 hours to supply the maximum
alarm load at adequate voltage for atleast 2 hours.
The capacity of each battery shall be such that it is capable of maintaining maximum
alarm load on the system at adequate voltage for atleast 1 hour plus the standing
load or losses for atleast 48 hours.

8.4 Location of DGFAP/Repeater panel shall be as per the block diagram.

8.5 The network and system shall be such that it shall be possible to place the DGFAP/
Repeater Panel anywhere on the network with network communication module.

8.6 The DGFAP and repeater panel shall all be connected to each other by means of a
data highway. The data highway shall be of conventional copper conductors, 2Px1.5
sq. mm overall shielded twisted pair cables. Vendor to indicate in the offer the data
highway cable details for the offered fire alarm system.

8.7 The Fire Detection and Alarm system broadly consists of the following:-

8.7.1 Automatic fire alarm and detection system using multi sensor type smoke detectors,
rate of rise cum fixed temperature heat detectors, linear beam detectors and manual
call points (MCPs) along with exit signs, hooters, siren etc. for various buildings as
listed in FA block diagram.
8.7.2 All detectors in Control Room building shall be intrinsic safe type addressable
photoelectric smoke detectors. Hooters and break glass units in Control Room
building shall be flameproof type.
8.7.3 Rate of rise cum fixed temperature heat detectors (Intrinsic Safe (Ex(i)) shall be
provided in battery rooms.
8.7.4 The complete fire alarm circuit for Control Room building shall be “Intrinsically Safe”
type conforming to IS 5780.

8.8 Design requirements

8.8.1 Data Gathering cum Fire Alarm Panel:

8.8.1.1 DGFAP shall have main processor board, necessary loop modules for detector loops,
alarm output modules for external hooters and lamps, control output modules for
various control functions through relay contacts and communication module for
interfacing with CPU and other DGFAP.

8.8.1.2 DGFAP shall be suitable for monitoring the sensitivity of the detector (the analogue
value from each detector which represents the percentage obscuration of the device).
If the value continuously but slowly increases over an extended period of time, an
alert message shall be generated and displayed on the DGFAP/ CFAP indicating the
need for detector cleaning and maintenance thereby reducing false alarm due to dirty
detectors. If the analogue value from the detector increases rapidly, the device is
identified for alarm. Verification shall wait until the predetermined verification time has

Template No. 6116-3--0000-0015- Rev. 0 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved

Page 302 of 442
 INSTRUCTIONS TO VENDORS DOCUMENT No.
FOR A133-086-16-50-TR-0480
Rev. C
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Page 7 of 10

expired, determine the new analogue value from detector and if sufficient value or
alarm condition is present, will place system into alarm condition.

8.8.1.3 It shall be possible to change the sensitivity of each addressable analogue detector
from the DGFAP from normal to low and normal to high and this shall be displayed on
the panel.

8.8.1.4 DGFAP shall have a separate alphanumeric fluorescent/LED display area to indicate
the address of each detector/ manual call point and a clear text about the location of
alarm/ trouble and type of alarm and the action required in such eventuality.

8.8.1.5 DGFAP shall also have the following features:

- Logging an alarm, time and action text on printers

- Status check of disabled alarm addresses before they are restored
- Storing of alarms and possibility of internal organisation of alarms
- The possibility of expanding to a bigger system
- Availability of required potential free contacts for activation of control output relays
for tripping of AHUs etc. in the event of fire
- Individually controlled and monitored alarm outputs for external hooters, lamps,
clean agent dumping etc.
- The offered FA system loop card should support minimum 120 devices to be
connected in a loop.

8.8.1.6 DGFAP shall have Mains ON, Fault, pre-warning, Second alarm LEDs and flashing
Fire signs on front panel.

8.8.1.7 DGFAP shall be provided with a separate and independent power supply unit (battery
charger) complete with VRLA battery back-up.

8.8.1.8 All devices such as exit signs, hooters, hooter acknowledgement box etc. shall derive
power from DGFAP.

8.8.1.9 The DGFAP shall be provided with required interface cards/ relay outputs to provide
initiation contacts (through programmed potential free contacts) for activating up to 20
nos. automatic public address alarms over the owner’s Plant Communication System.

8.8.1.10 The DGFAP shall be equipped to sound a siren in case of a fire in the complex, as
well as, be capable of hook-up to the plant communication system of the refinery for
making necessary announcements.

8.8.2 Repeater Panel

8.8.2.1 Repeater panel shall be microprocessor based, similar to DGFAP. It shall be in the
data highway loop and connected to DGFAP as shown in the block diagram.

8.8.2.2 The repeater panel can be located anywhere within the network.

8.8.3 Hooter

8.8.3.1 The hooter enclosure shall have Fire Red color to shade 536 of IS 5.

8.8.3.2 The hooter shall be addressable type.

Template No. 6116-3--0000-0015- Rev. 0 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved

Page 303 of 442
 INSTRUCTIONS TO VENDORS DOCUMENT No.
FOR A133-086-16-50-TR-0480
Rev. C
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Page 8 of 10

8.8.4 Hooter acknowledge box (HAB)

8.8.4.1 Each Hooter Acknowledge Box shall be fabricated out of 16-gauge CRCA sheet. The
box shall have IP41 ingress protection as a minimum and shall be suitable for wall
mounting. Cable entry provision shall be from the bottom by means of cable glands.
The boxes shall be epoxy painted Fire Red to shade 536 of IS 5.

8.8.4.2 The Hooter Acknowledge Box shall be used to mute the audible alarm in the building.

8.8.4.3 The Hooter Acknowledge Box shall be addressable type.

8.8.5 Modems

8.8.5.1 Modems in adequate numbers shall be supplied by the vendor, as required (due to
the limitations in loop lengths imposed by the offered system). Modems shall be used
for communication/ data transmission in the event that the distance between DGFAPs
exceeds the normal permissible range of the communication device. Modems shall be
suitable for asynchronous full duplex communication and shall have interface for RS-
232C, current loop or other communication modes. Modems shall be powered from
DGFAP. Price quoted by the bidder for the DGFAP shall include cost of modems also.

8.8.6 Siren

8.8.6.1 As per approved On-Site Emergency Management Plan, the siren shall be provided
with five tones suitable for various conditions as follows:
Condition 1: Small fire
Condition 2: Major fire
Condition 3: Disaster
Condition 4: All clear
Condition 5: Test run

8.8.6.2 Siren Controller for DGFAP:

The operation of siren shall be in Manual mode with single button operation through
Push Buttons – 5 Nos. mounted on the control desk for tone selection.
The siren shall be initiated with a single pulse from the PB. The logic shall be such
that first PB pressed shall be accepted till the completion of cycle of that particular
siren tone.
One no Push Button shall be provided for EMG STOP in case the siren tone is
required to be stopped mid way.

8.8.6.3 The operation of the siren shall also be possible in Auto mode. The programming for
the same shall be possible from the DGFAP.

8.9 General Requirements

8.9.1 The vendor shall supply all necessary additional equipment (even if not specified) for
safe and satisfactory operation of the system and price of the same shall be included
in the basic offer price.

8.9.2 The system shall provide very early warning capability for critical areas and should
support advanced detection of smoke/ fire for clean as well as dirty environment.

8.9.3 System should be able to provide individual graphics floor plan for each building on
control/ building station.

Template No. 6116-3--0000-0015- Rev. 0 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved

Page 304 of 442
 INSTRUCTIONS TO VENDORS DOCUMENT No.
FOR A133-086-16-50-TR-0480
Rev. C
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Page 9 of 10

8.9.4 The fire alarm layout drawing of building/ units will be made available to successful
bidder after order placement during detail engineering for development of graphics by
vendor.

8.9.5 Address of each detector, manual call points and field devices shall be printed and
programmed before dispatch to site by the vendor.

8.10 Power Supply

8.10.1 Battery sizing shall consider the actual quantity of equipment connected plus 10%
additional detectors (future provision), as well as 10 hooters and 10 exit signs for
each DGFAP. Battery sizing calculations shall be reviewed during detailed
engineering and there shall be no cost/ time implication for providing adequately sized
batteries and chargers of approved rating during order execution. Separate battery
charger shall be provided in case battery charger part of the DGFAP cannot cater to
the boost charging requirement of the battery.

8.10.2 Bidder shall note that wiring of detectors within the substation shall be concealed type
as far as possible except for detectors located above false ceiling, below false flooring
and cable cellar which shall be done in surface black enamelled steel conduit. Wiring
shall be done using 1.5 mm2 copper conductor twisted pair, PVC insulated
unarmoured cables. Wiring for manual call points located in the plant shall be done
using 2-pair, 1.5 mm2, annealed tinned Copper conductor twisted pair, PVC insulated,
PVC inner sheathed, over all screened, armoured and overall PVC sheathed cables.

8.10.3 Bidders shall check the proposed cable sizes and type based on the system
configuration, plant layout and block diagram and confirm suitability of the cable sizes
and type.

8.10.4 The DGFAP shall have provision for receiving potential free contacts (5 nos. input
contacts) from various other equipments such as clean agent system etc.

8.10.5 The DGFAP shall have facility to provide information/ actuating contacts (10 nos.
output contacts) for tripping of various other systems such as air-conditioning system/
pressurization system/ fire water system/ clean agent system etc. in case of fire alarm
in the associated area covered (say substation or control room). The contact rating
shall be suitable for 240V AC, 2A.

9.0 MAKE OF EQUIPMENTS/ COMPONENTS:

Bidder shall procure all equipments/ components as per approved vendor list
attached with the MR.

Template No. 6116-3--0000-0015- Rev. 0 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved

Page 305 of 442
 INSTRUCTIONS TO VENDORS DOCUMENT No.
FOR A133-086-16-50-TR-0480
Rev. C
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Page 10 of 10

Annexure-I

Sheet 1 of 1

TECHNICAL COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

(TO BE SIGNED BY VENDOR'S PRINCIPAL CORPORATE LEVEL SIGNATORY ON COMPANY LETTERHEAD)

I, ON BEHALF OF M/s CONFIRM THAT THE PROPOSAL

OF ----------------------------------------------------QUOTED BY M/s

FOR CPCL, COKER BLOCK - RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT, CHENNAI (INDIA)

AGAINST MATERIAL REQUISITION/ TENDER/PACKAGE No. A133-086-XN-MR-

0480 IS IN TOTAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE SCOPE AS WELL AS ALL THE

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND NO DEVIATION, VARIATION OR

RESERVATION WHATSOEVER HAS BEEN MENTIONED IN THE TECHNICAL

OFFER. IT IS FURTHER AGREED THAT THE TECHNICAL DETAILS FURNISHED

IN OUR OFFER WILL BE REVIEWED BY EIL/ JACOBS/ CPCL DURING DETAILED

ENGINEERING STAGE AFTER ORDER AND ANY CHANGE REQUIRED TO MEET

THE REQUIREMENTS OF ENQUIRY SPECIFICATION, INCLUDING

AMENDMENT(S) (IF ANY), WILL BE INCORPORATED BY US WITHOUT ANY

PRICE OR TIME IMPLICATION.

(SIGNATURE WITH SEAL)

Template No. 6116-3--0000-0015- Rev. 0 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved

Page 306 of 442
Page 307 of 442
Page 308 of 442
Page 309 of 442
Page 310 of 442
Page 311 of 442
Page 312 of 442
Page 313 of 442
Page 314 of 442
Page 315 of 442
Page 316 of 442
Page 317 of 442
Page 318 of 442
Page 319 of 442
Page 320 of 442
Page 321 of 442
Page 322 of 442
Page 323 of 442
Page 324 of 442
Page 325 of 442
Page 326 of 442
Page 327 of 442
 Document No.
VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS A133-086-16-50-VDR-0480
FOR Rev. B
FA SYSTEM Page 1 of 3

VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS

FOR
FA SYSTEM

B 24-JUN-2014 Issued for Bids VB ANPS SA

A 03-APR-2014 ISSUED WITH MR RM ANPS SA
Rev. Date Purpose Prepared by Checked by Approved by
No.

Format No. EIL-1642-1924 Rev.1 Copyright EIL - All rights reserved

Page 328 of 442

 Document No.
VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS A133-086-16-50-VDR-0480
FOR Rev. B
FA SYSTEM Page 2 of 3

VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS

The following drawings/documents marked " " shall be furnished by the bidder.

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM

POST ORDER
S. WITH WITH
N DESCRIPTION FOR FOR DATA REMARKS
BID
O. REVIEW RECORD BOOK
(FINAL)
1. Schedule of Vendor Documents
2. Confirmation of Technical Compliance
3. Dimensional Drawings : GA Drawings for
Panels, Battery, Charger, UPS
4. Dimensional Drawings : Installation plan/
Mounting Details/ Cable cut-out details
5. Dimensional Drawings : Sectional View
Drawing
6. Dimensional Drawings : G.A. drawings of all
devices e.g. (Detectors, Call stations, Hooters,
Siren, Exit signs, Response indicators etc)
7. Dimensional Drawings : Cubicle arrangement
drawing
8. Dimensional Drawings : Mimic diagram
9. Dimensional Drawings : Battery rack
arrangement drawing
10. Dimensional Drawings : Name plate drawings
11. Dimensional Drawings : Bill of material
12. Electrical Wiring Drawings : Single Line
Diagram
13. Electrical Wiring Drawings : Block and Logic
Diagrams
14. Electrical Wiring Drawings : Control Schematics
15. Electrical Wiring Drawings : Wiring Diagram
and Terminal Details
16. Electrical Wiring Drawings : Interconnection
Diagrams
17. Performance Curves of battery
18. Inspection & Test Plan (ITP) -For review by
Inspection Dept.
19. Test Records
20. Calculations for : Selected quantity & location
of detectors
21. Calculations for : Battery Sizing
22. Calculations for : UPS, Battery charger sizing
23. Calculations for : System cable selection
24. Statutory approval certificate

Format No. EIL-1642-1924 Rev.1 Copyright EIL - All rights reserved

Page 329 of 442

 Document No.
VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENTS A133-086-16-50-VDR-0480
FOR Rev. B
FA SYSTEM Page 3 of 3

POST ORDER
S. WITH WITH
N DESCRIPTION FOR FOR DATA REMARKS
BID
O. REVIEW RECORD BOOK
(FINAL)
25. Type Test Certificates for similar equipment
26. List of Commissioning Spares
27. List of Mandatory Spares
28. List of Maintenance Spares
29. List of Special Tools & Tackles
30. Data Books/ Manuals : Installation Manual
31. Data Books/ Manuals : Operating/ Maintenance
Manual
32. Data Books/ Manuals : Catalogues/ Brochures
33. Equipment storage procedure at site
34. Datasheets (Duly filled in)
35. Proven track record along with end user
performance feedback certificates

Notes :
1. "TICK" denotes applicability.
2. Post order, drawing / document review shall commence only after approval of Document Control Index (DCI).
3. All post order documents shall be submitted / approved through EIL eDMS portal.
4. Final documentation shall be submitted in hard copy (Six prints) and soft ( two CDs/DVDs ) in addition to
submission through EIL eDMS.
5. Refer - 6-78-0001: Specification for quality management system from Bidders.
6. Refer - 6-78-0003: Specification for documentation requirement from Suppliers.
7. All drawings & documents shall be submitted in A4 or A3 paper sizes. Documents in higher paper size shall
be submitted in exceptional circumstances or as indicated in the MR/Tender.
8. Post order- The schedule of drawing / data submission shall be mutually agreed between EIL & the bidder /
contractor / supplier during finalization of Document Control Index (DCI).

Format No. EIL-1642-1924 Rev.1 Copyright EIL - All rights reserved

Page 330 of 442

 DOC. NO. A133-086-16-50-0480 Rev A
DATA SHEET FOR REQN.NO. A133-086-XN-MR-0480 Rev A

FIRE ALARM PANEL

APPD. BY SA
PROJECT NO 44NC - 4600 CHKD. BY ANPS
PROJECT LOCATION MANALI PRPD. BY RM
PROJECT TITLE RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT DATE 03/04/2014
CLIENT CPCL REV. A

1 SITE CONDITIONS
1.1 DESIGN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 45 ° C
1.2 RELAIVE HUMIDITY 3.5 MTRS.
1.3 ALTITUDE ABOVE MSL 80 % MAX
1.4 MAX. RAINFALL PER DAY 1378 mm
1.6 SITE ENVIRONMENT CORROSIVE
1.7 AREA CLASSIFICATION

2 POWER SUPPLY
2.1 MAINS SUPPLY (BY PURCHASER) 240 V ± 10% 50 HZ ± 5% 1 Ph.AC
2.2 STANDBY (OUTPUT FROM BATTERY) INBUILT BATTERY

3 TYPE OF PANEL DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE MICROPROCESSOR BASED

4 NO, OF PANELS 1

5 LOCATION CONTROL ROOM

6 NO. OF ADDRESSABLE LOOPS 16

7 ADDRESSABLE POINTS PER LOOP AS PER IS -2189- 2008

8 OPTIONAL FEATURES
8.1 ADDRESSABLE CAPACITY YES/NO
8.2 INTELLIGENT CAPABILITY YES/NO
8.3 FAULT ISOLATIONCAPABILITY YES/NO (for addressable detectors)
8.4 SENSOR SELF TEST CAPABILITY YES/NO
8.5 DETECTOR THRESHOLD CAPABILITY YES/NO
8.6 PEER TO PEER CAPABILITY YES/NO

9 DISPLAY
9.1 TYPE OF DISPLAY LCD
9.2 NO. OF LINES
9.3 CHARACTERS PER LINE 2 x 40 CHARACTERS
9.4 DISPLAY OF ALL EVENTS / SELECTED EVENTS

10 NO. & RATING OF SOUNDER OUTPUTS

11 ALARM OUTPUT THROUGH POTENTIAL FREE CONTACT.

12 FAULT OUTPUT THROUGH POTENTIAL FREE CONTACT.

FORM NO. E 063A DS.xls APPLICABLE STANDARD SPECIFICATION : E SS 06 3

Page 331 of 442 Page 1 of 2

 DOC. NO. A133-086-16-50-0480 Rev A
DATA SHEET FOR REQN.NO. A133-086-XN-MR-0480 Rev A

FIRE ALARM PANEL

APPD. BY SA
PROJECT NO 44NC - 4600 CHKD. BY ANPS
PROJECT LOCATION MANALI PRPD. BY RM
PROJECT TITLE RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT DATE 03/04/2014
CLIENT CPCL REV. A
13 OPTIONAL INTERFACES
13.1 ASPIRATING INTERFACE YES/NO
13.2 PLANT INTERFACE YES/NO
13.3 ANY OTHER INTERFACE CCTV, PA, EPABX, GAS DETECTION SYSTEM AND HVAC SYSTEM
13.4 CONVENTIONAL DETECTOR (S) INTERFACE YES/NO
13.5 GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACES YES/NO
13.6 CONTACTS MONITORING INTERFACE YES/NO

14 SPECIFIC CONTROL/MONITORING
14.1 AUTOMATIC SIGNAL FOR SUPPRESSOR NO
GAS RELEASE
14.2 SELECTOR SWITCH FOR SUPPRESSOR NO
GAS SUPPLY
14.3 MANUAL PUSH BUTTON FOR DISCHARGE OF NO
SUPPRESSOR GAS
14.4 SUPPRESSOR GAS ACTUATOR STATUS NO
14.5 TRIP' AIR HANDLING UNIT YES/NO
14.6 STATUS OF BATTERY CONDITION YES/NO

15 COMPATIBILITY FOR PEER TO PEER

NETWORKS YES

16 TYPE OF MOUNTING WALL/FLOOR

17 INGRESS PROTECTION IP 41

18 DIMENSION (L X H X D) MM

19 WEIGHT OF THE PANEL

20 PAINTING SHADE RAL 7032

21 STANDBY BATTERY WITH CHARGER

22 TYPE OF BATTERY CHARGER

23 CABLE ENTRY BOTTOM

24 APPROVAL TAC / FM/UL FOR THE FIRE ALARM PANEL AND ALL DETECTORS

VENDOR TO FILL IN ALL UNIFLLED DATA

FORM NO. E 063A DS.xls APPLICABLE STANDARD SPECIFICATION : E SS 06 3

Page 332 of 442 Page 2 of 2

 DOC. NO. A133-086-16-50-0481 Rev A
DATA SHEET FOR REQN.NO. A133-086-XN-MR-0480 Rev A

HEAT DETECTOR
APPD. BY SA
PROJECT NO 44NC - 4600 CHKD. BY ANPS
PROJECT LOCATION MANALI PRPD. BY RM
PROJECT TITLE RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT DATE 03/04/14
CLIENT CPCL REV. A

1 TYPE INTELLIGENT MICROPROCESSOR BASED ADDRESSABLE(INTRINSICALLY SAFE)

2 OPERATING PRINCIPLE ELECTRONIC SENSING AND INTEGRATION OF TEMP CHANGE

3 POWER SUPPLY 24V DC

4 QUIESCENT CURRENT (mA)

5 SIGNAL CURRENT (Ma)

6 TWIN LED INDICATION REQUIRED

7 BLINKING LED FACILITY REQUIRED

8 INTELLIGENT CAPABILITY REQUIRED

9 REMOTE/LOCAL TEST CAPABILITY REQUIRED

10 PROGRAMMING OF DETECTOR FROM THE DATA GATHERING & FIRE ALARM PANEL

11 POWER CONSUMPTION

12 DIMENSIONS

13 COLOUR

14 WEIGHT

15 INGRESS PROTECTOR

16 DETECTOR COVERAGE

17 MAKE

18 APPROVAL TAC / FM/UL FOR THE FIRE ALARM PANEL AND ALL DETECTORS

VENDOR TO FILL IN ALL UNFILLED DATA

FORM NO. E 063B DS.xls APPLICABLE STANDARD SPECIFICATION : E SS 06 3

Page 333 of 442 Page 1 of 1

 DOC. NO. A133-086-16-50-MR-0482 Rev A
DATA SHEET FOR REQN.NO. A133-086-XN-MR-0480-Rev A

MANUAL BREAK GLASS INPUT MODULE

APPD. BY SA
PROJECT NO 44NC - 4600 CHKD. BY ANPS
PROJECT LOCATION MANALI PRPD. BY RM
PROJECT TITLE RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT DATE 03/04/14
CLIENT CPCL REV. A

1 TYPE INTELLIGENT MICROPROCESSOR BASED ADDRESSABLE

2 ENCLOSURE MATERIAL 2mm THICK COLD ROLLED SHEET STEEL / MS

3 LED INDICATION YES

4 DIMENSION (L X H X D) MM

5 OPERATION VOLTAGE 24V DC

6 POWER CONSUMPTION

7 COLOUR RED

8 INGRESS PROTECTION IP 65

9 MAKE

10 APPROVAL TAC / FM/UL FOR THE FIRE ALARM PANEL AND ALL DETECTORS

11 WEIGHT (G) *

VENDOR TO FILL IN ALL UNFILLED DATA

FORM NO. E 063D DS.xls APPLICABLE STANDARD SPECIFICATION : E SS 06 3

Page 334 of 442 Page 1 of 1

 DOC. NO. A133-086-16-50- 0483
DATA SHEET FOR REQN.NO. A133-086-XN-MR-0480

PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR

APPD. BY SA SA
PROJECT NO 44NC - 4600 CHKD. BY ANPS ANPS
PROJECT LOCATION MANALI PRPD. BY RM VB
PROJECT TITLE RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT DATE 03/04/14 28/05/14
CLIENT CPCL REV. A B

1 TYPE INTELLIGENT MICROPROCESSOR BASED ADDRESSABLE

2 OPERATIONAL PRINCIPLE LIGHT SCATTER/DULL EFFECT

3 TWIN LED INDICATION YES

4 BLINKING LED FACILITY YES

5 ADDRESABLE CAPABILITY YES

6 INTELLINGENT CAPABILITY YES

7 REMOTE/LOCAL TEST CAPABILITY YES

8 SENSOR COVERAGE SPOT DETECTION

9 PROGRAMMING OF DETECTOR BY HAND HELD PROGRAMMER

10 POWER SUPPLY 24V DC

11 POWER CONSUMPTION

12 DIMENSION

13 COLOUR

14 WEIGHT (G)

15 QUIESCENT CURRENT (Ma)

16 ALARM CURRENT (mA)

17 INGRESS PROTECTION IP 55

18 APPROVAL TAC / FM/UL FOR THE FIRE ALARM PANEL AND ALL DETECTORS

19 MAKE

VENDOR TO FILL IN ALL UNFILLED DATA

FORM NO. E 063C DS.xls APPLICABLE STANDARD SPECIFICATION : E SS 06 3

Page 335 of 442 Page 1 of 1

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 1 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

ANNEXURE : V

SPECIFICATION FOR FIRE & GAS SYSTEM

Page 336 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 2 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 SCOPE

2.0 CODES & STANDARDS

3.0 FIRE DETECTORS & ACCESSORIES

4.0 GAS DETECTION SYSTEM

5.0 FIRE & GAS PLC SYSTEM

6.0 FIRE ALARM PANEL (SOFT ADDRESSABLE TYPE)

7.0 OPERATOR INTERFACE STATION (OIS)

8.0 SEQUENCE OF EVENTS PC (SOE PC)

9.0 ENGINEERING WORK STATION (EWS) FOR PLC

10.0 FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATION OF OPC SERVER

11.0 OTHER REQUIREMENTS

12.0 FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TEST (FAT)

13.0 SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST (SAT)

14.0 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

15.0 POWER SUPPLY

16.0 CABLING

17.0 EARTHING

18.0 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR F&G SYSTEM TO BE

INSTALLED IN HAZARDOUS AREA

19.0 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERFAC WITH

SUPPRESSER RELEASE SYSTEM

20.0 NAME PLATES

Page 337 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 3 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

21.0 DRAWINGS & DOCUMENTS

22.0 SPARE PHILOSOPHY

23.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE

24.0 DEVIATIONS

25.0 ATTACHMENTS

Page 338 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 4 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

1.0 SCOPE
This specification covers the design, manufacture, testing, packing and supply of Fire &
Gas System. The purpose of Fire & Gas System shall be to detect a fire or gas release &
automatically initiate audible and visual alarms in the respective designated emergency
response areas, central control room and in the vicinity of the hazard.

2.0 CODES & STANDARDS

The Fire & Gas System, the detectors and all ancillary equipment shall, as a minimum, be
designed, developed, installed & tested in compliance to the latest edition to all the
following applicable national & international codes & standards:

IEC 61508 Functional safety of electrical / electronics / programmable electronic safety

related system
IEC 60409 Guides for the Inclusion of Reliability Clauses into Specification of Components
(or Parts) for Electronic Equipment
IEC 60529 Degrees of Protection of Enclosures
IEC 60617 Graphic Symbols for Electronic Diagrams
IS 2189 Code of practice for installation of automatic fire alarm system using heat
sensitive type fire detectors (applicable clauses only).
IS 5780 Intrinsically safe electrical apparatus and circuits.
IS 5469 Code of practice for the use of semi-conductor junction devices.
BS 5839 Code of practice for installation of fire alarm system.
BS 3116 Part 4 - Automatic Fire Alarm Systems in Buildings: Control and Indicating
Equipment

BS EN Code of Practice for the selection, installation and maintenance of electrical

60079 apparatus for use in potentially explosive atmospheres

BS 5445 Components of Automatic Fire Detection Systems

Part 5 - Heat Sensitive Detectors-point detectors containing a static element
Part 7 - Smoke Detectors - detectors using scattered light, transmitted light or
ionisation
Part 8 - High Temperature Heat Detectors
BS 5446 Part 1 – Point type Smoke Detector
NFPA 72 Code of practice for automatic fire alarm system.

3.0 FIRE DETECTORS & ACCESSORIES

3.1 BREAK GLASS TYPE MANUAL CALL POINT
3.1.1 The manual call point shall be of dimensions 100 x 100 mm or more, fabricated out of
2 mm thick cold rolled sheet steel. It shall have weatherproof IP65 construction suitable for
outdoor installation.

Page 339 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 5 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

3.1.2 The manual call point shall be break glass type push button and shall have a push button
actuator/element kept in pressed condition by the glass sheets fitted on the front of the box.
This push button shall be actuated by breaking glass (by means of a SS 316 hammer
provided along with the push button and chained with the push button station) and shall than
give signal to F & G system.
3.1.3 The manual call point shall have red epoxy painting and the inscription: “Break Glass in
Case of Fire”. Glasses shall be of the unscarred type, secured by sealing rings & packs of
replacement glasses are to be provided with the units. Each box shall have distinct
identification number boldly painted.
3.1.4 The call point shall include encapsulated changeover contacts rated for 24V DC 1 amp. The
switch contacts shall have sufficient clearance to earth and the switch construction shall
withstand 500V AC insulation test to any earthed metal.
3.1.5 All hardware shall be corrosion resistant. All joints and connections shall be made by
galvanised / zinc phosphated bolts, nuts and washers secured against loosening.
2
3.1.6 Terminations shall be screw & clamp type suitable for 2.5mm conductors & incorporate
capacity for all permissible field wiring configurations. Separate earth terminals shall be
provided.
3.1.7 Externally mounted call points shall be of robust metal construction with integral surface
mounting lugs. All screws shall be of 316 stainless steel socket heads in recesses.
3.1.8 Internally mounted call points may also be of metal construction but may be of lighter
construction suitable for flush mounting in the Control Building and surface mounting in the
substation and warehouse.

3.1.9 All manual alarm call points shall be of red painted epoxy finish.

3.1.10 All manual alarm call points shall have a minimum of 2 entries at the bottom of the enclosure
and shall include a key operated test facility which operates the unit without requiring the
glass to be broken.

3.2 AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTORS

GENERAL

All the detectors shall be plug-in-type and shall have twist lock action fitting. A LED shall be
incorporated which shall normally flicker indicating alertness and should turn steady when a
fire is sensed enabling immediate identification of the affected detector.

The mounting base of all type of detectors shall be identical. It should be possible to plug in
any type of detector at any location without changing the base and without disturbing the
external wiring. The detector housing shall be damage resistant made of polycarbonate or
aluminium with plug-in housing base of universal type suitable for either surface or recess
mounting, as applicable.

The detector, which has been employed with a Radio Active material the strength of Radio
Active material, shall not exceed 1 micro curie.

It shall be possible to loop all type of detectors (manual as well as automatic) in the same fire
alarm circuit.

Page 340 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 6 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

All the detectors shall have inbuilt safety device to monitor the removal and pilferage of the
detector.

All detectors shall be suitable for operation at 24V DC, 2 wire system.

All automatic detectors for microprocessor based fire alarm system shall be analogue
addressable type & supplied through OEM (Supplier of F & G PLC) bought Items are not
acceptable. The analogue addressable detectors shall be continuously monitored to
measure any change in their sensitivity due to the environment (dir. dust, temperature,
humidity etc.) These detectors shall give an advance indication to the fire alarm panel
regarding the need for maintenance.

The analogue reading sent by the detectors shall be sensed and if there is a rapid increase
an alarm shall be generated. However, if there is a gradual increase in the analogue
reading a maintenance alert shall be generated by the F & G System.

3.2.1 Heat Detectors

3.2.1.1 Heat detectors shall be of electro-pneumatic / bimetallic / thermo electric type, working on
the two methods i.e. rate of rise-cum fixed temperature and fixed temperature.
3.2.1.2 The rate of rise-cum fixed temperature element shall have an air chamber, a flexible metal
diaphragm and a moisture proof and trouble proof vent, carefully calibrated to ignore any
normal fluctuation in temperature, but to respond quickly when the temperature rise is 9° C
or more per minute as per the appropriate classification given in NFPA-NFC 72E.
3.2.1.3 Detector bases shall be capable of accepting ionisation and photo-cell smoke detectors
with no modification and shall fit directly onto standard round conduit boxes having 20mm
ISO tapped entries and shall have a facility for a remote indicator.

3.2.1.4 Bases shall be provided for surface mounting, these shall be supplied separately from the
detector units.

3.2.1.5 A mechanical locking device shall be fitted to the detector base to prevent unauthorised
removal of the head from the base.

3.2.1.6 Detectors shall be capable of retaining a guard for impact protection where appropriate and
shall incorporate a means of preventing small insects from entering any part of the
detector.

3.2.1.7 The fixed temperature feature shall be entirely independent of the rate of rise element and
shall be of bimetallic type operated at preset temperature. It shall comply to NFPA-NFC-
72E.
3.2.1.8 The operating temperature of fixed temperature element should be factory set at 57° C +/-
5° C. The detector shall also indicate the temperature setting.
3.2.2 Optical Smoke Detector

3.2.2.1 The optical smoke detector shall be capable of detecting visible combustion gases
emanating from fire also sense visible smoke likely to occur during the overheating in
electrical risks. The detector should use forward light-scatter principle using optical
components operating at a wavelength of 4.35 mm.

Page 341 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 7 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

3.2.2.2 The design of the optical smoke detector shall be based on light-scatter principle utilising a
labyrinth sensing chamber shall be optimised to minimise the effect of dust deposition over
a period of time. The sensitivity of the detector shall be preset by the supplier to suit the
site

3.2.2.3 The optical smoke detector shall include RFI screening & feed-through connecting
components to minimise the effect of radiated & connected electrical interface.

3.2.2.4 The optical smoke detector shall incorporate an LED, clearly visible from the outside to
provide indication of alarm actuation.

3.2.3 Linear Beam Detectors

3.2.3.1 The linear beam detector shall work on the principles of smoke. The sensitivity shall be
such as to enable operation at 30% to 50% obscuration.
3.2.3.2 Linear beam detector shall consist of separate transmitter and receiver. Linear beam
detector shall be suitable for application in high roofed locations such as warehouses etc.
The detector shall preferably, be powered from the loop signal itself. However, if external
power supply is required the same shall be explicitly stated by the contractor and the
supply shall be supplied from source with battery back up as specified in clause 9.3.
3.2.4 Heat Sensing Cables
Heat sensing cable shall be analogue type & operating voltage shall be 24V DC preferably.
It shall consist of four copper conductors, each covered with a colour code, negative
temperature co-efficient material. The cores shall be twisted together and protected by an
outer sheath of high temperature, flame retardant PVC insulation. External mechanical
0
protection shall be provided over the sensor cables. The temperature range shall be -20 C
0
to +100 C. Interface unit for heat sensing cable shall be provided for PLC interface. Heat
sensing cable shall be IS, suitable for IIC area classification. Contractor shall provide
control unit for each 100 mtr. Length of sensor cable.
3.2.5 Response Indicator
Response indicator shall be provided in weatherproof box and suitable for mounting on
walls, partitions, outside a cabin and below false ceiling and shall be connected to the
detector directly. In normal circumstances, the lamp should flicker, but in the event
detector inside the cabin senses fire, the lamp should glow steady. Response indicator
shall be used in case of non-addressable system.

3.2.6 Exit Signs

Exit signs shall be fabricated out of 2 mm thick cold rolled sheet steel. This shall be
suitable for fixing on walls or hanging from false ceiling, Digital Fire Exit / No Fire Exit shall
be displayed on both sides of the exit signs. It shall drive power from Fire Alarm Panel and
shall operate on DC power supply.

3.2.7 Hooters / Bells

The unit shall consist of solid state circuitry tray on a printed circuit board, a loud speaker
and flashing lamp housed in weatherproof dust tight, wall mounted type enclosure. Unit
shall derive power from Fire Alarm Panel and operate on 24 V DC power. In the event of
fire, the hooter shall raise pulsating audio alarm and lamp shall flash.

Page 342 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 8 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

3.2.8 Blinking Lights

Unit shall consist of solid state circuitry on printed circuit board, and a red capped
incandescent lamp and audio unit housed in a dust tight, wall ceiling mounted enclosure. It
shall derive power from fire alarm panel and operate at 24V DC supply. Blinking lights shall
be installed in the enclosed area where suppresser to be dumped. In the event of signal
for suppresser release is given, the lamp shall start blinking with a warning sound enabling
operating personnel to evacuate the area.
3.2.9 Fire Suppresser Release & Inhibit Switches
This unit shall consist of pull type suppresser release switch and inhibit switches. The unit
shall be fabricated out of 2 mm thick cold rolled sheet steel suitable for wall mounting.
Switches shall be pulled to release or inhibit suppresser gas.
Release switch shall have inscription: “PULL TO RELEASE SUPPRESSER GAS and
Inhibit switch shall have inscription: “PULL TO INHIBIT SUPPRESSER GAS.
3.2.10 Sirens
Sirens shall be industrial type of 2.5 km. range (min) against the wind direction. Unless
otherwise specified Sirens shall operate at 110V AC, 50Hz. Sirens shall be housed in
weather proof enclosure.
3.2.11 Beacon
Beacon shall be 3 way & suitable for operation in hazardous area. Three colours of
beacons shall be RED, AMBER & BLUE. It shall be 24V DC operated with min. IP 66
0 0
protection. It shall be suitable for temperature range of -20 C to +55 C.

3.3 Wiring and Terminals

3.3.1 The panel wiring for control, signalling and indicating circuits shall be done with min. 1.5 sq.
mm & for power cable 2.5 sq. mm. PVC insulated copper conductor 650/1100 V grade
wires. All wiring shall preferably house in plastic channels/troughs.
3.3.2 Each wire shall be terminated at a separate terminal. Wherever necessary, shorting strips
shall be used for connection between two terminals.
3.3.3 Field contacts will be wired to the panel terminal block with minimum 1.0 sq. mm copper
conductor, telecommunication armoured cable.

3.4 Barriers
Barriers, located necessarily in unclassified / non hazardous areas, in marshalling cabinets
shall be may be employed for wiring detectors / break glass boxes installed in hazardous
areas.

3.5 Line Isolator

3.5.1 Line Isolator shall be installed, as applicable.
Line Isolator shall be designed to provide short circuit protection to an analogue
addressable detector loop and isolate minimum possible part of the loop. It shall be
possible to wire the fault isolator at any point in the detector loop.

Page 343 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 9 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

3.5.2 The Line Isolator shall have the capability to continuously check the faulted side of the loop
to determine if the fault still exists. On rectification of the fault, the isolator shall
automatically reset itself.
3.5.3 In case the Line Isolator nearest to the fault does not activate first, the isolator shall query
other isolators nearest to the short circuit and then de-activate/restore itself.
3.5.4 The panel shall be capable of accessing detectors / devices installed outside the zone
covered by the Line isolator modules.
3.5.5 Line isolator module shall be housed in a dust and vermin proof, weather proof enclosure,
with IP-55 degree of protection as a minimum.

3.6 Flame Detectors (Plant area)

Flame detectors shall be U.V / I. R Type and shall be capable of detecting the flame for
various types of fuel. The detectors shall be enclosed in metal weatherproof housings with
suitable gaskets, quartz viewing window and sensitivity adjustment. It shall have
connections for cooling and purging air requirements. A quick disconnect or hinged
mounting for the flame detector shall be provide to facilitate cleaning of the lens. Flame 0
detectors shall be provided with a self cleaning device. The control system shall send a
signal causing mechanical blinding of the window for sufficient time at continuous intervals
to prove the circuitry and cause the flame signal meter to indicate flame failure. Alternative
self checking systems may be proposed. Optical fibre cable should be used for
transmission of flame intensity signal.

3.7 The estimated quantities of Fire & Gas detectors for various types are as indicated below.
LSTK contractor shall be responsible to provide these as minimum. However, any 0
additional requirements to be finalised during detail engineering stage with approval of
Owner / PMC.

a) Photo Electric Smoke detectors – 175 Nos.

b) Heat Detectors – 10 Nos.
c) Linear Beam Detectors – 5 Nos.
d) Response Indicators – 75 Nos.
e) Line Isolator – 10Nos.
f) Manual Call Points – 40 Nos. (20 Nos. Flame Proof + 20 Nos. Industrial)
g) Hooters – 10 Nos.
h) Siren – 2 Nos.
i) Beacons – 3 Nos.
j) Linear Heat Sensing Cable – 3 Kms.
k) Exit Signs – 10 No’s
l) Flame Detector (Field) UV type: 20 Nos.
m) Flame Detector (Field) IR type: 20 Nos.

Page 344 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 10 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

4.0 GAS DETECTION SYSTEM

4.1 All gas detectors shall have integral transmitter with local LCD indicators & 4 – 20mA with
SMART HART output for connecting to PLC. All the detectors shall be provided with gas
collecting cones.

4.2 All detectors shall be suitable for operation from a nominal 24 volt DC source
supply derived from the F&G System.

4.3 All field devices shall remain stable under all conditions of humidity, temperature and
pressure likely to be encountered. Sensitivity of detectors shall not change significantly as a
result of supply voltage variations within the following range -15% to +10% of nominal
voltage.

4.4 All detectors shall be suitable for "one man" calibration.

4.5 All detectors / transmitters to be IS certified, suitable for Zone 1 classified area Gas group IIA
/ IIB, Temperature class T3.

4.6 Sunshades / canopy shall be provided for all field mounted electronic devices.

4.7 Field devices shall be rated for an operating temperature of (0°C to +75°C).

4.8 Field devices shall operate over a humidity range of 0 to 95% Relative Humidity and be
able to withstand 100% condensing humidity for short periods of time.

4.9 All detectors shall be weather proof protection shall be a minimum of IP 65.

4.10 Detectors alarms shall be self-latching with remote reset from the F & G system.

4.11 Field devices shall be capable of retaining a guard for impact protection where appropriate
and shall incorporate means of preventing small insects from entering any part of the device.

4.12 Field devices shall have integral electronic filtering to ensure that there are no RFI
effects.

4.13 A mechanical locking device will be fitted to the detector base to prevent unauthorised
removal of the head from the base.

4.14 Accuracy shall be + / - 1 % or better & response time shall be less than 30 sec.

4.15 On-line calibration set up to be provided.

4.16 All gas detectors of Sensor +Transmitter type shall have MOC SS316.

4.17 No separate alarm / monitoring panel shall be considered for gas detection system. All
alarms & graphics related to gas detection shall be configured in PLC based system on
separate graphic pages with facility for report generation.

4.18 Following gas detector types shall be provided

- Hydrocarbon gas leak detection (%LEL)
- Toxic gas detection ( H2S PPM )

Page 345 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 11 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

Infra red type gas detectors shall be used for HC gas (LEL Type) and H2S gas detectors
shall be of electrochemical type.

4.19 The estimated quantities of gas detectors for various types are as indicated below. LSTK
contractor shall be responsible to provide these as minimum. However, any additional
requirements to be finalised during detail engineering stage with approval of Owner / PMC.

OISD guidelines and NFPA shall govern for number and location of gas leak detectors & shall
also comply with requirements of Central Pollution Control Board.

TYPE QUANTITY

HC Detectors 75

H2S Detectors 15
4.20 In addition to the above, contractor's scope of supply and work shall also include 2 no. of HC
detectors within each analyser shelter and 2 no. of H2S detectors outside each analyser
shelter (preferably near outlet line).

4.21 All gas detectors shall be connected through PLC system through junction boxes. Junction
boxes shall be Ex-proof suitable for hazardous area classification Zone 1, II C.

4.22 In addition to above, contractor shall also supply the following items:
- Portable calibration kits and test gas cylinders: 1 no. for HC
- Portable calibration kits (1 Nos.) for H2S gas comprising of ampoules & Dragger
detector tubes etc.
- Portable gas detectors: 2 nos. for HC % LEL, H2S ppm

5.0 FIRE & GAS PLC SYSTEM

System Description
5.1 The F&G system shall be a fail-safe with highest possible availability (99.99%), TUV approved
(SIL certified) Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs) TMR / QMR architecture, with no
common point of the failure and suitable for carrying out all safety functions to meet SIL3 /
AK5 min. functionality. The hardware and firmware should be field proven in the operating
refineries. The system shall contain TUV approved main processors operating in parallel.
Memory shall be non-volatile. However in case of volatile memory is provided, battery backup
shall be provided for a minimum of 3 months to keep the stored program intact.

5.2 The contractor shall submit along with the offer all documents related to certification like –
TUV certificate, its respective report and all such documents referred in TUV certificate or
report.

5.3 The F&G shall be connected directly to the DCS network via Fault Detecting Ethernet based
communication. High speed communication of 100Mbps is preferred. Redundancy shall be
maintained at all the levels including CPU, I/O module, power supply & communication etc.

Page 346 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 12 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

5.4 Diagnostics of F&G system shall be standard available feature in the main plant DCS + PLC
without any additional engineering requirement in F&G and DCS systems. F&G shall support
the extensive alarming features of DCS, as process alarms are detected; they are brought to
the operator attention at the operator console. Integrated sequence of event of DCS & F&G
shall be available in Operator Console.

5.5 There shall be a write protection or firewall between DCS & F&G. DCS is normally reading or
monitoring F&G system. To maintain the safe & reliable operation of the F&G system, direct
write access from DCS to all hardwired F&G points is not recommended. For write request
from DCS to F&G, if any, shall pass to the F&G control program via dedicated boolean &
numerical inputs. The inputs appear at the input side of the FLD, where the conditions for
write access are defined.

5.6 The scan time of programmable controller shall be of the order of 250 msec or less than half
the PST, whichever is less.

5.7 Serial interface between the F&G system (SIL-3 PLC) and addressable detectors via Fire
Alarm Panel shall be redundant without any engineered solution.

5.8 Online replacement of any module shall be possible in such a way that removal and addition
of a module shall be possible without de-energizing the system and there shall not be any
process upset while replacement. System software should also support these online
changes, replacements and modifications with out any compromise on safety. PLC shall have
the capability to allow hot swapping of I/O as well as processor modules without causing any
interruption to the process. Hot slot shall be provided for all TMR cards & hot slot with I/O
module shall be provided for QMR cards.

5.9 The system shall incorporate comprehensive self-diagnostics such that all permanent and
transient faults are identified, alarmed and reported on engineering and Operator station in
Control room. Diagnostics shall be capable of identifying, locating and reporting the following
faults as a minimum:

• Scan failure of any processor

• Memory faults, both PROM and RAM
• Microprocessor faults
• Communications faults
• I/O interface or addressing faults
• Software discrepancies
• I/O modules faults
• Voted signal discrepancy on inputs
• Faults detected by output line monitoring / testing features
• Fuse failure
• Power supply faults including RAM battery backup monitoring and output
voltage verification

5.10 The main function of the FGS is to protect from hazards to human life. Furthermore it has to
provide the operator with proper status information of the process plant over any time period
via the SOE link to the DCS. In addition the FGS shall provide the SOE with event
information. The FGS shall be especially capable of automatic logic control in accordance

Page 347 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 13 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

with the Logic diagrams provided by the Contractor. SOE shall have an event resolution
equal to or better than the scan time of the PLC. To enable this, the following shall be
provided:

• Fail safe sequence and logic control

• Binary logic (AND, OR, NOT).
• Timers (on delay, off delay, single shot).
• Latching.
• Counting.
• On/off switching
• Alarm handling incl. date and time stamping
• Sequence of event with date and time stamping.
• High Speed Fault Avoiding Ethernet interface communication (100mbps) with
DCS.
• Clock setting by means of external atomic clock communication link for critical
or non critical signal etc.

5.11 All field input/output modules shall be configured safety related SIL3 / AK5 and the same
shall be approved by TUV for application in SIL3 in the TUV report.

5.12 The maximum IO density shall not exceed 16 points for Input & Output modules.

5.13 Unless specified all analogue and digital inputs/outputs shall be 24 V DC powered by the
System.

5.14 Each plug-in module type shall have unique mechanical keying to prevent the physical
insertion and on-line activation of a module in the wrong location. No address links or
switches shall be mounted on the module themselves. The module address identifier shall be
located on the main chassis or in the firmware and automatically recognized by the operating
systems.

5.15 Intrinsic Safety protection shall be via IS barriers.

5.16 Interfacing of each detector, to the data highway shall be via transmitters/communication
modules which convert the normal analogue signals to digital format. Transmitter
communication module should be capable of accepting Gas, Fire and MAC inputs.

5.17 All field mounted Gas, Fire detectors, MAC, beacons, sirens, deluge system etc; shall be
directly interfaced with F & G PLC system (Non addressable).Estimated quantities of these
detectors shall be as indicated in clause no. 3.7 & 4.19 .Additionally hooking up of 10 No’s of
MAC & 15 No’s of Gas detectors (supplied by Other) shall be connected to F & G system .All
necessary hard ware & soft ware required for interfacing shall be supplied by contractor. All
0
MCP related to building are addressable type & MCP related to plant area individually
connected to PLC system.

5.18 The output shutdown component shall be automatically tested for “struck-on” or “struck-off”
condition at a regular interval. All Digital input cards and all output cards must have line
monitoring feature. This is to detect any short circuit or open loop between the system and

Page 348 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 14 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

the field devices. Subsequent to this, there shall not be any relays between the Line
monitored IO’s and field devices.

- Deluge output shall be normally energised.

- For HVAC tripping/fan stopping only one potential free contact shall be given to HVAC
system. Contact shall be multiplied as required in HVAC panel.

5.19 20% Installed spare I/O modules including all required hardware completely wired shall be
provided. In addition 30% spare space for future expansion at all levels shall be provided.

6.0 FIRE ALARM PANEL (SOFT ADDRESSABLE TYPE)

Inside the building like control room, substation, ware house etc. fire alarm system shall be
soft addressable type i.e. addressing of all devices shall be done automatically from FAP
wherein the use of hard switches to set addresses is eliminated.

6.1 All devices i.e. detectors, MCP’s, Sounder control units etc. shall be installed in same loop.

6.2 The System comprising of main fire alarm control panels; heat sensors; optical sensors;
manual call points; electronic sounders; transponders; sounder controllers, conforming to the
relevant and applicable requirements.

6.3 All system components and devices shall be connected to two-wire loop circuits. Removal or
disconnection of any component from the loop shall not affect the functioning and
performance of the devices.

6.4 Facilities are provided to constantly monitor and check the following circuits and fault
conditions:
- the power supply to the loop /s;
- for open-circuit, short-circuit, earth fault and any other fault condition in the loop
wiring;
- for communication failure and errors in all cards and loops
- for faults in keyboard and printer circuits
- monitoring of all devices status every 1.3 minutes to create a table of each 1
analogue channel for event analysis
6.5 Any event i.e. Fire, fault or warning shall be recorded with time, date and place. These events
shall be displayed on operator station & printed, as required.

6.6 All devices shall be assigned a maximum of 25 character alphanumeric label. In case of fire,
fault or warning, the label of device sensing threshold shall appear on visual display unit of
the panel.

6.7 The Fire alarm system panel shall offer redundant modbus output to PLC for alarm and event
purposes.

Page 349 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 15 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

6.8 System shall have capability to support addressable intrinsically safe detectors wherever
necessary.
0
Dedicated PC (Server Grade) with Printer for programming of Fire Alarm System
(Addressable) shall be provided.

7.0 OPERATOR INTERFACE STATION (OIS)

0

7.1 One No. Operator Interface station (Dual Monitor) will be located Console room in Coker
Block Control room & other (Single Monitor) at fire station approximately 500 meter from main
control room for repeat alarms of F & G system from Coker Block . All signals shall be
transmitted through fibre optic cable (supplied & laid by others). All the necessary provision
for termination of Fibre Optic cable in Coker block control room shall be by contractor.

No. of Operator stations & Printers shall be as below:

- 1 No (2 No’s TFT monitors) in Coker block console room ( Console Based)
- 3 Nos. colour laser printer( A3) ( printers alarm, log and Event) shall be provided in Coker
block console room

7.2 OIS consisting of operator stations with keyboard and printer.

An operator station shall be a desktop based color TFT with touch screen facility, membrane
type keyboard, track ball & mouse, floppy, hard disk driver units and DCS data bus
interfaces.

OIS shall have separate electronics. The electronics of OIS shall be server grade PC latest
configuration: Dual-Core CPU; Dual Monitor capable: Ext. speaker; 73GB (min) SAS Driver;
rd
2G RAM; 48/32 (min) DVD-CDRW; Red control network Ports: 3 E-net Port, cooling fans
with dust filters & 20.1" colour TFT with touch screen facility, membrane type keyboard,
Track ball / mouse.

8.0 SEQUENCE OF EVENTS (SOE) PC

One number of SOE PC shall be provided in the Rack Room of COKER Block Control room.
SOE PC is required for recording sequence of alarms / events for shutdown inputs, all 2oo3
logic inputs.
Separate printer (CLP A3 size) shall be provided for SOE PC. SOE printer shall be of 132-
column dot matrix heavy duty high speed line printer. Time stamping of the alarms shall be
displayed
The printing shall be automatic and shall need no human intervention such as selecting and
dumping to print. The printout shall have “time stamping” with the resolution same as PLC
scan time.

SOE PC shall have separate electronics. The hardware shall support and supplied with PC
latest configuration (Pentium - V @ 1.2 GHz or better), 512 MB memory (RAM) minimum,

Page 350 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 16 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

1 MB (Min) Cache, HDD capacity >40 GB having Redundant hard disk (SCSI) RAID –1
controller, Dual Channel 10/100 Ethernet card, CDRW drive, Dual Power supply, Floppy
Drive – 3.5”, 1.44MB with, cooling fans with dust filters & 20.1" colour TFT (table top),
keyboard and Mouse.

9.0 ENGINEERING WORK STATION FOR PLC

Engineer work station shall be primarily an engineer’s interface, which shall normally be
used for configuring, Programming and maintenance of the Programmable logic system. This
shall consist of a station provided with one operator keyboard and one engineering keyboard.
This as a minimum shall also have one configuration and maintenance printer (C & M).
The hardware shall support and supplied with server grade PC Dual Xeon 3.2GHz (min)
CPUs; Five 73GB (min) SAS drives; RAID 5: 2GB RAM; 24X DVD-CDRW Drive; Redundant
rd
Control Network Ports ; 3 Ethernet Port with cooling fans with dust filters, 20.1" colour TFT
(table top), keyboard, mouse .
One no. Engineering work station (EWS) with configuration and maintenance printer (C & M)
colour (A4) printer located in the rack Room shall be provided. EWS shall have engineering
software also to perform all engineering functions like change in software program, booting,
maintenance & diagnostic of system hardware etc.
EWS shall be used as an Operator station

10.0 FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATION OF OPC SERVER 0

It is proposed to have OPC server interface between F & G PLC system & Operator station
located at Fire station to repeat all F & G system alarms. Connectivity between F & G PLC
system & Operator station located at Fire station shall be through fibre optic cable all
necessary hardware required for termination of FO cable shall be supplied by contractor.

a. Contractor should supply proven and latest version of OPC servers with OPC server
software licenses.

b. OPC servers & software should run on windows 2000/03 platform Contractor should
provide OPC Servers with necessary hardware and software in order to meet the
following requirement.

c. OPC server should read 5000 real time data points from F & G PLC system and write
500 data points within 10 seconds. So minimum throughput rate should be 1000 data
points per second (read and write).

d. server tables, chairs and necessary accessories to locate and connect OPC server in
Optimization room shall be provided

e. Contractor should provide Cisco ASA 5500 series hardware based firewall to prevent
intrusion of Virus into DCS Network.

f. Contractor should provide licensed anti-virus software on the OPC servers to protect
the system.

Page 351 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 17 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

g. Contractor should provide necessary documentary proof and test certificates to

support OPC server capabilities.

Minimum Configuration for OPC servers - 1 No

Processor Intel Xeon with 3.2Ghz or above (Dual Processor Capable)

L2 Cache1 MB L2 Cache
Memory 2GB DDR-RAM
RAID Controller 2* 64 bit Dual Channel ULTRA 320 RAID Controller with
minimum 64 MB Cache with support for Raid 0/1/5 min
HDD Controller Integrated Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Controllers

Hard Disk 2 * 72 GB hot swap Ultra320 SCSI HDDs (10k rpm) on

RAID 1 for OS in a separate Drive Cage.
3 * 72 GB hot swap Ultra320 SCSI HDDs (10k rpm) on
RAID 5 for Data in separate Drive Cage.

Bus architecture PCI Architecture

Expansion Slots Minimum 5 PCI Slots

Power Supply Redundant Hot Swap Power Supply with ability to

replace without bringing down server
NIC 2 * 10/100/1000 Mbps Redundant LAN adapter
Pre Failure Alerts Pre Failure Alerts and Pre failure warranty minimum for
HDDs, Memory
Video Display With Min 1MB Video Memory
Monitor 20.1Inch High Resolution LCD Monitor
DVD High Speed DVD-RW
Mouse Yes (OEM make)
Keyboard Yes (OEM make)
USB 4 Ports (2 on front and rear each)
Warranty Three Year Comprehensive warranty for all the hardware
mentioned above
OS Microsoft Windows 2003 (2 user license)
Management Software Server Management Software

CISCO ASA 5500 series Adaptive Security Appliances (FIREWALL) – 1No

ASA 5500 Series – Rack Mountable
Firewall Thruput – Upto 300 Mbps
Integrated Network Ports - 5 Fast Ethernet ports (2 Gigabit Ethernet + 3 Fast
Ethernet ports)
User Accessible Flash Slot – 1
USB 2.0 Ports – 2

Page 352 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 18 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

Serial Ports – 2 RJ45 (Console and auxiliary)

Memory 256 MB
Minimum System Flash 64MB
Multi-bus Architecture

11.0 OTHER REQUIREMENTS

11.1 Hardwired console & annunciation panel as required located in main control room the
specification & requirements shall be same as of Main Plant DCS/PLC system

11.2 All the cabinet construction & specification / requirements shall be same as main plant
DCS/ PLC cabinets.

11.3 Furniture’s for all operator / engineering stations, OPC servers in control room, rack room,
engineering and operator room shall be provided with operator chairs. Also necessary 0
furniture for housing documentation and spares shall also be provided. . Quantity shall be
estimated based during detailed engineering

11.3 Training & Post warranty maintenance requirement shall be same as of main plant DCS /
PLC system.

11.4 The requirement of statutory approvals for usage of equipments / instruments / system in
electrically hazardous area shall be followed as defined elsewhere in feed documents.

11.5 All the co ordination required making data available at Fire Station to other OSBL contractor/
Owner/PMC shall be responsibility of contractor. And all the input required for the same 0
shall be provided by contractor.

12.0 FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TEST (FAT)

Factory Acceptance Test shall be carried out by contractor for Fire & Gas System &
witnessed by OWNER / PMC. The testing shall be carried out by contractor as per testing
procedure approved by OWNER / PMC. In general all tests as defined for main plant PLC
system are applicable for Fire & Gas System.

13.0 SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST ( SAT)

Site Acceptance Test shall be carried out by contractor for Fire & Gas System & witnessed
by OWNER / PMC. The testing shall be carried out by contractor as per testing procedure
approved by OWNER / PMC. In general all tests as defined for main plant PLC system are 0
applicable for Fire & Gas System.

Page 353 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 19 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

14.0 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

14.1 Whenever the glass of the break glass type manual call point is broken both audible and
visual (flashing) alarm shall be raised in the operator station indicating the
corresponding location of break glass type manual call point. On pressing “ACCEPT”
push button the audible alarm shall stop and lamp shall glow steadily. The action shall
be brought to normal condition by pressing “Reset” push button (only after the field
conditions are normalised)

14.2 The system shall operate satisfactorily within a min. variation range of +/- 10% of the
specified voltage. An adequately rated switch fuse unit shall be provided for the incoming
supply.

14.3 An integral power pack including batteries for back-up supply shall be provided in the
panel. The power pack shall be complete with battery charger, hardware for automatic
and instantaneous changeover to battery in case of AC power failure and all other
devices for monitoring indication and protection of the power pack. Unless specified
otherwise the charger shall be capable of charging the battery sufficiently in 10 hours to
supply the maximum alarm load at on adequate voltage for a least two hours.

14.4 Unless specified otherwise the capacity of each battery shall be such that it is capable of
maintaining the maximum alarm load on the system at an adequate voltage for at least
one hour plus the standing load or losses for at least 48 hours.

14.5 The signal voltages for the system shall be so designed as to avoid spurious faulty
annunciation caused by any noise signal induced in the signal cable due to adjoining
power cables and to ensure a positive annunciation of faults.

14.6 The field contact wiring will be carried out by using multi-core, copper conductor, PVC,
insulated and armoured cable that may be running close to power cables. Hence the
logic circuitry shall be designed with sufficiently high signal-to noise ratio to avoid
spurious actuation due to noise induced in the field wiring because of switching etc.
Adequate noise filters and time delay shall be incorporated at the input stages to reduce
the effect of the noise.

14.7 The logic circuit shall be suitably designed to take care of capacitive currents, associated
with long run of cable required for field wiring.

15.0 POWER SUPPLY

15.1 The power supply for Safety PLC shall be TUV approved for SIL-3 application with
following features –

• Dual built-in over voltage protection to comply with the strict functional safety
requirements of the IEC 61508/DIN V 19250 and VDE V 0801 standards,
• undervoltage alarm,
• redundant parallel operation, and
• Optimum protection against continuous overload and short-circuiting.

Page 354 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 20 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

15.2 The PDB cabinet in control room will be provided with dual 110 V AC ±10%, 50 Hz ± 3%,
using live, neutral and ground from dedicated UPS system (48 Hrs Back up). Each
incoming cable shall be capable of taking the full load of the system. Sub-distribution to all
power users including 24 V DC users shall be by the CONTRACTOR including workstations,
and printers. All field devices including sirens and beacons shall be powered by the
Contractor’s System.

15.3 CONTRACTOR shall provide a dual redundant 24 V DC battery systems rated for 48 hours
quiescent operation and 30 minutes in alarm.

15.4 The CONTRACTOR shall include miniature circuit breakers for AC supply to each power
supply unit and sub-distribution within the system. Sufficient isolation facilities on the DC
sub-system shall be provided to enable maintenance of components with minimum
disturbance to healthy devices. All power supplies shall be monitored for faults and failure
and have diode power loading. The CONTRACTOR shall increase the input count as
required to include these alarms.

15.5 Where individual loop protection is not a feature of the I/O cards, the CONTRACTOR shall
provide individual fusing in the termination cabinets.

15.6 All electrical terminals inside the cabinet shall be clearly numbered and permanently
identified on the terminals and the system wiring drawings

15.7 Electrical wiring shall be in accordance with applicable electrical standards. Wiring
diagrams shall be complete with grounds in recommended wire sizes, type, and shielding
required for the electrical circuits between components that are to be wired

15.8 All the 24 V DC power suppliers for the system shall be supplied and mounted on cabinet
by the CONTRACTOR.

15.9 Internal power supply shall be fused for short circuit protection and shall have thermal
overload self-resetting protection unit. Every power failure shall generate a system alarm.

16.0 CABLING
LSTK contractor shall supply and lay the necessary quantity of appropriate type of cables
for interconnections among main PLC panel, fire detectors, response indicators, exit signs,
hooters, sirens, FAP etc as per relevant applicable standards.

17.0 EARTHING
A common earth bus bar of minimum 25 x 3 mm copper or equivalent aluminium shall be
provided throughout the length of the panel. All non current carrying metallic parts of the
panel and mounted equipment shall be connected to the panel earth bus bar. All doors
and movable parts shall be connected to the earth bus by flexible cables. 2 Nos. earth
terminals shall be provided outside the panels. All panels are ring looped & connected to
earthing bus bar / pit. Separate earthing bus & pit for system & IS earth shall be provided.

Page 355 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 21 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

18.0 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TO BE

INSTALLED IN HAZARDOUS AREA

18.1 Normally marshalling cabinets, PLC system cabinets and Operator Interface stations, etc;
shall be located in control room environment, which is non-hazardous. However, the
enclosure for the break glass manual call point, smoke detectors, response indicators,
hooters & automatic fire detectors shall have Intrinsic Safe type suitable for Zone 1, Gr. II
A / II B. In case if intrinsic safe type detectors are not available, then flame proof shall be
provided.
18.2 The complete Fire Alarm circuit shall be “Intrinsically safe” type conforming to IS 5780

19.0 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERFACE WITH SUPPRESSER

RELEASE SYSTEM
19.1 Suppresser dumping area shall be divided at least into two zones for fire detection
purposes. The detectors shall be installed in cross zoning manner. Signals for
suppresser release shall be sent only when at least two zones have detected the fire.
The blinking lights shall operate in the affected area. On detection of fire (minimum two
detectors), a signal shall be generated which shall open the valves for dumping the
suppresser.
19.2 In the case of analogue addressable fire alarm system, cross-zoning may not be
necessary as the system shall be deemed to be capable of filtering out false alarms due
to dust, dirt and other atmospheric changes Signal for suppresser release shall be
intimated on receipt of fire alarm from any detector in the protected area. The blinking
lights shall operate in the affected area.
19.3 Suppresser can be released or prohibited by the suppresser release and inhibit switches
located outside the protected area or from the F & G system. The contact for suppresser
release alarm shall be taken from the pressure switch in the suppresser pipe line.
19.4 It is proposed to have min 7 No’s of Remote operated Long Range Monitors (ROM) as
Specified in Doc. No. 44NC-4600-0000/L.02/0101/A4 with booster Pump. The logics for 0
these ROM & booster pump shall be implemented in F & G PLC system.

20.0 NAME PLATES

sAll nameplates shall be engraved on anodised aluminium. Engraving shall be done with
square groove cutters. Hard paper or self adhesive plastic tape name plates will not be
acceptable. Name plates shall be fastened by screws and not by adhesive.
All panel mounted equipment (e.g. lamps, push buttons, switches, PCBs etc.) shall be
provided with suitable nameplates.
Labels shall be provided for every component on the cards, connecting wires as well as for
the terminals in the terminal strip inside the panel
Special warning plates shall be provided on all removable covers or doors giving access to
energised metallic parts above 24 volts.

Page 356 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 22 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

21.0 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS

21.1 Manufacturer shall provide a complete set of documents describing the system and its
design concepts, installation, final testing, commissioning and required operating and
maintenance procedure.
21.2 As a minimum following documents shall be provided for the system

System description

Checklist of equipment & components

Installation instructions

Equipment connection diagrams showing wiring

Detail of addressable device position with addresses.

Final testing instruction

Commissioning instructions

Certification documents

Log book

System operating instruction

Routine maintenance instruction & schedules.
21.3 As a minimum following drawings shall be provided:-

System schematic diagrams

Cabling & wiring diagram

Detailed equipment connection diagram

Building plan showing zoning of fire controllers,

Detectors, call points, sounders & ancillary devices.
21.4 The contractor shall provide a complete set of system operating & service manuals for
the following:-

Panels.

Detectors

Call points

Sounders

Ancillary devices
Further details regarding submittals shall be as per supplier’s data requirement form.
Other documents / drawing not covered above but required for execution of system shall
be listed out by contractor & submitted to OWNER / PMC.

Page 357 of 442

CPCL Chennai Specification for PART – III Section B 8.2
44NC-4600 F & G System PAGE 23 OF 23
LSTK-1 Coker Block Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101/A4 Rev. 0

22.0 SPARE PHILOSOPHY

a) Mandatory Spares:
1) 10% or min. 1 No. of each type of Gas Detector, Heat detectors, optical gas detector,
Linear beam detectors, Response Indicators, Hooters /bells, Sirens, Exit signs,
Blinking lights, Beacons etc.

2) 10% or minimum 2 modules of each type (processor module, I/O module,

communication module, power supply module, FTA Cards, Switches, Operator
Keyboard, hard disk etc.) being used inclusive of those used in consoles. This
shall include spare modules for hardwired instruments also.

3) 10 % or minimum 2 nos. of Safety Barriers, Signal Converters, Trip Amplifiers,

PB, Selector switches, Lamps, Push Button, annunciator including all hardwired
Instruments, etc.

4) 20% or minimum one no. of each type of Fuses, MCB’s, Auxiliary relays.

5) 10 % or minimum 2 Nos. of bulk power supply unit, diode O-ring Unit of each
rating

6) 10 % or minimum 2 nos. of communication system components such as hubs,

switches, routers, etc. whichever is higher

7) 10 % or minimum 1 nos. of Cables like FTA, communication bus, etc. of each

type and rating.

b) Two Years Operational Spares: Contractor to submit spares list for 2-year
Operation and maintenance. The prices shall be valid for at least 2 years from date
of order.

c) All spare items required for commissioning shall be supplied by contractor.

23.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE

23.1 Quality assurance shall follow the requirements of the Jacobs’ Q.A documents applicable
to the fire alarm system.
23.2 QA involvement shall commence at the bid stage and follow through to completion and
acceptance, thus ensuring total conformity to the Purchaser’s requirements.

24.0 DEVIATIONS
24.1 Deviations from specifications must be stated in writing at the bid stage itself.
24.2 In the absence of such a statement it will be assumed that the requirements of the
specifications are met without exception.

25.0 ATTACHMENTS
a) INDICATIVE F & G SYSTEM SCHEMATIC

Page 358 of 442

Page 359 of 442
 Page 1 of 19

STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR

FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

DOCUMENT NO: 44NC-4600 : ESS 063

Rev No. Issue Date Pages Rev Description Prepared Checked Approved
By By By
0 09 April 2010 18 Issued for Engineering ASR PPP RBD

Page 360 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 063 DATE : 09 April 2010
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PAGE : 2 OF 18
REVISION NO : 0

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 SCOPE 3

2.0 STANDARDS 3

3.0 FIRE ALARM PANELS 3

4.0 FIRE DETECTORS AND ACCESSORIES 9

5.0 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS 13

6.0 CABLING 15

7.0 EARTHING 15

8.0 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TO BE 16

INSTALLED IN HAZARDOUS AREA

9.0 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERFACE WITH SUPPRESSER 16

RELEASE SYSTEM

10.0 NAME PLATES 16

11.0 PAINTING 17

12.0 SPARES 17

13.0 TESTS AND INSPECTION 17

14.0 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS 17

15.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18

16.0 DEVIATIONS
18

Page 361 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 063 DATE : 09 April 2010
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PAGE : 3 OF 18
REVISION NO : 0

1.0 SCOPE
This specification covers the design, manufacture, testing, packing and supply of Fire
Alarm & Smoke Detection System incorporating manual break glass boxes and
central annunciation panel employing relays/static components.

2.0 STANDARDS
The fire alarm system and the components used shall conform to the latest edition of
the following Indian Standards as applicable:
IS 2189 Code of practice for installation of automatic fire alarm system
using heat sensitive type fire detectors (applicable clauses only).
IS 4237 General requirements for switchgear and control gear for
voltages not exceeding 1000 volts.
IS 13947 Air break switch, air break disconnectors, air break switch
disconnectors and fuse combination units for voltages not
exceeding 1000 V AC or 1200 V DC - General Requirements.
IS 3826 Part - 1 Connectors for frequencies below 3 MHz General requirements
and tests.
IS 3700 Essential ratings and characteristics of semi conducting devices.
(Applicable parts)
IS 5780 Intrinsically safe electrical apparatus and circuits.
IS 5469 Code of practice for the use of semi-conductor junction devices.
BS 5839 Code of practice for installation of fire alarm system.

NFPA 72 Code of practice for automatic fire alarm system.

3.0 FIRE ALARM PANELS

Fire sensed by the field equipments shall be monitored by fire alarm panels. Fire
alarm panels shall be either conventional type using digital electronics techniques or
analogue addressable microprocessor based type, as called for in the data sheet.
3.1 CONVENTIONAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
3.1.1 Central Fire Alarm Panel
3.1.1.1 Central fire alarm panel shall gather information from various zonal fire alarm panels
regarding the status of activation of detectors/manual call points etc. on an overall
basis.
3.1.1.2 Central fire alarm panel shall house starter control(s) to generate an alarm audible in
the entire plant in the event of fire. If specified in the enquiry specification / data sheet
the central fire alarm panel shall have provision for the various signals, alarms etc. as
specified in the data sheet.
3.1.1.3 A mimic, unless otherwise specified in the enquiry specification, shall be located at the
top of the panel. If separate, mimic panel shall either be wall mounting or freestanding
floor mounted type. Two nos. LEDs shall be provided for each zone on mimic panel. It
shall derive the power supply from Fire Alarm Panel. Mimic panel shall be illuminated
through potential free contacts available in fire alarm panel.

\\x\qs\STD\FORMS\VESSELS\V-SS-016 06/08/10 18:06

Page 362 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 063 DATE : 09 April 2010
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PAGE : 4 OF 18
REVISION NO : 0

3.1.1.4 The central annunciation panel shall be sheet steel clad fabricated out of min. 2 mm
cold rolled sheet steel. Doors and front covers shall be fabricated out of 2.5 mm
CRCA sheet depending upon equipment mounted on it. The panel shall be free
standing or wall mounted type.
3.1.1.5 The Panel shall be naturally ventilated, totally enclosed dust and vermin proof. The
protection of the enclosure shall be IP41 minimum.
3.1.1.6 Unless specified otherwise the panel shall be located in safe area.
3.1.1.7 The panel shall be designed to ensure maximum safety during operation, inspection,
connection of cables, maintenance and servicing under energised condition. Means
shall be provided to prevent accidental shorting of circuit terminals and wiring.
Checking and removal of components shall be possible without disturbing the
operation of adjacent equipment. All components shall be easily accessible. All live
parts, which are accessible on opening of door, shall be properly shrouded.
3.1.1.8 Cable entry shall be from top or bottom as specified in the data sheet. A removable
gasketed gland plate shall be provided. The space in the terminal chamber shall be
adequate for termination of incoming and outgoing cables. A terminal strip with
ELMEX type terminals shall be provided for incoming and outgoing cables. Supporting
facilities shall be provided for clamping the cables.
3.1.2 Zonal Fire Alarm Panel
3.1.2.1 Zonal fire alarm panel shall collect signals from various detectors/ manual call points
connected to its loops and shall monitor the status of detectors, cable faults. The
zonal fire alarm panel shall have provision to annunciate the fire / fault signal(s)
received from the detectors / manual call points connected to it’s loop(s). LEDs shall
be provided for the visual indication and electronic hooters for audible alarm.
3.1.2.2 LEDs shall be provided for power `ON’, fault, fire, multiple alarm indication etc. Push
buttons shall be provided for alarm acknowledgement, hooter reset, LED test etc.
Power ON / switch shall also be provided.
3.1.2.3 Zonal fire alarm panel shall generate output contacts for signals to repeat alarm
panels, central fire alarm panel, etc. It shall generate potential free contacts for
energization of hooters, exit signs, tripping of owner’s AHU and pressurization system
etc. If specified in the enquiry specification / data sheet the zonal fire alarm panel shall
have provision for the signals, alarms etc. as specified in the data sheets.
3.1.3 Repeat Alarm Panel
3.1.3.1 Repeat alarm panel shall receive signals from central fire alarm panel or zonal Fire
Alarm Panel or both & shall annunciate the same using audio-visual annunciation.
LEDs shall be provided for visual annunciation and electronic hooters for audible
annunciation. Additionally LEDs shall be provided for power ON, fault, fire, multiple
alarm indication etc. Push button shall be provided for alarm acknowledgment, hooter
reset as well as for LED test. Switch shall be provided for power ON.
3.1.3.2 Repeat alarm panel may either have :
LEDs arranged in a matrix (rows & column) along with text engraved alongside each
LED indicating the zone where the fault/ fire has occurred.
- OR -
LEDs arranged on graphic mimic of the zones/areas covered by the repeat alarm
panel.

Page 363 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 063 DATE : 09 April 2010
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PAGE : 5 OF 18
REVISION NO : 0

3.2 ANALOGUE ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

The microprocessor based analogue addressable fire detection & alarm system shall
be computer aided utilizing distributed processing techniques. The system shall be
suitable for integration with CCTV, Public Address system, Gas Detection system and
HVAC system. The system shall include not less than the following:
3.2.1 Central Fire Alarm panel (CFAP) *
3.2.1.1 The CFAP or central processing unit shall be a special purpose microprocessor
operating as per software program, which shall provide central control and monitoring
function of the entire fire alarm system.
3.2.1.2 CFAP shall communicate with various I/O devices, DGFAPs, repeat alarm panels, I/O
multiplexers, mimic panels, PCs, visual display units (VDU), key boards, printers etc.
located at central/various locations of the plant.
3.2.1.3 CFAP shall have the facility to scan the data received from the DGFAPs and shall
send necessary information to the respective DGFAPs, repeat panels, VDUs etc.
through bi-directional communication network.
3.2.1.4 CFAP shall be modular in design and shall contain 100% redundant microprocessor
based master unit, processing unit, signalling unit & power supply unit. The CFAP shall
serve as an interface and controller for connected PCs having graphics/text facility
located at central location and DGFAPs distributed in various control rooms.
3.2.1.5 CFAP shall be designed specifically for fire alarm and protection system applications
and shall provide status, alarm, shutdown signals in pre-defined manner, initiate
alarms, synchronise all activities, provide repeat alarms and other signals as specified.
3.2.1.6 CFAP shall provide various event initiated programs (EIP) in a chronological manner.
EIP shall be initiated by any of the user defined following parameters: day, time, alarm,
return to normal, change of status and hardware failure. CFAP shall have non-volatile
memory for reliability. The system shall provide multi levels of command priority to
assure that high level commands are not overridden by lower level commands.
* In case of peer to peer fire alarm network system no “FAP” shall be central one
as information exchange is possible between any nodes. Here node means any panel
connected to the network.
3.2.1.7 It shall have the facility to display the affected area on the VDU and provide the
instructions to suppress the cause. High resolution graphic software shall be provided
for display. The graphics shall have many layers of penetration. The VDU shall either
be touch screen type or menu driven using mouse/keyboard. However instead of
graphic display, VDU with only text display shall be provided, if specified in the data
sheet.
3.2.1.8 Unless otherwise specified in the data sheet the CFAP shall be designed to provide
multicolour display on the VDU.
3.2.1.9 Suitable communication interface cards shall be provided in the CFAP to interface with
DGFAPs, repeat alarm panel etc.
3.2.1.10 PC shall be with a Pentium III or higher processor, with a minimum 600 MHz clock rate
with 20 GB hard disk, 3.5”, 1.44MB floppy disk drive, 256 MB RAM, 64 KB cache
memory, serial and parallel ports suitable for the device connected. PC shall be
complete with 101 key board with English language characters, 14” colour monitor with
SVGA compatibility, non-glare screen with front mounted power switch,
brightness/contrast control, horizontal vertical position and size control etc. The
monitor shall be on a swivel base.

\\x\qs\STD\FORMS\VESSELS\V-SS-016 06/08/10 18:06

Page 364 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 063 DATE : 09 April 2010
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PAGE : 6 OF 18
REVISION NO : 0
3.2.1.11 Monitor screen shall have dedicated areas for the following functions:
ƒ Alarms and returns to normal
ƒ Menus, commands, reports & programming.
ƒ Time, day & date
ƒ Alarm and all other changes of status shall be displayed on the screen area
reserved for this information. The following information shall be provided as a
minimum.
ƒ Condition of detector (Alarm / trouble)
ƒ Type of detector
ƒ Location of detector and numerical system address
ƒ Emergency instructions
On the receipt of alarm an audible alarm shall sound and the condition and detector
type shall flash until acknowledged by the operator. Return to normal shall also be
annunciated and shall require operator acknowledgment.
3.2.1.12 The system shall have multiple levels of priority for displaying alarms. Should multiple
alarm occur the first received highest priority alarm shall be displayed on the screen
until acknowledged by the operator. Then the next highest priority alarm shall be
displayed on the screen until acknowledged by the operator. Should a higher priority
alarm occur the higher priority alarm shall replace the lower priority alarm on the
screen and the lower priority alarm shall be retained in memory and re-displayed after
priority alarm is acknowledged.
3.2.1.13 The system shall provide sufficient memory so that no alarm shall be lost. A message
highlighted in reverse video, shall advise the operator when other unacknowledged
alarms are present in the system.
3.2.1.14 The VDU keyboard shall use function keys with English descriptions to initiate all
system functions. Typing abbreviations or using unlabeled or numerical function
buttons is unacceptable. When a function key is pressed, the monitor shall lead the
operator through the function by asking him to choose one of several clearly defined
options (menu penetration). When a specific detector must be addressed, a distinct
numerical keypad shall be used to speedup and simplify the operation. On command
from the operator, system reports shall be displayed on the VDU screen and / or
output on the printer in a chronological manner.
3.2.1.15 Multiple levels of access to the system shall be provided for operators and supervisors
via user defined passwords. The following functions shall be provided for each level.
a) Operator level access functions:
- Display system directory, definable by detector type.
- Displays status of an individual detector.
- Manual command (alarm with an associated command i.e. secure / accesses alarm
shall use the same system address for both functions.
- Report generation, definable by detector type. Reports shall be output on either the
monitor or printer as desired by the operator.
b) Supervisor Level Access Functions:
- Reset time and date
- Hour day scheduling

Page 365 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 063 DATE : 09 April 2010
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PAGE : 7 OF 18
REVISION NO : 0
- Enable disable event initiated programs, printouts, initiators.
- Enable / disable individual hardware points and system components.
3.2.1.16 Printer used in the system shall provide real time records of the system events and
provide system reports on demand. Printer shall be microprocessor controlled high
speed read only (RO) type.
3.2.1.17 The system printer (PTR) shall be letter quality dot-matrix printer, 132 characters wide
and shall have a 96 character set. The printer shall have a microprocessor controlled
bi-directional logic seeking head. The printing speed shall not be less than 300 cps in
draft mode. The printer shall automatically record in English all alarms, troubles,
acknowledgements, return to normal, manual commands, plus those automatic
commands selected by us user.
3.2.1.18 Alarms shall be highlighted differently than other traffic signals and shall be recorded
in English, including type, location, time, date and numerical address of alarm
detector. Multiple alarms shall be recorded in the order received, regardless of alarm
priority. If an alarm is received during the preparation of reports, the printer shall
interrupt the report to record the alarm and afterwards resume the report printing
automatically. Automatic (EIP) commands shall be recorded automatically. All
changes to system programming shall be recorded automatically.
3.2.1.19 Printer shall use fanfold paper and shall accommodate an original and two copies.
Paper shall be tractor fed. Each page shall be automatically timed, dated and
numbered to detect unauthorised removal.
3.2.1.20 Printer shall be desktop unit and shall be styled to match the VDU.
3.2.1.21 The printer shall have an indicator to alert the operator that paper has run out.
3.2.1.22 The printer shall have a self-test feature to verify printer operability even when off line.
3.2.1.23 To achieve 100 % redundancy. 2 PCs, VDUs, keyboards and printers shall be
provided for communication with the 100% redundant central processing unit of the
CFAP, it specified in the data sheets.
3.2.1.24 The central processing unit along with PCs and their peripherals shall be housed in
console type enclosure made out of minimum 2 mm thick CRCA sheets.
3.2.2. Data Gathering Cum Fire Alarm Panel (DGFAP) **
3.2.2.1 The DOGNAP shall act as a control and interface point between manual / automatic
fire detectors and the CFAP. All manual/automatic fire detectors shall be connected to
DGFAP. Inputs signals shall be processed by the DGFAP. It shall also have the
facility to control all the input data received from different field device. Field devices
can be automatic fire detectors, break glass boxes, switches and process inputs. The
DGFAP shall have its own microprocessor and non-volatile memory.
** In case more than one fire alarm panels, graphical control & monitoring
station & repeater panel connected together to form a network, there may not be the
necessity of DGFAP.
3.2.2.2 The DGFAP shall have the facility to transfer all data to CFAP it shall be possible to
re-program the operations at site. The DGFAP shall have the capability of stand alone
operation in case of communication failure with the CFAP / other DGFAPs.
3.2.2.3 The DGFAP shall have at least the following facilities:
ƒ External power supply with standby battery backup. Alarm and trouble fault
indications, through 2 x 40 character fluorescent alphanumeric display.
ƒ Self diagnostic facility

\\x\qs\STD\FORMS\VESSELS\V-SS-016 06/08/10 18:06

Page 366 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 063 DATE : 09 April 2010
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PAGE : 8 OF 18
REVISION NO : 0
ƒ Interface for data communication to other DGFAPs. CFAP, remote text or
graphics displays, repeat alarm panels etc.
ƒ Detector or loop disablement and restoration
ƒ Message data storage in non-volatile memory.
ƒ Change/examination of sensitivity of various detectors.
ƒ Hooter with reset facility
ƒ Battery low indication
ƒ Hardwired potential free contacts for shutdown signals etc. as defined in
clause 5.2.3.1
3.2.2.4 Simultaneous display of fire and fault indication on DGFAP shall be provided on the
alphanumeric display (LED type) with the action message that is to be taken by the
operator. All the data gathering panels shall have alarm verification capability.
3.2.2.5 DGFAP shall have repeating facility to remote area, if required. Necessary hardware
/ software shall be provided for this purpose.
3.2.2.6 DGFAP shall provide indications for communication with the CFAP, as well as alarm
and trouble conditions in the sensor loops.
3.3. Repeat Alarm Panels
3.3.1 Repeat alarm panels shall be fabricated out of 2 mm thick CRCA sheets. The panels
shall have IP-41 enclosure protection as a minimum. The repeat alarm panel shall be
suitable for wall mounting. Cable entry provision shall be from bottom by means of
cable glands.
3.3.2 Repeat alarm panel shall be capable to receive signals from either the CFAP or the
DGFAP and shall have provision to annunciate the same using audio-visual
annunciation.
3.3.3. Visual annunciation shall be by means of 2 x 40 character fluorescent display on the
panel front. The display shall indicate the detector address. Its location, action to be
taken in case of fire etc. The display shall indicate the instances of fire and fault.
3.3.4 Additional LEDs shall be provided for power ON, fault, fire, multiple, alarm indication
etc. Push buttons shall be provided for alarm acknowledgment and hooter reset, as
well as, for LED test. Switch shall be provided for power ON.
3.3.5 Repeat alarm panel shall derive power from the associated fire alarm panel.
3.3.4 Data Highway
3.4.1 Communication between CFAP, Dognaps, repeater panels etc. shall be realised by
means of data highway. Unless specified otherwise, data highway shall consist of 2.5
mm2 copper conductor, twisted pair, PVC insulated, PVC inner sheathed, overall
screened and overall PVC sheathed cables. Data highway cables shall be 100%
redundant, to ensure reliability of communication.
Wherever required, due to cable capacitance limitation, modems shall be employed for
data highway communication. In such cases, modems shall be powered, as well as,
located in the respective DGFAPs or CFAP.
3.4.2 Alternately optical fiber cables may be used as data highway. Polymer coated
aluminium tape around the cable core shall provide a moisture barrier. Optical fibre
cables shall have an inner polyethylene sheath with corrugated steel tape armouring
and a polyethylene outer sheath.

Page 367 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 063 DATE : 09 April 2010
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PAGE : 9 OF 18
REVISION NO : 0

4.0 FIRE DETECTORS AND ACCESSORIES

4.1 MANUAL BREAK GLASS TYPE PUSH BUTTON / MANUAL CALL POINT
4.1.1 The manual call point shall be of dimensions 100 x 100 mm or more, fabricated out of
2 mm thick cold rolled sheet steel. It shall have weatherproof IP55 construction
suitable for outdoor installation
4.1.2 The manual call point shall be break glass type push button and shall have a push
button actuator/element kept in pressed condition by the glass sheets fitted on the
front of the box. This push button shall be actuated by breaking glass (by means of a
wooden hammer provided along with the push button and chained with the push
button station) and shall than give an addressable alarm in the alarm panel.
4.1.3 The manual call point shall have red epoxy painting and the inscription: “Break Glass
in Case of Fire”. Each box shall have distinct identification number boldly painted.
4.1.4 The manual call point shall have a jack suitably wired to connect a portable telephone
handset, if called for in the data sheet, to facilitate communication between the break
glass box and the central annunciation panel.
4.1.5 Each manual call point shall be provided with a telephone, handset, hook switch and a
separate lockable weatherproof enclosure to house the telephone handset, if
specifically called for in the data sheet. The key to this enclosure shall be kept in the
associated break glass box so that it can be taken out only when the glass has been
broken.
4.1.6 All hardware shall be corrosion resistant. All joints and connections shall be made by
galvanised / zinc phosphated bolts, nuts and washers secured against loosening.
4.1.7 Manual call points / manual break glass type push buttons for microprocessor based
fire alarm system shall be addressable type. Each device shall have its own address
module, which shall send a status signal to the DGFAP/FAP regarding state of its
actuator. The addressable call points shall incorporate a mechanism to interrupt the
normal addressable loop scan to provide an alarm response within less than 7
second. The addressable call points shall be field programmable to trigger either an
alert or an evacuate response from the control & indicating equipment.
4.2 AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTORS
General
All the detectors shall be plug-in-type and shall have twist lock action fitting. A LED
shall be incorporated which shall normally flicker indicating alertness and should turn
steady when a fire is sensed enabling immediate identification of the affected detector
The mounting base of all type of detectors shall be identical. It should be possible to
plug in any type of detector at any location without changing the base and without
disturbing the external wiring. The detector housing shall be damage resistant made
of polycarbonate or aluminium with plug-in housing base of universal type suitable for
either surface or recess mounting, as stated in the data sheets.
The detector, which has been employed with a Radio Active material the strength of
Radio Active material shall not exceed 1 micro curie.
It shall be possible to loop all type of detectors (manual as well as automatic) in the
same fire alarm circuit.
All the detectors shall have inbuilt safety device to monitor the removal and pilferage
of the detector.
All detectors shall be suitable for operation at 24V DC, 2 wire system.
All automatic detectors for microprocessor based fire alarm system shall be analogue

\\x\qs\STD\FORMS\VESSELS\V-SS-016 06/08/10 18:06

Page 368 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 063 DATE : 09 April 2010
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PAGE : 10 OF 18
REVISION NO : 0
addressable type. The analogue addressable detectors shall be continuously
monitored to measure any change in their sensitivity due to the environment (dir. dust,
temperature, humidity etc.) These detectors shall give an advance indication to the fire
alarm panel regarding the need for maintenance.
The analogue reading sent by the detectors shall be sensed and if there is a rapid
increase an alarm shall be generated. However, if there is a gradual increase in the
analogue reading a maintenance alert shall be generated by the DGFAP/FAP.
4.2.1 Heat Detectors
4.2.1.1 Heat detectors shall be of electro-pneumatic / bimetallic / thermo electric type,
working on the two methods i.e. rate of rise-cum fixed temperature and fixed
temperature. The rate of rise-cum fixed temperature element shall have an air
chamber, a flexible metal diaphragm and a moisture proof and trouble proof vent,
carefully calibrated to ignore any normal fluctuation in temperature, but to respond
quickly when the temperature rise is 9° C or more per minute. The fixed temperature
feature shall be entirely independent of the rate of rise element and shall be of
bimetallic type. The operating temperature of fixed temperature element should be
factory set at 57° C +/- 5° C.
4.2.2 Ionisation smoke detector.
4.2.2.1 The ionisation smoke detector shall use a dual ionisation chamber in which the air is
ionised by a single radioactive source. It shall be complete solid state with LED
indicator at base.
4.2.2.2 It shall be capable of detecting visible & invisible combustion gases emanating from
fires
4.2.2.3 The radioactive source used in the detector shall not emit beta & gamma rays &
strength of radioactive material shall not be more than 1 micro curie.
4.2.2.4 The detectors shall be designed to have resistance to contamination and corrosion.
The detectors shall be suitable for in wind speeds up to 5 m/s. The detectors shall be
operation protected against dust accumulation & it shall be free from maintenance &
functional tests at intervals.
4.2.2.5 All detector shall be identical in construction, design and characteristics to facilitate
easy replacement.
4.2.3 Optical smoke detector
4.2.3.1 The optical smoke detector shall be capable of detecting visible combustion gases
emanating from fire. The detector should use forward light-scatter principle using
optical components operating at a wavelength of 4.35 mm.
4.2.3.2 The design of the optical smoke detector sensing chamber shall be optimised to
minimise the effect of dust deposition over a period of time. The sensitivity of the
detector shall be preset by the supplier to suit the site.
4.2.3.3 The optical smoke detector shall include RFI screening & feed-through connecting
components to minimise the effect of radiated & connected electrical interface.
4.2.3.4 The optical smoke detector shall incorporate an LED, clearly visible from the outside to
provide indication of alarm actuation.
4.2.4 Ultra Violet Flame Detector (UV Flame Detector)
UV flame detector shall react only to ultraviolet rays to flame. The detector shall not
be actuated by artificial lights, sunlight incident through a window pan. False alarm
check circuit shall be incorporated to prevent false alarm due to intermittent flash or
lightning.

Page 369 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 063 DATE : 09 April 2010
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PAGE : 11 OF 18
REVISION NO : 0
4.2.5 Infra Red Detectors (IR Detectors)
IR detector shall react only to the infrared rays of flame. It should be sensitive enough
to detect smoky fire in which flame is hardly recognisable. The detector should not
react to extremely glaring artificial light or direct sunlight. The detector shall be
completely solid state type.

4.2.6 Aspirating Smoke Detectors.

4.2.6.1 The aspirating smoke detector shall be capable of detecting the presence of smoke
particles in air samples drawn from many different location. It shall provide a
continuous analogue profile of ambient air conditions.
4.2.6.2 The detector shall be capable of responding to a developing fire situation with multiple
staged alarms.
4.2.6.3 The fire alarm output of the detector shall be programmable to allow sufficient time for
action to be taken, from a detailed investigation of the cause of the alarm to a full scale
evacuation.
4.2.6.4 The design of the detectors shall be such that they can be integrated with a fire alarm
system & guard against specific pieces of equipment, such as computers, equipment
racks, power boards & telecommunication switching racks, as well as entire rooms or
floors.
4.2.6.5 The detector shall include a facility to allow sensitivity threshold adjustments to suit the
needs of particular environments.
4.2.6.6 Each detector shall be capable of monitoring the area not less than 2000 sq. mtr.
using easy to install PVC conduit.
4.2.6.7 The Aspirating smoke detectors shall meet all the international/local standards in all
respects.
4.2.6.8 The detector shall incorporate LED indicator, clearly visible from the outside to provide
indication of alarm or fault condition.
4.2.7 Linear Beam Detectors
4.2.7.1 The linear beam detector shall work on the principles of smoke. The sensitivity shall
be such as to enable operation at 30% to 50% obscuration.
4.2.7.2 Linear beam detector shall consist of separate transmitter and receiver. Linear beam
detector shall be suitable for application in high roofed locations such as warehouses
etc. The detector shall preferably, be powered from the loop signal itself. However, if
external power supply is required the same shall be explicitly stated by the vendor and
the supply shall be supplied from source with battery back up as specified in clause
5.1.10.
4.2.8 Heat Sensing Cables.
Heat sensing cable shall be analogue type. It shall consist of four copper conductors,
each covered with a colour code, negative temperature co-efficient material. The
cores shall be twisted together and protected by an outer sheath of high temperature,
flame retardant PVC insulation. External mechanical protection shall be provided over
the sensor cables. Vendor shall provide control unit for each 100 mtr. length of sensor
cable.
4.2.9 Response indicator.
Response indicator shall be provided in weatherproof box and suitable for mounting
on walls, partitions, outside a cabin and below false ceiling and shall be connected to
the detector directly. In normal circumstances, the lamp should flicker, but in the
event detector inside the cabin senses fire, the lamp should glow steady. Response

\\x\qs\STD\FORMS\VESSELS\V-SS-016 06/08/10 18:06

Page 370 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 063 DATE : 09 April 2010
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PAGE : 12 OF 18
REVISION NO : 0
indicator shall be used in case of non-addressable system.
4.2.10 Exit Signs
Exit signs shall be fabricated out of 2 mm thick cold rolled sheet steel. This shall be
suitable for fixing on walls or hanging from false ceiling, Digital Fire Exit / No Fire Exit
shall be displayed on both sides of the exit signs. It shall drive power from Fire Alarm
Panel and shall operate on DC power supply.
4.2.11 Hooters / Bells
The unit shall consist of solid state circuitry tray on a printed circuit board, a loud
speaker and flashing lamp housed in weatherproof dust tight, wall mounted type
enclosure. Unit shall derive power from Fire Alarm Panel and operate on 24 V DC
power. In the event of fire, the hooter shall raise pulsating audio alarm and lamp shall
flash.
4.2.12 Blinking Lights.
Unit shall consist of solid state circuitry on printed circuit board, and a red capped
incandescent lamp and audio unit housed in a dust tight, wall ceiling mounted
enclosure. It shall derive power from fire alarm panel and operate at 24V DC supply.
Blinking lights shall be installed in the enclosed area where suppresser to be dumped.
In the event of signal for suppresser release is given, the lamp shall start blinking with
a warning sound enabling operating personnel to evacuate the area.
4.2.13 Fire Suppresser release & inhibit switches.
This unit shall consist of pull type suppresser release switch and inhibit switches. The
unit shall be fabricated out of 2 mm thick cold rolled sheet steel suitable for wall
mounting. Switches shall be pulled to release or inhibit suppresser gas.
Release switch shall have inscription: “PULL TO RELEASE SUPPRESSER GAS and
Inhibit switch shall have inscription: “PULL TO INHIBIT SUPPRESSER GAS.
4.2.14 Sirens
Sirens shall be industrial type of 2.5 km. range(min). against the wind direction.
Unless otherwise specified Sirens shall operate at 240V, 1 Ph. AC. Sirens shall be
housed in weather proof enclosure.
4.2.15 Wiring and Terminals
4.2.15.1 The panel wiring for power, control, signalling and indicating circuits shall be done with
1.5 sq. mm. PVC insulated copper conductor 650/1100 V grade wires. All wiring shall
preferably housed in plastic channels/troughs.
4.2.15.2 Each wire shall be terminated at a separate terminal. Wherever necessary, shorting
strips shall be used for connection between two terminals.
4.2.15.3 Field contacts will be wired to the panel terminal block with minimum 0.5 sq. mm
copper conductor, telecommunication armoured cable. Unless specified otherwise
cabling between break glass type push button / manual call point and the central
annunciation panel will be in supplier’s scope.
4.2.16 Zener Barrier
4.2.16.1 Zener barriers, located necessarily in unclassified / non hazardous areas, may be
employed for wiring detectors / break glass boxes installed in hazardous areas.
These shall render the circuit beyond the zener barrier intrinsically safe.
4.2.16.2 Not more than 10 detectors shall be connected to one zener barrier. Zener barriers
may be located either in the Zonal panel or DGFAP, if permitted by geographic
proximity of detectors and Zonal panel or DGFAP, or may be located close to the

Page 371 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 063 DATE : 09 April 2010
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PAGE : 13 OF 18
REVISION NO : 0
detectors / manual call points.
4.2.16.3 Wherever, zener barriers are provided, in safe area, outside the Zonal panel or
DGFAP, they shall be housed in their own enclosure and shall be dust and vermin
proof weatherproof with IP-55 degree of protection as a minimum.
4.2.17 Line Isolator
4.2.17.1 Line Isolator shall be installed, if specified in the enquiry document /datasheets.
Line Isolator shall be designed to provide short circuit protection to an analogue
addressable detector loop and isolate minimum possible part of the loop. It shall be
possible to wire the fault isolator at any point in the detector loop.
4.2.17.2 The Line Isolator shall have the capability to continuously check the faulted side of the
loop to determine if the fault still exists. On rectification of the fault, the isolator shall
automatically reset itself.
4.2.17.3 In case the Line Isolator nearest to the fault does not activate first, the isolator shall
query other isolators nearest to the short circuit and then de-activate/restore itself.
4.2.17.4 The DGFAP/FAP panel shall be capable of accessing detectors / devices installed
outside the zone covered by the Line isolator modules.
4.2.17.5 Line isolator module shall be housed in a dust and vermin proof, weather proof
enclosure, with IP-55 degree of protection as a minimum
4.2.18 Space Heater.
The panel shall be provided with space heater, adjustable thermostat switch and fuse,
if called by the atmosphere.

5.0 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

5.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
5.1.1. Whenever the glass of the break glass type push button / manual call point is broken
both audible and visual (flashing) alarm shall be raised in the central annunciation
panel, indicating the corresponding location of break glass type push button / manual
call point. On pressing “ACCEPT” push button the audible alarm shall stop and lamp
shall glow steadily. The panel shall be brought to normal condition by pressing
“Reset” push button (only after the field conditions are normalised)
5.1.2 Wherever telephone handset is provided with the break glass type push button /
manual call point, instantaneous communication shall be possible between break
glass type push button / manual call point and the central annunciation panel without
requiring any dialling. Lifting of telephone handset from hook switch shall extend
connection to the telephone handset at central annunciation. This will also initiate
audio and visual alarm (different from that for “ Fire/Fault” condition) at central
annunciation panel.
5.1.3 Wherever break glass type push button / manual call point is provided only with jack
for connection portable to telephone handset the alarm as mentioned above in clause
4.1.2 shall be initiated when a plug of a portable telephone handset is inserted in the
jack.
5.1.4 Visual indication shall be provided on flush mounted, back lighted, translucent facia of
unbreakable acrylic cover in two colour, one for “FIRE” condition and the other for
below mentioned “FAULT” condition.
Fuse failure or any other fault in the central annunciation panel.
Any fault (open/short circuit) in the cable between break glass box and central

\\x\qs\STD\FORMS\VESSELS\V-SS-016 06/08/10 18:06

Page 372 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 063 DATE : 09 April 2010
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PAGE : 14 OF 18
REVISION NO : 0
annunciation panel.
The audio and visual alarm for “FAULT” condition shall be distinctly different from that
for “Fire” condition.
5.1.5 Accessories including but not limited to flasher unit, solid state/electromechanical
hooter separate push buttons for “ACCEPT”, “RESET” and “TEST” functions shall be
provided. Separate push buttons shall be provided for ”ACCEPT” and “RESET”
functions for “FAULT” condition. These shall be located on the front of the panel.
5.1.6 Indicating lamps for ‘AC Normal’, and “DC ON conditions shall be provided.
5.1.7 Flasher and audio unit printed circuit boards shall have plug-in connections and shall
preferably sealed type. These shall be mounted together with the logic units. The
flasher unit shall comprise of a separate plug-in PCB keyed differently from alarm card
to prevent interchanging of cards.
5.1.8 The circuit shall be so designed that silencing of the audio alarm by “ACCEPT” push
button shall not prevent initiation of fire alarm in case of subsequent “FIRE” signal
initiated from any other location.
5.1.9 The system shall operate satisfactorily within a min. variation range of +/- 10% of the
specified voltage. An adequately rated switch fuse unit shall be provided for the
incoming supply.
5.1.10 An integral power pack including batteries for back-up supply shall be provided in the
panel. The power pack shall be complete with battery charger, hardware for automatic
and instantaneous changeover to battery in case of AC power failure and all other
devices for monitoring indication and protection of the power pack. Unless specified
otherwise the charger shall be capable of charging the battery sufficiently in 10 hours
to supply the maximum alarm load at on adequate voltage for a least two hours.
5.1.11 Unless specified otherwise the capacity of each battery shall be such that it is capable
of maintaining the maximum alarm load on the system at an adequate voltage for at
least one hour plus the standing load or losses for at least 48 hours.
5.1.12 The signal voltages for the system shall be so designed as to avoid spurious faulty
annunciation caused by any noise signal induced in the signal cable due to adjoining
power cables and to ensure a positive annunciation of faults.
5.1.13 Annunciation facia shall have a min. engraving area of 30 Sq. cms. The facia shall be
suitable for accommodating 15 standard capital size letters numerals in gothic form
per line with 4 lines. Min. size of the letter shall be 4 mm. Atleast 2 lamps shall be
provided in parallel for each alarm facia to increase reliability of the visual
annunciation. The lamps shall be replaceable from the front.
5.1.14 The field contact wiring will be carried out by using multi-core, copper conductor, PVC,
insulated and armoured cable that may be running close to power cables. Hence the
logic circuitry shall be designed with sufficiently high signal-to noise ratio to avoid
spurious actuation due to noise induced in the field wiring because of switching etc.
Adequate noise filters and time delay shall be incorporated at the input stages to
reduce the effect of the noise.
5.1.15 The logic circuit shall be suitably designed to take care of capacitive currents,
associated with long run of cable required for field wiring.
5.2 Circuit Description
5.2.1 Circuits employing electromechanical relays/static components shall be used for alarm
logics incorporating audio and visual alarms. Static components shall be mounted on
plug-in type printed circuit boards (PCBs). PCBs for identical logic circuits shall be
interchangeable. The plug and socket used for printed circuit board shall be of heavy
duty-type. Card edge connecting pins will not be acceptable. All PCBs shall be

Page 373 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 063 DATE : 09 April 2010
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PAGE : 15 OF 18
REVISION NO : 0
housed in side-in type card guides and mounted on bins. Connection to and from the
PCBs shall be taken through gold plated edge connectors.
5.2.2 The annunciation circuit design shall ensure that momentary short circuits in the lamp
circuit do not adversely affect the performance of the system. Visual and audible
alarm circuits shall be independent, i.e. the failure of one shall not affect the other.
5.2.3 “Fail Safe” feature to signal the failure in the circuitry shall be incorporated in the logic
circuitry and operation of the alarm system shall be on opening of normally closed field
contact.
5.2.4 Test facility through common “Test” push button shall be provided for complete
functional test of each group of logic circuits, audio and flasher circuits, lamps and
hooters. Annunciator shall be designed to look in even during “Test” if the field
contacts get actuated at that instant.
5.2.5 Logic and flasher circuit design shall ensure that a quiescent current always flows
through the lamps keeping the lamp filament warm. This is required in order to reduce
the thermal shock and improve the speed of response of the visual display.
5.2.6 On actuation of the field contacts the following alarm sequence shall be followed:

Alarm Initiating Contact Visual Module Lamps Audible

Alarm
Normal Normal Off Off
Alert first out Abnormal Flashing On
Subsequents Abnormal Flashing On
Accept Abnormal All steady on Off
Alarm Initiating Contact Visual Module Lamps Audible
Alarm
Return to normal Normal All steady on Off
Reset Abnormal All steady on Off
Normal Off Off

6.0 CABLING
EPCC contractor shall supply and lay the necessary quantity of appropriate type of
cables for interconnections among main fire alarm panel, fire detectors, response
indicators, exit signs, hooters, sirens, repeater panel etc as per relevant applicable IS /
BS / IEC / DOT standards.

7.0 EARTHING
A common earth bus bar of minimum 25 x 3 mm copper or equivalent aluminium shall
be provided throughout the length of the panel. All non current carrying metallic parts
of the panel and mounted equipment shall be connected to the panel earth bus bar.
All doors and movable parts shall be connected to the earth bus by flexible cables. 2
Nos. earth terminals shall be provided outside the panels.

\\x\qs\STD\FORMS\VESSELS\V-SS-016 06/08/10 18:06

Page 374 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 063 DATE : 09 April 2010
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PAGE : 16 OF 18
REVISION NO : 0

8.0 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TO BE

INSTALLED IN HAZARDOUS AREA
8.1 Normally FAP, DGFAP, Zonal fire alarm panels, mimic panels and repeat alarm
panels shall be located in control room environment, which is non-hazardous.
However, if specified in the data sheets, the enclosure for the break glass boxes and
automatic fire detectors shall have flameproof construction conforming to IS 2148
and the break glass box shall be suitable for installation in hazardous area classified
as zone-1 or zone-2.
8.2 As an alternative to requirements specified in clause 7.1 above, the complete Fire
Alarm circuit shall be “Intrinsically safe” type conforming to IS 5780
8.3 Telephone handset, if specified to be located in hazardous area, shall have
flameproof construction.

9.0 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERFACE WITH SUPPRESSER

RELEASE SYSTEM
9.1 In the case of conventional fire alarm system, suppresser dumping area shall be
divided at least into two zones for fire detection purposes. The detectors shall be
installed in cross zoning manner. Signals for suppresser release shall be sent only
when at least two zones have detected the fire. The blinking lights shall operate in
the affected area. On detection of fire (minimum two detectors), a signal from zonal
Fire Alarm Panel shall be generated which shall open the valves for dumping the
suppresser.
9.2 In the case of analogue addressable fire alarm system, cross-zoning may not be
necessary as the system shall be deemed to be capable of filtering out false alarms
due to dust, dirt and other atmospheric changes Signal for suppresser release shall
be intimated on receipt of fire alarm from any detector in the protected area. The
blinking lights shall operate in the affected area.
9.3 Suppresser can be released or prohibited by the suppresser release and inhibit
switches located outside the protected area or from the Fire Alarm Panel. The
contact for suppresser release alarm shall be taken from the pressure switch in the
suppresser pipe line.

10.0 NAME PLATES

All nameplates shall be engraved on anodised aluminium. Engraving shall be done
with square groove cutters. Hard paper or self adhesive plastic tape name plates will
not be acceptable. Name plates shall be fastened by screws and not by adhesive.
All panel mounted equipment (e.g. lamps, push buttons, switches, PCBs etc.) shall
be provided with suitable nameplates.
Labels shall be provided for every component on the cards, connecting wires as well
as for the terminals in the terminal strip inside the panel
Special warning plates shall be provided on all removable covers or doors giving
access to energised metallic parts above 24 volts.

Page 375 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 063 DATE : 09 April 2010
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PAGE : 17 OF 18
REVISION NO : 0

11.0 PAINTING
All metal surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and degreased to remove mill scale,
rust, grease and dirt. Fabricated structures shall be pickled and then rinsed to
remove any trace of acid. The under surface shall be prepared by applying a coat of
phosphate paint and coat of yellow zinc chromate primer. The under surface shall be
made free from all imperfections before undertaking the finishing coat.
After preparation of the under surface, the switchboard shall be powder coated with
two coats of epoxy based final paint . Colour shade of final paint shall be as specified
in datasheet. The finished panels shall be dried in stoving ovens in dust free
atmosphere. Panel finish shall be free from imperfections like pinholes, orange peels,
runoff paint etc.
All unpainted steel parts shall be cadmium plated or suitably treated to prevent rust
formation. If these parts are moving elements then they shall be greased.

12.0 SPARES
The Bidder shall provide with his quotation separate priced list of recommended
operation and maintenance spares.

13.0 TESTS AND INSPECTION

During fabrication, panel shall be subject to inspection by Jacobs / Purchaser or by
an agency authorised by the purchaser. Manufacturer shall furnish all necessary
information concerning the supply to Jacobs / Purchaser’s representative. Jacobs /
Purchaser’s representative shall be given free access in the manufacturer’s works
from time to time to inspect the progress of the work. Three weeks notice shall be
given by the vendor to Jacobs / Purchaser for witnessing the final routine tests of
complete assembly to ensure satisfactory working of all components.
All tests shall be carried out at manufacturer’s works under his care and expense.

14.0 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS

14.1 Manufacturer shall provide a complete set of documents describing the system and
its design concepts, installation, final testing, commissioning and required operating
and maintenance procedure.
14.2 As a minimum following documents shall be provided for the system
ƒ System description
ƒ Checklist of equipment & components
ƒ Installation instructions
ƒ Equipment connection diagrams showing wiring
ƒ Detail of addressable device position with addresses.
ƒ Final testing instruction
ƒ Commissioning instructions
ƒ Certification documents
ƒ Log book

\\x\qs\STD\FORMS\VESSELS\V-SS-016 06/08/10 18:06

Page 376 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 063 DATE : 09 April 2010
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PAGE : 18 OF 18
REVISION NO : 0
ƒ System operating instruction
ƒ Routine maintenance instruction & schedules.
14.3 As a minimum following drawings shall be provided:-
ƒ System schematic diagrams
ƒ Cabling & wiring diagram
ƒ Detailed equipment connection diagram
ƒ Building plan showing zoning of fire controllers,
ƒ Detectors, call points, sounders & ancillary devices.
14.4 The manufacturer shall provide a complete set of system operating & service
manuals for the following:-
ƒ Fire alarm panels.
ƒ Detectors
ƒ Call points
ƒ Sounders
ƒ Ancillary devices
14.5 The date of submission of all documentation shall be in accordance with the schedule
provided by JH&G and as agreed by the purchaser.
14.6 Jacobs’ / Purchaser’s approval of manufacturer’s drawing shall not relive the
manufacturer of his responsibility & supplying equipments conforming to relevant
standard or for any mistake, omission or commission in manufacturer’s drawing.
Further details regarding submittals shall be as per supplier’s data requirement form.

15.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE

15.1 Quality assurance shall follow the requirements of the Jacobs’ Q.A documents
applicable to the fire alarm system.
15.2 QA involvement shall commence at the bid stage and follow through to completion
and acceptance, thus ensuring total conformity to the Purchaser’s requirements.

16.0 DEVIATIONS
16.1 Deviations from specifications must be stated in writing at the bid stage itself.
16.2 In the absence of such a statement it will be assumed that the requirements of the
specifications are met without exception.

Page 377 of 442

 Page 1 of 2

CHENNAI PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED

(A group company of Indian Oil)

RESID UPGRADATION PROJECT

AT
MANALI REFINERY

VENDORS LIST

DOCUMENT NO : 44NC-4600:00:R:01:0005:A4

Prepared and Issued by:

Jacobs Engineering India Private Ltd.

Navi Mumbai
Rev. Issue Date Pages Rev. Description Prepared Checked Approved
No. By By By
0 16.06.2010 Issued for Client’s review / comments NRK AMN SBN

1 20.07.2010 Revised as per client comments NRK AMN SBN

2 23.08.2010 Revised as per client comments NRK AMN SBN

3 14.09.2010 Revision as per client comments NRK AMN SBN

(only for Instrumentation)

4 22.09.10 Revision as per client comments NRK AMN SBN

(only for Electrical)

Page 378 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 Doc. No. 44NC-4600: 00:R:01:0005:A4 Page 2 of 2

INDEX
No. of
Sheets

• NOTES ON VENDOR LIST 2

i. STATIC EQUIPMENT (Fabrication Equipment) 14

ii. HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT 12

iii. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 13

iv. ROTARY EQUIPMENT 14

v. PIPING 29

vi. ELECTRICAL 22 4

vii. INSTRUMENTATION 26

viii. ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS 9

ix. MISCELLANEOUS 4

x. REFRACTORIES AND INSULATING FIBER BLANKET 2

Page 379 of 442

 44NC-4600:CPCL NOTES
ON VENDORS LIST

A) Part of the unit / plant from OWNER / CONSULTANT approved vendors only. This shall
include sub-ordered items / components also. The ‘Approved Vendors’ shall be items
specific.

B) OWNER / CONSULTANT approved vendors list for the following items is enclosed in this
section.

i. Pressure Vessels (Fabrication equipment)

ii. Rotating Equipment.
iii. Piping
iv. Electrical
v. Instrumentation
vi. Mechanical Equipment
vii. Heat & Mass Transfer Equipment
viii. Architectural Items
ix. Miscellaneous

C) CONTRACTOR may procure material from any of OWNER / CONSULTANT approved

vendors. However, workload, stability and solvency need to be verified by the
CONTRACTOR before placement of order. In case where such vendors are not
available prior approval to be taken from OWNER / CONSULTANT before issue of
enquiry.

Vendors on OWNER / CONSULTANT holiday list shall not be considered for ordering.
Names of such vendors who are put on OWNER / CONSULTANT‘Holiday List’
subsequent to vendor approval at bidding stage shall be informed to the CONTRACTOR
at any stage of the Project. CONTRACTOR shall comply with this requirement without
any time or cost implication to the OWNER.

D) Compliance to procurement of material from approved vendors is mandatory and shall be

fully complied with. No deviation to approved vendor list shall generally be acceptable.

E) For items not covered in the above list, the vendors list shall be approved by OWNER /
CONSULTANT prior to placement of order by CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall list
down the proposed suppliers / vendors for such items and submit the same for OWNER /
CONSULTANT’s review / approval along with necessary documents / credentials. Non-
acceptance of a particular proposed vendor due to any reasons whatsoever shall not be
a cause of schedule and cost implication.

F) CONTRACTOR shall make an independent assessment of capability of all the vendors

for timely deliveries of material / equipment. Any delays in deliveries by vendor(s) shall
not be a cause of schedule and cost implication.

G) For vendors included in each category, it will be Contractors responsibility to ensure that
item being ordered on approved vendor has been manufactured and supplied by them
(range, thickness, size, capacity, MOC etc.) on past projects of CPCL / CONSULTANT or
any reputed Refinery / Hydrocarbon Sector under TPI.

Doc. No. 44NC-4600:00:R:01:0005:A4 Page 1 of 2

Page 380 of 442

 44NC-4600:CPCL NOTES
ON VENDORS LIST

H) At any stage of the project, if it comes to the notice of OWNER / CONSULTANT that
CONTRACTOR have procured material / equipment, intentionally or unintentionally
whatsoever, from an unapproved vendor and/or items not falling in approved range of
vendor(s), the same shall be rejected forthwith and CONTRACTOR shall be liable to
replace such material / plant / machinery without any schedule and cost implication to the
OWNER.

I) List of vendors appearing anywhere else in the contract document, except for the
vendors list provided by PROCESS LICENSOR, shall not be considered by
CONTRACTOR and shall be superseded by the vendor list enclosed herewith.

Wherever, vendors list is given by Process Licensor, for specific items, it shall be
mandatory. If contractor intends to procure from any other vendors, clearance has to be
obtained from Licensor. Also other aspects like capability, timely delivery, solvency etc.
has to be ascertained by Contractor before placement of Orders.

J) It is understood that, should the name of vendors be changed due to change in their
Company or Corporate share holding, OWNER will accept such Vendors under its new
name with prior approval.

Any such approval shall, however, not release the CONTRACTOR from any of his
obligations under the contract; neither shall any such approval signify nominations or
instruction to use such a vendor. All approved vendors are deemed to have been freely
chosen by the CONTRACTOR at his own risk.

K) The approved vendors list for fabricated equipment (Vessels, Columns, Heat
Exchangers, Ejectors etc.) is for fabrication alone. Where mechanical design of the
equipment is included in CONTRACTOR’s scope, CONTRACTOR shall either himself or
through his Detailed Engineering sub-contractor be responsible for designing and
obtaining approval / review of Mechanical design calculations as per codes /
specifications specified elsewhere in the Bid / Contract document, from OWNER /
CONSULTANT.

Doc. No. 44NC-4600:00:R:01:0005:A4 Page 2 of 2

Page 381 of 442

 (vi)
ELECTRICAL

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 382 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 2 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

1. SWITCH GEAR HT (INDOOR) WITH VCB

1. ABB Ltd (Nasik) India
2. Areva T&D Ltd. India
3. Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd. India
4. Crompton Greaves Ltd India
5. Jyothi India
6. Siemens Ltd India

2. SWITCHBOARDS MV – MCC / PCC / PMCC – FIXED TYPE

1 Control & Switchgear Co Ltd India
2 GE Industrial India Pvt. Ltd. India
3 Larsen & Toubro Ltd. India
4 Schneider Electric India Pvt. Ltd India
5 Siemens Ltd India

3. SWITCHBOARDS MV – MCC / PCC / PMCC – DRAWOUT

1. Control & Switchgear Co Ltd India
2. GE Industrial India Pvt. Ltd. India
3. Larsen & Toubro Ltd. India
4. Schneider Electric India Pvt. Ltd India
5. Siemens Ltd India

4. TRANSFORMERS – POWER ABOVE 5 MVA

1 ABB Ltd (Nasik) India
2 APEX India
3 Areva T&D Ltd. India
4 Bharat Bijlee Ltd India
5 Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd. (BHOPAL)/JHANSI India
6 Crompton Greaves Ltd India
7 EMCO Ltd India
8 Transformers & Rectifier India
9 Voltamp Transformers (P) Ltd India

5. TRANSFORMERS – POWER UPTO 5 MVA

1. Areva Ltd. India
2. Bharat Bijlee Ltd India
3. Crompton Greaves Ltd India
4. EMCO Ltd India
5. Hackbridge Hewitic & Easun Ltd. india
6. Indo Tech India
7. Kirloskar Electric Co. Ltd. India
8. Transformers & Rectifiers India Ltd India
9. Voltamp Transformers (P) Ltd India

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 383 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 3 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

6. DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS (LIGHTING) – UPTO 1000 KVA

1 Crompton Greaves Ltd India
2 Kirloskar Electric Co. india
3 Vijay Electricals India - Hyderabad
4 Voltamp Transformers Pvt. Ltd. India

7. INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS – CT & PT (HV)

1 ABB Ltd India – Vadodara
2 Areva T&D Ltd. India
3 Electrical Controls & Systems India
4 Jyoti India
5 Kalpa Electricals India
6 Kappa Electricals India
7 Pragati Electricals Pvt. Ltd. India

8. INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS – CT & PT (MV)

1. AE
2. Gilbert & Maxwell Electricals Pvt. Ltd India
3. Jyoti India
4. Kalpa Electricals India
5. Kappa Electricals India
6. Narayan Powertech Pvt. Ltd India
7. Pragati Electricals Pvt. Ltd. India
8. Precise Electricals India
9. Silkaans Electricals Pvt. Ltd. India

9. CABLES COMMUNICATION (JELLY FILLED)

1 CMI Ltd.
2 Cord Cable
3 Delton Cables Ltd India
4 Elkay
5 Finolex Cables Ltd India
6 KEI
7 Reliance
8 Rpg Cables Ltd India
9 Usha Beltron Ltd India
10 Vindhya Telelinks Ltd India

10. HIGH VOLTAGE – XLPE CABLES

1 Cable Corporation Of India India
2 Industrial Cable
3 KEI Industries Ltd India
4 Nicco Corporation Ltd India
5 Polycab Wires Pvt. Ltd India
C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 384 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 4 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

6 RPG Cables Ltd India

7 Torrent Cable Ltd Upto 33kv India
8 Uniflex Cables Ltd India
9 Universal Cables Ltd India

11. MEDIUM VOLTAGE POWER CABLES – XLPE & PVC

1 Associate India
2 Cable Corporation of India India
3 Finolex Cables Ltd India
4 Gemscab Industries Ltd
5 Havells
6 Industrial Cable India
7 KEI Industries Ltd India
8 Nicco Corporation Ltd India
9 Polycab Wires Pvt Ltd India
10 Radiant Cables Pvt. Ltd. India
11 Ravin Cables Pvt. Ltd India
12 RPG
13 Torrent Cables Ltd India
14 Universal Cables Ltd India

12. CABLES – CONTROL

1 Associated Cable Pvt Ltd India
2 Associated Flexibles and Wires (P) Ltd. India
3 Brooks Cables Pvt. Ltd. India – Mumbai
4 CMI Limited India
5 Cords Cable Ind Ltd India
6 Delton Cables Ltd India
7 Ecko Cables INDIA
8 Elkay Telelinks (P) Ltd India
9 Evershine Electricals India
10 Finolex Cables Ltd India
11 Gemscab Industries Ltd India
12 Goyolene Fibres (I) Pvt. Ltd. India
13 Havell’s India Pvt. Ltd. India
14 Hindustan Vidyut Product India
15 Industrial cables (I) Ltd. India
16 KEI Industries Ltd India
17 Nicco Corporation Ltd India
18 North Eastern cables Pvt. Ltd. India
19 Paramount Communications Ltd. India
(Manufacturing Unit – Paramount Cable Corporation)
20 Polycab Wires (P) Ltd India
21 Radiant Cables Pvt. Ltd. India
22 Ravin Cables Pvt. Ltd. India
C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 385 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 5 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

23 Reliance Engineers Ltd India

24 RPG Cables India
25 Suyog Electricals India
26 Thermocables Ltd. India
27 Torrent Cables Ltd India
28 Universal Cables Ltd India

13. CABLES – FIRE ALARM & COMMUNICATION

1 CMI Ltd India
2 Cords Cable Industries Ltd India
3 Delton Cables Ltd India
4 Elkay Telelinks Ltd India
5 KEI Industries Ltd India
6 Reliance Engineers Ltd India

14. NEUTRAL GROUNDING RESISTORS - HV

1 AMP Control Equipment Pvt. Ltd. India – Pune
2 RSI Switchgear Pvt. Ltd India – Haryana
3 S R Narkhede Engineering Pvt. Ltd India

15. CAPACITOR – HIGH VOLTAGE

1 ABB Ltd India – Bangalore
2 BHEL India – Bhopal
3 CG Power Systems India
4 Universal Cables Ltd India

16. PLANT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

1 Industrionic GmbH & Co KG GERMANY
2 Neuman Elektronik GmbH &Co GERMANY
3 Siemens Enterprise Communications INDIA

17. MOTOR INDUCTION – HV (INDL. TYPE SAFE AREA)

1 ABB LTD India - Faridabad
2 Alstom Moteurs SA (C/o Alstom Limited) India / France
3 Bharat Bijlee Limited India
4 Crompton Greaves Ltd India
5 Jyoti India
6 Kirloskar Electric Co Ltd India
7 Laxmi Hydrolics India
8 Siemens Limited India
9 BHEL (Bhopal) India

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 386 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 6 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

18. MOTOR INDUCTION – MV (FLAMEPROOF)

1 Alstom Ltd India
2 Bharat Bijlee Ltd India
3 Crompton Greaves Ltd India
4 Kirloskar Electric Co Ltd India

19. MOTOR INDUCTION – HV (INCREASED SAFETY ZONE - 2)

1 ABB Limited (Only for safe area) India – Baroda
2 Alstom Ltd India
3 BHEL India – Bhopal
4 Crompton Greaves Ltd India
5 Kirloskar Electric Co Ltd India

20. MOTOR INDUCTION – MV (ZONE 2 TYPE e & n)

1 Alstom Ltd India
2 Asea Brown Boveri Ltd (Type E & N) India – Faridabad
3 Bharat Bijlee Ltd (Type N Only) India
4 Crompton Greaves Ltd (Type E & N) India
5 Kirloskar Electric Co Ltd (Type E & N) India
6 Siemens Ltd (Type E & N) India

21. A.C. (MV) VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE

1. ABB India
2. Alstom Moteurs SA France
3. Alstom Projects India Ltd India
4. BHEL (Bangalore) India
5. Control Technique India
6. Eurotherm
7. Fuji Electrical Co Ltd Japan
8. Hitachi Ltd India
9. Kirloskar
10. L & T Ltd India
11. Meidensha corp India
12. Reliance Electric Co USA
13. Rockwell Automation Pvt Ltd India
14. Siemens Ag Germany
15. Siemens Ltd India
16. Siemens Allis Energy Pro International
17. Toshiba Corporation India / Japan
18. Vacon OYJ International

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 387 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 7 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

22. ACTUATORS - MOV

1 Auma India Ltd India
2 Limitorque Ind Ltd India
3 Rotork Controls Ind Ltd India
4 Marsh Engineers ( only for Safe Area) India

23. BATTERY CHARGERS

1 Amara Raja Power System Ltd India
2 Caldyne Automatic (P) Ltd India
3 Chhabi Electricals (P) Ltd India
4 Dubas Engineering Pvt. Ltd. India
5 HBL Power Systems Ltd India
6 Kerala State Elect Dev Corp Ltd. India
7 Mass Tech Control Pvt. Ltd. India
8 Universal Ind. Products India
9 Universal Instrument Mfg Co (P) Ltd India

24. UPS SYSTEM

UPS SYSTEM INDIGENOUS
1 DB Power Electronics Pvt Ltd India
2 Emerson Network Power Pvt Ltd India
3 Hi-Rel Electronics India
4 Kerala State ELECT Dev Corp Ltd India – KRKULM

UPS SYSTEM FOREIGN

1 Chloride Industrial Systems UK Japan
2 Fuji Electric Co Ltd Switzerland
3 Gutor Electronics Ltd Singapore
4 MGE Asia Pte Ltd Sweden
Saftnife AB
5 Toshiba Corporation India/Japan
6

-------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
i-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------

26. RELAY & CONTROL PANEL

1 ABB Ltd. India – Mumbai
2 Areva T&D Ltd India – Chennai
3 Bharat Heavy Electricals India
4 Controls & Switchgear India

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 388 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 8 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

5 Easun Reyrolle Ltd India – Hosur

6 ECIL India
7 Power Gear Pvt. Ltd. India
8 Pyrotech India – Udaipur
9 Siemens India – Mumbai

27. CONTROL PANEL (FLP)

1 Baliga Lighting Eqpt Ltd India
2 Cooper Crouse-Hinds. India
3 FCG Flameproof Control Gears Ltd India
4 FCG Power Industries Ltd India
5 Flameproof Eqpts Pvt Ltd India
6 Flexpro Electicals Pvt Ltd India
7 Prompt Engineering Works India
8 Sudhir Switchgears Pvt. Ltd. India

28. LIGHTING FITITING & ACCESSORIES (HAZARDOUS)

1. AT XSA France
2. Bajaj Electricals Ltd India
3. Baliga Lighting Eqpt Ltd India
4. Cooper Crouse-Hinds India
5. Crompton Greaves Ltd India
6. FCG Flameproof Control Gears Pvt. Ltd. India
7. FCG Power Industries Pvt Ltd India
8. Flameproof Eqpts Pvt Ltd India
9. Flexpro Electricals Pvt Ltd India
10. Govan Industries (India) Pvt.Ltd. India
11. Prompt Engg. Works India
12. R Stahl Germany / India
13. Sudhir Switchgears Pvt. Ltd. India
14. Victor Product PLC India

29. JUNCTION BOXES (FLAME PROOF)

1 Baliga Lighting Eqpts Ltd India
2 FCG Flameproof Control Gears Pvt. Ltd. India India
3 FCG Power Industries pvt. ltd.
4 Flame Proof Eqpts Pvt Ltd India
5 Flexpro Electricals Pvt Ltd India
6 Govan Industries (India) Pvt Ltd. India
7 Prompt Engineering Works India
8 Sudhir Switch Gears Pvt Ltd India

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 389 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 9 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

30. CONTROL STATIONS (FLAME PROOF)

1 Baliga Lighting Eqpts Ltd India
2 FCG Flameproof Control Gear Pvt. Ltd India
3 FCG Power Industries Pvt. Ltd. India
4 Flame Proof Eqpts Pvt Ltd India
5 Flexpro Electricals Pvt Ltd India
6 Govan Industries (India) Pvt Ltd. India
7 Prompt Engineering Works India
8 Sudhir Switch Gears Pvt Ltd India

31. LIGHTNING ARRESTORS

1 Areva
2 Crompton Greaves Ltd India
3 Elpro International Ltd India
4 Oblum Electrical Ind Pvt Ltd India
5 W. Insulation Of India India

32. BATTERIES LEAD ACID (VRLA)

1 Exide Ind Ltd India
2 Amara Raja Batteries Ltd India
3 HBL Power System Ltd India

33. BATTERY (NI-CAD)

1 Amaraja
2 Amco Saft
3 HBL Nife

34. AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER

1 Controls & Switchgear Co Ltd India
2 GE Power Control Ind Ltd India
3 Larsen & Toubro Ltd. (Mumbai) India
4 Schneider Electric India Pvt Ltd India
5 Siemens Ltd India

35. BUS DUCT (HV)

1 Controls & Switchgears Co Ltd India
2 Enpro Engg. India
3 Powergear India
4 Reep Industries India
5 Stardrive Busducts Pvt Ltd India

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 390 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 10 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

36. BUS DUCT (MV)

1 Controls & Switchgear Co Ltd India
2 Enpro Engg. India
3 Powergear India
4 Reep Industries India
5 Stardrive Busducts Pvt Ltd India

37. CABLE GLANDS (FOR HAZARDOUS AREA)

1. Baliga Lighting Eqpts Ltd India
2. Commet Brass Product
3. Commet Industries
4. FCG Flameproof Control Gears Pvt. Ltd India
5. FCG Power Ind Pvt Ltd India
6. Flameproof Equipment Pvt Ltd India
7. Flexpro Electricals Pvt Ltd India
8. Prompt Engineers
9. R Stahl India
10. Standard Metals
11. Sudhir Switchgear

38. CABLE TERMINATION & JOINTING KIT (HEAT SHRINKABLE TYPE)

1 Mahindra Engineering & Chemical India
2 Raychem RPG Ltd. India
3 REPL Engineering Ltd. India
4 Yamuna Gases & Chemicals Pvt Ltd India

39. CIRCUIT BREAKER SF-6 OUT DOOR EHV

1 ABB Ltd. India – Baroda
2 Areva Ltd. India – Bangalore
3 BHEL India – Mumbai
4 Crompton Greaves Ltd India – Mumbai

40. HIGH MAST LIGHTING SYSTEM

1 Bajaj Electricals Ltd India
2 Crompton Greaves Ltd India
3 Philips India Ltd India

41. ISOLATORS / LOAD BREAK SWITCHES (HV INDOOR)

1 Elpro International India – Mumbai
2 GE Power
3 G P Power Switchgear India – Hyderabad
4 S & S Power Switchgear Ltd India – Chennai
5 Siemens Ltd India – Hyderabad

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 391 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 11 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

42. LIGHTING & POWER PANEL

1 Controls And Switchgear Co Ltd India
2 Havell's India Pvt Ltd India
3 Indo Asian Fusegear Ltd India
4 Legrand (India) Pvt. Ltd India
5 MDS Switchgear Ltd India
6 Standard Electricals Ltd India

43. PLUGS / SOCKETS / HANDLAMPS (FLAMEPROOF)

1. Bajaj India
2. Baliga Lighting Eqpts Ltd India
3. FCG Flameproof Control Gears India
4. FCG Power Industries India
5. Flameproof Eqpts Pvt Ltd India
6. Flexpro Electricals Pvt Ltd India
7. Govan Industries India
8. Sudhir Switchgears Pvt Ltd India

44. LIGHTING TRANSFORMERS

1 Automatic Electric Ltd India
2 Crompton
3 Indcoil Products India
4 Kappa Electricals India
5 Kirloskar
6 Vijay
7 Voltamp Transformers Pvt. Ltd India
8 Transformers & Electricals Kerala Ltd India

45. SIGNAL INTERFACE FOR ECS

1. INTERPOSING RELAYS : ABB (RXMSI)/ALLEN BRADLEY
(TYPE 700hg WITH MAGNETIC BLOW OUT) /
POTTER & BRUNFIELD (P&B) / AREVA (ALSTOM)
2. GCE
3. Jyothi
4. L&T
5. Schineder
6. Siemens

46. SIGNAL INTERFACE FOR ECS

1 TRANSDUCERS : ABB/SOUTHERN TRANSUDERS
OIL LUBRICATED HDPE PIPE : BHARTI DURALINE / RELIANCE
TRANDUCER PANELS/INTERPOSING RELAY PANELS/DUMMY
PANELS : RITTAL
2 Elstar

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 392 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 12 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

3 MECO
4 Pyrotech Electronic
5 Vitronic

47. INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR FOR CATHODIA PROTECTION SYSTEM

1 Consultech Cathodic Protection Engrs & India Consultants India
2 Raychem RPG Limited India
3 Correctech International Pvt. Ltd. India
4 Corrosion Control Services Pvt. Ltd. India
5 Raychem USA

48. MMO WIRE ANODES FOR CP SYSTEM

1 Macor USA
2 Tyco Adhesives USA

49. CONDUCTIVE POLYMER ANODES FOR CP SYSTEM

1. Raychem USA

50. MMO COATED TITANIUM ANODES FOR CP SYSTEM

1 Titanor Components India
2 Oranzio De Nora Italy
3 Magnetochemie Netherlands
4 Actel Limited UK
5 Eltech Systems Corporation USA
6 Ceranode Technologies USA

51. TRANSFORMER – RECTIFIER UNIT FOR CP SYSTEM

1. Canara Electric Controls, Mumbai India
2. Advance Electronics, Baroda India

52. ANODES & CATHODE JUNECTION BOXES (FLAMEPROOF)

1 Baliga Lighting Equipments Ltd. India
2 Cooper Crouse-Hinds India
3 Flexpro Electricals (P) Ltd. India
4 Flameproof Equipment Pvt. Ltd India

53. CALCINED PETROLEUM COKE BREEZE

1 Loresco DW3 . USA
2 Goa Carbon, Goa India
3 Indian Carbon, Kolkata India
4 Petrocarbon & Chemical Cormpany, Haldia India

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 393 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 13 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

54. PERMANENT REFERENCE ELECTRODES

1 Harco. USA
2 Borin Manufacturer USA
3 M.C. Miller USA

55. HEAT SHRINK CAP FOR ANODE TO CABLE JOINT

1. Raychem USA

56. DIGITAL MULTIMETER FOR OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

(minimum 10M ohm input resistance complete with leads and leather case)

1. BECKMANN
2. FLUKE
3. AVO
4. KEW

57. PORTABLE HALF CELL REFERENCE ELECTRODES FOR O&M

(
)

1 M. C. MILLER USA
2 TINKER RASOR USA / Canada
3 CORRTECH India

58. DC CLIP ON AMMETER FOR O&M

1. HCK Germany
2. Kyoritsu Electricals Japan

59. ELECTRICAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (SCADA)

1 ABB Automation Netherlands
2 Areva T&D Ltd. France / India
3 ESVAN
4 L&T India
5 Schineder India
6 Siemens India

60. VFD
VFD INDIGENOUS
1 BHEL India
2 Eurotherm dell india Ltd. India
3 Kirloskar Electric co. Ltd. India
4 L&T India
5 Rockwell Automation Ltd. India
6 Siemens India

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 394 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 14 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

VFD FOREIGN
1 ABB
2 Fuji electronic co. Ltd.
3 Hitachi Ltd. Japan
4 Meidensha corp.
5 Reliance electric co.
6 Siemens AG International
7 Siemens – Allis Energy Products
8 Toshiba corporation
9 Vacon oyj

61. LIGHTING & DISTRIBUTION BOARD, CONTROL PANEL- FLAMEPROOF

1 Baliga
2 FCG Flameproof control Gears
3 FCG Power Industries
4 Flameproof Equipment Pvt. Ltd.
5 Flexpro
6 Sudhir switchgear

62. ENERGY EFFICIENT LUMINARIES & FITTINGS FOR FLUORESCENT TUBE

LIGHTS (FTL) & COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMPS (CFL)
1 BAJAJ India
2 Crompton Greaves Ltd. India
3 GE Consumer & Industrial India
4 PHILIPS India

63. LED TYPE STREET LIGHTING FITTING

1 GE Consumer & Industrial India
2 Innov Lite (I) Pvt. Ltd. India
3 PHILIPS India

64. CABLE TRAY

1 Allied Engineering Co
2 Anand Udyog
3 Amptech Engineering services
4 Dy Engineers
5 Indiana
6 Indian Electrical syndicate
7 MEK Engineering and construction
8 Patny Systems
9 Primier Power Products

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 395 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 15 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

65. ALARM & ANNUNCIATOR

1 Advani Oerlikon Ltd. (Elect. Division) India – New Delhi
2 Aplab Ltd. India – Pune
3 Digcon India
4 ECU India
5 Industrial Instruments & Controls India – Mumbai

66. NUMERICAL RELAYS (LV SYSTEMS)

1 ABB India
2 Alstom India
3 Easun reyrole India
4 L&T India
5 Schneider India
6 Siemens India

67. NUMERICAL RELAYS (HV SYSTEMS)

ABB India
2 Alstom India
3 Easun Reyrol India
4 Siemens India

68. LV 1.1 KV POWER CABLES

1 Associated Flexibles And Wires (P) Ltd. India
2 Cable Corporation Of India Limited India
3 Finolex Cables Limited India
4 Gemscab Industries Limited India
5 Havell’s India India
6 Industrial Cables (I) Limited India
7 Kei Industries Limited India
8 Nicco Corporation Limited India
9 Polycab Wires India
10 Radiant Cables Pvt. Limited India
11 Ravin Cables Limited India
12 RPG Cables Limited India
13 Torrent Cables Limited India
14 Universal Cables Limited India

69. HV POWER CABLES(6.6 KV)

Industrial Cables (I) Limited India
2 Nicco Corporation Limited India
Polycab Wires Pvt.Ltd. India
Torrent Cables Limited India
Uniflex Cables Limited India
Universal Cables Limited India
C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 396 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 16 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

70. AUXILIARY RELAYS

ABB Limited India
2 Areva T&D India
GEC India
Jyothi India
L&T India
Schneider India
Siemens India

71. THERMAL O/C RELAYS (BIMETAL RELAYS)

ABB Limited (Bangalore) India
2 Bhartia Industries Limited India
Controls & Switchgears Co. Limited India
GE India India
Larsen & Toubro Limited India
Schneider Electric India (P) Limited India
Siemens Limited India

72. POWER CONTACTORS/AUXILIARY CONTACTORS

ABB Limited India –
2 Bhartia Industries Limited India
Controls & Switchgears Co. Limited India
Electric India (P) Limited India
GE India (P) Limited India
Larsen & Toubro Pvt. Limited India
Schneider
Siemens Limited India

73. CONTROL SWITCHES/SELECTOR SWITCHES

Areva T&D India

2 Hotline Switchgear & Controls India
Jyoti India
Kaycee Industries Limited India
Larsen & Toubro Limited India
Recon India
Reliable Electronic Components India
Siemens Limited India
Switron Devices India

74. CONTROL SWITCH BREAKER

Areva T&D India

2 Reliable Electronic Components India
Switron Devices India
C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 397 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 17 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

75. EARTH LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKER

Datar Switchgear Pvt. Limited India
2 Havell’s India
Indo Asian Fusegear Limited India
Legrand (India) Pvt. Limited India
Schneider Electric India (P) Limited India

76. FUSES
Cooper Bussman India
2 GE India (P) Limited India
Indo Asian Fusegear Limited India
Larsen & Toubro Limited India
Siemens Limited India

77. FUSE SWITCH COMBINATION

ABB Limited (Bangalore) India

2 Controls & Switchgears Co. Limited India
GE India India
Havell’s India Pvt. Limited India
Indo Asian Fusegear Limited India
Larsen & Toubro Limited India
Schneider Electric India (P) Limited India
Siemens Limited India
Standard Electricals Limited India

78. MCCB
AEG India
2 GE India (P) Limited India
Larsen & Toubro Limited India
Schneider Electric India (P) Limited India
Siemens India

79. HEAVY DUTY SWITCHES (POWER SWITCHES)

ABB India
2 Controls & Switchgears Co. Limited India
EE India
Indo Asian Fusegear Limited India
Larsen & Toubro Limited India
Schneider Electric India (P) Limited India
Siemens Limited India

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 398 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 18 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

80. MCB
Datar Switchgear Pvt. Limited India
2 Havell’s India Pvt. Limited India
Indiana Current Control Limited India
Indo Asian Fusegear Limited India
Legrand (India) Pvt. Limited (Mds) India
Schneider Electric India (P) Limited India
Siemens India
Standard Electricals Limited India

81. METERS
Areva T&D India
2 Automatic Electric Limited India
Imp India
Meco Instruments Pvt. Limited India
Nippen Electrical Instruments
Rishabh Instruments Pvt. Limited India

82. TIMERS
ABB India
2 Bhartia Industries Limited India
Electronic Autiomation Pvt. Limited India
GEC India
Larsen & Toubro Limited
Schneider India
Siemens Limited

83. PUSH BUTTON AND INDICATING LAMPS

Bhartia Industries Limited India

2 Cands
Controls & Switchgears Co. Limited India
Essen Deinki
Hotline Switchgear & Controls
Larsen & Toubro Limited
Precifine Products Pvt. Limited (Led Type Indicating Lamps Only) India
Schneider Electric India (P) Limited
Shri Tulsi Switchgears Limited India
Siemens Limited India
Technic
Teknic Controls

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 399 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 19 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

84. INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS (CT/PT)-LV

AE
2 Gilbert & Maxwell Elect. Pvt. Limited India
Jyoti India
Kalpa Electricals
Kappa
Narayan Powertech Pvt. Limited India
Pragati Electricals Pvt. Limited India
Precise Electricals India
Silkaans Electrical Mfg. Co. Limited

85. VACUUM BOTTLES

Areva T&D India

2 Crompton Greaves India

86. CABLE GLANDS FOR HAZARDOUS AREA

Baliga India
2 Comet Brass Products India
3 Comet Industries India
4 FCG Flameproof Control Gears India
5 FCG Power Industries India
6 Flameproof Equipment Pvt. Limited India
7 Flexpro India
8 Prompt Engineers India
9 Standard Metal India
10 Sudhir Switchgear India

87. LT ISOLATOR
GE Power India
2 L&T India
3 Siemens India

88. TRANSDUCER

ABB India
2 ELSTER India
3 MECO India
4 Pyrotech Electronics India
5 Vitronics India India

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 400 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 20 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

89. CONTROL TRANSFORMERS

Kappa India
2 Powerpack India
3 Pragati India
4 Silcon India

90. DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

Bhartia Industries Limited India
2 Controls & Schematics Limited India
3 Controls & Switchgears Co. Limited India
4 GE Industrial India Pvt. Limited India
5 Larsen & Toubro Ltd.
6 MK Engineers & Controls Pvt. Limited
7 Schneider Electric India (P) Limited
8 Siemens (I) Limited

91. CONTROL TERMINAL CLIPTON TYPE

Connect Well India

2 Elmex India

92. DOUBLE COMPRESSION CABLE GLAND WEATHER PROOF

Baliga India
2 Comet Brass Products India
3 Comet Industries India
4 Flexpro India
5 Flameproof Equipment Pvt. Limited India
6 FCG Power Industries India
7 FCG Flameproof Control Gears India
8 Prompt Engineers India
9 Standard Metal India
10 Sudhir Switchgear India
11 Electromag India

93. CONDUIT
M Chandra India
2 Nagarjuna India
3 Senco India

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 401 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 21 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

94. CABLE LUGS

Crown India
2 Dowell India
3 Forward Engg.
4 Niko India

95. PVC WIRES

Anchor
2 Finolex India
3 Kundan India
4 Mardia
5 Orbit
6 Q-Flex India

96. SWITCHBOARDS – H.V. (INDOOR) WITH VCB

ABB Limited India – Nasik
2 Areva T&D India Limited (T&D Group) India
3 Bharat Heavy Electricals India – Bhopal
4 Crompton Greaves Limited India
5 Jyoti Limited India
6 Siemens Limited India

97. 110 KV CT
ABB Limited India – Mumbai
2 Areva Instrument Transformers Ltd. India – Bangalore
3 Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd. India – Mumbai
4 Crompton Greeves Ltd. India – Mumbai

98. 110 KV LIGHTINING ARRESTOR

Areva Instrument Transformers Ltd. India – Bangalore
2 Elpro International Ltd. India – Mumbai
3 Oblum Electricals Ind Ltd. India – Hyderabad

99. 110 KV INSULATORS AND BUSHINGS

BHEL India – Bangalore
2 Jayashree Insulators India – Baroda
3 Saravana Insulators India – Cuddalore
4 W S Insulators Ltd. India - Chennai

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 402 of 442

44NC-4600 VENDOR LIST CPCL. Manali Refinery
Resid Upgradation Project
Revision : 4 ELECTRICAL Page 22 of 22

VENDOR NAME COUNTRY

100. DIESEL GENERATOR

Garden Reach Builders & Engineers Ltd. India
2 GMMCO India
3 Jeevan Diesels & Electricals Ltd. India
4 Kirloskar electric Co. India
5 Parry Engineering & Exports Ltd. India
6 Powerica India
7 Southern Power Systems India
8 TIL Ltd. India
9 Trading Engineers International Pvt. Ltd.

Note:-
For Electrical Equipment / Components please refer the above Vendor list. For any other Electrical Component
which is not covered in this Vendor List shall be as per Engineering Design Guidelines – Electrical Clause 10.0
(44 NC-4600-0000/E.02/0002/A4

C:\Documents and Settings\Mfernandes\Desktop\Vendor List for Tender Rev 4_23.09.10\08_Electrical Vendor list.doc

Page 403 of 442

 izLrqr vkjs[k ,oa blesa fufgr fMt+kbu bathfu;LkZ bafM;k fyfeVsM dh LkaifRr gSA ;s ek= m/kkj fn, x, gSa vkSj m/kkjdrkZ us ;g Li"V Lke>kSrk fd;k gS fd u rks mUgsa iqu% eqfnzr fd;kk tk,xk] u udy dh tk,xh] u
m/kkj fn, tk,axs] u iznf'kZr fd, tk,axs vkSj u gh Lkhfer vkSj futh iz;ksx ds vykok budk dksbZ vU; iz;ksx gksxk vkSj ;g iz;ksx m/kkj nsus okys }kjk m/kkjdrkZ dks fyf[kr :i esa nh xbZ Lkgefr Lks gksxk A
The drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that
they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited or used, except in the limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use.

P O N M L K J I H G F E D C B A

1
1

2
2

3
3

AND AC PLANT ROOM

MCC-05
MCC-01

4
4

ASB-01
PCC-03
PCC-01

VERTICAL TRAY (750mm) FOR CABLES UPTO AHU ROOM

5
5

MCC-06
MCC-02
SS-WR-02

HV-211

6
6

TIER (TYP)
TOTAL NO. OF

OWNER -MCC
TRAYS IN THIS

SS-WR-01
MCC-07
MCC-04

7
7

PCC-02

TRANSF.
C
EPMCC-01

8
8

MCC-03

9
9

SPACE FOR FUTURE PANELS

VERTICAL TRAY (750mm)(ALONG WALL) FOR CABLES TO VFD ROOM

10
10

11
11

12
12

13
13

14
14

1:100
SCALE
DATE
REF. DWG. NO.

15
15

JOB NO.
UNIT
REVISIONS

CHENNAI, INDIA

DIVN. DEPT.
BY

16
16

3-1641-0500 REV.2
(A Govt. of India Undertaking)
REFERENCE DRAWING TITLE

DWG. NO.
CHKD APPD

REV.

A0-1189 x 841

P O N M L K J I H G F E D C B A

Page 404 of 442

 Compliance to comments on Resolution to Block Diagram Fire Alarm System
(Refer Dwg. No. A133-086-16-50-3016 Rev.A resolution Dtd.24.2.14) for Coker Date: 31.03.2014
Block (EPCC-1), CPCL-Manali Page 1 of 1

S.
Section Page No. Comments by M/s Jacobs EIL Reply
No.
Block Diagram FA System Resolution Dtd 24.2.2014
The limitation of number of detectors that can be installed in a loop is as
per manufacturer standard, same has been clearly included in Indian standard
(IS-2189). Please note that clause 4.2.4.2 of IS-2189 : 2008 state that the
number of detectors and devices per loop shall be as per manufacturer’s
recommendation and 90% of the full capacity shall be used. As per FA
manufacturers recommendations the suitability of detectors per loop is minimum
125 detectors and 125 devices (datasheet and catalogue attached) and in-line
with the IS-2189, 90% of the capacity can be used which comes approx 110
(taking lower side) detectors per loop and we are wiring between max. of 90-
100 detectors per loop which is much within the capacity indicated in IS-2189.
Not acceptable. LSTK shall refer and Further, NFPA-72 guidelines & OISD standards also do not specify any
1. 5 1 of 2 comply to Clause 23 of Technical limitation of number of detector in a loop and rather is as per the manufacturer
corrigendum-II. standard. In view of above it is not understood why M/s JACOBS is insisting on
limitation of detectors to 40 numbers per loop even when addressable type fire
alarm system is being available with much higher loop capacity for wiring
detectors (125 detectors).
The limitation of detectors to a lesser number was a constraint in earlier
conventional fire alarm system due to limitation in the resistance of loop circuit
and end-of-line resistance; however please note that this issue shall not arise
here as we are supplying an addressable fire alarm system.
Hence we are heading in-line with the IS-2189 standard wiring and max.
100 detectors in a loop shall be implemented. Same shall please be accepted.

Heat sensing cable shall also be

2. 6 1 of 2 Noted.
provided in Sub station Cable cellar.
The reference of clause 18.1 & 18.2 mentioned in the comment for providing
intrinsically safe type detectors are specifically applicable for hazardous area as
per the head “18.0 Additional requirements for fire alarm system to be
Not acceptable. LSTK shall refer & installed in hazardous area”. M/s JACOBS to please note that the substation
comply to Clause 18.1 & 18.2 of and control room buildings are located in non-hazardous area (safe area).
3. 6 1 of 2
Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000- Hence the specified clauses are not applicable. Hence, M/s JACOBS
/J.02/0101 – Inst Job Specification. requirement for providing intrinsically safe type detectors in non-hazardous area
(substation/control room) is unfounded.
Safe area detectors are provided for these buildings.

Page 405 of 442

 Not acceptable.LSTK shall refer & comply to Clause 23 of Technical corigendum-II.

Compliance to comments on Block Diagram Fire Alarm System (Refer Dwg. No. Date: 24.02.2014
A133-086-16-50-3016 Rev.A) for Coker Block (EPCC-1), CPCL-Manali Page 1 of 2

S.
Section Page No. Comments by M/s Jacobs EIL Reply
No.
Block Diagram FA System
1. - - Redundant Modbus RS 485 Communication Noted. It shall be incorporated in revised drawing. JE REPLY: NOTED

2. - - All interfaces to be indicated separately. Noted. It shall be incorporated in revised drawing. JE REPLY: NOTED

3. - - Indicate Cable size (Typical). Noted. It shall be incorporated in revised drawing. JE REPLY: NOTED

4. - - Rack Room, Field. Noted. It shall be indicated in revised drawing. JE REPLY: NOTED
The number of detectors/ devices in a single loop shall be PMC to note that as per cl. 4.2.4.2 of IS-2189-2008, up to 129
5. - - as per OISD/NFPA guidelines but limited to maximum of detectors can be included in a loop. All Vendors/ manufacturers
40 numbers. products are suitable for the same.
1. LSTK-01 shall submit detailed Fire Alarm System Noted. JE REPLY: NOTED
Configuration Drawing from vendor for PMC/ Owner JE REPLY: HEAT SENSING
JE REPLY: NOTED
review.
CABLE SHALL ALSO BE
2. Fire Alarm Panel redundancy, LCD display, EPROM Noted.
PROVIDED SUBSTATION
requirement to be specified by LSTK-01.
CABLE CELLAR
3. Other Detectors like Heat sink cable, etc as required to Noted. Heat sensing cables shall be provided in cable cellar of
be indicated by LSK-01. Control room as per cl.2.13.22 of Instrumentation Design Basis.

4. All detectors shall be intrinsically Safe. Detectors consider in the fire alarm system block diagram
Not acceptable.LSTK shall refer & comply to Clause 18.1 & 18.2 of (addressable type) are for substation, cellar and control room.
Annex. V to 44NC-4600-0000-/J.02/0101 - Inst Job PMC to note that substation and Cable cellar, control room are
Specification. classified as Safe area. So, intrinsically safe detectors are not
6. - - required in these buildings Intrinsically Safe detectors shall be
provided in Battery room only.
However, detectors connected to F&G PLC system shall be as
per instrumentation philosophy/specifications of bid package
5. Total F & G UPS Power supply & Battery back-up
requirement 9 including fire Alarm System) shall be as per Noted.
Tender. JE REPLY: NOTED
6. The Rack room mounted panels shall be identical to the
JE REPLY: NOTED
DCS/ESD panels. Noted.
7. In Rack room, only marshalling panels of standard sizes
shall be used and junction / Wall mounted boxes shall not Noted. JE REPLY: NOTED
be used.
8. LSTK-01 shall indicate signal exchange between Fire

Page 406 of 442

 Compliance to comments on Block Diagram Fire Alarm System (Refer Dwg. No. Date: 24.02.2014
A133-086-16-50-3016 Rev.A) for Coker Block (EPCC-1), CPCL-Manali Page 2 of 2

Alarm system & Cleaning Agent System. Noted. JE REPLY: NOTED

9. LSTK-01 include response indicator in loop. PMC to note that as all the detectors are addressable,
response indicators are not required. But it shall be provided as
per tender requirements. JE REPLY: NOTED

10 standard symbols as per drawing 44NC-4600- Noted. JE REPLY: NOTED

000/E.01/0001/A3 shall be used.
JE REPLY: NOTED
11. LSTK-01 shall meet all tender requirements. Noted.
7. - - Legends and abbreviations to be included. Noted. It shall be incorporated in revised drawing. JE REPLY: NOTED
Next revision drawing shall be issued in Instrumentation
8. - - Noted. JE REPLY: NOTED
Code.

9. - - Including 20% installed spares. Noted. JE REPLY: NOTED

10. - - Two. Noted. It shall be incorporated in revised drawing. JE REPLY: NOTED

11. - - Configuration PC. Noted. It shall be incorporated in revised drawing. JE REPLY: NOTED

12. - - PMC. Noted. It shall be incorporated in revised drawing. JE REPLY: NOTED

Page 407 of 442

Page 408 of 442
 APPENDIX - A

INDICATIVE INSPECTION & TEST PLAN**

PROJECT : 44NC-4600 : CPCL MANALI REFINERY, CHENNAI : RESID UPGRADATION SHEET 1 OF 1
PROJECT
EQUIPMENT / ITEM DESCRIPTION: FIRE ALARM SYSTEM VENDOR :
P.O. NO. :
EQUIPMENT / ITEM TAG NO. :
TEST & INSPECTION AS PER : PR/PS NO.
(CODES & SPECIFICATIONS) : DRG. NO.
EQUIPMENT INSPECTION CODE : A
A 1 WITNESS INSPECTION AND / OR DOCUMENT REVIEW BY OWNER / PMC
C
T 2 WITNESS INSPECTION AND / OR DOCUMENT REVIEW BY THIRD PARTY
I INSPECTION AGENCY (TPIA) / STATUTORY AUTHORITY
V 3 WITNESS INSPECTION BY SUB VENDOR,VENDOR & LSTK CONTRACTOR
I
T 4 CERTIFICATES / DATA TO BE SUBMITTED BY LSTK CONTRACTOR /
Y VENDOR FOR APPROVAL / REVIEW BY TPI A / OWNER / PMC

1 A A R X DETAILED INSPECTION & TEST PLAN AFTER ISSUE OF PO/PR/PS

2 A R X INSPECTION & TEST PROCEDURES.
3 R R X SUMMARY OF ALL SUPPLIMENTARY REQUIREMENTS AS SPECIFIED
IN THE ORDER/PS/PR
4 A X PACKING PROCEDURE / SHIPPING DRAWING OF COMPLETED
EQUIPMENT
5 H H W X ROUTINE TEST CONSISTS OF:
− DIMENSIONAL CHECK/GENERAL WORKMANSHIP
− BILL OF MATERIAL INCLUDING ACCESSORIES,SENSOR DETAILS
− NAME PLATE CHECK FOR EACH INSTRUMENT/ITEMS.
− LAYOUT CHECK.
− REQUIREMENT OF ENCLOSURE PROTECTION / AREA
CLASSIFICATION
6 R R X REVIEW OF DOCUMENTS AS BELOW:
− INTERNAL TEST/INSPECTION REPORT OF ALL HARDWARE /
BOUGHT OUT ITEMS. AREA CLASSIFICATION
− CALIBRATION REPORT OF ALL INSTRUMENTS.
7 H H W X PERFORMANCE & ACCEPTANCE TEST CONSISTING OF :
− FUNCTION CHECK OF FIRE ALARM PANEL, REPEATER PANEL,
SMOKE/HEAT DETECTOR, HOOTERS, POWER SUPPLY UNIT
CHECKING OF ALARMS.
− MEASUREMENT OF SOUND LEVEL OF HOOTERS.
− ANY OTHER TESTS AS PER PR/PS.
8 H X SPARES & PACKING LIST CHECK. PACKING & LOADING OF
EQUIPMENT AS PER SHIPPING DRAWING
9 H H INSPECTION RELEASE CERTIFICATE
LEGENDS : H - HOLD, W – WITNESS, R - REVIEW, A – APPROVAL, I - INFORMATION, X – SUBMIT
PO – PURCHASE ORDER, PR – PURCHASE REQUISITION, PS – PURCHASE SPECIFICATION
** NOTE : THIS IS AN INDICATIVE INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN IDENTIFYING SCOPE OF INSPECTION
/REVIEW OF DOCUMENTS AS A MINIMUM REQUIREMENT, DETAILED INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN
INDICATING ALL SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS AFTER ISSUE OF PO / PR TO BE GENERATED BY
VENDOR AND SAME DULY APPROVED BY TPI A TO BE SUBMITTED TO OWNER/PMC FOR APPROVAL.
* TPI A TO CARRY OUT INSPECTION AT SUB-VENDORS’ WORKS.
- OWNER/PMC RESERVES RIGHT TO WITNESS INSPECTION OF ANY ITEM AT ANY STAGE WHICH SHALL BE INDICATED ON
QAP / INSPECTION & TEST PLAN AT THE TIME OF APPROVAL AND SAME TO BE COVERED AS PART OF PURCHASE ORDER
CONDITION ISSUED BY CONTRACTOR.

Page 409 of 442

 Page 1 of 33

STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

DOCUMENT NO: 44NC-4600 : ESS 026

Rev No. Issue Date Pages Rev Description Prepared Checked Approved

By By By

0 03 May 2010 33 Issued for Engineering VSL PPP RBD

Page 410 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 2 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 GENERAL 3
2.0 DESIGN 3
3.0 EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS 5
4.0 CIVIL WORK 7
5.0 OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR INSTALLATION 8
6.0 INSTALLATION OF TRANSFORMERS 8
7.0 INSTALLATION OF EHV, HV & MV SWITCHGEAR & MOTOR CONTROL CENTRES 9

8.0 INSTALLATION OF BUSDUCT 10

9.0 INSTALLATION OF BATTERIES 10

10.0 INSTALLATION OF NEUTRAL EARTHING RESISTOR 10

11.0 INSTALLATION OF POWER & LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION BOARD 10

12.0 MOTORS 11

13.0 CABLE INSTALLATION 11

14.0 LIGHTING INSTALLATION 15

15.0 EARTHING & LIGHTNING PROTECTION 19

16.0 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION IN HAZARDOUS AREAS 21

17.0 STEEL WORK 22

18.0 INSPECTION, TESTS & COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL EQPT. 22

AND INSTALLATION
19.0 INSTRUMENT & TOOLS 26
20.0 LABOUR, SUPERVISION, COORDINATION & PROGRESS, LICENCE, 27
STATUTORY APPROVAL
21.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE - QUALITY CONTROL 27
22.0 ACCEPTANCE OF INSTALLATION 28

23.0 ATTACHMENTS / APPENDICES : 28

23.1 APPENDIX I - LIST OF CODES, STANDARDS & STATUTORY 28

REGULATIONS
23.2 APPENDIX II 30

Page 411 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 3 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0

1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
This specification covers the technical requirements for equipment, materials and
installation methods, testing and commissioning of electrical system which will generally
include the following:
i) E.H.V & H.V. Outdoor Switchyards
ii) Power & distribution Transformers
iii) E.H.V., H.V. & M.V. Switchgear
iv) Motor Control Centres
v) Power distribution Boards/Power Control Centres
vi) Lighting Installation, including Lighting Distribution Boards, Lighting Fittings &
Socket Outlets.
vii) Wiring for Power, Control, Lighting & Instrumentation
viii) Earthing & bonding of Electrical Equipment, Anti-static Earthing & Lightning
Protection
ix) Emergency Power Generating Equipment
x) Batteries & Associated Equipment.
xi) Communication Systems
xii) Fire Alarm System

1.2 CODES, STANDARDS AND STATUTORY REGULATIONS

Appendix I to this Specification lists the codes, standards and statutory regulations to be
used. This list is not exhaustive and in general, all equipment materials as well as
design and construction shall be in accordance with the latest issues of Indian and/or
Relevant Standards currently in force.

1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS

This specification is to be read in conjunction with the other contract Documents that will
include General Conditions of Contract, Special Conditions of Contract.

2.0 DESIGN
2.1 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
Equipment of a major or specific nature, such as Transformers, Switchgear, Motor
Control Centres, Motors, Starting & Control Gear, Generators, Batteries, Rectifiers,
communication Equipment, Fire & Plant Alarm System etc. shall be provided by the
Contractor. Equipments supplied by the Contractor shall conform to the
Purchaser's/Owner's 'Particular Specifications' for such equipment. These specifications
may also be detailed in the Contract Documents. Materials not specifically described
shall be of the best quality, complying with applicable codes, standards or current
engineering practice. Selection of equipment and materials shall also be based on the
technical details, performance figures and recommendations given by the manufacturer
and site condition.

Page 412 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 4 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0

2.2 ALTERNATIVE EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS OR METHODS

Where the Contractor wishes to use alternative equipment, materials or methods to
those specified, the approval of the Purchaser/PMC shall be sought at the time of
tendering, and shall not be assumed unless specifically confirmed by the
Purchaser/PMC, in writing.
2.3 INSTALLATION DOCUMENTS
The Contractor shall carry out, all electrical installation design including the following:
i) Single Line Diagram for Power and Lighting distribution, Earthing System,
Communication System.
ii) Schematic & Control wiring Diagrams for Circuit Breakers, Motor Control and
other Electrical Controls, including Fire Alarm and Plant Alarm Systems.
iii) Location of items of electrical equipment, including Switchgears, Transformers,
Generating Set(s), Control Batteries, Motor Control Centres, Power & Lighting
Distribution Boards, Motors, Control Stations, Lighting Fittings, Socket Outlets,
Switches, Instruments, Instrument/Control panels, Communication Fire & Plant
Alarm Systems, etc.
iv) Main routes for distribution of power, control, lighting and instrumentation
cabling, earthing system, with size and construction details, of associated
trenches, ducts, overhead cable trays, floor / wall cut-outs etc.
v) Cable Schedule, giving type and sizes of cables, respective termination points,
approximate route length, etc. for all power, control and instrument cables and
for main lighting cables.
vi) Sub-circuiting of distribution boards for power, lighting, socket outlet supplies,
process instrumentation and control.
vii) Layouts of earthing system showing earth electrodes, main earth loops or
earthing system, details of construction and earth connections to equipment, for
both equipment and static earthing systems.
viii) Layout and constructional details for lightning protection system, showing
protected zones.
ix) The classification and extent of hazardous areas.
x) Typical installation details for Power, Lighting and earthing.
xi) Material take-off Schedule (Bill of Materials).
xii) Basis of Design & Design Calculations.
The contractor shall carry out design in accordance with Purchaser's Design Standards
Listed in Appendix 1. Installation design other than described above shall be in
accordance with this specification and/or as detailed in the Project Documents. Work
not expressly described shall be in accordance with applicable Codes or Standards
detailed in Appendix 1.
2.4 APPROVAL OF DRAWINGS
2.4.1 All design calculations & drawings prepared by the Contractor shall be submitted to the
Engineer / Purchaser / PMC for comments / approval, before they are finalised. The
number of copies to be furnished by the Contractor shall be as indicated in the Contract
Documents.

Page 413 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 5 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
2.4.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining approvals of drawings from Statutory
Authorities or Electrical Power Supply Authority as required, when such drawings are in
his scope of work and required to be prepared by him.

3.0 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

3.1 GENERAL
3.1.1 All equipment and materials supplied by the Contractor shall be suitable in all respects for
the type of environment in which these are to be used. Nature of special conditions of
environment, and the extent of areas affected are specified elsewhere.
3.1.2 All equipment shall be of robust construction. The enclosures of equipment installed
indoors shall be dust & damp proof. Equipments installed outdoors shall have weather
proof enclosures.
However, dust & damp proof equipment with a weather protecting canopy may be
accepted in special cases, subject to the approval of the Purchaser / Consultant's
Engineer.
3.1.3 For equipment installed outdoors, particular attention should be paid to the following:
i) Fixing holes shall not be provided through the enclosure or casing of any
component. External mounting lugs with fixing holes shall be provided.
ii) Removable covers and cable entries at the top of the equipment shall be avoided as
far as possible. Where this is not practicable, suitable means (which
shall be to the approval of the Purchaser / Consultant's Engineer) shall be adopted
to prevent the ingress of water through the covers or cable entries.
iii) Gaskets shall be secured to the main parts of the enclosure, in such a way, that
they need not be detached during normal installation & maintenance. Gasket
material shall be non-deteriorating and shall not deform or set with age. Where
hinged doors are provided, the door fastners shall be designed to ensure uniform
pressure at all points on the gasket. When the door is closed.
3.1.4 Equipment used in hazardous areas shall be certified by a competent authority as suitable
for use in such areas. The enclosures and other requirements shall be in accordance with
the standards & codes listed in Appendix 1.
3.1.5 All equipment & materials supplied by the contractor shall be to the approval of the
Purchaser / Consultant's Engineer regarding its quality, conformity with specifications and
standards and suitability for site conditions.
3.1.6 The Contractor shall furnish required number of copies of test certificates from
manufacturers or statutory authorities for major equipment as well as equipment suitable
for hazardous areas, supplied by him.
3.2 CABLE AND CONDUIT ENTRIES
Tapped entries shall be provided on equipments, for conduits and cables
If tapped entries cannot be provided on the enclosure, conduit or cable glands terminated
at the enclosure shall be effectively bonded to the same by means of an earthing or
bonding washer (e.g. serrated star washer or equal).
3.3 EARTHING TERMINALS / EARTH BUS
All metal work of the enclosures and non-current carrying metallic parts of the equipment
shall be effectively bonded to one another and connected to two external earth terminals
provided on the enclosure. In equipments, such as Motor Control Centres or Switch-
boards on earth bus running along the entire length of the board should be provided in
place of earth terminals, to which the bonding of internal components shall be carried out,

Page 414 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 6 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
the earth bus in turn shall be connected to the main earthing system by 2 separate and
distinct connections.
3.4 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR
The equipment and materials being supplied by the Contractor will be detailed in the
Project Documents. All other equipment and materials required for the complete electrical
installation shall be supplied by the Contractor.
3.5 CABLES
3.5.1 The types of cables used in the installations shall generally be as given below. If any other
special types of cables are required to be used, details of the types will be given
elsewhere.
3.5.1a Paper insulated, lead or lead alloy sheathed armoured or unarmoured, jute served or PVC
sheathed cables of 32, 22 or 11 KV grades, with aluminium conductors.
3.5.1b XLPE insulated screened or unscreened armoured or unarmoured, PVC sheathed cables
of 3.3 KV, 6.6 KV, 11KV, 22KV, 33KV grade with aluminium conductor.
3.5.1c PVC insulated with PVC / rubber inner sheath armoured unarmoured and with overall
PVC sheath with aluminium or copper conductors.
3.5.1d PVC insulated screened or unscreened, armoured or unarmoured PVC outer sheathed
cables of 3.3KV, 6.6KV grade with aluminium conductor.
3.5.1e Muticore flexible cables, with stranded copper conductors, rubber / PVC insulated, with or
without pliable armour and with an overall PVC / Rubber Sheath.
3.5.1f Single core PVC insulated cables with copper / aluminium conductors.
3.5.1g Mineral insulated aluminium conductor cables. Type designation: ALPYRO.
3.5.1h Telephone & communication Cables - Twisted pairs, armoured or unarmoured shielded
cables or coaxial cables.
3.5.1I Special cables - Details of which will be given in specific cases.
3.5.2 Minimum Sizes of Conductors.
No cable having copper conductors of less than 1.5 mm² or aluminium conductors of less
than 35 mm² shall be used, except special types of cable specifically detailed elsewhere.
3.5.3. CABLE TERMINATIONS AND CABLE JOINTS
3.5.3.1 HV XLPE and PVC armoured cables, shall be terminated or jointed by means of cold
setting epoxy based cast resin jointing system or heat shrinkable or cold setting kit. the
ingredients used shall be of best quality, which will give the joint, excellent mechanical
and electrical properties, resistance to aging & tropical climatic conditions. Plastic moulds
shall be used for casting the joints.
3.5.3.2 Heavy duty PVC cables, up to 1.1 KV grade (armoured & unarmoured) shall be
terminated by means of a compression type cable gland. In hazardous areas or for
outdoor installation, cable glands with two seals, one on outer sheath and one on the
inner sheath, shall be used. In safe and indoor areas, cable glands, with only one seal on
outer sheath may be used. In case of glands for armoured cables, armour earthing cone
or washers shall be incorporated in the gland.
3.5.3.3 Universal type cable glands as per cable manufacturer's design shall be used for Mineral
insulated Cables.
3.5.3.4 Glands used in Division 1 hazardous areas shall be of approved flameproof type.

Page 415 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 7 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
3.6 CONDUITS AND CONDUIT ACCESSORIES
Heavy gauge, screwed, rigid steel / PVC conduits shall comply with IS 9537. Steel
conduit may be black enamelled or galvanised as specified elsewhere. PVC conduit
may be black or grey as specified elsewhere.
All conduit fittings and accessories shall be of cast iron / malleable iron / PVC, provided
with screwed entries, and of robust construction. Only large round junction boxes (min.
dia. 80mm) shall be used in the installation. Large round and adaptable rectangular
junction boxes, shall have external fixing lugs. Two external and internal terminals
complete with hardware shall be provided on the steel junction boxes. Terminal blocks
of adequate rating & number shall be provided in the junction boxes for looping.
Inspection type fittings such as bends, elbows and tees shall not be used, unless
specifically called for or approved by the Engineer.
All conduits and accessories shall be black enamelled or galvanised or PVC as
specified elsewhere.
3.7 STRUCTURAL STEEL
All structural steel such as channels, angles, flats, plates, etc. used in the installation
shall be new and of best quality, conforming to relevant Indian Standards.
3.8 CARE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
3.8.1 Storage and Care Prior to Erection
The contractor shall be entirely responsible for the safe storage and care of equipment
and materials he supplies for the contract.
Equipment and materials supplied by the Contractor will be held in the Contractor’s
stores.
During the storage period the Engineer may instruct the Contractor to submit reports
upon the condition of such equipment or materials, to carry out maintenance on
equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions or to attend to such points as
giving motors a part turn to alter the position of bearings and insulation resistance tests
on motor winding.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and maintenance of all electrical
equipment, whether supplied and/or erected by him, after installation is completed and
until the Certificate of Acceptance of Electrical Installation is signed by the Purchaser.
The Contractor shall ensure that the proper enclosure of equipment is maintained at all
times and that access doors or covers are opened only when necessary to work upon
the equipment. All unused cable or conduit entries shall be effectively sealed.

4.0 CIVIL WORK

4.1 GENERAL
All major Civil work such as foundation for electrical equipment, sub-stations or switch
room buildings shall be carried out by the Contractor. Minor civil works such as
grouting of equipment foundation bolts, breaking and remaking of floor walls, etc. shall
also be carried out by the Contractor.
Excavation & backfilling of trenches for directly buried cables, earth electrodes,
installation of street lighting poles (including concrete foundation for poles) shall be in
Contractor's scope of work. Provisions of Hume pipes for road crossings shall also be
in the scope of Contractor's work.

Page 416 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 8 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0

5.0 OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR INSTALLATION

5.1 GENERAL
The installation work for outdoor switchyards shall generally consist of installation of
outdoor equipment, such as air-break switches, lightning arresters, circuit breakers,
current & potential transformers and overhead bus work. Installation of transformers is
covered by Section 6.
5.2 STEEL WORK
All steel work shall be painted in an approved manner as described in Section 13 and
hardware used may be hot dip galvanised.
5.3 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING
5.3.1 Requirements of Indian Electricity Rules shall be strictly observed.
5.3.2 Various types of equipment shall be installed in accordance with drawings and / or
manufacturers instructions and good engineering practice. Particular attention shall be
paid to lubrication of moving parts & bearings, alignment tightness of all connections
(mechanical and electrical ) and wiring.
5.3.3 Overhead bus work shall be of copper or aluminium or A.C.S.R. conductors. Suitable
terminal clamps or connectors shall be provided, except where these are provided on
the equipment. Where dissimilar material are joined. The materials of connectors shall
be suitable for preventing bimetallic corrosion. The connectors shall be vibration-proof
and their design shall allow thermal expansion of conductors. Alternatively, expansion
joints shall be used.
5.3.4 Complete installation shall be tested for its intended satisfactory operation.

6.0 INSTALLATION OF TRANSFORMERS

6.1 GENERAL
This section shall apply to the installation of Power and Distribution Transformers. Small
transformers for special purposes, such as instrument supplies, low voltage supply, etc.
are excluded.
6.2 INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING.
6.2.1 The transformer shall be installed in accordance with IS 10028 - 'CODE OF PRACTICE
FOR INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE OF TRANSFORMERS'.
6.2.2 The transformers shall be moved to its location and shall be correctly positioned on its
base.
All parts of the transformers, which are supplied loose, such as conservator, radiator
banks, buchholz relays, dial thermometers, bushings, etc. shall be fitted onto the
transformer.
Transformer oil supplied in drums shall be filled into the transformer after duly testing /
filtering, up to the correct level required.
6.2.3 In case of large transformers, the tanks may be nitrogen filled. In such cases, the
correct procedure as per manufacturer's instructions should be followed for oil filling.
6.2.4 Wiring of devices such as buchholz relay, dial thermometers, etc. shall be carried out up
to the marshalling box.
6.2.5 The transformer shall be dried out by one of the methods specified in IS 10028. Drying
out with centrifugal or vacuum type filters will, however, be preferred. The Contractor
shall carry out the process of drying out without interruption and shall maintain a sheet

Page 417 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 9 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
indicating time, oil temperature and insulation resistance.
6.2.6 After complete drying out of the transformer, oil samples shall be collected by the
Contractor and shall be tested for dielectric strength as specified in IS 335 .
6.2.7 All devices such as buchholz relays, dial type thermometer and their alarm and trip
contacts shall be checked for satisfactory operations.
6.2.8 All tests specified in Appendix 'C' of IS 10028 shall be carried out by the Contractor (as
applicable to the particular installation in consultation with the Engineer).

7.0 INSTALLATION OF EHV, HV & MV SWITCHGEAR & MOTOR CONTROL CENTRES

7.1 GENERAL
This section covers Switchgear & Motor Control Centres of indoor as well as outdoor
type. The term switchgear used throughout shall include Motor Control Centres also.
7.2 PRELIMINARY INSPECTION
The Contractor shall carry out a preliminary inspection of the equipment to ensure that
the switchgear to be installed is in a satisfactory condition.
7.3 INSTALLATION
The Contractor shall place the switchgear correctly on the bases or foundation prepared
for the same. If the switchgear consists of a switchboard with number of panels bolted
together, he will place all sections of the switchboard correctly, align them and bolt the
sections together to form one continuous switchboard. The switchgear shall then be
secured to the foundation by means of nuts and bolts or foundation bolts grouted in the
base. The Contractor shall also make inter-section bus / wiring connections.
The Contractor shall clean all parts of the switchgear, including HV bushings (with
carbon tetrachloride), plug & socket contacts, auxiliary switches, etc. Conducting
petroleum jelly shall be applied to all electrical contact surfaces.
The Contractor shall lubricate all moving parts of the Circuit Breaker mechanism with
recommended lubricants, and ensure satisfactory mechanical operation. Alignment of
draw out type circuit breakers or switches shall be checked, for horizontal and/or
vertical movements and its correctness shall be ensured. Operation of all mechanical
interlocks shall also be checked.
In case of oil circuit breakers, the Contractor shall fill, clean and test transformer oil in
the circuit breakers, collect oil samples and test the same as per IS 335.
The Contractor shall generally check all internal wiring of the switchgear for its accuracy
as per Vendor's wiring diagram. Satisfactory operation of all controls and protection
circuits, relays, meters & electrical interlocks shall also be checked. Relay settings and
adjustments, if any, shall also be carried out by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall test the insulation resistance of main power circuits, bus bars, P.T.
primary windings, etc. of HV & EHV switchgear with a high voltage megger (minimum
2,500 volts). The insulation resistance of MV switchgear and motor control centres as
well as control and auxiliary wiring of HV & EHV switchgear may be tested with a
500 megger.
The Contractor may also have to carry out high voltage tests on the switchgear, if
indicated elsewhere..
The Contractor shall also carry out Primary and Secondary injection test and check the
calibration of relays and meters wherever required.

Page 418 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 10 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0

8.0 INSTALLATION OF BUSDUCT

The bus duct as per relevant drawings will be supplied in parts and all the parts shall be
assembled and the bus bar connections shall be made at site. The insulators in bus ducts
shall be inspected for any possible damage during transit and the defective ones shall be
replaced. The insulators shall be cleaned. Contact surface of bus bars, bus bar bolts and
nuts shall be thoroughly cleaned. Petroleum jelly shall then be applied and bolted
connection made. The bus duct enclosure shall be checked for earth continuity and then
earthed at two places. The bus duct shall be properly supported between switchgear and
transformer. The opening in the wall where the bus duct enters the switchgear room shall
be completely sealed to avoid rain water entry. Expansion joints, flexible connections etc.
shall be properly connected. The bus duct levelling shall be checked with spirit level and
pendulum weight.

9.0 INSTALLATION OF BATTERIES

Battery shall be erected on stands and insulators supplied by the manufacturer of the
batteries. Electrolyte shall be filled as per manufacturer’s instructions. Inter row
connections shall be made with the leads supplied by the manufacturer. Charging and
discharging shall be carried out as per manufacturers instructions. Lamp bank load for
discharge test shall be provided by the contractor and battery capacity shall be rechecked.

10.0 INSTALLATION OF NEUTRAL EARTHING RESISTOR

The neutral earthing resistor shall be inspected for any damage to the resistor grid and other
components. The resistor shall be levelled and installed. All covers etc. shall be checked for
tightness to ensure that the enclosure of the resistor is dust, vermin and weatherproof.
Earthing conductors shall be taken from the outer end terminal of the resistor for connection
to earth electrodes and to the main grid.

11.0 INSTALLATION OF POWER & LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION BOARD

11.1 GENERAL
This section shall apply generally to Power & Lighting Distribution Boards, which may
comprise switch-fuse units, isolators, fused distribution boards, distribution boards with
miniature circuit breakers, circuit switchboxes etc.
11.2 PRELIMINARY INSPECTION
The contractor shall carry out a preliminary inspection of the equipment before installation
to ensure that the equipment is in a satisfactory condition.
11.3 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING
The installation of factory built distribution boards shall be carried out generally in the same
manner as for M.V. Switchboards of Motor Control Centres.
In case of wall / structure mounted distribution boards, the Contractor shall fabricate and
install the structural steel framework suitable for mounting the various distribution boards.
The Contractor may have to prepare drawing showing the proposed general arrangement,
of the structural frame which shall be to the approval of the Engineer. The fabrication and
installation of the framework shall be recommended only after the approval of drawing.
Various items for the distribution board shall be mounted in accordance with the approved
drawings.
After completion of the installation of distribution boards, internal / interconnecting wiring
shall be checked for correctness. Insulation resistance of wiring and equipment shall be
tested with a 500 Volts megger. Operations of all equipments shall be checked for correct

Page 419 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 11 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
functioning.

12.0 MOTORS
12.1 GENERAL
Motor shall be installed along with the driven equipment.
12.2 COMMISSIONING OF MOTORS
The Contractor shall check all the motors installed, carry out the tests required and
commission the motors. The work will include the following:
a. Check rotor for free movement.
b. Check end play in bearings.
c. Check for mechanical defects, if any, by visual inspection.
d. Inspect bearings to ensure they are greased.
e. For D.C. or slip ring induction motors, check commutators, slip rings, brushes,
brush holders and springs, brush lifting gear, etc. for satisfactory condition.
f. Check direction of rotation for correctness and reconnect the leads, if necessary.
g. Check conduit entries on terminal boxes, block unused entries.
h. Carry out insulation test with an appropriate megger.

13.0 CABLE INSTALLATION

13.1 GENERAL
This section covers installation, termination and connection of various types of single-core
or multicore cables (Ref. Sec.3.5).
13.2 INSTALLATION OF CABLES
13.2.1 Cable routes and mode of installation shall generally be as shown in the relevant
construction drawings. When these are not indicated on the drawings, the Contractor shall
determine the same and get them approved from the Engineer before commencing the
work.
For multiple runs of cables, separation between individual cables shall be provided, when
so indicated, to meet the following conditions.
i) Spacing between loaded cables (power) to suit the rating factors applied in the cable
installation design.
ii) Separation between cables for high voltage service and medium or low voltage service.
iii) Separation between certain types of cables for instrument service and other cables.
iv) Separation between duplicate feeders run along the same route, to prevent damage to
one feeder when the other feeder becomes faulty.
13.2.2 Identification tags indicating cable designation, shall be affixed to each cable at ends and at
an interval not exceeding 15 meters or at the location where cables change direction or
elevation. Cable tags shall be made of stainless steel or any other non-corroding material
suitable for site and installation conditions. Cable designation shall be embossed in the
tags.
13.2.3 Mode of Installation
Modes of installation of cables shall generally be as given below:

Page 420 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 12 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
i) Directly buried in the ground.
ii) Installed in built-up trenches in ground, floors, etc.
iii) On cable trays run overhead along pipe/cable racks, or supported on structures,
masonry etc.
iv) Cables run along structural steelwork or masonry, supported by suitable saddles, cleats,
hangers, etc.
13.2.4 Directly Buried Cables
Trenches shall be excavated along the routes indicated in the relevant drawings and / or
approved by the Engineer. They shall be straight and excavated uniformly to a depth shown
on the relevant drawings or approved by the Engineer.
After excavation, the floor of the trenches shall be firmed and a bedding of sifted soil or
clean sand with a well distributed grain size shall be prepared. The bedding shall be well
compacted to density of 1,750 kg / cubic meter. The thickness of the compacted bedding
shall not be less than 75mm.
Proper equipment, such as stands for supporting cable drums and rollers for drawing
cables shall be used for laying cables in trenches. Cables shall be laid without kinks and
utmost care shall be taken in handling them.

After laying the cables, they shall be covered with sifted soil or clean sand well compacted,
up to 150 mm above the top of cables. The cables shall be covered by interlocking cable
tiles extending at least 50 mm beyond the cables on both sides. Alternative methods, such
as use of bricks for cable protection or coloured concrete screen, as specified elsewhere.
After placing of cable tiles, the trenches shall be backfilled completely with riddled soil.
Large stones shall not be backfilled. The backfill shall be well rammed and compacted.
At road crossings or at specified locations, cables shall be laid in hume pipes or
prefabricated cable ducts, or any other type of pipes specified elsewhere. After drawing the
cables, the ends of pipes or ducts shall be sealed adequately with wooden plugs or any
other approved means, to prevent ingress of soil or dirt into the pipes and ducts.
When directly buried cables enter the buildings, the openings made in walls shall also be
adequately sealed to prevent ingress of soil or sub--soil water into the building. Bituminous
or suitable type of PVC compound shall be used for this purpose.
Approved type of cable markers shall be fixed along the cable routes at a distance not
exceeding 15 meters along straight routes, and also where cable loops or cable joints are
located. The position of cable markers and cable identification tags shall coincide.
When cables are laid in multiple tiers, space between individual tier shall be filled and
compacted with sifted soil or sand. Spacing between tiers shall be as specified elsewhere.
Protective cable tiles above the topmost tier only.
13.2.5 Cables in Built-up Trenches
Cables run in trenches shall unless otherwise specified, be installed in sand, in layers.
Separators of non-combustible materials shall be provided, where necessary to ensure
adequate segregation between cables.
Each layer of cables shall be laid on a compacted and consolidated bed of clean sand
having well distributed grain sizes (silver sand). Each layer of cables shall be covered by a
well compacted clean sand up to 75 mm above the top of cables. Next layer of cables will
be laid on this sand bed. On completion of laying of cables, the whole trench shall be
completely sand filled and well compacted. The trenches shall then be covered by any one
of the following methods as specified elsewhere.

Page 421 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 13 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
Built-up trenches for cables may be provided in outdoor plant areas, buildings, switch
rooms,
a) Fitted with RCC covers (preferably coloured red) and sealed.
b) Screened over with red coloured lean concrete to finished payment level.
c) Fitted with removable steel chequered plate, covers, generally in sub-stations,
switch-rooms, control rooms and similar indoor locations.
d) Fitted with specially designed covers at road crossings or similar locations
subjected to heavy traffic.
Cables emerging from trenches for final runs to items of equipment shall be protected by
steel pipes up to a height of 200 mm above the finished floor/pavement level. Pipes shall
be fixed onto the trench wall and where they pass through the trench cover, shall be
sealed with bitumastic compound.
All openings in trenches for ducts, cable entry into buildings, etc. shall be sealed
adequately with bitumastic compound or lean concrete.
The trenches in non-hazardous indoor areas, such as control rooms, switch rooms, etc.,
need not be sand filled. Cables may be supported in trenches by means of hangers, cleats,
cable trays, etc.
13.2.6 Cables on Walls, Structures or Cable Trays
Cables shall be run on walls, structure or laid on cable trays, as required. Only approved
type of cable supports or fixings such as cleats, saddles, hangers or straps shall be used.
13.2.6.a Cables Fixed to the Walls or Steelwork
Cables shall be secured by means of saddle bars and saddles. Minimum clear spacing
between walls or steelwork and cables shall be 6mm ( ¼"). The type of saddles used shall
be as shown in the relevant drawings or subject to the approval of the Engineer.
13.2.6.b Cables Supported on Cable Trays
Cables shall be secured to the cable trays by means of single fixing type of saddles or
adjustable cable saddles, made of approved material, when run on horizontal or vertical
cable trays.
13.2.6.c Spacing of Cable Supports
Maximum horizontal & vertical spacing of cable supports shall not exceed 750 mm (30") &
500 mm (20") respectively. When cables are run on cable trays, they shall be securely
supported on each rung of the cable tray.
13.2.7 Cable Trays
Cable trays shall be one of the following types or as specified elsewhere:
i) Site fabricated ladder type cable trays from M.S. Channels, angles, flats as per
cable tray details depending on the weight of cables required to be supported on
cable trays and maximum cable tray supporting distance. The construction of
these cable trays shall be all welded type.
ii) Shop fabricated, heavy pattern, perforated, steel cable trays, galvanised or
painted as specified elsewhere. The cable trays shall be in standard length
sections and shop fabricated bends or tees shall be used. Individual sections
shall be securely bolted together.

iii) Shop fabricated PVC / FRP cable trays.

Page 422 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 14 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
Cable trays supports and tray design shall be based on the loading of cable trays.
Generally, the design, shall be such that cable trays supports spacing will be 2 meters or
more.
13.2.8 Single Core Cables
Single core Cables comprising one 3 phase circuit shall be run throughout in trefoil
formation. Cables spacers made of hardwood blocks or any other suitable non-magnetic
material shall be used for supporting the cables. Type and material of clamps shall be to
the approval of the Engineer.
Single core cables shall not be run directly buried in ground unless they are installed in a
protected area, not accessible to unauthorised persons and suitable mechanical protection
is provided. When more than one cable is in parallel per phase, care should be taken to
ensure that all such cables have equal lengths. When single core cables are run in trefoil
formation, for long distances, cables shall be transposed at regular intervals.
13.3 TERMINATION & CONNECTION OF CABLES
13.3.1 High Voltage PVC / XLPE Armoured Cables
H.V. XLPE / PVC armoured cables shall be terminated or jointed by means of cold setting
epoxy based cast resin jointing system or heat shrinkable or push on type cold setting kit.
In case of cable terminations at equipment, dust sealing glands may be used where cables
enter the enclosure, even though the termination is made with cast resin. Particular care
shall be taken to ensure proper bond between the cable armour and earthing system. The
earthing clamp and the earth conductor shall be of adequate size to ensure sufficient earth
return current in the event of a fault. for HV cables, a stress cone shall be made for proper
distribution of dielectric stress.
13.3.2 Heavy Duty LT PVC / XLPE Cables
Heavy duty LT PVC / XLPE Cables, armoured or unarmoured shall be terminated with
compression type cable glands.
When armoured cables are used, the armour shall be prepared in a manner suitable for the
type of cable glands. Armour shall be securely clamped & bonded to the body of the gland.
Armour shall be properly cleaned and petroleum conducting jelly applied to the armour as
well as clamping surfaces. When specifically called for and in hazardous areas, cable
glands shall be further sealed with cold setting PVC compound.
When cable glands are fixed onto a sheet metal enclosure, with a slip hole, a bonding /
earthing washer and a heavy check - out shall be used to ensure effective bonding of the
cable gland with the enclosure.
In corrosive areas, glands shall be coated with corrosion inhibiting varnish lacquer after
installation and covered with PVC hoods, if specifically called for.
13.3.3 Mineral Insulated Metal Sheathed Cables
These cables shall be terminated with the appropriate glands and in a manner
recommended by the manufacturers.
13.3.4 Prevention of Strain at Terminations
Special attention shall be given to ensure that the cable is adequately supported so that
there is no strain on the termination or connection of conductors
Particularly when cables are terminated at equipments, which are subject to vibrations,
strain relief clamps shall be provided where the support for the cable is derived from the
equipment so as to prevent relative displacement of the support with respect to the
termination.

Page 423 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 15 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
In case of small sized PVC cables or mineral insulated cables a loop may be formed
adjacent to the termination. This will also allow for slight movement of the equipment.
13.3.5 Connection of Cable Cores / Conductors

13.3.5.a All cable cores or conductors shall be connected to the equipment terminals be means of
approved type of connectors. Conductors of small sizes may be directly connected to
equipment terminals, without using special connectors. The sizes of directly connected
conductors will depend on the type of terminals provided. Connections of larger cables or
cables connected to motors shall be made, generally with crimping type cable lugs, unless
best quality, approved type, mechanical connectors are used. Solid conductor of small size
cable shall be connected by forming loop and Ross Cutney.
13.3.5.b Conductors shall be thoroughly cleaned and smeared with conducting petroleum jelly
before they are connected directly or with mechanical connectors, particularly when bi-
metallic connections, such as aluminium and copper or brass are made. Materials used for
mechanical connectors shall also be of suitable type when bi-metallic connections are
involved.
Mechanical connectors or equipment terminals shall be of pressure clamp type (not
pinching type), when aluminium conductors are to be connected. However, if stranded
aluminium conductors have to be made to pinching type terminals, the conductors shall be
soldered solid before connection.
13.3.5.c Core identification ferrules or coloured PVC adhesive tapes shall be provided for all
multicore cables at the point of connection. Generally, red, yellow & blue coloured tapes
may be used for identification of cores in power circuits. Ferrules or numbered tapes shall
be used for identification of control cable cores.
13.3.5.d Jointing & Soldering of Aluminium Conductors
Most of the cables used will be with aluminium conductors, and the contractor shall
exercise care for joining and soldering aluminium cables. The contractor shall ensure that
this work will be carried out by competent persons having a thorough knowledge and
experience of aluminium soldering work in electrical trade and preferably, having a
certificate from cable manufacturers.
The Contractor shall use special soldering materials & accessories such as fluxes, special
wiping cloth, cleaning tongs, special laddies & solder pot with thermometer, which are
essential for joining. The work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with approved
codes of practice for aluminium conductor soldering.
All materials used shall be of approved type. Petroleum conducting jelly or equivalent
corrosion inhibiting compound shall be copiously used after finishing the above work, to
prevent corrosion and its after effects
14.0 LIGHTING INSTALLATION
14.1 GENERAL
The lighting fixtures in the plant shall be fed from lighting panel. All outdoor lighting shall
be group controlled from control stations or through synchronous timer or photocell.
Lighting wiring between panel and lighting fixtures shall be done with PVC insulated
3 core (phase, neutral and earth) copper conductor armoured cable for hazardous areas.
Wiring in the building shall be done by means of 3 – core copper conductor, PVC insulated,
armoured cables, or PVC insulated copper conductor wires in conduit / Metsec
channel as specified elsewhere. All joints of conductors in Switchboards / JBs, fittings
shall be made only by means of approved mechanical connectors (nylon / PVC
connectors), Bare twist joints shall be permitted any where in the wiring system.

Page 424 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 16 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
14.1.1 The electrical contractor shall determine, with approval of Engineer-in-charge or his
authorised representative, the exact locations of each fixture in order to avoid interference
with piping or other mechanical equipment and also with a view to obtain as much uniform
illumination as practicable and to avoid objectionable shadow. Conduits shall be laid out
by the contractor to suit field conditions as per directions of the Engineer-in-Charge.
14.1.2 On walkway, platforms and other outdoor area, lighting fixtures shall be located nearer to
landing of stairs or ladders, gauges, flow meters, panel boards and other equipment to
provide proper illumination.
14.1.3 The minimum height of any lighting fixture shall be preferably not less than 2.5 meters
above the floor level.
14.1.4 All outdoor cable terminations to junction boxes, panels etc. shall be preferably through
bottom or side entry. Top entries for cables shall be avoided to avoid water entry. All
cable glands for outdoor terminations shall be double compression type and the gland
shall be covered with PVC or rubber boot shroud. All unused cable entries shall be
plugged with suitable blanking plugs.
14.1.5 Mounting height of equipment shall be as under :-
Top of Witch Box : 1200 mm from FFL (Finished floor level)
Top of Lighting / Power Panel : 1800 mm from FFL
5/15 Amp. Receptacle : 300 mm from FFL unless otherwise specified
(1200 mm for process areas).
Lighting fixture : As indicated in layout drawing.
Exhaust fan : In the cut out provided / As indicated in Layout
Drawing.
14.1.6 Fixtures shall be firmly supported from the structures. Support clamps etc. may be bolted
or welded to the existing steel work or metal inserts. In case of concrete structures, where
metal inserts are not available, fixtures shall be suspended from Concrete surfaces with
the help of anchor fasteners. In such cases special care shall be taken to see that
anchoring is firm. In places where ceiling fans are provided, lighting fixtures shall be
suspended below the level of fan to avoid shadow of fan falling on ground.

14.1.7 Circuit cables shall be cleared in a group to structure by using galvanised strip clamps or
run in cable trays wherever trays are available. Spacers and cleats shall be of required
size to accommodate the cables. All hardware shall be galvanised or zinc passivated.
Underground lighting cables (in paved areas) shall be taken in suitable G.I. sleeves buried
at a minimum depth of 300 mm from FFL. GI pipe sleeves shall be extended to 300 mm
above FFL. Exact termination / layout of G.I. pipes ( for protection of cables ) shall be
decided at site as per site convenience.)

14.1.8 Wiring for all socket outlet shall be done with 3 cores of equal sizes of wire for phase,
neutral and earth. The terminals of switch sockets shall be suitable to receive the size of
wire specified elsewhere.
14.1.9 All lighting fixtures shall be provided with terminal block with required terminals suitable for
connection of 2.5 sq. mm conductor size or higher as specified elsewhere.

14.1.10 The cable shall be straightened after unwinding it from the drum. All cables be clamped /
laid in straight run without any sag and kink.
14.1.11 For location where fan points are shown, fan hooks with junction box shall be provided
during concreting. Where fan hooks and J.Bs. are provided separately JB shall be located
within a distance of 300 mm from hook for mounting of ceiling rose.

Page 425 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 17 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
14.1.12 Industrial type plug sockets with appropriate rating of MCB or rating as per job
specification shall be provided at a height of 500 mm from FFL for window AC units.
Socket outlets plugs in Sub-station, DG shed, workshop maintenance shop etc. shall be of
industrial metal clad type.
14.1.13 Wiring for exhaust fans shall be terminated in receptacles as specified elsewhere and
the connection from receptacle to the exhaust fan shall be by means of a flexible cord
equivalent in size to the main run of wires. Switch for exhaust fan shall be located in
a separate switch board along with other switches.
14.2 CONDUIT INSTALLATION
14.2.1 Surface Conduit Installation
When conduits for exposed or concealed wiring are installed on surface, the complete
routing shall be marked on the surfaces. The installation shall be carried out only after
approval of the routing by the Engineer. Conduit installation shall be carried out accurately
and neatly, with conduit runs truly vertical or horizontal. Conduits shall be threaded to close
tolerances and burr removed from the ends after threading. All screwed connections shall
ensure that at least five threads are engaged and electrical continuity maintained.
Conduits shall be supported with saddles at a spacing of 1200mm max. for conduits up to
1" size and 180mm maximum for larger sizes. Saddles shall also be provided at both ends
of fittings, equipment, devices, junction boxes, bends or offsets, within 200mm max.
Minimum clearance between conduit and surface shall be 6mm. Saddles shall be of cast /
malleable iron, cast aluminium or any other approved material, and galvanised painted or
cadmium plated.
14.2.2 Embedded Conduit Installation
Conduit installation may be embedded in RCC structures or brick work.
The installation in RCC structures shall be carried out after the form work and
reinforcement work is complete, but before concreting . Concreting, which will be done only
after completion of the conduit installation and its approval by the Engineer. Conduits laid
in concrete all have minimum 50mm cover up to the finished surface and shall preferably
be laid behind the reinforcement. Conduits shall be securely led to prevent their movement
during concreting.
Installation in brickwork will require chases to be made in brickwork, sufficiently deep to
provide adequate cover for the conduits. Conduits shall be securely fixed to the brickwork
and chases made good.
In this type of conduit installation, a galvanised fish wire shall be drawn in conduits.
All embedded accessories such as junction boxes, switchboxes, etc. shall be mounted
such that they will flush with the finished surfaces including plaster. All joints in the
installation shall be tight and covers properly gasketted and fixed to prevent ingress of
concrete slurry, water or dust.
14.3 Conduit Wiring
Conduit wiring shall generally be carried out with single core PVC insulated cables / wires.
If any other type of cables is to be used, the same will be indicated in the Contract
Documents.
The Conduit installation shall be complete in all respects before the cables are drawn in
conduits. All conduit runs shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, moisture, etc. by blowing
compressed air or by any other suitable means. An approved lubricating compound (such
as soap stone powder, lux flakes or talc) shall be applied to the insulated cables before
they are drawn in conduits. The cables shall be neatly bunched together to prevent kinks or

Page 426 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 18 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
twisting.
14.4 POINT WIRING
Each point wiring shall comprise the following:
Supply and installation of ¾" /1" / 1¼" heavy duty M.S. / PVC conduits with MS / PVC
accessories such as 90° bends, inspection Tees etc. as required - supply and pulling of 2
nos. 3/22 PVC insulated stranded copper single core wires of 440V grade and one number
14 SWG copper wire outside conduit for earthing. It shall also include supply and
installation of multi-way large round junction boxes with Dome / Flat covers and four way,
15A terminal block. For suspending of fluorescent lighting fitting, dome cover junction box
shall be used.
Supply, Fabrication and Fixing of hardware such as clamp, Saddles Bolts, Nuts,
Framework, etc. as required. 14 gauge bare copper earthing wire shall be run within
conduits for earthing of fittings, junction boxes, switch / single phase socket outlet
enclosures.
Earthing shall be done at single point.
Wiring from LDB to lighting fittings exhaust fans single phase outlets, shall be carried out
with 3/22, YY cables through ¾" /1" / 1¼" heavy duty M.S / PVC conduits.
Junction boxes shall be fixed on brackets, fabricated from 25 x 3 mm MS flat. Such
brackets shall be fixed to the ceiling / wall by means of anchor bolts / nylon raw plugs and
screws. Each equipment such as lighting fittings, switches, junction boxes, socket outlets,
exhaust fans etc. shall be earthed internally by the third core of the 3 x 2.5 mm² YWY cable
used.
14.5 MEASUREMENT OF POINT WIRING
Wiring from D.B's / switchboard to the first lighting fitting through the circuit switch shall be
considered as one point. Wiring from the first fitting to the next fitting in the same circuit
shall be considered as half point. Wiring to the exhaust fan shall be considered as one
point. For measurement of switch socket point wiring, wiring from D.B. / switchboard upto
first socket outlet through ckt. switch shall be considered as one point. Subsequent wiring
to next socket outlet shall be considered as half point, supply and installation of light fitting,
fans, exhaust fans, socket outlets shall be covered under separate item rate.
If a separate circuit is tapped from the same lighting circuit, it shall be treated as half point.
If a socket is located very near to a Distribution Board, it will be considered as half point.
Otherwise this shall be considered as an independent point.
Quoted rate of point wiring is applicable for any length of conduit emanating from LDB to
first fitting and for subsequent points also.

14.6 HAZARDOUS AREA INSTALLATION

14.6.1 Wiring in hazardous area shall be done by using minimum 2.5 mm2 copper conductor
armoured cable. Circuit wiring feeding hazardous areas shall be controlled by two pole
switches / MCBs ( for phase as well as neutral isolation).
14.6.2 Correct type of lighting equipment (fixtures and JBs) with regard to enclosure protection
as specified elsewhere, shall be installed for the areas classified as Zone 1, Zone 2 etc.
14.6.3 The terminations in the junction boxes and the lighting fittings shall be done avoiding
possibility of loose connections due to vibrations. After the terminations are made the
cover of the junction boxes and the lighting fittings shall be closed properly with all bolts
and hardware in correct position, retaining its explosion and weather protections. In
fixtures having double cable entries, both the entries shall be used for looping in and

Page 427 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 19 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
looping out connection, thus minimising the use of a separate junction box. Wherever
separate control gear boxes (C.G. box) are provided looping in and looping out
connections shall be through CG box, thus avoiding the use of an additional junction box.
All unused cable entries shall be sealed with suitable plugs.
14.6.4 Cable glands for terminating cable on flameproof equipment shall be of double
compression FLP type. Any material / equipment specified to be supplied by contractor for
installation in hazardous areas, shall be tested by CMRI and duly approved by C.C.E
Nagpur.
14.7 BUILDING LIGHTING
14.7.1 The type of wiring system shall comprise surface / concealed conduit system or cable
wiring as specified elsewhere.
14.7.2 Mounting details of fixtures shall be indicated on the drawings.
14.7.3 Wiring in areas above false ceiling shall be done in Surface Conduit (25 mm dia GI
conduit) suitably clamped to the true ceiling. Vertical drops from true ceiling for panels,
switches, receptacles etc. shall be taken in 25 mm dia PVC conduit concealed in walls up
to switch boards / panels. Lighting fixtures shall be supported from true ceiling. Exact
location of fixtures shall be finalised in co-ordination with air-conditioning duct diffuser
layout, panels layout and false ceiling grid layout. To facilitate easy maintenance ‘Looping
back system’ of wiring shall be followed throughout. Accordingly supply tappings and other
interconnections including those for earthing are made only at fixture connector blocks or
at switch boards. Required number of junction boxes shall be used at intervals for wire
pulling and inspection.
14.8 STREET LIGHTING
14.8.1 Street lighting poles to be located on road side shall be installed at a minimum distance of
300 mm from the edge of the walkway of the road. Size of wires from marshalling box up
to fixture shall be 1.5 mm2 / 2.5 mm2, copper conductor PVC insulated.
14.8.2 Each pole shall be earthed at two points by connecting to the plant earth grid as shown on
Installation standards.
14.8.3 Street lighting fixture shall be mounted on steel tubular poles as per standard drawings.
The foundation for the street lighting poles will be made by electrical contractor. Street
lighting poles shall be supplied with a base plate.
14.9 MAST LIGHTING
14.9.1 The lattice structure masts shall be installed on concrete foundations with the base plate
bolted on to the anchor bolts. The lattice structure shall be painted with a coat of primer
and two coats of aluminium paint, the second coat to be given just before handing over to
the owner. The masts shall be numbered as per drawings. The masts shall be connected
to the plant earth grid at two points.
14.9.2 The main feeder up to the distribution board of lighting mast shall be through PVC
insulated armoured cable of size as specified elsewhere. Wiring from Distribution Board to
each flood – light fixture shall be by means of a 3-core 2.5 sq mm, copper conductor PVC
insulated armoured cable. All the cables shall be neatly clamped to the structure at
intervals not exceeding 25 cms.

15.0 EARTHING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION

15.1 GENERAL
This Section covers installation of earthing system for electrical equipment, static earthing
and for lightning protection. Installation of earthing system for electrical equipment and
static earthing shall be carried out in accordance with IS 3043 - 'CODE OF PRACTICE

Page 428 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 20 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
FOR EARTHING' and IS 7689 - GUIDE FOR CONTROL OF UNDESIRABLE STATIC
ELECTRICITY respectively. Earthing system for lightning protection shall be in
accordance with IS 2309 - 'CODE OF PRACTICE FOR THE PROTECTION OF
BUILDINGS AND ALLIED STRUCTURES AGAINST LIGHTNING'.
Generally, a common earthing system shall be provided for equipment earthing and static
earthing. The earthing system for lightning protection shall be separate and may be
interconnected with the former, unless otherwise specified elsewhere.
15.2 EARTH ELECTRODES
Earth electrodes shall generally consist of copper or G.I. plates buried in ground or copper
coated steel rods or cast-iron pipes driven in ground. The type of electrodes shall be as
specified elsewhere. The method of installation of earth electrode shall be in accordance
with the drawings or in accordance with IS 3043, when the drawings are not furnished.
15.3 MAIN EARTH CONDUCTORS
Main earth conductors shall be copper or G.I flats or stranded copper / aluminium
conductors with or without PVC sheath as specified elsewhere. They shall be connected,
at one end, to the earth electrode and to the earth bus or test - link at the other end. All
connections below ground shall be made by bolting or riveting and brazing or welding.
Sizes of main earth conductors shall be as specified elsewhere. All connections to the test
- link or earth bus shall be securely bolted. Contact surfaces shall be tinned and suitably
protected with Petroleum Conducting Jelly to prevent corrosion. All connections below
ground shall be protected as per IS 3043.

15.4 EARTH SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT BONDING

Main Earth Loops or Earthing Ring Mains shall originate from the earth bus or test links.
Equipments shall be connected to the main earth loops by means of earth conductors.
All electrical equipment viz. transformers, switchgear, motor control centres, motors,
control stations, switches lighting fittings and other electrical apparatus shall be connected
to the main earth loop by means of two separate and distinct, external earth conductors.
The material, type and size of the earth conductors will be as shown in the drawings or as
specified elsewhere.
Two earth terminals will, generally, be provided on most of the electrical equipment.
However, if these are not provided, the Contractor shall provide the same, by drilling and
tapping the equipment suitably and supply necessary hardware.
The entire conduit installation, cable sheaths and cable armour shall also be bonded to
earth at both ends. It must be ensured that the conduit installations maintain electrical
continuity throughout its entire length. Conduits shall be effectively bonded together at
each joint, such as couplings, junction boxes, draw boxes or any other accessories and
equipments. Where conduits and screwed cable glands are terminated at equipment
enclosures with slip-holes, earthing / bonding washer (e.g. star - washer) shall be used to
maintain electrical continuity.
All earth connections with solid or stranded conductors shall be made by means of
soldered / crimping cable lugs. Connections with copper or G.I. flats shall be directly
bolted type. All hardware used shall be galvanised steel, brass or passivated to prevent
corrosion. Spring washer or lock washers shall be used to make all connections secure
and vibration
Earth connections from transformer neutrals and lightning arresters shall be taken as
directly as possible to the earth buses or test links. Main earth conductors from earth bus
or test - link to the Earth Electrode shall be coated with bitumastic.

Page 429 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 21 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
15.5 LIGHTNING PROTECTION
Lightning protection system shall generally comprise lightning finals (air terminals), roof
conductors, down conductors, test links and earth electrodes. The number, types,
materials and sizes shall be in accordance with the drawings or as specified elsewhere.
Air terminals shall be mounted on top of buildings or structures as shown in the drawings.
All air terminals shall be inter-connected with roof conductors, chimneys, vent, pipes, hand
rails or any other metallic projection above the roofs shall also be bonded to the roof
conductors. Down conductors from air terminals or from roof conductors shall be routed as
directly as possible to the test links on earth buses, with minimum bends.
All provisions regarding connections of conductors for equipment earthing system shall
also apply to lightning protection system. In corrosive atmospheres, lightning finials or air
terminals shall be covered by plumbing metal for corrosion protection.

16.0 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION IN HAZARDOUS AREAS

16.1 GENERAL
Electrical installation in hazardous areas as defined in I.S. 5571 shall be carried out with
utmost care and special precautions shall be taken to ensure operational safety.
All personnel, especially supervisory staff, working on such installations shall be fully
conversant with the applicable National Standards and Codes of Practice and shall have
previous experience of such work.
16.2 EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS
Electrical equipment and materials used in the installation shall conform to the relevant
Standards and shall be certified (by a competent authority) suitable for use in Division 1 or
Division 2 hazardous areas, as the case may be.
No modifications shall be made in any certified equipment or material used in the
installation which will impair its effectiveness and invalidate the certificate.
All certified equipments shall be inspected before their use for any damaged or
deteriorated condition which will render the equipment unsafe. Such equipments shall not
be used in the installation.
When any equipment is dismantled for the purpose of installation, care shall be taken to
prevent damage to vulnerable parts such as screw threads, conduit threads, machined
surfaces, etc. If the equipment is to remain dismantled for a prolonged period, machined
surfaces, screw threads, etc. shall be protected against corrosion by means of grease, oil,
petroleum jelly or any suitable corrosion inhibiter. These shall, however, be cleaned
thoroughly before re-assembly.
All hardware used for mounting shall be hot dip galvanised or plated to prevent corrosion.
All bolted connections shall be made secure and vibration proof by means of locknuts,
lock washers, etc.
16.3 WIRING
All wiring in Division 1 hazardous areas shall be carried out with armoured cables or with
PVC insulated wires laid in solid drawn seamless conduits. In Division 2 areas, ERW
conduit may be used.
Termination of cables shall be made with certified or approved cable glands or cable end
boxes. Cable glands and boxes shall be effectively sealed. All conductors connections
shall be made with soldered / crimping cable lugs, or approved mechanical connectors. It
must be ensured that all connections shall be made secure and vibration-proof, by means
of locknuts, lock-washers, etc. Prevention of strain at terminations is of utmost

Page 430 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 22 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
importance.
16.4 EARTHING
All provisions of Section 12 for earthing apply with much greater force regarding effective
bonding of electrical equipment, cable armour, conduit installation, process equipments
and process piping (requiring static earthing) to the earthing system.
Special attention shall be paid to the following:
a) Adequate support for earth conductors throughout for protection against breakage.
b) Secure and vibration proof earth connections, protected suitably against corrosion.
c) Continuity of conduit installation or process piping when static earthing is required, by
means of conduit bonds.
16.5 MISCELLANEOUS
All opening between hazardous and non-hazardous areas for cable and conduits shall be
properly sealed by approved means. In case of conduit wiring, conduit stopper boxes shall
be used in conduit runs at the junction of hazardous and non-hazardous areas or at
terminations of conduit runs at any equipment such as motors, starters, push buttons, etc.
Stopper boxes at the junction of hazardous and non-hazardous areas, shall be located at
the boundary between the 2 areas.

17.0 STEEL WORK

17.1 All steel work carried out by the Contractor for equipment and cable supports such as
cable trays, brackets, hangers, saddles, etc. shall be of the best workmanship. Only
certified welders shall be employed for welding. All bolted connections shall be made
secure and vibration proof by means of spring washers or lock washers or lock nuts.
Fixing or grouting of steel-work in floor, ceilings or walls shall be carried out with
approved foundation bolts or fasteners.
17.2 Finished steel work shall be thoroughly cleaned by wire-brushing or sand blasting etc.
All scales and rust shall be removed. The steelwork shall be then painted with 2 coats of
approved primer such as red oxide or red lead and shall be finished with 2 further coats
of approved paint.
17.3 When atmospheric conditions are highly corrosive, chemical works type paints may be
specified. In such cases, special primers and paints shall be used for adequate
protection from corrosion.

18.0 INSPECTION, TESTS & COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

AND INSTALLATION
18.1 GENERAL
This Section covers the requirements of inspection & tests to be carried out on
equipment and installation as well as commissioning of electrical installation. Inspection
and tests shall be carried out jointly by the Contractor in presence of Engineer and / or
Owner.
18.2 INSPECTION
Inspection shall be carried out to ensure that the complete installation is carried out in
accordance with drawings and complies with the requirements laid down by Indian
Electricity Rules, Regulations for the Electrical Equipment of Building by Insurance
Association of India (Fire Section), Indian Standard Specifications & Codes of Practice,
Electrical Inspector, Explosive inspector and any other statutory regulations and
competent authorities. The complete installation shall be subject to the approval of any

Page 431 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 23 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
or all of the competent authorities and the Owner / Engineer.
18.3 DETAILS OF TESTS
The tests specified below shall be carried out on the electrical equipment and
installation before commissioning the same. The tests shall be performed by or under
the direct supervision of a competent person, qualified to carry out the tests. All tests
shall be carried out in the presence of the Authorised Representative of the Owner
and/or the Engineer, unless this stipulation is waived in writing.
The installation shall not be accepted by the Owner unless it has been approved by the
competent authorities, and the authorised representative of the Owner and/or the
Engineer.
All test results shall be recorded on prescribed 'ELECTRICAL TEST REPORTS' duly
signed by the person conducting the test and by the authorised representative of the
Owner and/or the Engineer, if tests are witnessed.
In case the installation is found to be not in conformity with the requirements or the test
results indicate defective materials or workmanship, the same will have to be rectified to
the complete satisfaction of the Owner / Engineer and tested again.
18.3.1 POWER & DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
a) Check HV & LV cable terminations, ground connections, fittings and accessories,
oil level and oil leaks at various joints. Check breather, thermometers & buchholz
relay for proper functioning and operation. Check junction boxes, marshalling
box, etc. for correct wiring.
b) Oil Test
c) Dielectric test as per Clause 7.11 of IS 10028. The oil shall withstand at least 40
KV with a gap of 4mm.
d) Insulation Resistance Test
e) This may be carried out on new transformer without drying out the transformer,
provided the transformer has not been idle or stored for a long period.
Otherwise, this test shall be carried out during drying out of transformers.
Insulation resistance test shall be carried out between primary & secondary to
ground as well as between primary and secondary. Windings not under test shall
be grounded during the test.

f) A megger rated 1000 volts or higher shall be used for the test.
g) Check operation of automatic tap changer and its control panels (local and
remote), for correct functioning, if provided.
h) Check operation of forced cooling system complete with its control panel for
correct functioning, if provided.
i) Polarity & Phasing Out Test
j) Check external connection of the transformer in accordance with diagram of
connections and phase sequence (anti - clockwise).
k) Polarity & Connections of Instrument Transformers
l) Check for correctness of CT & PT connections provided with transformer. Check
electrical continuity of secondary circuits with ELV tester.
m) Adjust spacing of arcing horns / rod gaps, if provided.
18.3.2 EHV, HV & MV SWITCHGEAR

Page 432 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 24 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
a) Check proper mechanical operation of circuit breakers including alignment of
trolleys in case of draw - out type circuits breakers, smooth operation of all
mechanical parts, lubrication, mechanical interlocks etc.
b) Check contact alignment and wipe, proper sequence of closing and opening of
main and arcing contacts.
c) Oil test for transformers, in case of oil circuit breakers.
d) Check electrical relays, instruments & controls for correct wiring
e) Insulation test on busbars - phase to phase and phase to ground. This test will be
carried out with circuit breakers in service position, but contacts remaining open.
f) Insulation test on relays & control wiring including current and potential
transformers and wiring of CT & PT secondaries.
g) Insulation test on circuit breakers in withdrawn position - phase to phase and
phase to ground with contacts closed.
h) Adjust correct settings of relays and/or direct acting trips - as specified
elsewhere.
i) Operation Test
Energise only control circuits and carry out closing and tripping operations (where AC
supply derived from main supply is used for operation, the switch-gear bus may be
energised). Check operations of electrical interlocks. Check tripping of circuit breakers
by manual operations of protective relay contacts. Check operations of mechanical
closing and tripping devices. Check lockout conditions for closing of circuit breakers by
simulating the required conditions. Check control, indications, sequence interlocks and
alarms.
a) Polarity and connections of instrument transformers - Check for correctness of
CT & PT connections provided. Check electrical continuity of secondary with ELV
tester.
b) Adjust spacing of arcing horns / rod gaps, if provided.
c) Check operation of instruments, meters, relays and tripping of circuit breakers by
primary / secondary injections as specified elsewhere.
d) Check continuity of power circuits and earth continuity of all non current metallic
parts with a low voltage (6 volts or less) continuity tester.
e) Carry out HV test on power and control circuits, if specifically called for.
18.3.3 MOTOR CONTROL CENTRES, SWITCHGEARS, POWER CONTROL CENTRES
(POWER DISTRIBUTION BOARDS ), UPS, V / F PANEL, ETC.
a) Check equipment, internal wiring, smooth mechanical operation, interlocks, etc.
b) Check continuity of power circuits and earth continuity of all non-current carrying
metallic parts with a low voltage continuity tester.
c) Insulation test for power & control circuits between phases, between phases and
neutral and between phase / neutral and ground.
d) Check operation by energising control circuits (without energising power circuits)
for correct functioning. Simulate external controls and interlocks for the same.
Note chatter or humming of Contactor and rectify, if necessary.
e) Check fuse ratings and adjust relay settings (overload, single phasing preventers
etc.) in accordance with load ratings.

Page 433 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 25 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
f) Carry out HV test on power & control circuits, if specifically called for in Contract
Documents.
g) Polarity and connections of instrument transformers - check for correctness of CT
& PT connections provided. Check electrical continuity of secondary circuits with
ELV tester.
18.3.4 MOTORS & ROTATING EQUIPMENT
a) Check equipment for free movement of rotor, and play, lubrication, and for any
other mechanical defects.
b) Check commutators, slip rings, brushes, brush-holders etc. for satisfactory
conditions.
c) Insulation test of motors - between winding and ground. Use 500 volts megger
for M.V. motors and 1000 volts megger for HV motors.
d) Check electrical continuity with ELV tester.
e) No load running of motor noting down no load current and voltages in all three
phases.
18.3.5 CABLES
a) Insulation Test - between each phase and neutral and between each phase /
neutral and ground (Ref. APPENDIX - II).
b) D.C. High Voltage Test on HV cables in accordance with the relevant Indian
Standards and Code of Practice. This test shall be carried out on cables installed
in final positions, and all joints and terminations have been made. The cables,
however, may not be connected to the equipment, so that the equipment may not
be subjected to the test voltage (Ref. Appendix-II)
c) In case of lighting wiring, insulation test shall be carried out on lighting feeders
with branch circuits open. Branch circuits shall be tested separately with lamp
holders, plug receptacles and lighting fittings in position, but without lamps. In
case of lighting circuits with lamp ballasts and glow starters insulation resistance
may be measured between phase and ground only.
d) In case of directly buried cables, insulation resistance of cables shall be
measured before and after the back-filling.
e) Test all receptacles for correct phase sequence.
18.3.6 EARTHING SYSTEM
a) Measure earth resistance of each electrode separately. If a number of earth
electrodes are interconnected with one another, combined earth resistance shall
also be measured. The earth resistance of each electrode and/or a group of
electrodes shall not exceed the values specified elsewhere.
b) Carry out line earth loop impedance test. The loop comprises the line conductor
from the point of fault, back to the supply transformer, the path through
transformer winding, the earthed neutral point of the transformer and path from
that point to the point of fault through the earthing system.
c) Continuity test for earth continuity conductors with ELV tester.
18.3.7 RELAY & CONTROL PANELS, ALARMS PANELS & MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
a) Carry out insulation test on all power and control circuits.
b) Check all equipment for satisfactory operation and correct wiring.

Page 434 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 26 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
18.3.8 BATTERY
a) Visual inspection of all components.
b) Capacity test as per I.S.
18.3.9 BATTERY CHARGER
a) Connection checking
b) Measurement of voltage regulation
c) Insulation test
d) Functional check of auxiliary devices
e) Alternating current measurement at no load and rated load

19.0 INSTRUMENT AND TOOLS

19.1 GENERAL
This section covers the instruments, tools & plant which will normally be required to
carry out the electrical installation including testing & commissioning and which shall be
made available as and when required by the contractor. Meters used for tests shall be
of proven accuracy and to the satisfaction of the engineer.
19.2 TOOLS & PLANT
Hand Tools
Screw drivers, pliers, cutters, spanners, hacksaw, hammers, rawl punches, etc.
Power driven Tools & Equipment
Drilling, grinding, cutting machines, hammers, arc welding set, oxy-acetylene welding
and cutting set and welding accessories.
19.3 INSTRUMENTS
a) Instruments to be always available at Site.
i) Insulation resistance tester (Megger) rated 500 volts
ii) Multi-meter of a reputed make
iii) Clip-on ammeter / voltmeter (tong tester)
iv) Phase sequence indicator
v) Extra low voltage continuity tester (6 volts or less)
b) Instruments to be made available as and when required.
i) Insulation resistance tester, (Megger) rated 500V / 1000V / 2500V, 5000V.
ii) Earth resistance tester with all accessories
iii) Transformer oil testing set
iv) High Voltage testing set
v) Relay testing equipment
vi) Centrifugal or vacuum type oil filtering unit.

Page 435 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 27 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0

20.0 LABOUR, SUPERVISION, COORDINATION & PROGRESS, LICENCE,

STATUTORY APPROVAL
20.1 SUPERVISORY LICENCE
The contractor shall possess a valid contractor's licence for the state in which site is
located and shall ensure its validity during the duration of the contract. The contractor
shall furnish authenticated copies of certificates to the purchaser for himself and his
workmen before commencement of work.
20.2 LABOUR
The Contractor shall employ adequate skilled and unskilled labour to complete all work
according to programme of work. Skilled workers shall possess the minimum
qualifications stipulated by statutory or competent authorities.
20.3 SUPERVISION
The Contractor shall employ adequate number of supervisors to control the labour force
and to carry out the work as per schedule. Supervisory staff shall also possess the
minimum qualifications stipulated by statutory and competent authorities.
20.4 CO-ORDINATION
The Contractor shall coordinate his work with that of other agencies, so that the work
can proceed smoothly and without hindrance to all concerned.
20.5 PROGRESS
The Contractor shall submit periodic Progress Reports to the engineer. The period of
report shall be determined by the Engineer. The Progress Report shall indicate planned
progress as per programme and physical progress. the format in which the reports are
to be submitted shall be decided by the Engineer.
20.6 STATUTORY APPROVAL
The Contractor shall be totally responsible for obtaining statutory approval from the
electrical inspector or any other statutory authority for the entire installation carried out
by him unless otherwise specified and agreed. Necessary test reports shall be
submitted by him to electrical inspector. This will be an integral part of the contract and
shall not be paid for separately.

21.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE - QUALITY CONTROL

21.1 Quality Assurance (Q.A.) shall follow the requirements of the Purchaser's Q.A.
documentation applicable to the equipment and/or systems being installed.
21.2 Q.A. involvement will commence at the instigation of the project and follow through to
final acceptance of each and every system and item of equipment, thus ensuring total
conformity to the Purchaser's requirements.
21.3 The Contractor shall provide the necessary 'Test Sheets' for recording the results of his
electrical acceptance tests.
The full set of forms shall be submitted to the Engineer for his approval prior to the
implementation of the acceptance testing programme.

Page 436 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 28 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0

21.4 The tests which the Contractor must perform, as a minimum requirement, shall be those
described in clause 15.0 of this specification in the order indicated and shall be made in
accordance with the equipment and / or systems Standards and Regulations quoted by
the Engineer in the Contract Documents and any tests required by the particular
equipment / system manufacturer.
21.5 Test values acceptable to the Engineer shall be those laid down in the indicated
standards and specifications by the Engineer, together with any values quoted in the
Contract Documents. Any discrepancy in the acceptable test values discovered by the
Contractor shall be resolved by the Engineer, whose interpretation shall be final. No
equipment shall be set to work unless tests on its associated circuits have been found
satisfactory.

22.0 ACCEPTANCE OF INSTALLATION

On completion of the work the Engineer, together with a representative of the Purchaser
and the Contractor, will carry out an Inspection of the Installation. The Engineer will
issue a completed copy of the Purchaser's Acceptance of Electrical Installation to the
contractor as confirmation that the work has been accepted, subject to any matters
noted on the form being attended to.

23.0 ATTACHMENTS / APPENDICES:

23.1 APPENDIX I -LIST OF CODES, STANDARDS & STATUTORY

REGULATIONS

23.2 APPENDIX II

Page 437 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 29 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0

23.1 APPENDIX I - LIST OF CODES, STANDARDS & STATUTORY

REGULATIONS (Refer Section 1.2)
IS 732 : Code of Practice for Electrical Wiring Installations.
IS 1646 : Code of Practice for Fire Safety of Buildings (General)
Electrical Installation.
IS 3043 : Code of Practice for Earthing.
IS 2309 : Code of Practice for the Protection of Buildings & Allied
Structures against Lightning.
IS 7689 : Guide for control of undesirable static electricity.
IS 10028 Part 1 to 3 : Code of Practice for Selection, Installation & Maintenance
of Transformers.
IS 900 : Code of Practice for Installation & Maintenance of
Induction Motors.
IS 1255 : Code of Practice for Installation and Maintenance of
Power cables upto and including 33 KV rating.
IS 10118 Parts 1 to 4 : Code of Practice for Selection, Installation and
Maintenance of Switch gear and Control gear.
IS 5571 : Guide for Selection of Electrical Equipment for Hazardous
Areas.
IS 5572 : Classification of Hazardous Areas(other than mines)
having flammable gases and vapours for Electrical
Installation.
IS 5216 Parts 1 & 2 : Guide for Safety Procedure & Practice in Electrical work.
IS 5479 : Solders for Jointing Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys.
IS 335 : New Insulating oils
IS 9537 Parts 1 to 4 : Conduits for electrical Installation
- Regulations for the Electrical Equipment of Buildings -
The Institution of Electrical Engineers.
- Indian Electricity Rules
- Fire Insurance Regulations
- Factory Act & Regulations
- National Building Code ( ISI Publication)
- National Electrical Code ( ISI Publication)
- Tariff Advisory Committee regulation

Page 438 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 30 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
23.2 APPENDIX II
1.0 TESTING AND ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS OF CABLE INSTALLATIONS
1.1 INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST ON NEWLY INSTALLED CABLES BEFORE
JOINTING
All new cables should be tested for insulation resistance before jointing. After satisfactory
results are obtained cable jointing and termination work should commence. It should be
noted here that insulation resistance test gives only approximate insulation resistance and
the test is meant to reveal gross insulation fault(s). A fairly low insulation resistance
reading compared to the values obtained at factory testing should not be a cause of worry
since the insulation resistance varies greatly with parameters such as length and
temperature. This is particularly more pronounced in the case of PVC cables. The voltage
rating of the insulation resistance tester for cables of different voltage grades should be
chosen from the following table:
Voltage Grade of Cable Voltage Rating of IR Tester
1.1 kV 500 V
3.3 kV 1000 V
6.6 kV 1000 V
11 kV 1000 V

22 kV 2.5 kV ( see Note)

33 kV 2.5 kV ( see Note)
NOTE - For long feeders, motorized insulation resistance tester should be used.
1.1.1 More accurate insulation resistance values can be measured only by a portable resistance
measuring bridge.
1.2 TEST RESULT OF COMPLETED CABLE – INSTALLATION
The test of completed installation may be carried out and entered into record book for
comparison purposes during service life of cable installation and during fault location.
1.2.1 Insulation Resistance
Insulation resistance is measured by a suitable bridge. In non-screened cables, the
insulation resistance of each core is measured against all the other cores and armour /
metal sheath connected to earth. With screened construction the insulation of each core is
measured against all the other cores and the metal screen connected to earth.
1.2.2 Conductor Resistance (dc)
1.2.2a The resistance of conductor is measured by a suitable bridge. For this purpose conductors
at other end are looped together with connecting bond of at least same effective electrical
cross - section as conductor. The contact resistance is kept to a minimum by proper
clamped or bolted connections. With properly installed and jointed cables, values thus
measured and corrected to 20°C, are in general agreement with values given in test
certificates.

Page 439 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 31 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0

1.2.2b The measured loop resistance is converted to ohms per km per conductor as :
R
Rt = ------
2L
Where
R = measured loop resistance in ohms at temperature, t°C;
Rt = measured resistance per conductor at t°C in ohms; and
L = length of cable (not the loop) in km.

The ambient temperature at the time of measurement to be recorded and the

conductor resistance to be corrected to 20°C by the following formula:
Rt
R20 = ----------------- ohm/km at 20°C.
(1+a) (t-20)
Where
R20 = conductor resistance at 20°C in ohm / km,
t = ambient temperature during measurement (in
°C)
and
a = temperature coefficient of resistance
(3.93 x 10.3 ohms / °C for aluminium).
1.2.3 Capacitance
1.2.3.1 For unscreened cables, capacitance is measured for one conductor against others and
metal sheath / armour connected to earth. In case of screened cable it is measured
between conductor and screen. Capacitance bridge is used for this purpose. The
measurement may be carried in case of cables above 11 KV; alternatively values given
in test certificate are considered sufficient.
1.2.4 High Voltage Test
1.2.4a Cables after jointing and terminating are subjected to dc high voltage test. The
recommended values of test voltages are given in Table 6. The leakage current shall
also be measured and recorded for future reference.

Page 440 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 32 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0

TABLE 6 DC TEST VOLTAGES AFTER INSTALLATION ( BEFORE

COMMISSIONING)
RATED TEST VOLTAGE BETWEEN DURATION
VOLTAGE
OF CABLE
U./ U Any Conductor and Conductor to Conductor
Metallic Sheath / (For Unscreened
Screen / Armour Cables)
KV KV KV Minutes
(1) (2) (3) (4)
0.65/1.1 3 3 5
1.9 / 3.3 5 9 5
3.3 / 3.3 9 9 5
3.8 / 6.6 10.5 18 5
6.6 / 6.6 18 18 5
6.35 / 11 18 30 5
11/11 30 30 5
12.7 / 22 37.5 - 5
19 / 33 60 - 5

1.2.4b Generally dc test should be preferred as test equipment required is compact, easily
portable and power requirements are low.
1.2.4c The cable cores must be discharged on completion of dc high voltage test and cable
should be kept earthed until it is put into service.
1.2.4d DC test voltage for old cables is 1.5 times voltage or less depending on the age of
cables, repair work or nature of jointing work carried out, etc. In any case, the test
voltage should not be less than the rated voltage. Test voltage in these cases should be
determined by the Engineer - in - charge of the work.
1.2.4e It may be noted that frequent high voltage tests on cable installations should not be
carried out. This test should be carried only when essential. During the high voltage
test, all other electrical equipment related to the cable installation, such as switches,
instrument transformers, bus bars, etc., must be earthed and adequate clearance
should be maintained from the other equipment and framework to prevent flashovers.
1.2.4f In each test, the metallic sheath / screen / armour should be connected, to earth.
2.0 CABLE INSTALLATION PLAN
2.1 On completion of laying, terminating and jointing of the cables, a plan should be
prepared, which should contain the following details of the installation:

Page 441 of 442

STANDARD SPECIFICATION : 44NC-4600: ESS 026 DATE : 03 May 2010
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PAGE : 33 OF 33
REVISION NO : 0
a) Types of cables, cross - section area, rated voltage. Details of construction,
cable number and drum number;
b) Year and month of laying;
c) Actual length between joint - to - joint or ends;
d) Location of cables and joints in relation to certain fixed reference points, for
example, buildings, hydrant, boundary stones, etc;
e) Name of the jointer who carried the jointing work;
f) Date of making joint; and
g) Results of original electrical measurements and testing on cable installation

2.2 All subsequent changes in the cable plan should also be entered.

Page 442 of 442